diff options
| author | nobody <nobody@localhost> | 2001-07-16 19:29:18 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nobody <nobody@localhost> | 2001-07-16 19:29:18 +0800 |
| commit | 29818ea40e49f660f2dbb25a1e0e9b260de3f1d7 (patch) | |
| tree | 0b8906233912a717d50c36c848d64cdbe0cd923c /help | |
| parent | 89ddfcd774cd6ec3865d42d827eecc07dbf940d0 (diff) | |
| download | gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.tar gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.tar.gz gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.tar.bz2 gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.tar.lz gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.tar.xz gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.tar.zst gsoc2013-evolution-GAL_0_9_1.zip | |
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'GAL_0_9_1'.GAL_0_9_1
svn path=/tags/GAL_0_9_1/; revision=11125
Diffstat (limited to 'help')
156 files changed, 0 insertions, 39403 deletions
diff --git a/help/.cvsignore b/help/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 282522db03..0000000000 --- a/help/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in diff --git a/help/C/.cvsignore b/help/C/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 548121644a..0000000000 --- a/help/C/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in -*.junk -*.log -*.ps -*.dvi -*.tex -DBTOHTML_OUTPUT_DIR* -evolution -evolution-faq -fig/*.eps diff --git a/help/C/Makefile.am b/help/C/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 10a265a9c7..0000000000 --- a/help/C/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -evolution_helpdir = $(datadir)/gnome/help/evolution/C - -GUIDE_SGML_FILES = \ - evolution.sgml \ - apx-authors.sgml \ - apx-bugs.sgml \ - apx-gloss.sgml \ - config-prefs.sgml \ - config-setupassist.sgml \ - config-sync.sgml \ - preface.sgml \ - usage-calendar.sgml \ - usage-contact.sgml \ - usage-mail.sgml \ - usage-mainwindow.sgml \ - usage-sync.sgml - -FAQ_SGML_FILES = \ - evolution-faq.sgml - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - $(FAQ_SGML_FILES) \ - $(GUIDE_SGML_FILES) - -all: evolution-guide evolution-faq - -evolution-guide: $(GUIDE_SGML_FILES) - -db2html $(srcdir)/evolution.sgml - -evolution-faq: $(FAQ_SGML_FILES) - -db2html $(srcdir)/evolution-faq.sgml - -dist-hook: - mkdir $(distdir)/fig - mkdir $(distdir)/evolution - mkdir $(distdir)/evolution/stylesheet-images - files=`echo $(srcdir)/evolution/*.html` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/evolution/*.html' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/evolution - files=`echo $(srcdir)/evolution/*.css` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/evolution/*.css' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/evolution - files=`echo $(srcdir)/fig/*.png` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/fig/*.png' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/evolution - files=`echo $(srcdir)/evolution/stylesheet-images/*` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/evolution/stylesheet-images/*' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/evolution - -# FIXME really messy here -install-data-local: evolution-guide evolution-faq - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide - -for file in $(srcdir)/evolution/*.html $(srcdir)/evolution/*.css; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide/$$basefile; \ - done - - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-faq - -for file in $(srcdir)/evolution-faq/*.html $(srcdir)/evolution-faq/*.css; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-faq/$$basefile; \ - done - - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide/fig - -for file in $(srcdir)/fig/*.png; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide/fig/$$basefile; \ - done - - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images - -for file in $(srcdir)/evolution/stylesheet-images/*; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images/$$basefile; \ - done - -evolution.ps: evolution.sgml - -db2ps $< - -evolution.rtf: evolution.sgml - -db2rtf $< diff --git a/help/C/POTFILES.in b/help/C/POTFILES.in deleted file mode 100644 index d9393e82cc..0000000000 --- a/help/C/POTFILES.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -apx-authors.sgml -apx-bugs.sgml -apx-gloss.sgml -config-prefs.sgml -config-setupassist.sgml -config-sync.sgml -evolution.sgml -menuref.sgml -preface.sgml -usage-calendar.sgml -usage-contact.sgml -usage-mail.sgml -usage-mainwindow.sgml -usage-notes.sgml -usage-print.sgml -usage-sync.sgml diff --git a/help/C/apx-authors.sgml b/help/C/apx-authors.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e06c600a13..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-authors.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ - <appendix id="authors"> - <title>Authors</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> was written by: -<simplelist> - <member>Seth Alves: <email>alves@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Anders Carlsson: <email>andersca@gnu.org</email></member> - <member>Damon Chaplin: <email>damon@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Clifford R. Conover: <email>rusty@zootweb.com</email></member> - <member>Miguel De Icaza: <email>miguel@ximian.com</email></member> - <member> Radek Doulik: <email>rodo@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Arturo Espinoza: <email>arturo@nucleu.unam.mx</email></member> - <member>Larry Ewing: <email>lewing@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Bertrand Guiheneuf: <email>bertrand@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Tuomas Kuosmanen: <email>tigert@gimp.org</email></member> - <member>Christopher J. Lahey: <email>clahey@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Matthew Loper: <email>matt@loper.org</email></member> - <member>Federico Mena: <email>federico@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Eskil Heyn Olsen: <email>deity@eski.dk</email></member> - <member>Nat Friedman: <email>nat@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Ettore Perazzoli: <email>ettore@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Jeffrey Stedfast: <email>jeff@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Russell Steinthal: <email>rms39@columbia.edu</email></member> - <member>Peter Teichman: <email>peter@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Chris Toshok: <email>toshok@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Peter Williams: <email>peter@newton.cx</email></member> - <member>Dan Winship: <email>danw@ximian.com</email></member> - <member>Michael Zucchi: <email>notzed@ximian.com</email></member> -</simplelist> -and other dedicated GNOME programmers. -</para> - <para> - The <application>Evolution</application> code owes a great debt - to the <application>GNOME-pim</application> and - <application>GNOME-Calendar</application> applications, and to - <application>KHTMLW</application>. The developers of - <application>Evolution</application> acknowledge the efforts - and contributions of all who worked on those projects. - </para> - - <para> - For more information please visit the - <application>Evolution</application> <ulink - url="http://www.ximian.com/apps/evolution.php3" - type="http">Web page</ulink>. Please send all comments, - suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink - url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME bug tracking - database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be - found on-line at <ulink - url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> - http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html</ulink>. You can also use - command <command>bug-buddy</command> for submitting bug reports. - </para> - <para> - This manual was written by Aaron Weber - (<email>aaron@ximian.com</email>), Kevin Breit - (<email>battery841@mypad.com</email>) Duncan Mak - (<email>duncan@ximian.com</email>) and Ettore Perazzoli - (<email>ettore@ximian.com</email>) with the help of the - application programmers and the GNOME Documentation Project. - Please send all comments and suggestions regarding the manual to - the GNOME Documentation Project at - <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also add your comments - online by using <ulink type="http" - url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation - Status Table</ulink>. - </para> - <para> - Translations: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Daniel Persson for .se - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Hector Garcia Alvarez for .es - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </appendix> - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/apx-bugs.sgml b/help/C/apx-bugs.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e4a96a8155..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-bugs.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - <appendix id="bugs"> - - <title>Known bugs and limitations</title> - <abstract> - <para> - This appendix describes known bugs and limitations of - <application>Evolution</application>. Please use the GNOME - <application>Bug Report Tool</application> (known as - <command>bug-buddy</command> at the command line) if you find one - we have not listed. - </para> - </abstract> - - <para> - Evolution is still beta software, so the bug tracking is best - left to the bugzilla system and to the programmers. However, - there are a number of limitations that will not be addressed - before version 1.0. The most notable are: Import of Microsoft - Outlook .pst files, and compatibility with the Microsoft - Exchange protocol. - </para> - </appendix> - diff --git a/help/C/apx-gloss.sgml b/help/C/apx-gloss.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 76102417c4..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-gloss.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,470 +0,0 @@ -<glossary id="apx-gloss"> - - <title>Glossary</title> - - <glossentry id="attachment"> - <glossterm>Attachment</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Any file sent along with an email. Attachments may be embedded in - a message or appended to it. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -<glossentry id="automatic-indexing"> - <glossterm>Automatic Indexing</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Pre-sorting procedure that allows - <application>Evolution</application> to refer to data quickly. - It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for - data displays. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="bcc"> - <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy)</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A way of addressing a message. Bcc is used to send a group of - people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each - other. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="cc"> - <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy)</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail, - so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the - To: list. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="conduit"> - <glossterm>Conduit</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A synchronization conduit is a small application which controls - the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop - computer. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="druid"> - <glossterm>Druid</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A tool which guides a user through a series of steps, usually to - configure or set up a program. Equivalent to "Assistant" and - "Wizard." - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -<glossentry id="emoticon"> - <glossterm>Emoticon</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Also called "smileys," emoticons are the little sideways faces made - of colons and parentheses which people use to convey emotion in email. - Examples: :-) or ;( . - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="evolution"> - <glossterm>Evolution</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> is the <acronym> GNOME - </acronym> groupware application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="execute"> - <glossterm>Execute</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an - executable. <application>Evolution</application> can download - executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must - be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This - security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution - of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file - permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="expunge"> - <glossterm>Expunge</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - When messages are marked for deletion, they remain till they are expunged. - When a message is expunged, it is permanently deleted, as long as it was - marked for deletion. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="filetree"> - <glossterm>File Tree</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A way of describing a group of files on a computer. With the - perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux) - nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory, - and denoted by <systemitem><filename>/</filename></systemitem>. - The rest of the "branches" spread downwards from the root. Don't - confuse the root directory with the <systemitem>root</systemitem> - account, or root's home directory, - <systemitem><filename>/home/root</filename></systemitem>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="filter"> - <glossterm>Filter</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Within <application>Evolution</application>, a filter is a method - of sorting mail automatically. You can create filters to perform - one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide - range of criteria. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="forward"> - <glossterm>Forward</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - If you get a message intended for someone else, you can use - message forwarding to send it on to the right person. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="groupware"> - <glossterm>Groupware</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups - of people work together. Typically, a groupware application will - have several productivity features built into one program, - including email, calendar, and addressbook tools. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="haiku"> - <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A traditional Japanese form of poetry. The poems are three lines - long, with first and last lines having five syllables, and the - second line seven syllables. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="html"> - <glossterm>HTML</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Hyper-text Markup Language(<acronym>HTML</acronym>) is a language - for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages, - help files, and email messages. HTML can be used in email and - news posts to insert images and apply text treatments. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="hot-key"> - <glossterm>Hot Key</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a - computer instead of using the mouse to do the same action. - Hot-keys can speed up computer usage. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="ical"> - <glossterm>iCal</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>iCal</application> is the program which - <application>Evolution</application> uses to manage the calendar - section. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="imap"> - <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail - Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol. Whatever it - stands for, it allows access to email which is typically (although - not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local - hard disk. Often contrasted with <glossterm>POP</glossterm>. - This will not be on the test. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="inline"> - <glossterm>Inline</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than - attached as a separate file. Contrast with <glossterm - linkend="attachment">Attachment</glossterm>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="ldap"> - <glossterm>LDAP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client - to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers, - and people stored on a server. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="mail-client"> - <glossterm>Mail Client</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A mail client is the application with which a person reads and - sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail - servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from - sender to recipient. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="minicard"> - <glossterm>Minicard</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance - to a small business card. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="nautilus"> - <glossterm>Nautilus</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>Nautilus</application> is the next generation file - manager for <acronym>GNOME</acronym> being written by Eazel. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="nickname"> - <glossterm>Nickname</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - An alias for an e-mail address. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="pop"> - <glossterm>POP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email - transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from - a server and store it locally on your hard disk. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="protocol"> - <glossterm>Protocol</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for - sending particular types of information between computer systems. - Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTP - (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages. - - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="regular-expression"> - <glossterm>Regular Expression</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A regular expression, or "regex", is a way of describing a - string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols. For - example, the statement <userinput>fly.*so[a|u]p</userinput> means - "any phrase beginning with 'fly' and ending in 'soup' or - 'soap'". If you searched for that expression, you'd find both - "fly in my soup" and "fly in my soap." There's not room here to - go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation - for the <command>grep</command> command. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="script"> - <glossterm>Script</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled) - language. Often used as a synonym for "macro," to denote a series - of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="sendmail"> - <glossterm>Sendmail</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - As its name implies, <application>sendmail</application> is a - program which sends mail. <application>Evolution</application> - can use it instead of <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>; some people - prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more - difficult to set up. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="shortcut-bar"> - <glossterm>Shortcut Bar</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A portion of <application>Evolution</application> which offers - users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the - application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="signature"> - <glossterm>Signature</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end - of every email sent, like a hand-written signature at the bottom - of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite - quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be - fewer than four lines long. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="SMTP"> - <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from - the client's computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="spam"> - <glossterm>Spam</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Useless, unsolicited e-mail. Spam normally comes in forms of - chain letters and advertisements for unscrupulous or clueless - companies. Messages that are merely useless are called "opt-in - newsletters." - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="tooltip"> - <glossterm>Tool-Tip</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A small box of explanatory text which appears when the mouse - pointer is held motionless over a button or other interface - element. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - - - <glossentry id="virus"> - <glossterm>Virus</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A malicious program which inserts itself into others so that it will be - executed, allowing it to spread to still more programs and other computers. - A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging networks or disk drives, - deleting files, or opening security holes. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="vcard"> - <glossterm>vCard</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you - get an address card attached to an email, it's probably in vCard - format. Not to be confused with <glossterm - linkend="vfolder">vFolder</glossterm>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="vfolder"> - <glossterm>vFolder</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder - that contains the results of a complex search. Folder contents are - are updated dynamically. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -</glossary> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/config-encryption.sgml b/help/C/config-encryption.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e36f17c652..0000000000 --- a/help/C/config-encryption.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"[]> - -<article> - - <sect1 id="encryption-intro"> - <title>What is Encryption?</title> - <para> - Encryption is an ancient method of changing readable text to unreadable - text that dates back to Egyptian times. Encryption takes the statement - "Evolution" and turns it into something which cannot be read without help - through decryption. - <example> - <title>Encryption Example</title> - <para> - Kevin orders an <application>Evolution</application> t-shirt from - Ximian, Inc. over the internet. He puts in his credit card number - which is 1234-567-8901. For security, his computer encrypts the - credit card number so it can be safely transmitted over the internet. - The number now is @#$23ui7yr87#@!48970fsd, which holds no intentional - resemblance to the inital number. When the information gets to - Ximian, Inc. it'll be decrypted into the inital number. - </para> - </example> - Encryption can be used in email in two ways: to verify that the sender is - the real sender, and to hide the message while in transmission. - <application>Evolution</application> has the capability to do both. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="generating-key"> - <title>Generating your PGP key</title> - <para> - First, you need to create a PGP key. To do this, you'll need GPG - installed. - </para> - <tip> - <title>GPG Versions</title> - <para> - This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is different, - this may not be entirely accurate. You may find out your version number - by typing in: <command>gpg --version</command>. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - You can start by typing in: <command>gpg --gen-key</command>. At the - first question, select 1. The next question asks you about key length. - The longer the key, more stronger it is. However, the longer the key, the - longer it takes to generate. This is your choice. However, 1024 bits - (default) should be adequate. The next question asks you if you want your - key to expire. Expiring keys make your key invalid after a certain amount - of time, so old keys don't float around active. This is the same concept - as a coupon at a supermarket. Next, you'll type in your Real name, your - email address, and a comment. You should not forge this information, as - it is used later to verify who you are. Assuming that all your - information is correct, press "O" to continue. GPG now asks you for a - passphrase. This is a password which you will need to decrypt and encrypt - messages. This can be any length, with any characters in it. It is case - sensitive, which means that it does know the difference between capital - letters and lower-case. Now your key is generated. It is recommend you - surf the internet, read your email, or write a letter in a word - processor. This help creates randomness in the key. - </para> - <para> - Once this is completed, you'll be dropped back to the command line. - Now you can view your key information by typing <command>gpg - --list-keys</command>. You should see something similar to this: - <example id="gpg-list-keys"> - <title>GPG Listing Keys</title> - <para> - /home/bob/.gnupg/pubring.gpg - ---------------------------- - pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 bob <bob@bob.com> - sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14] - </para> - </example> - You'll now need to upload your public key to a keyserver, so that your - friends can use your key. You'll need to know the ID of your key, which - is after the 1024D on the line beginning with pub. For this example, it - is 32j38dk2. You now type in <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserver - wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for 32j38dk2. - You will be prompted to type in your password <!-- verify that you need to - enter your password here --> and your key will be uploaded for your - friends to download. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="encrypt-evo-integ"> - <title>Setting up Evolution's Encryption</title> - <para> - You'll need to open - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Mail Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - Once there, select the account you'd like to associate the key to and click - the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. In the - <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab is a section labeled <guilabel>Pretty - Goog Privacy</guilabel>. Enter your key ID and click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Your key is now integrated into your identity - in <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="encrypt-sending"> - <title>Sending Encrypted Messages</title> - <para> - You can either sign or encrypt a message. When you sign a message, verify - that you were the one who sent it, and that no one is forging your - identity. Encrypting a message makes it impossible for someone with - prying eyes to view it while it's in tranmission. - </para> - <para> - <sect2 id="sign-msg"> - <title>Signing a Message</title> - <para> - To sign a message, you simply click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Sign</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - . You will be prompted for your PGP password. Once you enter it, - click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and your message will be signed. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="encrypt-msg"> - <title>Encrypting a Message</title> - <para> - Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message. You simply - click the menu item - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Encrypt</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </sect2> - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="unencrypting"> - <title>Unencrypting a Recieved Message</title> - <para> - Sometimes, a friend will send you a message which is encrypted. In order - for you to read it, you need to unencrypt it. - </para> - <para> - When you view the encrypted message, <application>Evolution</application> - will prompt you for your PGP password. You type in your PGP password and - the message is then decrypted. - </para> - </sect1> - </article> diff --git a/help/C/config-prefs.sgml b/help/C/config-prefs.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 1772fd57bd..0000000000 --- a/help/C/config-prefs.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,627 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> --> -<chapter id="config-prefs"> - - <title>Advanced Configuration</title> - <para> - Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you've - grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments. - Whatever the reason, you want to change your - <application>Evolution</application> settings. This chapter - will tell you how to do just that. - </para> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail"> - <title>Mail Settings</title> - <para> - To change your mail settings, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mail - Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Inbox. This - will open the <interface>mail preferences window</interface>, - illustrated in <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-fig">. Mail - preferences are separated into several categories: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Accounts</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This allows you to create and alter one or more identities for your - email. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Display</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Allows you to edit how email is handled and displayed. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Composer</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Customizes the composer's behavior. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Other</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Configures miscellanious aspects of <application>Evolution</application> - such as character sets. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure===================== --> - <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig"> - <title>Mail Preferences Dialog</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Setting mail preferences</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/config-mail" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ==============End of Figure================--> - - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-identity"> - <title>Identity Settings</title> - <para> - If you have only one email account, or send email from only - one address, you will only need to configure one identity. If - you want, however, you can have multiple identities. This - can be useful if you want to keep personal and professional - email separate, or if you wear several hats at work. - - </para> - <para> - To add a new identity, simply click - <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. To alter an existing identity, - click on it in the <guilabel>Identity</guilabel> tab of the - <interface>Preferences</interface> window, and then click - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. - </para> - - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> will then present you - with a dialog box containing four fields: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Full Name:</guilabel> by default, this is the - same name as the full name described in your user - account on your computer. You can select another if you - wish. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Email address:</guilabel> Enter your email - address in this space. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Organization:</guilabel> If you send email as - a representative of a company or other organization, - enter its name here. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Signature file:</guilabel> You may choose a - small text file to be appended to every message that you - send. Typically, signature files include address or - other contact information, or a favorite quotation. - It's good form to keep it to four lines at the maximum. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-network"> - <title>Network Settings</title> - <para> - In order to send mail with - <application>Evolution</application>, you need to connect to - your network. To do that, you'll need to know your user name - and password, what sort of mail sending and receiving - protocols your network uses, and the names of the servers - you'll be using. If you're switching from another groupware - or email program, you can almost certainly use the same - settings as you did with that program. Network-related - settings are in the <guilabel>Mail Sources</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Mail Transport</guilabel> tabs. - </para> - - <sect3 id="config-prefs-network-sources"> - <title>Mail Sources</title> - <para> - The <interface>Mail Sources</interface> tab allows you to - add, edit, or delete methods of retrieving mail from - servers. Clicking on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> will bring up a dialog box to - offer you the following options: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Mail source type:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select from <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> or <glossterm - linkend="pop">POP</glossterm> servers, or Unix-style - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - or <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> - files. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Server:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the name of the mail source server in this - field. Your POP server may or may not be the same as your - <glossterm linkend="smtp">SMTP</glossterm> server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Username:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the user name for the account you have on the - server - this should the part of your email address - before the @. If you use - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - or <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> - files as your mail source, you do not need to enter - a username. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Authentication:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Tell <application>Evolution</application> how to - verify your identity with the server. Your options - vary depending upon the type of server you are - using, and the ways it is configured. Given the - name of a server, - <application>Evolution</application> can detect what - sorts of authentication it offers. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Test Settings</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Click this button to have - <application>Evolution</application> check to see if - mail sources are configured correctly. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - If you have several mail sources, clicking <guibutton>Get - Mail</guibutton> will refresh any IMAP, - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>, or - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - listings and check and download mail from all POP servers. - In other words, <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> gets your - mail, no matter how many sources you have, or what types - they are. You can disable checking mail on accounts in their - properties. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="config-prefs-mail-network-transports"> - <title>Mail Transports</title> - <para> - The <interface>Mail Transports</interface> tab lets you choose - how you will send mail. <application>Evolution</application> currently supports two - mail transport options: <glossterm linkend="smtp">SMTP</glossterm>, which - uses a remote mail server, and - <glossterm linkend="sendmail">sendmail</glossterm>, which uses the - <application>sendmail</application> program on your local - system. <application>Sendmail</application> is more - difficult to configure, but offers more flexibility than - <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>. - </para> - <para> - To use <guilabel>SMTP</guilabel>, you'll need to enter the - name of your SMTP server. It may have the same name as - your mail source server. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can attempt to - determine if you have entered a valid server name. To - have it do so, click the <guilabel>Test - Settings</guilabel> button. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="config-prefs-network-news"> - <title>News Servers</title> - <para> - Newsgroups are so much like mailing lists that there's no - reason not to keep them right next to your mail. When you - first select the <guilabel>News Servers</guilabel> tab, - you will see a blank box with the three familiar buttons - on the right: <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and - <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a news server; you - will be prompted for its name. Enter the name, click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, and you're done. You can have - as many news servers as you like, of course. News servers - will appear next to your IMAP servers in the - <interface>folder bar</interface>. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-other"> - <title>Other Mail Preferences</title> - <para> - Not everything fits neatly into categories. This tab - contains some miscellaneous configurations that don't have - too much to do with each other. - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - <guilabel>Send messages in HTML format</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem><para> - If you check this box, you will send - messages as HTML by default. If you leave it unchecked, your - messages will be sent without HTML formatting unless you select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> in the message composer. - See <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html"> - for more information about HTML mail. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <guilabel>Mark Messages as Read After</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem><para> - When you click on a message, - <application>Evolution</application> will wait a - moment before marking it as read. You can set the - delay, in milliseconds, here. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <guilabel>Folder Format</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem> <para> By default, - <application>Evolution</application> saves its mail - in the - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - format. You can switch to the - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> - format if you like. Note that this is an advanced - feature and may cause you to lose some messages, so - you should probably make a backup of your - <systemitem><filename>evolution</filename></systemitem> - directory first. In addition, it will take quite - some time if you have a large mailbox. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-cal"> - <title>Configuring the Calendar</title> - <para> - To set your calendar preferences, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Calendar - Configuration</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the Calendar - view. This will open up the - <interface>Preferences</interface> window. It contains three - tabs: <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>, <guilabel>TaskPad</guilabel>, <guilabel>Reminders</guilabel>. The <interface>calendar - preferences window</interface> is illustrated in <xref - linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig">. - - <!-- ==============Figure===================== --> - <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig"> - <title>Calendar Preferences Dialog</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>If this worked on my job as well as my calendar...</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/config-cal" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ==============End of Figure================--> - </para> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-time"> - <title>Time Display Settings</title> - <para> - The <guilabel>Time display</guilabel> tab lets you set the - following: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Time format</term> - <listitem> - <para>You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and - twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the - appropriate radio button. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Weeks start on</term> - <listitem> - <para>You can set weeks to start on Sunday or on Monday.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Day range</term> - <listitem> - <para> - When does your work day start, and when does it end? - In the day and week views, - <application>Evolution</application> displays all the - hours in the range you select here, even if there are - no appointments for those times. Of course, you can - still schedule an appointment outside of these hours, - and if you do, the display will be extended to show - it. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-color"> - <title>Calendar Colors</title> - <para> - The <interface>colors tab</interface> allows you to decide - what color your calendar will be. The tab consists of a - sample calendar on the right and a list of ten items that can - be colored in different ways. If you click on the color - button to the right of each item, you will bring up a - color-selector window where you can alter that - color. By clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the color - selection dialog, you can see the results of the color on the - sample calendar. - </para> - <para>The display elements colors you can set are: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Outline:</guilabel> The lines between days - and at the top of the display. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Headings:</guilabel> Text color for day - and month names and other headings. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Empty days:</guilabel> This is the - background color for any time slots in which you have no appointments. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Appointments:</guilabel> This is the - background color for any time slots in which you have appointments. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Highlighted day:</guilabel> The - background color for a selected time slot. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Day numbers:</guilabel> Text color for date numbers. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Current day's number:</guilabel> Text color for today's date. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is not yet - due:</guilabel> Text color for To-Do list items that are - not yet due. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is due today:</guilabel> - Text color for today's tasks. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is overdue:</guilabel> - Text color for overdue tasks. - </para> - </listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-todo"> - <title>To Do List Settings</title> - <para> - You can choose what information the To Do list displays and the - way it is displayed. The two areas of the <interface>To Do - List</interface> tab offer several options each: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Show on To Do List</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This box contains three items. If you select the - check boxes next to them, that information will appear - in the To Do list for each task it contains: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Due Date</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Time Until Due</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Priority</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Style Options</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select among the following checkboxes to determine - how your To Do list will look: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Highlight overdue items</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Highlight items due today</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Highlight not yet due items</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-alarms"> - <title>Alarms Settings</title> - <para> - The <interface>alarms tab</interface> enables you to select from three boxes: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Beep on display alarms</guilabel>: select - this box to have <application>Evolution</application> beep - at you for any alarms you have set. These beeps - are distinct from full-fledged audio alarms. If you leave this box - unchecked, <application>Evolution</application> will only - alert you to events by opening a dialog box. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Audio alarms timeout after: </guilabel> - Select this button to have your audio alarms stop - automatically after a certain number of seconds. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Enable snoozing for:</guilabel> If you - would like to have the option to tell - <application>Evolution</application> to repeat an alarm in - a few minutes, select this button and decide how long - you'd like it to wait. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-contact"> - <title>Managing the Contact Manager</title> - <para> - To set the behavior of your Contact Manager, click on the - <guibutton>Contact Manager</guibutton> tab in the - <interface>Preferences</interface> window. - </para> - <para> - You can set the following options: <!--insert variable list - here--> - </para> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-contact-ldap-add"> - <title>Adding Directory Servers</title> - <para> - To add a new LDAP server to your available contact - folders, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>New Directory Server</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. This brings up a small dialog box which - will let you enter the following options: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Name</guilabel> — any name you choose for the server. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Description</guilabel> — a longer description of the server. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>LDAP Server</guilabel> — the network address of the server. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel> — by default, the port number is 389. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Root DN</guilabel> — enter the root DN here. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-general"> - <title>General Preferences</title> - <para> - Additional configuration options will be covered here, as - they become available. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/config-setupassist.sgml b/help/C/config-setupassist.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 8ed5cd0e38..0000000000 --- a/help/C/config-setupassist.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="config-setupassist"> - <title>Easy Setup with the Setup Assistant</title> - <para> - The first time you try to use email, the mail setup assistant - will ask you for some basic information, so - <application>Evolution</application> can let you use email. If - you prefer more detailed configuration, or if you want to make - changes to an existing email setup, see <xref - linkend="config-prefs">. - </para> - - <sect1 id="config-setupassist-mail"> - <title>Mail Setup</title> - <para> - The first time you try to send or receive mail with - <application>Evolution</application>, the <interface>mail - setup assistant</interface> will pop up to help you with your - email preferences. If you don't plan to use email, or if - you'd rather deal with your email preferences later, click - <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>. - </para> - -<!-- - - Before you get it, though, you should decide where you want to - keep it. Your options will vary a little depending on your - network setup, but they come down to storing the mail on your - hard disk (using <glossterm linkend="pop">POP</glossterm>), or - storing it on the network (using <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>). If you store your mail on - your local hard disk, you can read it whether you're online or - not, but you can only read it from one computer. If you store - it on the network, you can only read it when you're online, - but you can access it from almost any computer with a network - connection, even if it doesn't have - <application>Evolution</application>. - - - If you choose POP, you'll be putting mail in the - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Local</guilabel> - folder. If you choose IMAP, it's the - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> of a folder with the same name as - your mail server. That's so you can maintain several distinct - IMAP servers if you want. See <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail"> for more information about mail - servers. ---> - - <para> - The setup assistant, sometimes called a - <glossterm>Druid</glossterm>, by analogy with the "Wizards" - that some other programs use, will guide you through the - network configuration process. It will ask you for some - basic information; your system administrator or ISP should - have the answers you'll need. The mail setup assistant is - pictured in <xref linkend="usage-setup-fig">. - -<!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> -<!-- druid-pic should eventually become assistant-pic --> - - <figure id="usage-setup-fig"> - <title>Mail Setup Assistant</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/mail-druid-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - - - - The assistant will ask you for the following information: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Full Name:</guilabel> </term> <listitem> - <para>Your name. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Email address:</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Your complete email address. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Organization:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Any organization you represent, or the company where you - work. Leave this blank if you wish, or type "My own bad - self" so people know your opinions are yours alone. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Signature File:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - A text file appended to any email you send. A signature - file typically consists of your name and email address, - or a quotation you like. It's good form to keep your - "sig" on the short side: four lines is plenty. Remember, - this is attached to every email you send. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Receiving Email</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> supports several - mail sources: <glossterm linkend="pop">POP</glossterm> and - <glossterm linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> servers, UNIX-style - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and - <systemitem><filename>Qmail maildir-format</filename></systemitem> files. - POP servers retrieve your mail and store it on your - local system so you can refer to it even when not - connected to a network; <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> - servers store the mail on the server so you can access - it from multiple locations; - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename>></systemitem> - files are used by your computer for internal mail, and - may be useful if you want to switch from another email - client such as <application>Spruce</application> or - <application>Netscape Communicator</application>. Qmail files - maybe useful if you use qmail to retrieve your mail. Ask - your system administrator which you should use, or keep - guessing until one works. You may use multiple sources - if you wish; see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail-network"> for more - information. - </para> - <para> - If you decide not to have - <application>Evolution</application> use any servers, - the remaining items are not relevant; you only need to - point to the location of the files you wish to access. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Sending Email</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This should be the name of the server where you send - mail. It may (or may not) be the same as the - server where you get your incoming mail. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Authentication:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the type of authentication you will use. You can - click <guibutton>Detect supported types</guibutton> to - find out which authentication protocols your network - allows. - </para> - <para> - In the <guilabel>Username:</guilabel> input box, type your - username for your email account (the part before the "@"). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Account Management</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is where you put the name of this email account. It - could be "Home" or "Work". - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - To learn how to configure <application>Evolution</application> - in greater detail, or to change preferences once you have set - them, see <xref linkend="config-prefs">. - </para> - </sect1> - -</chapter> - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/config-sync.sgml b/help/C/config-sync.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 8f3b30d1f0..0000000000 --- a/help/C/config-sync.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="config-sync"> - <title>Setting up your synchronization system</title> - <para> - Synchronization presents you with two issues you'll need to - address. - <simplelist> - <member> - Your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. - At this time, <application>Evolution</application> only - supports Palm-OS devices like the PalmPilot and the - Handspring Visor. - </member> - <member> - You should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you - want. - </member> - </simplelist> - - </para> - - <para> - If you haven't used a handheld device with your computer - before, you'll need to run the GNOME <application>Control - Center</application> and make sure that <application>Pilot - Link</application> is properly configured. Then, select the - <application>Evolution</application> <glossterm - linkend="conduit">conduits</glossterm> under the - <guilabel>Pilot Conduits</guilabel> section of the Control - Center. - </para> - - <para> - Once your computer and your Palm-OS device are talking happily - to each other, you'll have to decide what exactly you want - them to do with the data they exchange. To enable a conduit, click the - <guibutton>Enable</guibutton> to enable it and click - <guibutton>Settings</guibutton>. Your options may vary - depending on the conduit, but typically they will be: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Disabled </term> - <listitem> - <para> - Do nothing. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Synchronize</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and - from the handheld to the computer. Remove items - that were on both systems but have been deleted on - one. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Copy From Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If there is any new data on the the handheld device, - copy it to the computer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Copy To Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the computer to the handheld. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Merge From Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and - remove any information from the computer that has - been deleted on the handheld. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Merge To Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and - remove any information from the handheld that has - been deleted on the computer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - Select a behavior for each conduit available. For the most - part, you'll want to stick with - <guilabel>Synchronize</guilabel>. Then, put your handheld on - its cradle and press the synchronization button. - </para> - - - <para> - <tip> - <title>Data Loss Prevention</title> - <para> - It's always a good idea to make a backup. To do that, - make a copy of your <systemitem> - <filename>~/evolution</filename> </systemitem> directory. - </para> - </tip> - </para> - - </chapter> - - - - diff --git a/help/C/evolution-C.omf b/help/C/evolution-C.omf deleted file mode 100644 index 320aec7b6d..0000000000 --- a/help/C/evolution-C.omf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?> -<omf> - <resource> - <title> - The Evolution Manual - </title> - <subject> - <category>GNOME|PIM</category> - </subject> - <format mime="text/sgml"/> - <identifier url="panel.sgml"/> - <language code="en" /> - </resource> -</omf> diff --git a/help/C/evolution-faq.sgml b/help/C/evolution-faq.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 1666f26b36..0000000000 --- a/help/C/evolution-faq.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,976 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE appendix PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> -<appendix id="evolution-faq"> - <title>Frequently Asked Questions About Ximian Evolution</title> - <para> - Here are some frequently asked questions about the - <application>Evolution</application> groupware suite from - Ximian. If you have a question that's not listed, you can - contact us at evolve@ximian.com. - </para> - - <sect1 id="faq-features"> - <title>Features</title> - - <qandaset> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - How can I use Evolution with Microsoft Exchange or Lotus Notes? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - If your server uses standard open protocols like IMAP, - POP, and SMTP, you can use Evolution with it. You can - share addresses with vCards and calendar items with iCal - appointments. We hope to have support for the - proprietary segments of Exchange and Notes severs - eventually, but this will come after Evolution 1.0. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Can I use Evolution with KDE? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Evolution will work fine in KDE. You will need to - install all of the GNOME libraries that it depends on. - Also, certain configuration options, such as default - fonts and the message editor keybinding behavior, must be - changed using the GNOME Control Center application (this - will also run from within KDE). - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - How can I remove or rename a folder? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Right-click on the folder and select the - <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> or - <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem> items. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Why doesn't drag and drop between folders seem to work? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The implementation isn't finished, although it's nearly done. - </para> - - <para> - In the meantime, right-click on the folders or messages - you want to move, and select the - <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem> or - <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> options. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Can I read mail from a mailbox file created by some other - application (e.g. Mutt) without importing mail from it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - No, but it's a planned feature. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Can Evolution sync with my Palm OS (tm) device? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes. However, it is not yet stable enough for general - release and we do not yet ship Evolution with Palm - synchronization enabled default. Until we do, you will - need to compile this in yourself. Check the - <filename>README</filename> file for additional - information on the requirements. Full compatibility and - synchronization for calendar and addressbook applications - on Palm devices will be implemented and shipped soon. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - What is the difference between a virtual folder (vfolder) - and a regular folder? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - A virtual folder is like a saved search: it is a view of - your mail. Regular folders actually contain the mail - messages. You can have one message be in multiple virtual - folders, but only in one regular folder. See the section - in the Evolution manual about virtual folders for more - information. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Can Evolution spell-check messages while I compose them? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes. The Evolution composer is able to highlight - mis-spelled word on the fly as you type them, and also - give you suggestions for possible corrections. In order - for this to work you need the - <filename>gnome-spell</filename> component, which is not - shipped with Ximian GNOME yet. - </para> - - <para> - If you are brave enough, you can check out module - <filename>gnome-spell</filename> from the GNOME CVS and - compile it yourself. Check out its README file for a list - of <filename>gnome-spell</filename>'s requirements for - compilation. - </para> - - <para> - Note that you don't need to recompile Evolution after - installing <filename>gnome-spell</filename>; it will be - picked up automatically. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Why can't I see the images that are contained in some HTML - mail messages. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Evolution currently doesn't support this, but it's a - planned feature. It will be an option: many people like - to turn off the images because they use up bandwidth and can - be used to spy on your email reading habits. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Can I change the font that Evolution uses to compose and - display mail messages? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - You have to change the GtkHTML settings for that: in the - GNOME Control Center, go to the "HTML Viewer" - configuration page, which is under the "Document Handlers" - category. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - How do I import my Outlook <filename>.pst</filename> files into Evolution? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - You cannot import these files directly into Evolution - because the <filename>.pst</filename> format is a - proprietary format. However, Mozilla Mail on Windows can - convert them into the <type>mbox</type> format, which can - then be imported by Evolution. - </para> - - <para> - To start importing your Outlook mail to Evolution, run - Mozilla Mail on Windows and select the - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - to begin. Then select that you wish to import Mail from - Outlook. Once Mozilla has imported all your mail, reboot - your computer into Linux. - </para> - - <para> - Mount your Windows partition in Linux and run Evolution to - begin importing your mail. Select - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import - File...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to start importing. Set - the file type to MBox (mbox) and click on - <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to select the mail you want - to import. - </para> - - <para> - If you are the only user on Windows, the mail files will - be stored in <filename>/mnt/c/windows/Application - Data/Mozilla/Profiles/default/XXXX/Mail/imported.mail/</filename> - where <filename>/mnt/c/</filename> is your windows - partition mount point and XXXX is some collection of - numbers and digits ending in <filename>.slt</filename>. - </para> - - <para> - If there is more than one user, the file will be in - <filename>/mnt/c/windows/Profiles/USERNAME/XXXX/Mail/imported.mail/</filename> - where USERNAME is your Windows username. - </para> - - <para> - For each mail folder in Outlook, Mozilla will convert the - folder into one mbox file. To import all your mail, import - all the files without a <filename>.msf</filename> - extension. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - If Mozilla can import <filename>.pst</filename> files, why can't Evolution? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Mozilla on Windows accesses the <filename>.pst</filename> - files through the <filename>MAPI.DLL</filename>, which is - only avaliable on Windows. <filename>MAPI.DLL</filename> - is the only way to access <filename>.pst</filename> files - and Evolution cannot use this DLL in Linux. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Will there be a server? How about a text-based or web-based front end? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Of course, we can't comment on unannounced future product - plans, but Evolution's architecture would permit the - existence of that kind of software. If there is enough - demand for such software we will consider moving in that - direction. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Will Evolution make a good mocha? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Only espresso is planned, but you can easily plug in a chocolate component. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - </qandaset> - </sect1> - - - <!-- Section: Getting and compiling --> - - <sect1 id="faq-get-and-compile"> - <title> - Getting and Compiling Evolution - </title> - <qandaset> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Where can I get the latest Evolution release? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - There are two ways to install the latest Evolution - release: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - If you have Ximian GNOME installed, you can start - Red Carpet, Ximian's software updating system, and - subscribe to the Evolution channel. This will let - you install a binary for the latest release, and - will also warn you when a new version has been made - available. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you want to compile from source, you can - download the latest official Evolution tarball - from: - </para> - - <para> - <ulink url="ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/unstable/sources/evolution"> - ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/unstable/sources/evolution</ulink> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Are binary snapshots available? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Yes, if you have Ximian GNOME installed. Just run Red - Carpet and subscribe to the Evolution Snapshot channel. - </para> - - <para> - You can check the status of snapshots at - <ulink url="http://primates.ximian.com/~snapshot">http://primates.ximian.com/~snapshot</ulink>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Why isn't a new snapshot available today? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Sometimes the build might fail because of problems with - the source on CVS. In this case, just wait for next day's - snapshot. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - How do I get Evolution from CVS? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - If you already have - <ulink url="http://cvs.gnome.org">GNOME CVS</ulink> access, - simply check out the following modules: evolution, - gtkhtml, gal. - </para> - <para> - If you don't have a CVS account, you can use anoncvs - instead. Bear in mind that anoncvs is only synchronized once - a day, and code received from anoncvs may not be latest - version available. - </para> - - <para> - Before using the anoncvs server, you have to log into it. - This only needs to be done once. Use this command: - </para> - - <programlisting> - cvs -z3 -d :pserver:anonymous@anoncvs.gnome.org:/cvs/gnome login - </programlisting> - - <para> - Then you can retrieve the modules needed to compile Evolution - using the following command: - </para> - - <programlisting> - cvs -z3 -d :pserver:anonymous@anoncvs.gnome.org:/cvs/gnome co evolution gtkhtml gal - </programlisting> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - How should I compile Evolution avoiding conflicts with my - existing GNOME installation? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - The best way is to install Evolution into a separate prefix. - In order to specify a non-default installation prefix, you - can pass the <parameter>--prefix</parameter> option to - <filename>configure</filename> or - <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. For example: - </para> - - <programlisting> - cd /cvs/evolution - ./autogen.sh --prefix=/opt/gnome - </programlisting> - - <para> - If you install Evolution and the Evolution libraries in a - non-standard prefix, make sure you set the appropriate - environment variables in the startup script for Evolution: - </para> - - <programlisting> - export PATH=/opt/gnome:$PATH - export GNOME_PATH=/opt/gnome:/usr - </programlisting> - - <para> - You may also need to add <filename>$prefix/lib</filename> - (e.g. <filename>/opt/gnome/lib</filename>) to your - <filename>/etc/ld.so.conf</filename>. Of course, this will - not work for systems which do not use ld.so.conf, such as - HP-UX. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - I get the error message: <computeroutput>make: *** No rule - to make target - `all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@'</computeroutput> - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - You probably have <filename>gettext</filename> 0.10.36 or - later installed. Try downgrading to 0.10.35; - unfortunately, 0.10.36 introduced some incompatibilities - with the current <filename>xml-i18n-tools</filename>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - </qandaset> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="faq-trouble"> - <title>Troubleshooting</title> - <qandaset> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - I get <computeroutput>Cannot initialize the Evolution - shell</computeroutput>. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - There are a number of things that can cause this error. - Check that: - </para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <filename>oafd</filename> is listed in your <envar>PATH</envar> - environment variable. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <filename>GNOME_Evolution_Shell.oaf</filename> and - the other - <filename>GNOME_Evolution_*.oaf</filename> files are - readable and installed in - <filename>$prefix/share/oaf</filename>, where - <filename>$prefix</filename> is one of the prefixes - listed in <envar>GNOME_PATH</envar> or - <envar>OAF_INFO_PATH</envar>. (These variables are - supposed to contain $PATH-like colon-separated lists of - paths. If the installation prefix for Evolution is - different from that). Run `oaf-slay' once before running - `evolution' again if you change $GNOME_PATH or - $OAF_INFO_PATH. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <filename>evolution</filename>, - <filename>evolution-mail</filename> and the other - <filename>evolution-*</filename> executables are in your - $PATH. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - I get <computeroutput>Cannot open composer window</computeroutput>. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - This actually means that Evolution cannot activate the HTML - editor component from GtkHTML. The comments in the previous - answer still apply; also make sure that - <command>gnome-gtkhtml-editor</command> is in your - <envar>PATH</envar>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - I get <computeroutput>Cannot open composer window</computeroutput>. - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - This actually means that Evolution cannot activate the HTML - editor component from GtkHTML. The comments in the previous - answer still apply; also make sure that - <command>gnome-gtkhtml-editor</command> is in your - <envar>PATH</envar>. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - I updated Evolution and now my addressbook information is gone! - What should I do? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Evolution uses the <filename>libdb</filename> library to - handle the addressbook database. Two versions of - <filename>libdb</filename> can be used with Evolution: version - 1.88 and version 2. - </para> - - <para> - Unfortunately, an Evolution executable that is linked against - a certain version of <filename>libdb</filename> will only be - able to read addressbook files written by another Evolution - executable that is linked with the same version of the - library. If your addressbook is not readable by Evolution - anymore, it probably means that you used to have Evolution - linked with a certain version of <filename>libdb</filename>, - but now it gets linked to a different version. - </para> - - <para> - Because of the way <filename>libdb</filename> is designed, it - is not easy for Evolution to automatically do the conversion - between the two formats. But, if your Evolution used to be - linked against version 1.85 and now is linked to version 2, - there is a very simple way to convert the database and recover - your data. - </para> - - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - First of all, check the format of the database using the - <command>file</command> command: - </para> - - <programlisting> - file ~/evolution/local/Contacts/addressbook.db - </programlisting> - - <para> - You want version 1.85 there. If your version is 2, then - your current Evolution is probably linked against - version 1.85 and you cannot convert the database to the - old format. To do that, follow these instructions: - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Quit Evolution. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Make a copy of the addressbook database for backup - purposes, then move the original out of the way. - </para> - - <programlisting> - cd ~/evolution/local/Contacts - cp addressbook.db addressbook.db.backup - mv addressbook.db addressbook.db.tmp - </programlisting> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Convert the contacts to the new format using - <command>db_dump185</command> and - <command>db_load</command>: - </para> - - <programlisting> - db_dump185 addressbook.db.tmp | db_load ~/evolution/local/Contacts/addressbook.db - </programlisting> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Restart Evolution. - </para> - </listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Evolution reported an error when trying to retrieve from my - local spool in <filename>/var/spool/mail/username</filename>. Why? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Evolution doesn't have an external helper for moving mail, - so <filename>/var/spool/mail/</filename> must be writable - by you. Try this: - </para> - - <programlisting> - chmod 1777 /var/spool/mail - </programlisting> - - <para> - We're working on a solution to this problem now. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Evolution crashes reporting that it couldn't allocate N - billion bytes; how do I fix this? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - This usually happens when a component tries talking a - certain version of a CORBA interface to another component - that supports a different version. For example, this can - happen when you recompile and install a single component - without recompiling/installing the rest of Evolution. - </para> - - <para> - If you run into this problem, make sure all the components - are compiled and installed at the same time. This also - applies to GtkHTML upgrades; after upgrading and - installing a newer GtkHTML, always re-compile and - re-install Evolution against it. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - What is <command>killev</command> and why do I need to use it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - Evolution is actually made up of several components that run - as separate processes. Evolution's shell is not very good - at cleaning up stale processes, so it is possible that - sometimes already-running components cause unexpected and/or - broken behavior. - </para> - - <para> - It's always a good idea to run <command>killev</command> - after a crash in Evolution, especially if the Evolution - shell itself crashed. (If a component crashes instead, you - should try to exit the shell cleanly first, so you give a - chance to the other components to clean things up properly.) - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - What is <command>oaf-slay</command> and why do I need to use it? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - <command>oaf-slay</command> is an utility which comes with - OAF, the Object Activation Framework that is used in the - GNOME Desktop to activate components. It will kill the - object activation daemon (<command>oafd</command>) as well - as all the active components on the system. - </para> - - <para> - Using <command>oaf-slay</command> - <command>oaf-slay</command> is quite drastic and can cause - problems with other programs that use oaf, especially with - <application>Nautilus</application>. To avoid problems, do - not run <command>oaf-slay</command> while you are in GNOME. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - </qandaset> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="faq-debugging"> - <title>Questions about Bugs and Debugging</title> - <para> - Find a bug? Here's how to help us fix it! - </para> - - <qandaset> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - Where should I report bugs for Evolution? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - You can use the GNOME Bug Report Tool - (<command>bug-buddy</command>), or report bugs to the - Ximian bug reporting system (Bugzilla), located at <ulink - url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com">http://bugzilla.ximian.com</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - Please use the query function to check if a bug has been - submitted already, so that we avoid duplicate reports. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - - - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - What is a stack trace (backtrace) and how do I get one? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - A stack trace is a list of the chain of function calls - that lead to some point in the program. Typically, you - want to get a stack trace when Evolution crashes or - hangs and you want to try to figure out where in the - code that happened and why. For this reason, stack - traces are extremely useful for the Evolution - developers, so it's important that you learn how to get - them, and include them in crash reports. The - <application>bug-buddy</application> tool can get and - submit a stack trace for you. If you want to do it by - yourself, here's how: - </para> - <para> - First of all, in order to get a stack trace, your - executable (and possibly the libraries) must be compiled - with debugging symbols. Debugging symbols are created by - default if you compile from CVS, and are included in the - snapshot builds. If you decide to compile by yourself - with some custom CFLAGS value, make sure -g is included - in them. - </para> - <para> - Finally, you must put the component that crashes through - <application>gdb</application>, the GNU debugging tool. - To do so, make sure all the components are dead (exit - Evolution and run <command>killev</command>), then run the - following command: - <programlisting> - <command>gdb name-of-component</command> - </programlisting> - - Where "name-of-component" is the name of the component that - crashed. - </para> - <para> - Then, at the gdb prompt, type r (for "run") and wait a - few seconds to make sure the component has registered - with the name service. Then start - <application>Evolution</application> normally from a - different terminal. - </para> - <para> - When you have started - <application>Evolution</application>, reproduce the - crash, and go back to the terminal where you ran gdb. If - the component crashed, you should have a prompt there; - otherwise, just hit Control+C. At the prompt, type - <command>info threads</command>. This will give you a - screen that looks like this: - </para> - <para> - <programlisting> -(gdb) info threads - 8 Thread 6151 (LWP 14908) 0x409778fe in sigsuspend () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 7 Thread 5126 (LWP 14907) 0x409778fe in sigsuspend () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 6 Thread 4101 (LWP 1007) 0x409778fe in sigsuspend () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 5 Thread 3076 (LWP 1006) 0x409778fe in sigsuspend () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 4 Thread 2051 (LWP 1005) 0x409778fe in sigsuspend () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 3 Thread 1026 (LWP 1004) 0x409778fe in sigsuspend () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 2 Thread 2049 (LWP 1003) 0x40a10d90 in poll () from /lib/libc.so.6 - 1 Thread 1024 (LWP 995) 0x40a10d90 in poll () from /lib/libc.so.6 - </programlisting> - - For the most part, only - <application>evolution-mail</application> will have more - than one thread. - </para> - <para> - Now, for each of the threads listed, type the following commands: -<programlisting> -thread N -bt -</programlisting> - Where 'N' is the number of the thread (in this example, 1 - through 8). - </para> - <para> - Cut and paste all the output gdb gives you into a text - file. You can quit gdb by typing - <userinput>quit</userinput> - </para> - <para> - If you prefer, you can start gdb while a process is - running. You'll want to do this right after a crash dialog - appears, but before hitting "OK" or "Submit bug report". - Start <application>gdb</application> as above, but instead - of using <userinput>r</userinput>, type <userinput>attach - PID</userinput> where PID is the process ID of the - component you want to debug. - </para> - <para> - If that sounds too complicated, you can always use - <command>bug-buddy</command> to get and submit the stack - trace. - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - <qandaentry> - <question> - <para> - A component of evolution crashed, but since the rest of - evolution stayed up, I couldn't use bug-buddy to get a - stack trace. How can I use gdb to get a stack trace of - the component? - </para> - </question> - <answer> - <para> - To trace a failing component (in this example, evolution-mail): - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open two terminals. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - In one, type <command>gdb evolution-mail</command> - . Replace "evolution-mail" with the name of the - component that is crashing: evolution-addresbook, - evolution-calendar, etc.) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Once gdb starts, type <userinput>r</userinput> and - hit enter. Give it a few seconds, to make sure it - starts up completely. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - In the second terminal, type - <command>evolution</command>. Do whatever you did - to cause the crash in the component you used in - step two. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When the crash occurs, type 'bt' in the first - terminal. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Cut and paste the output into your bug report. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </answer> - </qandaentry> - </qandaset> - </sect1> - </appendix> - -<!-- Local Variables: --> <!-- indent-tabs-mode:nil --> <!-- End: --> - - - - diff --git a/help/C/evolution.sgml b/help/C/evolution.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 8201284062..0000000000 --- a/help/C/evolution.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"[ - -<!ENTITY PREFACE SYSTEM "preface.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAINWINDOW SYSTEM "usage-mainwindow.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-EXEC-SUMMARY SYSTEM "usage-exec-summary.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL SYSTEM "usage-mail.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL-ORG SYSTEM "usage-mail-org.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-CONTACT SYSTEM "usage-contact.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-CALENDAR SYSTEM "usage-calendar.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-SYNC SYSTEM "usage-sync.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-PRINT SYSTEM "usage-print.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-SETUPASSIST SYSTEM "config-setupassist.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-PREFS SYSTEM "config-prefs.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-SYNC SYSTEM "config-sync.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-ENCRYPTION SYSTEM "config-encryption.sgml"> -<!ENTITY MENUREF SYSTEM "menuref.sgml"> -<!ENTITY FAQ SYSTEM "evolution-faq.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-GLOSS SYSTEM "apx-gloss.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-COMMON-TASKS SYSTEM "apx-common-tasks.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-BUGS SYSTEM "apx-bugs.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-AUTHORS SYSTEM "apx-authors.sgml"> - -]> - - -<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and -entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. Note that there is no -entity for apx-notes.sgml, which is still included in the file -set. Reinstate the entity if and when the Notes feature is -implemented. --> - -<book id="index"> - <bookinfo> - <title>A User's Guide to Evolution</title> - <authorgroup> - <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname><surname>Weber</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname><surname>Breit</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Ettore</firstname><surname>Perazzoli</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Duncan</firstname><surname>Mak</surname></author> - </authorgroup> - <copyright> - <year>2001</year> - <holder>Ximian, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> - - <para> - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the <ulink type="help" - url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>GNU Free Documentation - License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version - published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant - Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You - may obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation - License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by - visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their - Web site</ulink> or by writing to: Free Software Foundation, - Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. - </para> - <para> - Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their - products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those - names appear in any GNOME documentation, and those trademarks - are made aware to the members of the GNOME Documentation - Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial caps. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <releaseinfo> - This is version 0.11 of the Evolution manual. - </releaseinfo> - - </bookinfo> - - &PREFACE; - - <part id="usage"> - <title>Getting Started with Evolution 1.0</title> - <partintro> - <para> - Part one of the <application>Evolution</application> manual - describes how to use <application>Evolution</application> for - email, contact management, and appointment and task - scheduling. You'll find as you go along that there's more - than one way to do things, and you can pick whichever method - you like best. - </para> - </partintro> - - &USAGE-MAINWINDOW; - &USAGE-EXEC-SUMMARY; - &USAGE-MAIL; - &USAGE-MAIL-ORG; - &USAGE-CONTACT; - &USAGE-CALENDAR; -<!-- &USAGE-NOTES; --> - &USAGE-SYNC; - &USAGE-PRINT; - </part> - <part id="config"> - <title>Configuring and Managing Evolution</title> - <partintro> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> is highly configurable. - Usually, when developers say that, they mean that they didn't - test it out thoroughly and have left it to other programmers - to "configure" themselves a working system. In the case of - <application>Evolution</application>, "configurable", it means that, while you can expect the - program to work perfectly well in its default settings, it's - also easy to alter its behavior in a wide variety of ways, so - that it fits your needs exactly. This part of the book will - describe that process, from the quickest glimpse of the Setup - Assistant to an in-depth tour of the preferences dialogs. - </para> - </partintro> - - &CONFIG-SETUPASSIST; - &CONFIG-PREFS; - &CONFIG-SYNC; - </part> - - <part> - <title>Comprehensive Menu reference</title> - <partintro> - <para> - The following reference covers all, or nearly all, of the - menus and menu commands that - <application>Evolution</application> has to offer you. - </para> - </partintro> - &MENUREF; - </part> - &FAQ; - &APX-GLOSS; - &APX-BUGS; - &APX-AUTHORS; - -</book> - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/fig/calendar.png b/help/C/fig/calendar.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9c267d572a..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/calendar.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/config-cal.png b/help/C/fig/config-cal.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5be44dc68d..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/config-cal.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/config-mail.png b/help/C/fig/config-mail.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5fb06c705c..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/config-mail.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/contact-editor.png b/help/C/fig/contact-editor.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 988ad2f918..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/contact-editor.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/contact.png b/help/C/fig/contact.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0748b30d69..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/contact.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png b/help/C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3240196307..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/filter-new-fig.png b/help/C/fig/filter-new-fig.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 51fc680df9..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/filter-new-fig.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-1.png b/help/C/fig/full-1.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 84afc9d3e7..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-1.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-2.png b/help/C/fig/full-2.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 929e356db5..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-2.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-3.png b/help/C/fig/full-3.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 175fd1d970..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-3.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-4.png b/help/C/fig/full-4.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 45d66bb193..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-4.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-5.png b/help/C/fig/full-5.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5fcfd20e45..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-5.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-6.png b/help/C/fig/full-6.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 484eca4903..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-6.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/full-7.png b/help/C/fig/full-7.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8a19eaab42..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/full-7.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/mail-composer.png b/help/C/fig/mail-composer.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d85f632b64..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/mail-composer.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png b/help/C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 18e29aa49d..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/mail-inbox.png b/help/C/fig/mail-inbox.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7659cb003a..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/mail-inbox.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png b/help/C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 18b68c96a5..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/print-dest.png b/help/C/fig/print-dest.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fb1faf7d70..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/print-dest.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/print-preview.png b/help/C/fig/print-preview.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 51ab5e795e..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/print-preview.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png b/help/C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cc0a7abf66..0000000000 --- a/help/C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/menuref.sgml b/help/C/menuref.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index a2a4ea1b32..0000000000 --- a/help/C/menuref.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1138 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="menuref"> - <title>Menu Reference</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application>'s menus may not hold the - secret to happiness, they do hold every ability that - <application>Evolution</application> has. This section will serve - as a reference for all those menus, and the capabilites that they - offer you. - </para> - <para> - In addition, the editor tools for messages, appointments, and - contacts all have menu bars of their own. From left to right, the - menus available to you when you are reading mail are: - <guimenu>File</guimenu>, <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, - <guimenu>View</guimenu>, <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Message</guimenu>, <guimenu>Folder</guimenu>and - <guimenu>Help</guimenu>. - - </para> - <para> - Menus in <application>Evolution</application> are - context-sensitive, which means that they vary depending on what - you're doing. If you're reading your mail, you'll have - mail-related menus; for your calendar, you'll have - calendar-related menu items. Some menus, of course, like - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> and <guimenu>File</guimenu> don't much, if - at all, because they have more universal functions. But you'd - never mark an address card as "read," or set the recurrence for an - email message you've recieved. depending on whether you're looking - at mail, contacts, or calendar information. - </para> - - <sect1 id="menuref-mail"> - <title>Mail Menus</title> - <para> - Note that the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu and the - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> are identical within the - <application>Evolution</application> main window, regardless - of what features you are using. - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>File Menu</term> - <listitem> <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail - Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap> - <keycap>N</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Evolution - Window</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Shortcut</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail - Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Selected Items</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Folder</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Go to Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Edit Menu</term> - <listitem><para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select All</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap> - Ctl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> - </para></listitem></varlistentry> - - <varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Invert Selection</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo> - </para></listitem></varlistentry> - - <varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> - </para> - </listitem></varlistentry> - - <varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo> - </para> - </listitem></varlistentry> - - <varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mark as Read</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo> - </para> - </listitem></varlistentry> - - <varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mark as Unread</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo> - </para> - </listitem></varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>View Menu</term> - <listitem> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem></menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para><keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Actions Menu</term> - <listitem> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guisubmenu>Forward - As</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Inline</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> </term> - <listitem> - <para> - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>J</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guisubmenu>Forward As</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Attachment</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para> - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice></term> <listitem><para> - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reply to All</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para> - <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Shft</keycap><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move - to Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para> <keycombo - action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>M</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy to Folder </guimenuitem> - </menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para> - <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>>Ctl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apply - Filters </guimenuitem> </menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para> <keycombo - action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>Y</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Expunge - </guimenuitem> </menuchoice></term> <listitem><para> - <keycombo - action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Index - </guimenuitem> </menuchoice></term> - <listitem><para> <keycombo - action="simul"><keycap>Ctl</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - - </para> - - </sect1> - <sect1 id="menuref-mail-editor"> - <title>The Message Composer Menus</title> - <para> - The message composition window has its own set of menus: - <guimenu>File</guimenu>, which controls operations on files and - data, <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, for text editing, - <guimenu>Format</guimenu>, which controls the file format of - messages you send, <guimenu>View</guimenu>, to set how you view - the message, and <guimenu>Insert</guimenu>, which holds tools - for embedding files and other items in messages. Here's what's in them: - </para> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-editor-file"> - <title>The Message Composer's File Menu</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Open</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Open a text file or a draft mail message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Save</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Save a mail message as a text file. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Save As</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Choose a file name and location for - a message you want to save as a text file. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Save in Folder</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Save a message as a draft, rather than - as a separate text file. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Insert Text File</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Open a text file and insert it into - the current message. (FIXME: belongs under "Insert"). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Send Now</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Sends the message immediately. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Send Later</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Queue - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Close</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Closes the message composer. If you have not done so, - <application>Evolution</application> - will ask you if you want to save your message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - -<sect2 id="menuref-tasklist"> - <title>Task List Shortcuts and Menus</title> - <para> - </para> -</sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-editor-edit"> - <title>The Message Composer's Edit Menu</title> - <para> - The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu in the message composer - contains the following items. Keyboard shortcuts are listed - next to the items in the menus themselves. - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Undoes the last action you performed. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - If you change your mind about Undoing something, - you can always use this item. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Removes the selected text from the text entry window and - retains it in the system "clipboard" memory, ready for pasting. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Copies selected text to the system clipboard without deleting it. - The text can then be inserted elsewhere with the - <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Inserts the contents of the system clipboard at the - location of the cursor. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Enter a phrase and find your match in your message body. - As with <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem>, - <guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem>, and - <guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem>, <application>Evolution</application> - will offer you the option to search forwards or backwards. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - If you are familiar with <glossterm>regular expressions</glossterm>, - often called "regexes," you can search for something more complicated, - using wildcards and boolean logic. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Repeats your last search. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Enter a word or phrase and the word or phrase with which you'd like - to replace it. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - This item brings up the Message Composer Properties Capplet, - a portion of the GNOME Control Center that determines the - key bindings for the message composer. Help for this capplet is - available directly from the Control Center. - (FIXME: Write that help doc too) (FIXME: this is in the wrong place!) - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-format"> - <title>The Message Composer's Format Menu</title> - <para> - The <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menu has only one item: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Toggles HTML mode for the message composer. When selected, - the message is displayed and sent in HTML. If you have written a - message in HTML and turn HTML off, most formatting will be lost. - <application>Evolution</application> will attempt to preserve spacing - and to remove formatting gracefully, however. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-view"> - <title>The Message Composer's View Menu</title> - <para> - The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu controls the way messages are - displayed, and how much of the message, its headers, and - attachments appear. It contains: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Toggles the display of attachments. When this item is selected, - <application>Evolution</application> will create a separate pane - of the composition window to show what attachments you are appending - to the message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-insert"> - <title>The Message Composer's Insert Menu</title> - <para> - The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu holds tools that allow you - to include images, horizontal rules, and other objects - in the body of your message. The tools are: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - This tool will prompt you to select an image file to - insert into your HTML message. For text messages, this - is the same as attaching an image file. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Link</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Opens the <interface>link creation window</interface>, - which lets you specify the URL and text description - for a link in your message. This only works with HTML - messages. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Rule</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Opens the<interface> horizontal rule creation dialog</interface>, which lets you - create an HTML horizontal rule. For more information, - see <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">. - This tool only works with HTML messages. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Text File</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Open a text file and insert it into the current message. - This tool works with both plain text and HTML messages. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-cal"> - <title>The Calendar Menus</title> - <para> - The Main window of the calendar has the same menus as the main - window of the mail client. However, their contents vary in a - number of ways. - </para> - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-edit"> - <title>The Calendar Edit Menu</title> - <para> - The contents of the Edit menu are currently so borked that I - refuse to document them right now. (That means FIXME). They - should be: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Description - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Description - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Description - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-view"> - <title>The Calendar View Menu</title> - <para> - The Calendar's <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu contains the following items: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Toggle the Shortcut Bar on and off with this item. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. - See <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> for - more information about the folder bar. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>View By Day</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Switch to the day view for your calendar. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>View Five Days</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - View five calendar days at once. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>View by Week</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Switch the calendar view to full week mode. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>View By Month</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Look at a month at a time. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-settings"> - <title>The Calendar Settings Menu</title> - <para> - This menu is empty. - </para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-cal-editor"> - <title>The Appointment Editor Menus</title> - <para> - The appointment editor has its own menus, to help you use its - wide-ranging abilities. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-file"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's File Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains several items, including a - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu></menuchoice> - submenu that is identical to that in the main window. The - other contents are: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Send</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Opens a mail message with the appointment attached to it. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Save this appointment in the existing location and name. If you have not yet - chosen a location and name, this is the same as <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Choose a location and name for this appointment, and save it. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Deletes the appointment. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Move to Folder</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Chose a folder, and move the appointment into it. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Copy to Folder</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Chose a folder, and put a copy of the appointment into it. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Page Setup Submenu</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - This menu contains two items: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Memo Style</guimenuitem> — - FIXME: What does this do? - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Define Print Styles</guimenuitem> — - FIXME: What does this do? - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Print Preview</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Shows you what your appointment will look - like if you print it. See <xref linkend="usage-print"> - for details on printing and the Print Preview function. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Prints the appointment without preview. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: What does this do? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Close the appointment editor window. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-edit"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's Edit Menu</title> - <para> - FIXME: this menu is copied and pasted entirely from somewhere - else. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-view"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's View Menu</title> - <para> - This menu allows you to look at different appointments, and - set the way you look at them, without having to move back to - the <interface>Main Window</interface>. It contains: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Previous</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem><para> - The items in this submenu will take you to appointments - prior to the current one. (FIXME: describe). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Next</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem><para> - The items in this submenu will take you to appointments - scheduled to occur after the current one. (FIXME: describe). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: What does this item do? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem><para> - The <guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu> submenu - allows you to choose which toolbars - are displayed in the - <interface>Appointment Editor</interface>. They are: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Standard</guimenuitem> — - Toggle the standard toolbar on and off. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Formatting</guimenuitem> — - Toggle the formatting toolbar on and off. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Customize</guimenuitem> — - Select the contents of the formatting and standard toolbars. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-insert"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's Insert Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains: (FIXME: Insert Content Here) - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>File</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Choose a file to append to your appointment or appointment request. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Object</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-format"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's Format Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains two items, neither of which - have any functionality yet: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Paragraph</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-tools"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's Tools Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains four items, including the - <guisubmenu>Forms</guisubmenu> submenu, which allows you to - alter calendar forms and create your own entries. None of - this works yet, though. - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Spelling</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Checks the spelling of your calendar entry. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Check Names</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Checks the names listed here against - those in your address book. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Address Book</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Forms</guisubmenu> Submenu</term> - <listitem><para> - The Forms submenu lets you alter the - appearance of Calendar Forms. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-actions"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's Actions Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Brings up the <interface>Meeting Invitation</interface> window, - described in <xref linkend="usage-calendar-apts">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Cancel Invitation</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cancels the event, notifying all attendees. You may be prompted - to specify an invitation message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Forward as vCalendar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Opens the message composer with the current event attached. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Forward as Text</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Opens the message composer with a text description of the current - event included in the message body. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-help"> - <title>The Appointment Editor's File Menu</title> - <para> - This menu is empty. - </para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1> - <title>Contact Manager Menus</title> - <para> - The contact manager has six menus: <guimenu>File</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, <guimenu>View</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Setting</guimenu>s, <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>, and - <guimenu>Help</guimenu>. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-edit"> - <title>Contact Manager Edit Menu</title> - <para> - This menu is empty. - </para> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-view"> - <title>Contact Manager View Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains the following items: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Toggle the Shortcut Bar on and off with this item. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. - See <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> for - more information about the folder bar. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>As Table</guimenuitem> / <guimenuitem>As Minicards</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - View your contacts as a table. - When in table-view mode, this menu item reads - <guimenuitem>As Minicards</guimenuitem>, and changes the view - back to the minicard format. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-tools"> - <title>Contact Manager Tools Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains one item: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Search for - Contacts</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Brings up - the in-depth search window. <xref - linkend="contact-search"> describes how to use this - feature. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-actions"> - <title>Contact Manager Tools Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains only one item: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>New Directory Server</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Brings up - the in-depth search window. <xref - linkend="config-prefs-contact-ldap-add"> describes how to use this - feature. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-contact-editor"> - <title>The Contact Editor Menus</title> - <para> - This window has only one menu: the file menu. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-editor-file"> - <title>Contact Editor File Menu</title> - <para> - This menu contains five items: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Allows you to save the contact as an external - file in the <glossterm linkend="vcard">VCard</glossterm> format. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Prints the current contact. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Deletes the current contact. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Closes the Contact Editor without saving. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - -</chapter> - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/preface.sgml b/help/C/preface.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 81a6a0dc93..0000000000 --- a/help/C/preface.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,634 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE preface PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - - <preface id="introduction"> -<!-- =============Introduction ============================= --> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <sect1 id="what"> - <title>What is Evolution, and What Can It Do for Me?</title> - <para> - Information is useless unless it's organized and accessible; - it's hardly even worth the name if you can't look at it and be - <emphasis>informed</emphasis>. - <application>Evolution</application>'s goal is to make the - tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal - information easier, so you can work and communicate with - others. That is, it's a highly evolved <glossterm - linkend="groupware">groupware</glossterm> program, an integral - part of the Internet-connected desktop. On the inside, it's a - powerful database; on the outside, it's a tool to help you get - your work done. - </para> - <para> - Because it's part of the GNOME project, - <application>Evolution</application> is Free Software. The - program and its source code are released under the terms of - the GNU <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>General - Public License (GPL)</citetitle></ulink>, and the - documentation falls under the <ulink type="help" - url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>Free Documentation - License</citetitle></ulink> (FDL). For more information about - the GPL and the FDL, visit the Free Software Foundation's - website at <ulink - url="http://www.fsf.org">http://www.fsf.org</ulink>. - </para> - <para> - <note> - <title>This is a preview release</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> is not complete, and - still has a lot of flaws. Please help improve it by - letting us know about them. You should do this on the - Ximian GNOME bug report page at <ulink - url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com">bugzilla.ximian.com</ulink>. There - are detailed bug reporting instructions in <xref - linkend="evolution-faq">. - </para> - <para> - Please send comments on the guide to - <email>aaron@ximian.com</email>. The first person to send - me some good constructive criticism wins a free Ximian - t-shirt. - </para> - </note> - </para> - - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can help you work in a - group by handling email, address and other contact - information, and one or more calendars. It can do that on one - or several computers, connected directly or over a network, - for one person or for large groups. - </para> - <para> - The <application>Evolution</application> project has four - central goals: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - The application must be <emphasis>both powerful and easy - to use</emphasis>. In other words, it needs a familiar - and intuitive interface that users can customize to their - liking, and users should have access to shortcuts for - complex tasks. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> must meet and - exceed the standards set by other groupware products. - It must include support for major network <glossterm - linkend="protocol">protocols</glossterm> so that it can - integrate seamlessly with existing hardware and network - environments. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The project must support open standards and be open to - expansion, so that it can become a development platform - as well as an application. From the simplest scripting - to the most complex network and component programming, - <application>Evolution</application> must offer - developers an environment for cutting-edge application - development. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Data must be safe: <application>Evolution</application> - must not lose mail, corrupt mailbox files or other - data, execute arbitrary <glossterm linkend="script">scripts</glossterm>, - or delete files from your hard disk. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> is designed to make most - daily tasks faster. For example, it takes only one or two - clicks to enter an appointment or an address card sent to you - by email, or to send email to a contact or appointment. - <application>Evolution</application> makes displays faster and - more efficient, so searches are faster and memory usage is - lower. People who get lots of mail will appreciate advanced - features like <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vFolders"> - Virtual Folders</link>, which let you save searches as though - they were ordinary mail folders. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="aboutbook"> - <title>About This Book</title> - <para> - This book is divided into two parts, with several - appendices. The first part is a <link linkend="usage">guided - tour</link>— it will explain how to use - <application>Evolution</application>. If you are new to - <application>Evolution</application> or to groupware in - general, this section is for you. The second section, covering - <link linkend="config">configuration</link>, is targeted at - more advanced users, but anyone who wants to change the way - <application>Evolution</application> looks or acts can benefit - from reading it. In addition, there is a comprehensive <link - linkend="menuref">menu reference</link> which describes nearly - every capability that <application>Evolution</application> has - to offer. - </para> - <formalpara> - <title>Typographical conventions</title> - <para> - Some kinds of words are marked off with special typography: - <simplelist> - <member><application>Applications</application></member> - <member><command>Commands</command> typed at the command line</member> - <member><guilabel>Labels</guilabel> for interface items</member> - - <member> Menu selections look like this: - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Menu</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </member> - <member><guibutton>Buttons</guibutton> you can - click</member> <member><userinput>Anything you type - in</userinput></member> <member><computeroutput>Text - output from a computer</computeroutput></member> - <member><glossterm linkend="apx-gloss">Words</glossterm> - that are defined in the <xref linkend="apx-gloss">.</member> - </simplelist> - <tip id="example-tip"> - <title>Example Tip</title> - <para> - This is what an example looks like. - </para> - </tip> - <example> - <title>Example Example</title> - <para> - This is what an example looks like. - </para> - </example> - <warning id="example-warning"> - <title>Example Warning</title> - <para> - This is what a warning looks like. - </para> - </warning> - </para> - </formalpara> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="ui-intro"> - <title>Evolution Interface Introduction</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> follows a consistent UI. This means - that in each component, you will find many UI characteristics the same as - others components. - </para> - - <figure id="preface-basic-interface"> - <title>Evolution's Interface</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/mainwindow-pic.png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-1.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Menubar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Menubar</guilabel> gives you access to nearly all the - features that can be found in <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-2.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> gives you fast and easy access to the - most used features in each component. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-3.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> lets you go to your favorite - components with the click of a click of a button. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-4.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - Periodically, <application>Evolution</application> will need to quietly - display a message, or tell you the progress of a task. This most - often happens when you're checking or sending email. These progress - queues are shown here, in the <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel>. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-5.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Search Bar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Search Bar</guilabel> lets you search through your email - with precision so you can easily find what you're looking for. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="import-tool"> -<!-- This section sucks. Look at it, ask for improvements --> - <title>Importing External Files</title> - <para> - Chances are, <application>Evolution</application> isn't your first email - program. You're probably switching from another program and will want - access to your email from your old program. It's for exactly these - situations that <application>Evolution</application> includes an import - feature. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can import the following types of - files: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - VCard (.vcf, gcrd) - Contacts - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Outlook Express 4 (.mbx) - Email - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - MBox(mbox) - Email - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - VCard is a format to store addressbooks and contact information. Outlook - handles your email. If you're coming from - Windows, you're probably going to be importing Outlook Express files. If - you're coming from a Unix program, you're probably using mbox. Ask your - system administrator if you aren't sure which you use. - </para> - <note> - <title>Eudora</title> - <para> - Eudora email client uses mbox format to store mail. So if you're coming - from Eudora, you'll want to select mbox. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <title>Outlook 2000</title> - <para> - Outlook 2000 uses a format which <application>Evolution</application> - cannot directly import. However, you can import it using Mozilla on - Windows. Please see the FAQ for more information. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - To import your files, go to - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Import File</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - <para> - An assistant will appear, helping you to import your files. You'll need to - specify where the file is that you want to import. Click - <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then <guibutton>Import</guibutton>. - <application>Evolution</application> will present you with the Folder - dialoge, so you can specify where your new messages will go. Select the - desired folder, and your file will be imported into - <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - <para> - And if you're timid about using <application>Evolution</application>, - don't worry. <application>Evolution</application> won't mangle your - files, so if you choose to use your old application instead, you can - import your files right back in. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="quickref-commontasks"> - <title>Quick Reference for Common Tasks</title> - <para> - You might want to copy this section and tape it to the wall - next to your computer: it's a very short summary of most of - the things you'll want to do with - <application>Evolution</application>. Read <xref linkend="menuref"> if - you would like a complete list of keyboard shortcuts for menu commands. - </para> - - <sect2 id="quickref-newthings"> - <title>Opening or Creating Anything</title> - <para> - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new folder</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift </keycap> - <keycap>F</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Shortcut in the Evolution Bar</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Evolution Bar Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>S</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new email message:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail - Message</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift </keycap> - <keycap>M</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Appointment</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>A</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Enter a new Contact</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>C</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Task</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>T</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="quickref-mail"> - <title>Mail Tasks</title> - <para> - Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for - navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the - mouse: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Check Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the - toolbar. There is no keyboard shortcut for this task, - but you can ask <application>Evolution</application> - to check for new mail periodically in the - <guilabel>Mail Settings</guilabel> dialog. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Reply to a Message</term> - <listitem> - <para> - To reply to the sender of the message only: - click <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> in the - toolbar, or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - <para> - To reply to the sender and all the other visible - recipients of the message, click <guibutton>Reply to - All</guibutton> or select the message and press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Forward a Message</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the message or messages you want to forward, - and click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> in the - toolbar, or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>J</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Open a Message in a New Window</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Double-click the message you want to view, or select - it and press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>O</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create Filters and Virtual Folders</term> - <listitem> - <para> - You can create filters and Virtual Folders based on - specific message attributes from the message's - right-click menu. Alternately, select a message, and - then choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. Filters are discussed in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">, and Virtual - Folders in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="quickref-cal"> - <title>Calendar</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <tip id="new-appt"> - <title>New Appointments Fast</title> - <para> - Double-click in a blank space to create a new appointment. - </para> - </tip> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="quickref-contact"> - <title>Contact Manager</title> - <para> - Here are the most frequent tasks that are done in the Contact Manager, - with the shortcuts so that you can use these tasks without having to use - your mouse: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Edit a Contact</term> - <listitem> - <para> - You can edit a contact two ways: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Click once on the person's address card and you can - edit the person's properties all in the same window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Double-click on the contact's card and alter their details. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Deleting a Contact</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on a contact and click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> - or select a contact and press the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> - on the <guilabel>toolbar</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Email a Contact</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on a contact and select - <guilabel>Send message to contact</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term></term> - <listitem> - <para> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> -</preface> diff --git a/help/C/usage-calendar.sgml b/help/C/usage-calendar.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ed69f5081e..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-calendar.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,439 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-calendar"> - <title>Managing your Schedule</title> - <para> - To begin using the calendar, select - <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> from the <interface>shortcut - bar</interface>. By default, the calendar starts showing today's - schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right, there's a - monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below that, there's - a <guilabel>TaskPad</guilabel>, where you can keep a list of tasks - separate from your calendar appointments. The calendar's daily - view is shown in <xref linkend="usage-calendar-fig">. - - <!-- ============== Figure ============================= --> - <figure id="usage-calendar-fig"> - <title>Evolution Calendar View</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/calendar" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= --> - - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-1.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Event List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Event List</guilabel> is responsible for showing you all of - your scheduled events, whether they are all day events or simply one time - events that last a half an hour. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-2.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Todo List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Todo List</guilabel> compliments the <guilabel>Event List - </guilabel> as it keeps track of your chores or tasks which don't have - any time associated with them. These may include "Clean Room" or "Call - Repairman". - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-3.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Calendar Window</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Calendar Window</guilabel> has a graphical representation of - the calendar, so you can select what days to view in the <guilabel>Event - List</guilabel>. - </para> - - <sect1 id ="usage-calendar-view"> - <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title> - - <para> - The toolbar offers you four different views of your calendar: - one day, five days, a week, or a month at once. Press the - calendar-shaped buttons on the right side of the toolbar to - switch between views. You can also select a range of - days— three days, ten days, a fortnight if you want - — in the small calendar at the upper right. - </para> - <para> - The <guibutton>Prev</guibutton> and <guibutton>Next</guibutton> - buttons will move you forward and back in your calendar pages. - If you're looking at only one day, you'll see tomorrow's page, - or yesterday's. If you're looking at your calendar by week, - month, fortnight, or anything else, you'll move around by just - that much. To come back to today's listing, click - <guibutton>Today</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - To visit a specific date's calendar entries, click - <guibutton>Go To</guibutton> and select the date in the dialog - box that appears. - </para> - - -<!-- ############### FIXME FIXME FIXME ############ -Feature not yet implemented, and may not be implemented due to -lack of time, resources, and interest. - <para> - In addition, <application>Evolution</application> supports - Hebrew, Muslim, and other calendar formats. To switch to a - different calendar format, choose - <guimenuitem>GUIMENUITEM</guimenuitem> from the - <guimenu>GUIMENU</guimenu>. - </para> -################ END FIXME AREA ################## --> - - </sect1> - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-apts"> - <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title> - <para> - Of course, you'll want to use the calendar to do more than find - out what day it is. This section will tell you how to schedule - events, set alarms, and determine event recurrence. - </para> - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-basic"> - <title>Creating events</title> - <para> - To create a new appointment, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or click the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the left end - of the toolbar. The <interface>New Appointment</interface> - dialog will pop up with the usual menu bar, tool bar, and - window full of choices for you. - </para> - <tip id="new-appointment-shortcut"> - <title>Shortcut</title> - <para> - If you don't need to enter more information than the date - and time of the appointment, you just click in any blank - space in the calendar and start typing. You can enter other - information later with the appointment editor. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - Your event must have a starting and ending date — by - default, today — but you can choose whether to give it - starting and ending times or to mark it as an <guilabel>All - day event</guilabel>. An <guilabel>All day event</guilabel> - appears at the top of a day's event list rather than inside - it. That makes it easy to have events that overlap and fit - inside each other. For example, a conference might be an all - day event, and the meetings at the conference would be timed - events. Of course, events with specific starting and ending - times can also overlap. When they do they're displayed as - multiple columns in the day view of the calendar. - </para> - <note> - <title>Doing Two Things At Once</title> - <para> - If you create calendar events that overlap, - <application>Evolution</application> will display them side - by side in your calendar. However, - <application>Evolution</application> cannot help you do - multiple things at once. - </para> - </note> - <para> - You can have as many as four different - <guilabel>Alarms</guilabel>, any time prior to the event - you've scheduled. You can have one alarm of each of the following types: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Display</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of - your event. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Audio</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound - alarm. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Program</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this if you would like to run a program as a - reminder. You can enter its name in the text field, - or find it with the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> - button. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Mail</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> will send an - email reminder to the address you enter into the text - field. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - <para> - <guilabel>Classification</guilabel> - and only applies to calendars on a - network. <guilabel>Public</guilabel> is the default category, - and a public event can be viewed by anyone on the calendar - sharing network. <guilabel>Private</guilabel> denotes one - level of security, and <guilabel>Confidential</guilabel> a - higher level. <!-- FIXME --> Exact determinations and - implementations of this feature have yet to be - determined. <!-- FIXME --> - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> lets you categorize your - appointments, which can help if you lead a busy life. The bottom - section of the <guilabel>Appointment</guilabel> tab is where your - categorization is done. - </para> - - <tip> - <title>Adding a New Category</title> - <para> - You can add a new category to your category list by clicking on - <guibutton>Edit Master Category List...</guibutton> and single-clicking - on <guilabel> Click here to add a category</guilabel>. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - The purpose of categories is to let you view all appointments which have - similar activities. To do this, change <guilabel>Any field contains</guilabel> - to <guilabel>Has category</guilabel> and enter your category at right. - </para> - - <para> - Clicking on the <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> button opens up the category - list. To associate a category to an event, simply click the check box. - </para> - <para> - Once you've selected your categories, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to - assign these categories to the event. The categories you selected are now - listed in the text box to the right of the <guibutton>Categories...</guibutton> - button. - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Recurrence</guilabel> tab lets you describe - repetition in events ranging from once every day up to once - every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the - event will stop recurring, and, under - <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>, pick individual days when the - event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> recur. Make your - selections from left to right, and you'll form a sentence: - "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2003" - or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences." - </para> - - <para> - Once you're done with all those settings, click on the disk - icon in the toolbar. That will save the event and close the - event editor window. If you want, you can alter an event - summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You - can change other settings by right-clicking on the event then - choosing <guimenuitem>Edit this Appointment</guimenuitem>. - </para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ################### - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-group"> - <title>Appointments for Groups</title> - <para> - If you have your calendar set up to work with other - calendars over a network, you can see when others are - available to meet with you. - </para> - <note> - <title>Unimplemented Feature</title> - <para>This feature is not yet implemented.</para> - </note> - - <para> - In addition, you can use <application>Evolution</application> - to mark a meeting request on another person's calendar. To do - it, click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the calendar toolbar, - or select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring - up the <interface>new event</interface> window. Then describe - the event as you would any other. Before you click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, (INSERT DESCRIPTION HERE...). - <application>Evolution</application> will automatically send - email to each person on the request list, notifying of the - time and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In - addition, it will mark the event on your calendar and on - theirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, event. - </para> - <para> - To mark a tentative event as confirmed, click once on the - event in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select - it, and then choose <guimenuitem>Event - Properties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - menu. In the <interface>Event Properties</interface> dialog - window, click the "tentative" button to De-select the - event. - </para> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-privs"> - <title>Scheduling privileges</title> - <para> - There are several levels of scheduling privileges. You - can set whether people can see your calendar, whether they - can request meetings or appointments, and whether they can - create appointments. This section may have to be deleted, - because I don't know if we are going to support privileges - at all. - </para> - </sect2> - ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ --> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-todo"> - <title>The Task Pad</title> - <para> - The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the - calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your - calendar events. Tasks are colored and sorted by priority and - due-date (see <xref linkend="config-prefs"> for more - information), and are included with calendar data during - synchronization with a hand-held device. You can use the list - in a larger format by choosing the <guibutton>Tasks</guibutton> - button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree. - </para> - <para> - To record a new task, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - button below the list. <application>Evolution</application> - will pop up a small window with five items in it: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Summary:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The description you enter here will appear in the To Do - list itself. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Due Date:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Decide when this item is - due. You can either type in a date and time, or select one from - the <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> and time drop-down menus. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Priority:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select a level of importance from 1 (most important) to 9 - (least important). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Item Comments:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of - the item here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Once you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary - appears in the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> section of task - list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item, - double-click on it, or select it and click - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. You can delete items by selecting - them and clicking on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-multiple"> - <title>Multiple Calendars</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> permits you to have and - maintain multiple calendars. This is useful if you maintain - schedules for other people, if you are responsible for resource - or room allocation, or if you have multiple personalities. - </para> - - <example> - <title>Keeping Multiple Calendars</title> - <para> - Keelyn, the office manager for a small company, has one - calendar for her own schedule. On the local network, she - maintains one for the conference room, so people know when - they can schedule meetings. Next to that, she maintains a - calendar that reflects when consultants are going to be on - site, and another that keeps track of when the Red Sox are - playing. - </para> - </example> - <para> - To create a new calendar, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - You can place the calendar in any calendar folder and access it - from the folder view. Alarms, configuration, and display for - each calendar are separate from each other. - </para> - - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/usage-contact.sgml b/help/C/usage-contact.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index a825139af0..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-contact.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,639 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-contact"> - <title>Working with Your Contacts</title> - <abstract> - <para> - The <application>Evolution</application> address book can - handle all of the functions of an address book, phone book, or - Rolodex. Of course, it's a lot easier to update - <application>Evolution</application> than it is to change an - actual paper book. <application>Evolution</application> also - allows easy synchronization with hand-held devices. Since - <application>Evolution</application> supports the <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> directory protocol, you can use - it with almost any type of existing directory server on your - network. - </para> - <para> - Another advantage of the <application>Evolution</application> - address book is its integration with the rest of the - application. When you look for someone's address, you can also - see a history of appointments with that person. Or, you can - create address cards from emails with just a few clicks. In - addition, searches and folders work in the same way they do in - the rest of <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - <para> - This chapter will show you how to use the - <application>Evolution</application> address book to organize - any amount of contact information, share addresses over a - network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To - learn about configuring the address book, see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-contact">. - </para> - </abstract> - <sect1 id="usage-contact-basic"> - <title>Getting Started With the Address Book</title> - - <figure id="usage-contact-fig"> - <title>Evolution Contact Interface</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Contact List Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/contact.png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-1.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Contact List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Contact List</guilabel> lists your contacts. - </para> - - <para> - To open your address book, click on - <guibutton>Contacts</guibutton> in the shortcut bar, or select - one of your contacts folders from the folder bar. <xref - linkend="usage-contact-fig"> shows the address book in all - its organizational glory. By default, the address book - shows all your cards in alphabetical order, in a <glossterm - linkend="minicard">minicard</glossterm> view. You can select - other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust - the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the grey - column dividers. - </para> - - <para> - The toolbar for the address book is quite simple. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>New</guibutton> creates a new card. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Find</guibutton> brings up an in-depth search window. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Print</guibutton> sends one or more of your cards to the printer. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> deletes a selected card. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> <guibutton>View All</guibutton> displays all - the address information in the folder. Use this button to - refresh the display for a network folder, or to switch from - viewing the results of a search and see all your contacts. - <!-- Lets xref to search feature --> - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> stops loading - contact data from the network. This button is only - relevant if you are looking at contact information on a - network. </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - Your contact information fills the rest of the display. Move - through the cards alphabetically with the buttons and the - scrollbar to the right of the window. Of course, if you have - more than a few people listed, you'll want some way of finding - them more quickly, which is why there's a search feature. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-cards"> - <title>The Contact Editor</title> - <para> - To delete a contact: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click once on the contact. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - If you want to add or change cards, you'll use the contact - editor. To change a card that already exists, double click on - it to open the contact editor window. If you want to create a new - card, clicking the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button in the - toolbar will open the same window, with blank entry boxes for - you to fill in. - </para> - - <para> - The contact editor window has two tabs, - <guilabel>General</guilabel>, for basic contact information, - and <guilabel>Details</guilabel>, for a more specific - description of the person. In addition, it contains a - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, (see <xref - linkend="menuref-contact-editor">) and a toolbar with three - items: <guilabel>Save and Close</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Print</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>. - </para> - - <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig"> - <title>Evolution Contact Editor</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Editor</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/contact-editor" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab has seven sections, - each with an icon: a face, for name and company; a telephone - for phone numbers; an envelope for email address; a globe for - web page address; a house for postal address; a file folder - for contacts, and a briefcase for categories. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Full Name</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field has two - major features: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - You can enter a name into the <guibutton>Full - Name</guibutton> field, but you can also click the - <guibutton>Full Name</guibutton> button to bring - up a small dialog box with a few text boxes - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Title: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter an honorific or select one from the menu. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>First: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the first, or given, name. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Middle: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the middle name or initial, if any. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Last: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the last name (surname). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Suffix: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter suffixes such as "Jr." or "III." - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also - interacts with the <guilabel>File As</guilabel> - box to help you organize your contacts. - </para> - <para> - To see how it works, type a name in the - <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field: - <userinput>Rupert T. Monkey</userinput>. You'll - notice that the <guilabel>File As</guilabel> field - also fills in, but in reverse: - <computeroutput>Monkey, Rupert</computeroutput>. - You can pick <computeroutput>Rupert Monkey - </computeroutput> from the drop-down, or type in - your own, such as <userinput> T. Rupert Monkey - </userinput>. - </para> - <tip> - <title>Filing Suggestion</title> - <para> - Don't enter something entirely different from the - actual name, since you might forget that you've filed - Rupert's information under "F" for "Fictitious Ximian - Employee." - </para> - </tip> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Multiple Values for Fields</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you click on the small arrow buttons next to the - <guilabel>Primary Email</guilabel> field, you can also - choose <guilabel>Email 2</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Email 3</guilabel>. Although the contact - editor will only display one of those at any given - time, <application>Evolution</application> will - store them all. The arrow buttons next to the - telephone and postal address fields work in the same - way. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - The last item in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab is the - <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> organization tool; for - information on that, read <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize">. - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab is much simpler: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - The briefcase - Describes the person's professional life - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The face - Describes the person's personal life - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The globe - Miscellanious notes - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <tip> - <title>Contact Shortcuts</title> - <para> - You can add cards from within an email message or calendar - appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on - any email address or message, and choose - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem> - from the menu. - </para> - </tip> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="contact-search"> - <title>Searching for Contacts</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> allows searching through contacts - quickly and easily. - </para> - <para> - To search through contacts: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select your search focus in the search bar. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter your query. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press return to search. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can refine searches by doing several in - succession, or start over by pressing the <guibutton>Show - All</guibutton> button. - </para> - <para> - If there are no matches, the card display will be - blank. When you'd like to see all the cards again, press - <guilabel>Show All</guilabel>. - </para> - <example id="contact-quicksearch-ex"> - <title>Refining a Quick Search</title> - <para> - Tom comes back from lunch and finds a note on his - keyboard: "Curtis in sales called for you, but he didn't - leave a number, and I forgot to write down the name of the - company he works for. He said it was important, though." - Tom is not at all annoyed. - </para> - <para> - He opens his contacts folder, and runs a quick search for - "Curtis." There are eighteen different people with that name - in the file. He then enters "Sales," and - <application>Evolution</application> narrows it down to the - right Curtis. He only becomes annoyed when he discovers that - the call was not actually important. - </para> - </example> - - <para> - To perform a complex search through your contacts: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Search for contacts</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Name the rule in the <guilabel>Rule Name</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Setup your criteria information in the <guilabel>If</guilabel> section. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If you want to add more critera, click the <guibutton>Add - Criterion</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Search</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - To show all your contacts, select <guibutton>Show All</guibutton> in the - <guilabel>Search Bar</guilabel> or search with an empty query. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-organize"> - <title>Organizing your Address Book</title> - <para> - Organizing your address book is a lot like organizing your - mail. You can have folders and searches the same way you can - with mail, but the address book does not allow Virtual Folders. It - does, however, allow each card to fall under several - categories, and allow you to create your own categories. To - learn about categories, read <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category">. - </para> - -<!-- - <para> - Another useful <application>Evolution</application> feature is - its ability to recognize when people live or work together. If - several people in your address book share an address, and you - change the address for one of them, - <application>Evolution</application> will ask you if you wish to - change the address for all of them, or just for one. - </para> ---> - - <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group"> - <title>Groups of contacts</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> offers two ways for you - to organize your cards. The first way is to use folders; - this works the same way mail folders do. For more - flexibility, you can also mark contacts as elements of - different categories. - </para> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-folder"> - <title>Grouping with Folders</title> - <para> - The simplest way to group address cards is to use folders. - By default, cards start in the - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> folder. If you've read <xref - linkend="usage-mainwindow"> then you already know that you - can create a new folder by selecting - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - and that you can put new folders anywhere you like. Just - like with mail, cards must be in a card folder, and no card - can be in two places at once. If you want more - flexibility, try <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category">. - </para> - <para> - To put a card into a folder, just drag it there from the - folder view. Remember that contact cards can only go in - contact folders, just like mail can only go in mail folders, - and calendars in calendar folders. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-category"> - <title>Grouping with Categories</title> - <para> - The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging - to different categories. - That means that you - can mark a card as being in several categories or no - category at all. For example, I put my friend Matthew's - card in the "Business" category, because he works with me, - the "Friends" category, because he's also my friend, and - the "Frequent" category, because I call him all the time - and can never remember his phone number. - </para> - <para> - To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the - <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> button at the lower - right. From the dialog box that appears, you can check as - many or as few categories as you like. - </para> - <para> - Then, you can refer to all the cards in that category by: - <!-- FIXME --> Waiting for Evolution to support the - operation. - </para> - - <!-- FIXME: Feature Not Implemented - <para> - - If the master list of categories doesn't suit you, you can - add your own. Just enter the new category's name in the - text box, then click <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> and - choose <guilabel>Add to Master List</guilabel> in the - window that appears. - </para> - --> - - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> - -<!-- we need a LDAP server up for me to test this --> - <sect1 id="usage-contact-sharing"> - <title>Sharing your Cards</title> - <para> - If you keep your cards on a network using an <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> server, you can share access to - them, browse other peoples address books, or maintain a shared set of - contact information for your company or your department. This - is the sort of feature you'll want to use if your company has a - list of vendors and clients that needs constant updating. If - you share calendars as well as address books, people can avoid - duplicating work and keep up to date on developments within - their workgroup or across the entire company. - </para> - - <example id="usage-contact-sharing-ex"> - <title>Sharing Address Cards and Calendar Data</title> - <para> - Ray wants to schedule a meeting with Company X, so he - checks the network for the Company X address card so he - knows whom to call there. Since his company also shares - calendars, he then learns that his co-worker Deanna has - already scheduled a meeting with Company X next Thursday. - He can either go to the meeting himself or ask Deanna to - discuss his concerns for him. Either way, he avoids - scheduling an extra meeting with Company X. - </para> - </example> - <para> - Of course, you don't want to share all of your cards— why - overload the network with a list of babysitters or tell - everyone in the office you're talking to new job prospects? If - you keep cards on your own computer, you can decide which items - you want to make accessible to others. - </para> - <para> - To learn how to add a remote directory to your available - contact folders, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact">. - Once you have a connection, the network contacts folder or - folders will appear inside the <guilabel>External - Directories</guilabel> folder in the folder bar. It will work - exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following - exceptions: - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Network folders are only available when you are - connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a - modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache the - network directory and then synchronize your copy with - the networked version periodically. <!-- FIXME: HOW? --> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - To prevent excess network traffic, - <application>Evolution</application> will not normally - load the contents of LDAP folders immediately upon - opening. You must click <guilabel>Display - All</guilabel> before LDAP folder cards will be loaded - from the network. You can change this behavior in the - <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Your ability to view, change, add, and delete contacts - depends on the settings of the LDAP server. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-automate"> - <title>Address Book Tools</title> - <para> - The address book works closely with - <application>Evolution</application>'s mail and calendar tools. - For example, you can use the address book to help you manage - mailing lists, and send or recieve address cards over email. - More tools are on the way, and when they arrive, <!-- FIXME --> - they will be described in this section. - </para> - - <sect2 id="contact-automation-basic"> - <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title> - <para> - As noted before, when you get information about a person in - the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address - card. To do so, right click on any email address or email - message, and select <guimenuitem>Add Address - Card</guimenuitem> from the menu that appears. Of course, - <application> Evolution</application> can also add cards from a - hand-held device during HotSync operation. For more - information about that, see <xref linkend="usage-sync">. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="contact-automation-lists"> - <title>Managing a Mailing list</title> - <para> - You already know that when you are writing an email, you can - address it to one or more people, and that - <application>Evolution</application> will fill in addresses - from your address book's address cards if you let it. In - addition to that, you can send email to everyone in a - particular group if you choose. - </para> - -<!-- FIXME this feature not yet implemented - - <para> - You can also use the address book to print postal addresses - on mailing labels. Future versions of - <application>Evolution</application> will allow you to you - export a group of cards to a spreadsheet, database, or word - processor so you can print address labels or prepare large - mailings. - </para> - --> - - </sect2> - <!--- FIXME this feature not yet implemented - <sect2 id="usage-contact-automation-extra"> - <title>Map It!</title> - <para> - Need a map or directions? Click - <guibutton>MapIt</guibutton> from within the contact - manager, and <application>Evolution</application> will - map the address for you online. - </para> - </sect2> - --> - - - </sect1> -</chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-encryption.sgml b/help/C/usage-encryption.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e36f17c652..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-encryption.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"[]> - -<article> - - <sect1 id="encryption-intro"> - <title>What is Encryption?</title> - <para> - Encryption is an ancient method of changing readable text to unreadable - text that dates back to Egyptian times. Encryption takes the statement - "Evolution" and turns it into something which cannot be read without help - through decryption. - <example> - <title>Encryption Example</title> - <para> - Kevin orders an <application>Evolution</application> t-shirt from - Ximian, Inc. over the internet. He puts in his credit card number - which is 1234-567-8901. For security, his computer encrypts the - credit card number so it can be safely transmitted over the internet. - The number now is @#$23ui7yr87#@!48970fsd, which holds no intentional - resemblance to the inital number. When the information gets to - Ximian, Inc. it'll be decrypted into the inital number. - </para> - </example> - Encryption can be used in email in two ways: to verify that the sender is - the real sender, and to hide the message while in transmission. - <application>Evolution</application> has the capability to do both. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="generating-key"> - <title>Generating your PGP key</title> - <para> - First, you need to create a PGP key. To do this, you'll need GPG - installed. - </para> - <tip> - <title>GPG Versions</title> - <para> - This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is different, - this may not be entirely accurate. You may find out your version number - by typing in: <command>gpg --version</command>. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - You can start by typing in: <command>gpg --gen-key</command>. At the - first question, select 1. The next question asks you about key length. - The longer the key, more stronger it is. However, the longer the key, the - longer it takes to generate. This is your choice. However, 1024 bits - (default) should be adequate. The next question asks you if you want your - key to expire. Expiring keys make your key invalid after a certain amount - of time, so old keys don't float around active. This is the same concept - as a coupon at a supermarket. Next, you'll type in your Real name, your - email address, and a comment. You should not forge this information, as - it is used later to verify who you are. Assuming that all your - information is correct, press "O" to continue. GPG now asks you for a - passphrase. This is a password which you will need to decrypt and encrypt - messages. This can be any length, with any characters in it. It is case - sensitive, which means that it does know the difference between capital - letters and lower-case. Now your key is generated. It is recommend you - surf the internet, read your email, or write a letter in a word - processor. This help creates randomness in the key. - </para> - <para> - Once this is completed, you'll be dropped back to the command line. - Now you can view your key information by typing <command>gpg - --list-keys</command>. You should see something similar to this: - <example id="gpg-list-keys"> - <title>GPG Listing Keys</title> - <para> - /home/bob/.gnupg/pubring.gpg - ---------------------------- - pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 bob <bob@bob.com> - sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14] - </para> - </example> - You'll now need to upload your public key to a keyserver, so that your - friends can use your key. You'll need to know the ID of your key, which - is after the 1024D on the line beginning with pub. For this example, it - is 32j38dk2. You now type in <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserver - wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for 32j38dk2. - You will be prompted to type in your password <!-- verify that you need to - enter your password here --> and your key will be uploaded for your - friends to download. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="encrypt-evo-integ"> - <title>Setting up Evolution's Encryption</title> - <para> - You'll need to open - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Mail Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - Once there, select the account you'd like to associate the key to and click - the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. In the - <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab is a section labeled <guilabel>Pretty - Goog Privacy</guilabel>. Enter your key ID and click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Your key is now integrated into your identity - in <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="encrypt-sending"> - <title>Sending Encrypted Messages</title> - <para> - You can either sign or encrypt a message. When you sign a message, verify - that you were the one who sent it, and that no one is forging your - identity. Encrypting a message makes it impossible for someone with - prying eyes to view it while it's in tranmission. - </para> - <para> - <sect2 id="sign-msg"> - <title>Signing a Message</title> - <para> - To sign a message, you simply click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Sign</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - . You will be prompted for your PGP password. Once you enter it, - click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and your message will be signed. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="encrypt-msg"> - <title>Encrypting a Message</title> - <para> - Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message. You simply - click the menu item - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Encrypt</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </sect2> - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="unencrypting"> - <title>Unencrypting a Recieved Message</title> - <para> - Sometimes, a friend will send you a message which is encrypted. In order - for you to read it, you need to unencrypt it. - </para> - <para> - When you view the encrypted message, <application>Evolution</application> - will prompt you for your PGP password. You type in your PGP password and - the message is then decrypted. - </para> - </sect1> - </article> diff --git a/help/C/usage-exec-summary.sgml b/help/C/usage-exec-summary.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 996e4b3132..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-exec-summary.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-exec-summary"> - <title>My Evolution</title> - <para> - My Evolution is designed to show you a - summary of important information: the appointments for a given - day, important email, and so forth. To see your My Evolution, - click on the <guibutton>My Evolution</guibutton> - button in the shortcut bar, or select the - <guilabel>My Evolution</guilabel> folder in the folder - bar. - </para> - - <sect1 id="exec-intro"> - <title>Introducing My Evolution</title> - <para> - The first thing you'll want to do with My Evolution - is add a service. Go to - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>My Evolution Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - then select one of the available - services. Services may vary depending upon your system, but - most installations will have at least the following options: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Display amount of unread email in your selected folders. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>RDF Summary</term> - <listitem> - <para> - News headlines from sites that allow this - feature. The default - is news about the GNOME project from <ulink - url="www.gnome.org/gnome-news/">gnotices</ulink>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Weather</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Shows you the current weather for the cities of your choice. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Schedule</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Lets you see the events for the day. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> comes with ... enabled by - default. - </para> - <sect2 id="new-components"> - <title>Adding New Components</title> - <para> - To add a new service: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>My Evolution Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - from the menubar. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the service you wish to add by clicking on the respective - tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose <guibutton>OK</guibutton> when finished configuring the - item. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="delete-components"> - <title>Deleting Components</title> - <para> - There are possibly some components which you'd prefer not too - view in your My Evolution. - To remove a component: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>My Evolution Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - from the menubar. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guilabel>Enable</guilabel> button in the component you - would like to disable. - <!-- This is incorrect. I am going to ask Iain if he could throw - in an Enable button --> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="modifying-components"> - <title>Modifying Components</title> - <para> - Chances are, the components that you setup aren't going to be setup for - your needs. For instance, you may choose that you want to use different - city choices than the default settings. - <application>Evolution</application> lets you configure all the - components in My Evolution. - </para> - <sect3 id="modifying-components-mail"> - <title>Customizing My Evolution Mail Summary</title> - <para> - To modify mail: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>My Evolution Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - from the menubar. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> tab at the top of the - window. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> service window is broken up into two - sections. The left section is where your mail folders are listed. - The right section shows which folders are displayed. - </para> - <para> - To add a folder to the summary, click on a folder in the - <guilabel>All folders</guilabel> section and click the - <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. - </para> - <para> - To remove a folder from the service, click on the folder in the - <guilabel>Display folders</guilabel> section and click the - <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter> - diff --git a/help/C/usage-mail-org.sgml b/help/C/usage-mail-org.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 61f46114c4..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-mail-org.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,797 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-mail-organize"> - <title>Organizing and Managing your Email</title> - <para> - Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably - want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day - and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago, - you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them. - Fortunately, <application>Evolution</application> has the tools - to help you do it. - </para> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-columns"> - <title>Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title> - <para> - By default, the message list has columns with the following - headings: an envelope icon indicating whether you have read - or replied to a message, an exclamation point indicating priority, and the - <guilabel>From</guilabel>, <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, and - <guilabel>Date</guilabel> fields. You can change their order - and remove them by dragging and dropping them. - - To add columns: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on the bar - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guimenuitem>Add a Column</guimenuitem> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click and drag a column you want into the toolbar. A red arrow will - show you where the column will be placed. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of - options: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Sorts the messages top to bottom. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Sorts the messages bottom to top. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Group By this Field</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Groups messages instead of sorting them. This makes each contact - with identical properties in the specified field to be placed in - its own group and physically separated from others. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Remove this - Column</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Remove - this column from the display. You can also remove - columns by dragging the header off the list and - letting it drop. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Field - Chooser</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> - When you choose this item, a list - of column headers will appear; just drag and drop them into - place between two existing headers. A red arrow will - appear to show you where you're about to put the - column. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-folders"> - <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> keeps mail, as well as - address cards and calendars, in folders. You start out with a - few, like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, - but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by - selecting <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> and then - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> from the - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. - <application>Evolution</application> will as you for the name - and the type of the folder, and will provide you with a folder - tree so you can pick where it goes. - </para> - <para> - When you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, your new folder will - appear in the <interface>folder view</interface>. You can - then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by - using the <guibutton>Move</guibutton> button in the - toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click - on the ones you want to move while holding down the - <keycap>CTRL</keycap> key, or use <keycap>Shift</keycap> to - select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the - <interface>filter assistant</interface>, you can have mail - moved to your folder automatically. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-search"> - <title>Searching for Messages</title> - <para> - Most mail clients can search through your messages for you, - but <application>Evolution</application> does it faster. You - can search through just the message subjects, just the message - body, or both body and subject. - </para> - <para> - To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area - right below the toolbar, and choose a search type: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will search message subjects and the messages - themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in - the search field. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Body contains</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will search only in message text, not the subject - lines. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject contains</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will show you messages where the search text is - in the subject line. It will not search in the - message body. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Body does not contain</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This finds every email message that does not have the - search text in the message body. It will still show - messages that have the search text in the subject - line, if it is not also in the body. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This finds every mail whose subject does not contain - the search text. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - When you've entered your search phrase, press - <keycap>Enter</keycap>. <application>Evolution</application> - will show your search results in the message list. - </para> - - <para> - If you think you'll want to return to a search again, you can - save it as a virtual folder by selecting <guilabel>Store - Search as Virtual Folder</guilabel>. - </para> - - <para> - When you're done with the search, go back to seeing all your - messages by choosing <guimenuitem>Show All</guimenuitem> from - the <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down box. If you're - sneaky, just enter a blank search: since every message has at - least one space in it, you'll see every message in the - folder. - </para> - - <para> - If you'd like to perform a more complex search, open the - advanced search dialog by selecting - <guilabel>Advanced...</guilabel> from the - <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down menu. Then, create your - search criteria (each with the same options you saw in the - regular search bar), and decide whether you want to find - messages that match all of them, or messages that match even - one. Then, click <guibutton>Search</guibutton> to go and find - those messages. - </para> - - <para> - You'll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you - create filters and virtual folders in the next few sections. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-filters"> - <title>Create Rules to Automatically Organize Mail</title> - <para> - Filters work very much like the mail room in a large company. - Their purpose is to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the - various folders. - In addition, you can have multiple filters performing multiple - actions that may effect the same message in several ways. For - example, your filters could put copies of one message into - multiple folders, or keep a copy and send one to another - person as well, and it can do that quickly. Which is - to say, it's faster and more flexible than an actual person - with a pile of envelopes. - </para> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-org-filters-new"> - <title>Making New Filters</title> - <para> - To create a new filter: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Name your filter in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field. - For each filter criterion, you must first select - which of the following parts of the message you want the filter to - examine: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Sender - The sender's address. - </para></listitem> - - - <listitem><para> - Recipients - The recipients of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Subject - The subject line of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Specific Header - The filter can look at any header you - want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name - in the first text box, and put your search text in the - second one. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an - expression you write in the Scheme language, used to - define filters in <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem><para> Date sent - Filter messages according to the date on - which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you - want a message to meet — <guilabel>before</guilabel> - a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth. - Then, choose the time. The filter will compare the - message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter - is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a - calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a - range of time relative to the filter &mdash perhaps you're - looking for messages less than two days old. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Date Recieved - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel> - option, except that it compares the time you got the message - with the dates you specify. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Score - Emails have a standard priority range from -3 (least - important) to 3 (most important). You can have filters set the - priority of messages you recieve, and then have other filters - applied only to those messages which have a certain priority. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Size (kb) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Status - Filters according to the status of a message, such as - 'New'. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Attachments - Create a filter based on whether or not you - have an attachment in the email. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Mailing List - Filter based on the mailing list it came from. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Regex Match - If you know your way around a <glossterm - linkend="regular-expression">regex</glossterm>, or - regular expression, put your knowledge to use here. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Source Account - Filter messages according the server you got them from. - You can enter a URL or choose one from the drop-down - list. This ability is only relevant if you use more - than one mail source. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the criterion for the condition. If you want multiple - criterion for this filter, press <guibutton>Add - criterion</guibutton> and repeat the previous step. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the actions for the filter in the <guilabel>Then</guilabel> - section. You can select any of the following options. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Move to Folder - If you select this item, <application>Evolution</application> - will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the - <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> button - to select a folder. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Copy to Folder - If you select this item, <application>Evolution</application> - will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the - <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> button - to select a folder. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Forward to Address - Select this, enter an address, and the addressee will - get a copy of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Delete - Marks the message for deletion. You can still get the message - back, at least until you <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> your - mail yourself. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Stop Processing - Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore - this message, because whatever you've done with it so far - is plenty. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Assign Color - Select this item, and <application>Evolution</application> - will mark the message with whatever color you please. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Assign Score - If you know that all mail with - "important" somewhere in the message body line is - important, you can give it a high priority score. In a subsequent filter you can - then arrange your messages by their priority score. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Set Status - If you want to add multiple actions for this filter, press - <guibutton>Add filter</guibutton> and repeat the previous step. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="filters-edit"> - <title>Editing Filters</title> - <para> - To edit a filter: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenu>Filters</guimenu> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the filter in the <guilabel>Filter Rules</guilabel> section - and press <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Change the desired settings. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the filter editor window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the filter manager window. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="filters-deleting"> - <title>Deleting Filters</title> - <para> - To delete a filter: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenu>Filters</guimenu> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the filter and press <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - <note> - <title>Changing Folder Names and Filters</title> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Incoming email that your filters don't move goes into the Inbox; - outgoing mail that they don't move ends up in the Sent - folder. So be sure to change the filters that go with it. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-vFolders"> - <title>Getting Really Organized with Virtual Folders</title> - <para> - If filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find - yourself performing the same search again and again, consider - a virtual folder. Virtual folders, or vFolders, are an - advanced way of viewing your email messages within - <application>Evolution</application>. If you get a lot of - mail or often forget where you put messages, virtual folders can help - you stay on top of things. - </para> - <para> - A virtual folder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational - tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you - set it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional - folder actually contains messages, a virtual folder is a view of - messages that may be in several different folders. The - messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of - criteria you choose in advance. - </para> - - <para> - As messages that meet the virtual folder criteria arrive or are - deleted, <application>Evolution</application> will - automatically place them in and remove them from the - virtual folder contents list. When you delete a message, it gets - erased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as - any virtual folders which display it. - </para> - - <para> - Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds - of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and - changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and - students. The more mail you need to organize, the less you - can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an - organizational system that's not flexible enough. Virtual folders - make for better organization because they can accept - overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing - systems can't. - </para> - - <example id="usage-mail-organize-vFolders-ex"> - <title>Using Folders, Searches, and Virtual Folders</title> - <para> - To organize his mailbox, Jim sets up a virtual volder for emails from - his friend and co-worker Anna. He has another one for messages that - have ximian.com in the address and <application>Evolution</application> in the subject line, so he - can keep a record of what people from work send him about - <application>evolution</application>. If Anna sends him a message about - anything other than <application>Evolution</application>, it only shows up in the "Anna" folder. - When Anna sends him mail about the user interface for - <application>evolution</application>, he can see that message both in - the "Anna" virtual folder and in the "Internal Evolution Discussion" - virtual folder. - </para> - </example> - - <!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: virtual folders in action) --> - - <sect2 id="vfolder-create"> - <title>Creating Virtual Folders</title> - <para> - To create a virtual folder: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Name your virtual folder in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field. - For each criterion, you must first select - which of the following parts of the message you want the search to - examine: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Sender - The sender's address. - </para></listitem> - - - <listitem><para> - Recipients - The recipients of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Subject - The subject line of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Specific Header - The virtual folder can look at any header you - want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name - in the first text box, and put your search text in the - second one. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an - expression you write in the Scheme language, used to - define virtual folders in <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem><para> Date sent - Search messages according to the date on - which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you - want a message to meet — <guilabel>before</guilabel> - a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth. - Then, choose the time. The virtual folder will compare the - message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter - is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a - calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a - range of time relative to the filter &mdash perhaps you're - looking for messages less than two days old. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Date Recieved - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel> - option, except that it compares the time you got the message - with the dates you specify. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Score - Emails have a standard priority range from -3 (least - important) to 3 (most important). You can have virtual folders set the - priority of messages you recieve, and then have other - virtual folders - applied only to those messages which have a certain priority. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Size (kb) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Status - Searches according to the status of a message, such as - 'New'. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Attachments - Create a virtual folder based on whether or not you have an - attachment in the email. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Mailing List - Search based on the mailing list it came from. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Regex Match - If you know your way around a <glossterm - linkend="regular-expression">regex</glossterm>, or - regular expression, put your knowledge to use here. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Source Account - Search messages according the server you got them from. - You can enter a URL or choose one from the drop-down - list. This ability is only relevant if you use more - than one mail source. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select criteria to search by. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the folder sources. You can select: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Specific folders only - <note> - <para> - If you select specific folders only, you need to specify the - source folders in the box below. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - All local folders - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - With all active remote folders - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - With all local and active folders - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If you want multiple criteria for this filter, press <guibutton>Add - criterion</guibutton> and repeat the previous step. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule"> - <title>Selecting a Virtual Folder Rule</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating a Virtual Folder Rule</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/vfolder-createrule-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mail-vfolder-unmatched"> - <title>The Unmatched Virtual Folder</title> - <para> - Obveously, not all messages will fit into all your Virtual Folders. That is - what the UNMATCHED Virtual Folder is for. The UNMATCHED Virtual Folder is a folder - for any mail that doesn't get matched by other rules. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - <!-- - <sect1 id="usage-mail-subscriptions"> - <title>Subscription Management</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> lets you handle your - IMAP and newsgroup subscriptions with the same tool: the - subscriptions manager. To start using it, choose - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manage - Subscriptions</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - <para> - If you have configured any IMAP (mail) or NNTP (news) - servers, you will see them listed in the left half of the - subscription management window. Click on a server to select - it, and you will see the folders or newsgroups available to - you. You can then select individual folders and subscribe to - them, or remove yourself from the subscription list. - </para> - <para> - Once you have subscribed to a folder or newsgroup, your system - will check for new messages whenever you press the - <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> button. - </para> - </sect1> ---> -</chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-mail.sgml b/help/C/usage-mail.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 12ceb903db..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-mail.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1304 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-mail"> - <title>Using Evolution for Email</title> - <abstract> - <title> A Guide to the Evolution Mailer</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> email is like other email - programs in all the ways that matter: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of ways with - folders, searches, and filters. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text, and - makes it easy to send and recieve multiple file attachments. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It supports multiple mail sources, including <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>, <glossterm - linkend="pop">POP3</glossterm>, local - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> files, and - even NNTP messages (newsgroups), which aren't technically - email. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Lets you enhance your security with encryption. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - However, <application>Evolution</application> has some important - differences. First, it's built to handle very large amounts of - mail without slowing down or crashing. Both the <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link> functions - were built for speed and efficiency on gargantuan volumes of - mail. There's also the <application>Evolution</application> - <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vFolders">Virtual - Folder</link>, an advanced organizational feature not found in - mainstream mail clients. If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep - every message you get in case you need to refer to it later, - you'll find this feature especially useful. - </para> - </abstract> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-read"> - <title>Reading Mail</title> - <para> - You can start reading email by clicking - <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> in the shortcut bar. The first - time you use <application>Evolution</application>, it will - start with the <interface>Inbox</interface> open and show you a - message from Ximian welcoming you to the application. - </para> - - <para> - Your <application>Evolution</application> - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> will look something like the one in - <xref linkend="usage-mail-intro-fig">. - If you find the <interface>view pane</interface> too small, you can resize - the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the - message in the <interface>message list</interface> to have it - open in a new window. To change the sizes of a pane, just click - and hold on the divider between the two panes. Then you can drag - up and down to select the size of the panes. Just like with - folders, you can right-click on messages in the message list and - get a menu of possible actions. - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig"> - <title>Evolution Mail</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/mail-inbox.png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-1.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Email Viewer</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - This is where your email is displayed. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinegraphic fileref="fig/full-2.png"></inlinegraphic> - <guilabel>Email List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Email List</guilabel> displays all the emails that you - have. This includes all your read, unread, and email that is flagged - to be deleted. - </para> - - <para> - Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are - listed in the <guimenu>Message</guimenu> menu in the menu - bar. The most frequently used ones, like - <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and - <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in - the toolbar. Almost all of them are also located in the - right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be - faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose - whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software - should work the way you want, rather than making you work the - way the it does. - - <tip id="view-headers"> - <title>Take a look at the headers</title> - <para> - To look at the entire source of your email message, including - all the header information, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Source</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - </para> - </tip> - - </para> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-listorder"> - <title>Sorting the message list</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> helps you work by letting you sort - your email. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click - on the bars with those labels at the top of the message - list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates - the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you'll - sort them in reverse order. For example, click once on - <guilabel>Date</guilabel> to sort messages by date from - oldest to newest. Click again, and - <application>Evolution</application> sorts the list from - newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message - header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or - remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed - instructions on how to customize your message display - columns in <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns">. - </para> - <para> - You can also choose a threaded message view. Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - to turn the threaded view on or off. When you select this option, - <application>Evolution</application> groups the replies to a - message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a - conversation from one message to the next. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete"> - <title>Deleting Mail</title> - <para> - Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of - it. - To delete a message: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the message to select it - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press delete button or right click and click on - <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>. - </para> - <note> - <title>Deleted but still here?</title> - <para> - When you do this, your message is marked to be deleted. Your - email is not gone until you have expunged it. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>E</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <note> - <title>Trash is Actually a Virtual Folder?</title> - <para> - Your trash bin is actually a Virtual Folder that searches for all mails that - are queued to be deleted. - </para> - </note> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-undelete"> - <title>Undeleting Messages</title> - <para> - To undelete a message: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click a message marked for deletion to select it - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - <note> - <title>What does Undelete actually do?</title> - <para> - Undelete doesn't bring back messages that have been expunged. - Undelete simply unmarks messages for expunging. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get"> - <title>Checking Mail</title> - <para> - Now that you've had a look around the <interface>Inbox</interface>, it's - time to check for new mail. Click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the - toolbar to check your mail. If it's the first time you've done so, the - <interface>mail setup assistance</interface> will ask you for the - information it needs to check your email. - </para> - <para> - The assistant will give you several dialog boxes where you configure: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - your personal information - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - your outgoing email server information - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - your mail account identity name - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - To check your email, press the <guibutton>Check Mail</guibutton> button. - If this is your first time checking mail, or you don't have - <application>Evolution</application> setup to store your password, you'll - be prompted for the password. Enter your password and your email will be - downloaded. - </para> - <note id="badmailsettings"> - <title>Can't Check Mail?</title> - <para> - If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need to check - your network settings. To learn how to do that, - have a look at <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-network">, or - ask your system administrator. - </para> - </note> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news"> - <title>Using Evolution for News </title> - <para> - Newsgroups are so similar to email that there's no reason not - to read them side by side. If you want to do that, add a - news source to your configuration (see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-network-news">). The news server will - appear as a remote server, and will look quite similar to an - IMAP folder. When you click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton>, - <application>Evolution</application> will also check for news - messages. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach"> - <title>Attachments and HTML Mail</title> - <para> - If someone sends you an <glossterm>attachment</glossterm>, a - file attached to an email, - <application>Evolution</application> will display the file - at the bottom of the message to which it's attached. Text, - HTML, and most images will be displayed within the message - itself. For other files, - <application>Evolution</application> will show an icon at - the end of the message. - </para> - <para> - To Save an Attachment to Disk: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open up the desired email - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click on the down arrow at the bottom of the email for the desired - attachment. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <guibutton>Save to Disk</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose the directory and filename you wish. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <tip> - <para> - To automatically view an attachment inline, press the arrow button next - to the attachment. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - To Open an Attachment in a Program: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open up the desired email - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the down arrow at the bottom of the email for the desired - attachment. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Open in Program</guibutton> where program is the - program that is assigned to open that file type. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - - <!-- Right-click on the icon to get a - list of options which will vary depending on the type of - attachment. You will have the option to display most files - as part of the message, export them to a different - application (images to Eye of GNOME, spreadsheets to - Gnumeric, and so forth), or save them to disk. - </para> - --> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can also display - HTML-formatted mail, complete with graphics. Graphics don't load - automatically by default, becuase they can be large and take a long - time to download. They can also be used by spammers to help track - who reads their email. So having them not load automatically helps - protect your privacy. - <!-- I say the privacy thing because I saw an internal email which - stated that gallop polls show people are concerned about online - security and that we'd be best marketing Evolution as more secure --> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send"> - <title>Writing and Sending Mail</title> - <para> - You can start writing a new email message by selecting - <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem> - Mail Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing the - <guibutton>Compose</guibutton> button in the Inbox toolbar. - When you do so, the <interface>New Message</interface> window - will open, as shown in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">. - </para> - -<!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig"> - <title>New Message Window</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/newmsg-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - - <!-- Check the alignment of the following paragraph in the PS and - HTML output: it's indented for no good reason - Kevin Breit: I dont see a problem with the HTML. - --> - <para> - Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field. If you wish - enter a subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel> and a message in - the big empty box at the bottom of the window. Once you have revised - your message, press <guibutton>Send</guibutton>. - </para> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay"> - <title>Saving Messages for Later</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> will send mail immediately unless you tell it to - do otherwise by selecting <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send - Later</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will add your - messages to the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> queue. Then, - when you press <guibutton>Send</guibutton> in another - message, or <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the main - mail window, all your unsent messages will go out at once. - You might want to use "Send Later" becuase it gives - you a chance to change your mind about a message before you send it. - </para> - <para> - To learn more about how you can specify message queue and - filter behavior, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail">. - </para> - - <para> - You can also choose to save messages as drafts or as text - files. Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> to save your message - as a text file. If you prefer to keep your message in a - folder (the <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel> folder would be the - obvious place), you can select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save In - Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose"> - <title>Advanced Mail Composition</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> is meant to not only handle large - amounts of incoming mail, but helps you manage all the tasks of having - an email account. - In the next few sections, you'll see how - <application>Evolution</application> handles additional features, - including large recipient lists, attachments, and forwarding. - </para> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-attach"> - <title>Attachments</title> - <para> - To attach a file to your email: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Push the attach button in the composer toolbar - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the file you want to attach - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can drag a file from your desktop into the composer window to - attach it as well. - </para> - <para> - To hide the display of files you've attached to the - message, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hide - Attachments</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>; to show them - again, choose <guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem>. - </para> - <para> - When you send the message, a copy of the attached file - will go with it. Be aware that big attachments can take a - long time to download. - </para> - <para> - When receiving a message that has an attached image, - <application>Evolution</application> gives you the choice - whether to view it or not. You can choose to have it - always shown, load images only if the sender is in your - addressbook, or never load images. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types"> - <title>Types of Recipients</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application>, like most email - programs recognizes three types of addressee: primary - recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden ("blind") - recipients. - </para> - <para> - The simplest way to direct a message is to put the email - address or addresses in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> - field, which denotes primary recipients. To send mail to - more than one or two people, you can use the the - <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field. - </para> - <para> - Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used - typewriters and there were no copy machines, "Cc" stands - for "Carbon Copy." Use it whenever you want to share a - message you've written to someone else. - <example id="ex-mail-cc"> - <title>Using the Cc: field</title> - <para> - When Susan sends an email to a client, she puts her - co-worker, Tim, in the in the - <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field, so that he know - what's going on. The client can see that Tim also - received the message, and knows that he can talk to - Tim about the message as well. - </para> - </example> - </para> - <para> - - <example id="ex-mail-bcc"> - <title>Using the Bcc: field</title> - <para> - Tim is sending an email announcement to all of his - company's clients, some of whom are in competition - with each other, and all of whom value their - privacy. He needs to use the - <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field here. If he puts - every address from his address book's "Clients" - category into the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> or - <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> fields, he'll make the - company's <emphasis>entire</emphasis> client list - public. But putting his "Clients" addressbook - into the Bcc: section, that will cause them to be hidden - from the competition. It seems insignificant, but it can - make a huge difference in some situations. - </para> - </example> - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to"> - <title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title> - <para> - If you have created address cards in the contact manager, - you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address - data, and <application>Evolution</application> will transparently - complete - the address for you. <!-- (INSERT description of UI for this - feature, once it is decided upon). --> If you enter a name - or nickname that can go with more than one card, Evolution - will open a dialog box to ask you which person you meant. - <!-- (NOT YET) Also, <application>Evolution</application> - will add a domain to any unqualified addresses. By default, - this is your domain, but you can choose which one mail - preferences dialog. --> - </para> - <para> - Alternately, you can click on the - <guibutton>To:</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cc:</guibutton>, or - <guibutton>Bcc:</guibutton> buttons to get a list — - potentially a very long one — of the email addresses - in your contact manager. Select addresses and click on - the arrows to move them into the appropriate address - columns. - </para> - <para> - For more information about using email together with the - contact manager and the calendar, see <xref - linkend="usage-contact-automate"> and <xref - linkend="usage-calendar-apts">. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply"> - <title>Replying to Messages</title> - <para> - To reply to a message, press the - <guibutton>Reply:</guibutton> button while it is selected, - or choose <guimenuitem>Reply to Sender:</guimenuitem> from - the message's right-click menu. That will open the - <interface>message composer</interface>. The - <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel> - fields will already be filled, although you can alter them - if you wish. In addition, the full text of the old message - is inserted into the new message, either grey (for - HTML display) or with the > character before each line - (in plain text mode), to indicate that it's part of the - previous message. People often intersperse their message - with the quoted material as shown in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">. - -<!-- note that this figure should have a reply message ready to send, -with quoted materials and the relevant replies interspersed--> -<!-- I want to wait for the formatting bugs to be fixed first --> - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig"> - <title>Reply Message Window</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/replymsg" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - </para> - <para> - If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may - wish to use <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton> instead of - <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. If there are large numbers - of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or - <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial - amounts of time. - <example> - <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title> - <para> - Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim - and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. - If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, - he uses <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton>, but if he - just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he - uses <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. Note that his reply - will not reach anyone that Susan put on her - <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> list, since that list is not - shared with anyone. - </para> - </example> - </para> - <para> - You may want to reply to a whole mailing list. For this, you would - use the <guibutton>Reply to List</guibutton> instead of the standard - <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> or <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton>. - <note> - <title>What is a Mailing List?</title> - <para> - Mailing Lists are one of the most popular ways in which group - collaboration on the Internet works. They allow people to send one - message to one server. The server then knows who is subscribed to the - mailing list, and sends a copy of your email to all the people on the - list. - For example, evolution-hackers@ximian.com allows the - <application>Evolution</application> programmers to converse - publically about their latest developments so that everyone can - stay up to date. - </para> - <para> - There are two different types of mailing lists. The first is a - general submission list. That means that anyone can write to the - list. The second is a managed list. The managed lists have - someone running them. They can do as little as limit who - subscribes to the list or as much as moderate which emails get on - the list. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find"> - <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title> - <para> - You maybe familiar with search and replace features, - and if you come from a Linux or Unix background, you - probably know what <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem> - does. If you aren't among the lucky who already know, - here's a quick rundown of an important section of the - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and - <application>Evolution</application> will find it - in your message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Find a regex, also called a - <glossterm linkend="regular-expression">regular - expression</glossterm>, in your composer window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Select this item to repeat the last search you performed. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Find a word or phrase, and replace it with - something else. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - For all of these menu items, you can choose whether or not - to <guilabel>Search Backwards</guilabel> in the document - from the point where your cursor is. For all but the - regular expression search (which doesn't need it), you are - offered a check box to determine whether the search is to - be <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel> when it determines - a match. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html"> - <title>Embellish your email with HTML</title> - <para> - Normally, you can't set text styles or insert pictures in - emails, which is why you've probably seen people use far - too many exclamation points for emphasis, or use - <glossterm linkend="emoticon">emoticons</glossterm> to - convey their feelings. However, most newer email programs - can display images and text styles as well as basic - alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this with - <glossterm linkend="html">HTML</glossterm>, just like web - pages do. - </para> - <note> - <title>HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</title> - <para> - Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or - prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is - slower to download and display. <emphasis>Some</emphasis> - people refer to HTML mail as "the root of all evil" and - get very angry if you send them HTML mail, which is why - <application>Evolution</application> sends plain text - unless you explicitly ask for HTML. To send HTML mail, - you will need to select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem> - HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternately, you can set - your default mail format preferences in the mail - configuration dialog. See <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail-other"> for more information. - </para> - </note> - <para> - HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above - the space where you'll actually compose the message, and - they also appear in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus. - </para> - <para> - The icons in the toolbar are explained in <glossterm - linkend="tooltip">tool-tips</glossterm>, which appear when - you hold your mouse over the buttons. The buttons fall - into four categories: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Headers and lists</term> - <listitem> - <para> - At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose - <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> for a default text style - or <guilabel>Header 1</guilabel> through - <guilabel>Header 6</guilabel> for varying sizes of - header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles - include <guilabel>preformat</guilabel>, to use the HTML - tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types - of <guilabel>List Item</guilabel> for the highly - organized. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Text style</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use these buttons to determine the way your letters - look. If you have text selected, the style will - apply to the selected text. If you do not have text - selected, the style will apply to whatever you type - next. The buttons are: - <itemizedlist mark="none"> - <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>B</guibutton> for bold text</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>I</guibutton> for italics</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>U</guibutton> to underline</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>S</guibutton> for a strikethrough.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Alignment</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Located next to the text style buttons, these three - paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most - word processing software. The leftmost button will - make your text aligned to the left, the center - button, centered, and the right hand button, - aligned on the right side. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Indentation rules</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The button with the arrow pointing left will reduce - a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow will - increase its indentation. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Color Selection</term> - <listitem> - <para> - At the far right is the color section tool. The - colored box displays the current text color; to - choose a new one, click the arrow button just to the - right. If you have text selected, the color will - apply to the selected text. If you do not have text - selected, the color will apply to whatever you type - next. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> gives you three opinions which let you - spruce up your email to make it more interesting: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Lets you link some text to a website. Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML - messages. If you don't want special link text, you can just enter the address - directly, and <application>Evolution</application> - will recognize it as a link. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Lets you put an image alongside text. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Inserts a horizontal line into the text to help divide two - sections. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - To add a hyperlink to your HTML message: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the text you want to link from - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on text and select - <guimenuitem>Link</guimenuitem> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the address you wish to link to in the - <guilabel>URL</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - To add an image to your HTML message: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the image you want - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - </para> - <note> - <title>A Technical note on HTML Tags</title> - <para> - The composer is a <acronym>WYSIWYG</acronym> - (What You See Is What You Get) - editor for HTML. That means that if you enter HTML - directly into the composer— say, - <markup role="html"><B>Bold Text</B></markup>, the - the composer will assume you meant exactly that string - of characters, and not "make this text bold," as an HTML - composition tool or text editor would. - </para> - </note> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd"> - <title>Forwarding Mail</title> - <para> - The post office forwards your mail for you when you change - addresses, and you can forward a letter if it comes to you by mistake. - The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button - works in much the same way. It's particularly useful if you - have received a message and you think someone else would - like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment - to a new message (this is the default) or - you can send it <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> as a quoted - portion of the message you are sending. Attachment - forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered - message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if - you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a - large number of comments on different sections of the - message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the - message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or - altered content. - </para> - <para> - To forward a message you are reading, press - <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> on the toolbar, or select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Message</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If you - prefer to forward the message <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> - instead of attached, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Message</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forward - Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu. Choose an - addressee as you would when sending a new message; the - subject will already be entered, but you can alter it. - Enter your comments on the message in the - <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press - <guibutton>Send</guibutton>. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette"> - <title>Seven Tips for Email Courtesy</title> - <para> - - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Don't send spam or forward chain mail. If you must, - watch out for hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure - the message doesn't have multiple layers of - greater-than signs, (>) indicating multiple layers - of careless in-line forwarding. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Always begin and close with a salutation. Say "please" - and "thank you," just like you do in real life. You - can keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant! - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - ALL CAPS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING! Don't write a whole - message in capital letters. It hurts people's ears. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Check your spelling and use complete sentences. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Don't send nasty emails (flames). If you get one, - don't write back. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - When you reply or forward, include just enough of - the previous message to provide context: not too - much, not too little. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Don't send <glossterm linkend="spam">spam</glossterm>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> Happy mailing! </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-subscriptions"> - <title>Subscription Management</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> lets you handle your - IMAP and newsgroup subscriptions with the same tool: the - subscriptions manager. - - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click on the folder you wish to subscribe to in the - <guilabel>Store</guilabel> section. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Subscribe</guibutton> to add it to the - subscribed list. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Close the window. - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - </para> - - </sect1> - - -<sect1 id="encryption"> - <title>Encryption</title> - <sect2 id="encryption-whatis"> - <title>What is Encryption?</title> - <para> - Encryption is an ancient method of changing readable text to unreadable - text that dates back to Egyptian times. Encryption takes the statement - "Evolution" and turns it into something which cannot be read without help - through decryption. - <example> - <title>Encryption Example</title> - <para> - Kevin sends his friend Rachel and email and chooses to encrypt it. - The email has the following contents: - Hi Rachel. - Go banana! - Kevin - He tells <application>Evolution</application> to encrypt the - message. The computer encrypts the message which now looks like - @#$23ui7yr87#@!48970fsd. When the information gets to Rachel, - she'll decrypt the message and it'll show up in plain text for her - to read. - </para> - </example> - Encryption can be used in email in two ways: to verify that the sender is - the real sender, and to hide the message while in transmission. - <application>Evolution</application> has the capability to do both. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="encryption-keygen"> - <title>Generating your PGP key</title> - <para> - First, you need to create a PGP key. To do this, you'll need GPG - installed. - </para> - <tip> - <title>GPG Versions</title> - <para> - This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is different, - this may not be entirely accurate. You may find out your version number - by typing in: <command>gpg --version</command>. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - You can start by typing in: <command>gpg --gen-key</command> at the - console. When you are asked about the algorythm to use, select 1. The next question asks you about key length. - The longer the key, more stronger it is. However, the longer the key, the - longer it takes to generate. This is your choice. However, 1024 bits - (default) should be adequate. The next question asks you if you want your - key to expire. Expiring keys make your key invalid after a certain amount - of time, so old keys don't float around when they aren't used anymore. This is the same concept - as a coupon at a supermarket. Next, you'll type in your real name, your - email address, and a comment. You should not forge this information, as - it is used later to verify who you are. Assuming that all your - information is correct, press "O" to continue. GPG now asks you for a - passphrase. This is a password which you will need to decrypt and encrypt - messages. This can be any length, with any characters in it. It is case - sensitive, which means that it does know the difference between capital - letters and lower-case. Now your key is generated. It is recommend you - surf the Internet, read your email, or write a letter in a word - processor while your key is generated. - </para> - <para> - Once this is completed, you'll be dropped back to the command line. - Now you can view your key information by typing <command>gpg - --list-keys</command>. You should see something similar to this: - <example id="gpg-list-keys"> - <title>GPG Listing Keys</title> - <para> - /home/bob/.gnupg/pubring.gpg - ---------------------------- - pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 bob <bob@bob.com> - sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14] - </para> - </example> - You'll now need to upload your public key to a keyserver, so that your - friends can use your key. You'll need to know the ID of your key, which - is after the 1024D on the line beginning with pub. For this example, it - is 32j38dk2. You now type in <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserver - wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for 32j38dk2. - You will be prompted to type in your password <!-- verify that you need to - enter your password here --> and your key will be uploaded for your - friends to download. - <note id="why-keyserver"> - <title>Why Use a Keyserver?</title> - <para> - Keyservers store your public keys for you so that your friends can - decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a keyserver, you - can manually send your friends your public key. It is much easier - though to upload to a keyserver and then let your friends download - your public key on their own wish. <!-- Bad wording --> - </para> - </note> - <note id="pub-priv"> - <title>Public Key? Private Key? Whats the difference?</title> - <para> - GPG uses two types of keys: public and private. The private should - be given out to no one, ever. Your private key allows your mail to - be signed and encrypted and decrypted by anyone who has it. The - public key is what you give your friends so that they can decrypt - your mails. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="encrypt-getting-key"> - <title>Retrieving a Friends Key</title> - <para> - To encrypt a message to your friends, you'll need to use their public - key in combination with your private key. - <application>Evolution</application> does that transparently, but you - still need to get their key off a keyserver. To do that, type: - <command> - gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid - </command>. You will need to type in your password, and then their ID - will automatically be added to your keyring. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="encrypt-evo-integ"> - <title>Setting up Evolution's Encryption</title> - <para> - You'll need to open - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Mail Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - Once there, select the account you'd like to associate the key to and click - the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. In the - <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab is a section labeled <guilabel>Pretty - Good Privacy</guilabel>. Enter your key ID and click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Your key is now integrated into your identity - in <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="encrypt-sending"> - <title>Sending Encrypted Messages</title> - <para> - You can either sign or encrypt a message. When you sign a message, you verify - that you were the one who sent it, and that no one is forging your - identity. Encrypting a message makes it impossible for someone with - prying eyes to view it while it's in transmission. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sign-msg"> - <title>Signing a Message</title> - <para> - To sign a message, you simply click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Sign</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - . You will be prompted for your PGP password. Once you enter it, - click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and your message will be signed. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="encrypt-msg"> - <title>Encrypting a Message</title> - <para> - Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message. You simply - click the menu item - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Encrypt</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="unencrypting"> - <title>Unencrypting a Recieved Message</title> - <para> - Sometimes, a friend will send you a message which is encrypted. In order - for you to read it, you need to unencrypt it. - </para> - <para> - When you view the encrypted message, <application>Evolution</application> - will prompt you for your PGP password. You type in your PGP password and - the message is then decrypted. - </para> - </sect2> -</sect1> -</chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-mainwindow.sgml b/help/C/usage-mainwindow.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 157eaad279..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-mainwindow.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,711 +0,0 @@ -<!-- - <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> -<chapter id="usage-mainwindow"> - - <title>The Evolution Workspace</title> - <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-starting"> - <title>Starting Evolution</title> - <para> - Start <application>Evolution</application> by selecting - <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem> from your - <guimenu>Programs</guimenu> menu, or by typing - <command>evolution</command> at the command line. The first time - you run the program, it will create a directory called - <filename>evolution</filename> in your home directory, where it - will keep all your <application>Evolution</application>-related - files. At this point, it will also offer to import old messages - from other mail clients, such as Netscape mail. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-basics"> - <title>Evolution Basics</title> - <para> - After <application>Evolution</application> starts up, you will - see the <interface>main window</interface>, with the - <interface>Inbox</interface> open. On the left of - the <interface>main window</interface> is the <interface>shortcut - bar</interface>, with several buttons in it. Just underneath the - title bar is a series of menus in the <interface>menu - bar</interface>, and below that, the <interface>tool - bar</interface> with buttons for different functions. The largest - part of the <interface>main window</interface> is taken up by the - content view, where your messages are displayed. Above that is - the message list view, where a summary of your email is displayed. - If you're running the program for the first time, - you'll have one message: a welcome from Ximian. - </para> - <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar"> - <title>The Shortcut Bar</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application>'s most important job is - to give you access to your information and help you use it - quickly. One way it does that is through the - <interface>shortcut bar</interface>, the column on the left - hand side of the main window. The large buttons with names - like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts, and you can - select different groups of shortcuts by clicking the - rectangular group buttons. - </para> - <para> - Take a look at the <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> - The shortcut buttons in that category are: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>My Evolution</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Start your day here. <guilabel>My Evolution</guilabel> - gives you a quick summary of new or important messages, - daily appointments and urgent tasks. You can customize - its appearance and content, and use it to access - Evolution services. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> button to start - reading your mail. Your Inbox is also where you can - access Evolution's tools to filter, sort, organize, and - search your mail. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Calendar</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Calendar can store your appointments and To do lists - for you. Connected to a network, you can use it to keep - a group of people on schedule and up to date. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Tasks</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - A full-size view of your calendar's task pad. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Contacts</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Contact Manager holds your addresses, phone numbers, - and contact information. Like calendar information, - contact data can be synchronized with hand-held devices - and shared over a network. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - -<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED YET - - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Notes:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> The note pad is your catch-all tool: use it to take - messages from phone conversations, keep small things - organized, write <glossterm linkend="haiku">haiku</glossterm>, or whatever - you like. This feature is not yet implemented, but will be - soon. See <xref linkend="usage-notes"> for more - information. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> ---> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> - <title>Folders and The Folder Bar</title> - <para> - The <interface>folder bar</interface> is a more comprehensive - way to view the information you've stored with - <application>Evolution</application>. It displays all your - appointments, address cards, and email in a tree that's a lot - like a <glossterm linkend="filetree">file - tree</glossterm>— it starts small at the top, and branches - downwards. On most computers, there will be three or four - folders at the base. First is the <guilabel>Local</guilabel> - folder, which holds all the <application>Evolution</application> - data that's stored on your computer. After that are - <guilabel>Other Contacts</guilabel>, <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> contact directories stored on a - network, followed by any <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> mail folders you may have - available to you over your network. Lastly, there are - <guilabel>Virtual Folders</guilabel>, discussed in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">, - </para> - <para> - - A typical <guilabel>Local</guilabel> folder contains the following folders: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>My Evolution</guilabel>, a quick summary to help you do - your tasks. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>, for appointments and - event listings. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel>, for address cards. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, for messages you started and didn't finish. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, for incoming mail. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, for messages you have written - but not yet sent. This will be empty unless you use - <application>Evolution</application> while offline. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Sent</guilabel>, for sent mail. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, a virtual folder view of all - the messages you have marked for deletion but not yet - <glossterm linkend="expunge">expunged</glossterm>. Note that - once you have expunged a message, it - is permanently deleted. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - <tip id="foldertips"> - <title>Navigating without the Folder Bar</title> - <para> - You don't need the folder bar or the shortcut bar to move - around the main window. You can use <keycap>Tab</keycap> to - switch from one part of the window to another. When you hide the folder - bar, - there is a menu on the left side of the window just below the toolbar - to move about the folder tree, even with the folder and - shortcut bars hidden. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - If you get any serious amount of mail, you'll want more folders - than just your Inbox. - To create a new folder: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>E</keycap> - </keycombo>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the name of the folder in the <guilabel>Folder - Name</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the folder type. The available options are. - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Calendar - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Contacts - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Mail - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Mail Storage - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - My Evolution - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Tasks - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - vTrash - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the folder for the new folder to go in. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <sect3 id="subfolders"> - <title>Subfolders</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can also manage subfolders, - subfolders are folders inside of folders. This works well if - you want to try to separate your home folders from your work - folders, or if you like to keep very organized. - </para> - - - - <note> - <title>Folders Have Limits</title> - <para> - Calendars must go in calendar folders, mail in mail - folders, and contacts in contact folders. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything - in GNOME, and <application>Evolution</application> is no - exception. If you right-click on a folder, you'll have a - menu with the following options: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>View</guimenuitem>, to view the folder. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Open in New Window</guimenuitem>, to see it in a new Evolution window. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, to move the folder to another location. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>, to duplicate the folder. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, to delete the folder and all its contents. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>, to change its name. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Create New Folder</guimenuitem>, to create another folder in the same location. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Add to Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem>, to add the folder to your shortcut bar. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>, to view or change the folder properties. </para></listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - You can also rearrange folders and messages by dragging and - dropping them. - </para> - - - -<!-- - <tip> - <title>Context-Sensitive Help</title> - <para> - GNOME 2.0 offers context-sensitive help, which means you can - almost always get help on an item by right-clicking it. If - you're not sure what something is, or don't know what you can - do with it, choosing <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> from the - right-click menu is a good way to find out. - </para> - </tip> ---> - - <para> - Any time new information arrives in a mail folder, that folder label - is displayed in bold text, along with the number of new messages in - that folder inside of paranthesis. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-menubar"> - <title>The Menu Bar</title> - <para> - The <interface>menu bar</interface>'s contents will always - provide all the possible actions for any given view of your - data. That means that, depending on the context, menu bar items - will change. If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu - items will relate to mail; some will relate to other components - of <application>Evolution</application> and some, especially - those in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the - application as a whole. The contents of the menu bar are - described in <xref linkend="menuref">. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu></term> - - <listitem><para> - Anything even related to a file or to the operations - of the application generally falls under this - menu: creating things, saving them to disk, - printing them, and quitting the program itself. - - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu holds - useful tools that help you edit text and move it around. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - This menu lets you decide how <application>Evolution</application> - should look. Some of the features control the appearance of - <application>Evolution</application> as a whole, and others - the way a particular kind of information appears. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Holds actions which maybe applied to a message. Normally, - if there is only one target for the action — for - example, replying to a message — you can find it in - the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Tools for configuring, changing, and - setting up preferences go here. For mail, that means things like - <guimenuitem>Mail Configuration</guimenuitem> and the - <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>. For the - <interface>Calendar</interface> and the <interface>Contact - Manager</interface>, it's color, network, and layout - configuration. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Select among these items to open the - <application>Help Browser</application> - and read the <application>Evolution</application> manual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - Once you've familiarized yourself with the <interface>main - window</interface> you can start doing things with it. We'll - start with your executive summary. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="first-time-druid"> - <title>First Time Druid</title> - <para> - When you first start <application>Evolution</application>, you are - presented with a first time druid. The druid will help you get your email - preferences configured and import your email from your other program. - </para> - <para> - The first screen welcomes you to the druid. It is estimated that - configuring your mail will take 2 to 5 minutes and importing mail will - take 1 to 2 minutes. - </para> - <sect2 id="first-step"> - <title>Step 1 of 4</title> - <para> - The Identity window is the first of four steps in the druid. The - identity step lets you configure your basic, personal information. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Full Name — Your full name (Example: John Doe). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Email Address — Your email address (Example: john@doe.com) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Organization — The company you work for (optional). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Signature file — You can setup - <application>Evolution</application> to put text at the end of all - your emails. This is the file which that text is located in. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="second-step"> - <title>Step 2 of 4</title> - <para> - The <guilabel>Recieving Email</guilabel> step lets you configure - receving email people have sent you. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Server Type — There are numerous types of servers which - <application>Evolution</application> can download your email from: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - POP — Downloads your email to your hard disk for - permanent storage. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - IMAPv4 — Keeps the email on your server so you can - access your email from any computer that supports IMAPv4 and - have everything be the same. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Unix mbox spool-format file — Bad description, we're - getting a better definition shortly. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Standard Unix mailbox file — Bad description, we're - getting a better definition shortly. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Qmail maildir format files — If you download your - mail using qmail, you'll want to use this. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - None &mdash How do you have None? figure out! - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Email Server — This is the address of the server you're - downloading from. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Username — The username that you login to your email. That - is often the part before the @ in your email. - </para> - <para> - Authentication Type — Chances are you are using - <guilabel>Password</guilabel>. Ask your administrator for more - details. You can have <application>Evolution</application> check - by clicking <guibutton>Check for supported types</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - Remember Password — If you prefer to not enter your - password everytime you check email, press this button. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="third-step"> - <title>Step 3 or 4</title> - <para> - The <guilabel>Sending Email</guilabel> step lets you configure sending - email. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Server Type — There are numerous server types that - <application>Evolution</application> supports for sending your - mail. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - SMTP — Downloads mail into your mailbox file. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Sendmail — Uses another program to download your mail - to your mailbox files. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Host — The server to connect to that sends your mail. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Server requires authentication — Check if you need a password to - send mail. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Authentication Type — Chances are you are using - <guilabel>Password</guilabel>. Ask your administrator for more - details. You can have <application>Evolution</application> check - by clicking <guibutton>Check for supported types</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Username — The username that you login to your email. That - is often the part before the @ in your email. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Remember Password — If you prefer to not enter your - password everytime you check email, press this button. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="fourth-step"> -<!-- This section sucks. Look at it, ask for improvements --> - <title>Step 4 of 4</title> - <para> - Chances are, <application>Evolution</application> isn't your first email - program. You're probably switching from another program and will want - access to your email from your old program. It's for exactly these - situations that <application>Evolution</application> includes an import - feature. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can import the following types of - files: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - VCard (.vcf, gcrd) - Contacts - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Outlook Express 4 (.mbx) - Email - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - MBox(mbox) - Email - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - VCard is a format to store addressbooks and contact information. Outlook - handles your email. If you're coming from - Windows, you're probably going to be importing Outlook Express files. If - you're coming from a Unix program, you're probably using mbox. Ask your - system administrator if you aren't sure which you use. - </para> - <note> - <title>Eudora</title> - <para> - Eudora email client uses mbox format to store mail. So if you're coming - from Eudora, you'll want to select mbox. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <title>Outlook 2000</title> - <para> - Outlook 2000 uses a format which <application>Evolution</application> - cannot directly import. However, you can import it using Mozilla on - Windows. Please see the FAQ for more information. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - To import your files, go to - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Import File</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - <para> - An assistant will appear, helping you to import your files. You'll need to - specify where the file is that you want to import. Click - <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then <guibutton>Import</guibutton>. - <application>Evolution</application> will present you with the Folder - dialoge, so you can specify where your new messages will go. Select the - desired folder, and your file will be imported into - <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - <para> - And if you're timid about using <application>Evolution</application>, - don't worry. <application>Evolution</application> won't mangle your - files, so if you choose to use your old application instead, you can - import your files right back in. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter> - diff --git a/help/C/usage-notes.sgml b/help/C/usage-notes.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 1ff2283128..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-notes.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-notes"> - <title>Evolution Notes</title> - <abstract> - <title> An Overview of the Evolution Notes</title> - <para> - In the dark ages before email was invented, there were little - scraps of people which people used for short-term information - storage. These scraps of paper were called notes. Now, notes - are an almost necessary part of our lives, albeit in electronic - form. It only makes sense, then, that - <application>Evolution</application> will eventually have a - Notes feature. <application>Evolution</application> can help - you take notes in the following ways: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Take down phone numbers, take school notes, take phone - messages, or even write poetry. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Color code notes to organize them, or just to - make them look good. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Turn a note into an email or a text file. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Write <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can start writing notes by clicking - <guibutton>Notes</guibutton> in the shortcut bar. Of course, - it's not there yet. But when it is, it'll take you to the - notepad. - </para> - </abstract> -</chapter> - - - diff --git a/help/C/usage-print.sgml b/help/C/usage-print.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index b73636f37e..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-print.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-print"> -<title>Printing with Evolution</title> -<para> - Like most GNOME applications, <application>Evolution</application> uses - the gnome-print system, so if you've used any other GNOME - application to print, you should be able to print from - <application>Evolution</application> immediately. -</para> -<para> - Whether you're printing a message, a calendar page, or a selection - of address cards, you can choose to print directly to a printer, or - save the print output to a postscript file. You can also use the - preview feature to see how your printed output will look. -</para> - - <sect1 id="printpreview"> - <title>Print Preview</title> - <para> - <guibutton>Print Preview</guibutton> appears both as a button in - the printing dialog and as an item in the - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. In both places, it does the same - thing: it opens a new window that shows you what would happen if - you were to print the current message, calendar, appointment, or - address card. - </para> - <para> - That window allows you to select which pages you want to see, - and how close you'd like to look at them. Zoom in or out, fit - the page to the window (the <guibutton>Fit</guibutton> button) - or match the width of the page and the window (the - <guibutton>Fit Width</guibutton> button). None of these buttons - changes the way the page will be printed, but they do let you - get a better look. If you're satisfied with the way the things - look, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to send your document - on its way. If you'd like to change it, just close the - <guilabel>Print Preview</guilabel> window and make the changes - you want from the Mail, Calendar, or Contact Manager. - </para> - - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="print-preview"> - <title>Print Preview</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Print Preview</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/print-preview" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="print-destination"> - <title>File or Printer?</title> - <para> - The printer selection window, shown in <xref - linkend="print-dest">, lets you choose the format for - printing— <guilabel>Generic - Postscript</guilabel>, whether to write to a PDF file, and whether to print - to a file or to an actual printer in Generic Postscript. If you choose a printer, - you'll be asked for the printer command (probably - <guilabel>lpr</guilabel>) which your system uses. If you - choose to print to a file, you'll need to decide upon a - filename. And of course, you'll want to choose a number of - copies, and whether to collate them. - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="print-dest"> - <title>Choosing a Printer</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Choosing a Printer</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/print-dest" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - <para> - If you're printing a message that's more than one page, you'll - have the option of choosing which pages to print. If you're - printing a calendar entry, you can decide what range of dates to - print. And, if you're printing contact cards, you can decide - whether to print only the selected cards, or all of them. - </para> - <para> - When you're ready, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to print, - <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to have a look (or another look) - at the preview, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the - whole deal. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/usage-sync.sgml b/help/C/usage-sync.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 83fef7f6df..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-sync.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - - <chapter id="usage-sync"> - <title>Synchronizing Evolution with Hand-Held Devices</title> - <para> - This chapter covers is how to synchronize data - installed and configured. If you need information on how to - set up a synchronization system, consult <xref - linkend="config-sync">. - </para> - <sect1 id="hotsync"> - <title>Using HotSync</title> - <para> - Put your hand-held device on its cradle and press the - HotSync button. - </para> - <para> - If your environment is correctly configured to sync with your - PDA, then it should sync with <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </sect1> - </chapter> diff --git a/help/COPYING-DOCS b/help/COPYING-DOCS deleted file mode 100644 index b42936beb3..0000000000 --- a/help/COPYING-DOCS +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ - GNU Free Documentation License - Version 1.1, March 2000 - - Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - -0. PREAMBLE - -The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -modifications made by others. - -This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -license designed for free software. - -We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. - - -1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS - -This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -addressed as "you". - -A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -modifications and/or translated into another language. - -A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -them. - -The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -that says that the Document is released under this License. - -The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -the Document is released under this License. - -A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -represented in a format whose specification is available to the -general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". - -Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -processing tools are not generally available, and the -machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -purposes only. - -The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -preceding the beginning of the body of the text. - - -2. VERBATIM COPYING - -You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. - -You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -you may publicly display copies. - - -3. COPYING IN QUANTITY - -If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -as verbatim copying in other respects. - -If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -pages. - -If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -the public. - -It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - - -4. MODIFICATIONS - -You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: - -A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions - (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section - of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version - if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified - Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the - Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the - Modified Version, as the publisher. -D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. -F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice - giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the - terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections - and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to - it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and - publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as - given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified - Version as stated in the previous sentence. -J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for - public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise - the network locations given in the Document for previous versions - it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. - You may omit a network location for a work that was published at - least four years before the Document itself, or if the original - publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", - preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the - substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements - and/or dedications given therein. -L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, - unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers - or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section - may not be included in the Modified Version. -N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" - or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. - -If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. - -You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -standard. - -You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. - -The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -imply endorsement of any Modified Version. - - -5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS - -You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -license notice. - -The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. - -In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -entitled "Endorsements." - - -6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS - -You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. - -You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. - - -7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS - -A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -are not themselves derivative works of the Document. - -If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. - - -8. TRANSLATION - -Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -translation of this License provided that you also include the -original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -between the translation and the original English version of this -License, the original English version will prevail. - - -9. TERMINATION - -You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - -10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - -The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. - - -ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents - -To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -the License in the document and put the following copyright and -license notices just after the title page: - - Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document - under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 - or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; - with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the - Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. - A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU - Free Documentation License". - -If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. - -If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/help/Camel-Classes b/help/Camel-Classes deleted file mode 100644 index 8b510dad7a..0000000000 --- a/help/Camel-Classes +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -CamelException -CamelLock -CamelLockClient -CamelLockHelper -CamelMovemail -CamelOperation -CamelProvider -CamelUIDCache -CamelURL -CamelObject - + CamelAddress - | + CamelInternetAddress - | ` CamelNewsAddress - + CamelDataWrapper - | + CamelMedium - | | ` CamelMimePart - | | ` CamelMimeMessage - | ` CamelMultipart - + CamelCipherContext - | ` CamelPgpContext - + CamelCMSContext - | ` CamelSMimeContext - + CamelDiscoDiary - + CamelFolder - | + CamelDiscoFolder - | ` CamelVeeFolder - | ` CamelVTrashFolder - + CamelFolderSearch - + CamelFolderSummary - + CamelMimeFilter - | + CamelMimeFilterBasic - | + CamelMimeFilterBestenc - | + CamelMimeFilterCharset - | + CamelMimeFilterCRLF - | + CamelMimeFilterFrom - | + CamelMimeFilterIndex - | + CamelMimeFilterLinewrap - | + CamelMimeFilterSave - | ` CamelMimeFilterStripHeader - + CamelSasl - | + CamelSaslAnonymous - | + CamelSaslCramMD5 - | + CamelSaslDigestMD5 - | + CamelSaslKerberos - | + CamelSaslLogin - | ` CamelSaslPlain - + CamelService - | + CamelStore - | | + CamelRemoteStore - | | | ` CamelDiscoStore - | | ` CamelVeeStore - | ` CamelTransport - + CamelSession - ` CamelStream - + CamelSeekableStream - | + CamelSeekableSubstream - | + CamelStreamFs - | ` CamelStreamMem - + CamelStreamBuffer - + CamelStreamFilter - + CamelStreamNull - ` CamelTcpStream - + CamelTcpStreamOpenSSL - + CamelTcpStreamRaw - ` CamelTcpStreamSSL diff --git a/help/ChangeLog b/help/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 9b8f346b8e..0000000000 --- a/help/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1040 +0,0 @@ -2001-07-15 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/config-sync.sgml: Updated slightly for new design. - -2001-07-13 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Added lots of good stuff with the first time druid. - -2001-07-12 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: - -2001-07-12 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Added "get bt for component-only crash" qandaentry. - -2001-07-10 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com> - - * */Makefile.am (dist-hook): Clean up make dist. - -2001-07-11 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution.sgml: validation on usage-mainwindow and usage-contact. - -2001-07-11 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: More edits. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Sick amounts of changes too! - - * C/usage-mail-org.sgml: Heavy editing...touched almost everything. - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: Minor change. There was only one change for this chapter, cuz I'm such a 'godly' writer...yeah. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: A bit of editing. - - * C/preface.sgml: Screwed with the examples and did some cleanup. - -2001-07-10 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/usage-mail-org.sgml: validation. - -2001-07-10 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Added <application> tags - - * C/usage-mail-org.sgml: Added <application> tags - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Added <application> tags - -2001-07-09 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: Editing - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Editing - - * C/usage-mail-org.sgml: Editing - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Editing - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Editing - - * C/usage-mail-org.sgml: Mention UNMATCHED - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Commented on trash being a vFolder - -2001-07-06 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Spell check - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Spell check - -2001-07-05 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Added orderedlists. - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: Added orderedlists. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Added orderedlists. - - * C/usage-mail-org.sgml: Added orderedlists. - -2001-07-03 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Put in lots of orderedlists...more SGML, less - for the user to read. They'll thank me in droves later. - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: Fixed build error - -2001-06-29 Jeffrey Stedfast <fejj@ximian.com> - - * white-papers/mail/camel.sgml: Updated slightly. - - * Camel-Classes: Updated. - -2001-07-02 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/apx-common-tasks.sgml: Created its own file. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: You name it. - - * C/preface.sgml: Pulled shortcuts from here into its own apx - - * C/evolution.sgml: Reordered entities - -2001-06-30 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Pulled organizing stuff, made its own file. - -2001-06-26 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Revised move/rename/copy questions, now - that these functions work. - -2001-06-25 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Now that bug-buddy works with our - bugzilla, update faq to reflect it. - -2001-06-25 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Put config-encryption in usage-mail.sgml. - config-encryption.sgml should be depreciated. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Fixed typo - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Added info about mailing lists Elaborated on - mailing lists - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: Fixed a few typos - - * C/preface.sgml: Added section for importing files - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Removed some *'s that are causing - problems. - -2001-06-22 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/preface.sgml: Put in Contacts information in the quicktasks. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Pulled some redundant information. - -2001-06-21 battery841 <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/preface.sgml, C/fig/mail-inbox.png, C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png, - C/usage-mail.sgml: Updated screenshots and redid layout for - graphics on pages. - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Fixed .gif problem - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Specify the file format - - * C/usage-contact.sgml, C/usage-mail.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Trying to fix the .gif problem - - * C/fig/calendar.png, C/fig/contact.png, C/usage-calendar.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Redid graphics to add labels to them and - described the labels in text. - - * C/config-encryption.sgml, C/evolution.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/evolution.sgml: Added config-encryption.sgml for building - - * C/fig/calendar.png, C/fig/config-cal.png, C/fig/config-mail.png, - C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png, C/fig/filter-new-fig.png, - C/fig/mail-composer.png, C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png, - C/fig/mail-inbox.png, C/fig/print-dest.png, - C/fig/print-preview.png, C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/fig/*png: Updated graphics for newer UI. - - * C/fig/full-1.png, C/fig/full-2.png, C/fig/full-3.png, - C/fig/full-4.png, C/fig/full-5.png, C/fig/full-6.png, - C/fig/full-7.png, C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png, C/usage-mail.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Redid graphics to add labels to them and - described in labels in text. Looks good! - - * C/usage-encryption.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/encryption.sgml: Added file - - * C/preface.sgml: - -2001-06-20 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * doc/ChangeLog: Moved my entires to doc/ChangeLog per request of - danw - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Fixed .gif problem - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Specify the file format - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Trying to fix the .gif problem - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Redid graphics to add labels to them and - described the labels in text. - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/evolution.sgml: Added config-encryption.sgml for building - - * C/fig/*png: Updated graphics for newer UI. - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Redid graphics to add labels to them and - described in labels in text. Looks good! - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: - -2001-06-21 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/encryption.sgml: Added file - -2001-06-20 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * ChangeLog: Moved my entires to doc/ChangeLog per request of danw - -2001-06-20 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: Updated for new UI. - -2001-06-20 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-sync: Reworded a little bit for more descrip. - -2001-06-20 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Documented categorizing an event. - -2001-06-20 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Updated Bcc: example - -2001-06-19 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: A couple changes to Kevin's update. - -2001-06-19 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Basic edits - -2001-06-19 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/usage-exec-summary: Updated to say "My Evolution" - -2001-06-19 Kevin Breit <battery841@mediaone.net> - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added definition. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Routine updates. - -2001-06-07 Duncan Mak <duncan@lumox.simplemente.net> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Fixed a typo. Thanks to Greg Leblanc for - pointing this out. - -2001-05-23 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Re-indented. - -2001-05-18 Duncan Mak <duncan@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Added two questions about importing - Outlook (text from Iain). Fixed some tags and cleaned up a bit - here and there. - -2001-05-18 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: Added a question about the permission - issues with /var/spool/mail. - -2001-05-15 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * C/Makefile.am (SGML_FILES): Renamed to `GUIDE_SGML_FILES'. - (EXTRA_DIST): Add `$(FAQ_SGML_FILES)'. - (all): Depend on `evolution-faq' too. - (evolution-faq): New. - (install-data-local): Depend on `evolution-faq' too. Install the - FAQ into `$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-faq' and the guide into - `$(evolution_helpdir)/evolution-guide'. - - * C/evolution-faq.sgml: New. - -2001-04-23 Jon Trowbridge <trow@ximian.com> - - * C/Makefile.am (install-data-local): Changed dependency for - install-data-local from "evolution" to "evolution-guide". - -2001-04-23 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * C/Makefile.am (evolution-guide): Use `$(srcdir)' here. - -2001-04-23 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * C/Makefile.am (SGML_FILES): Add `evolution.sgml'. - (evolution-guide): Process `evolution.sgml', not - `evolution-guide.sgml'. - (dist-hook): s/evolution-guide/evolution/ - (install-data-local): Likewise. - -2001-02-23 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-authors.sgml: s/helixcode/ximian (How I missed this page - on the first go-round I don't know). - -2001-03-14 Gediminas Paulauskas <menesis@delfi.lt> - - * C/Makefile.am: there's no apx-fdl.sgml and evolution-guide.sgml - anymore - -2001-02-23 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: IMAP subscriptions stuff. - -2001-02-21 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Advanced search/show all/save search stuff. - - * C/evolution.sgml: This file replaces evolution-guide.sgml, for - Nautilus Readiness. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: glossterm conduit. - - * C/config-sync.sgml: Glossterm conduit. - - * C/preface.sgml: Checked over for Keyboard-Shortcut and other - truthfulness. - -2001-02-15 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Validated. Verified. Markup fixed in - several individual files. - - * C/apx-gpl.sgml: cvs-removed for GNOME 1.4 compliance. - - * C/apx-fdl.sgml: cvs-removed for GNOME 1.4 compliance. - -2001-02-09 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-sync.sgml: Overhaul. Now accurate and truthful and - clear. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Minor Changes. - -2001-02-08 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Minor Changes. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Minor Changes. - -2001-02-07 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/menuref.sgml: Added section, but left blank til UI stabilizes. - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: A little functionality described. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Added tasks and Exec-summary. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Describe semi-autonomy of task pad. - -2001-02-06 Aaron Weber <aaron@ximian.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: s/contact manager/address book/ and - revised text. - - * C/usage-exec-summary.sgml: New file. Describes Executive - Summary. - -2001-01-19 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: More of Megan's revisions, and Field Chooser - functions in the Sort section. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: added "ToolTip" - -2001-01-18 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/preface.sgml: s/Helix Code/Ximian, and Megan's comments. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: s/Helix Code/Ximian/, and Megan's - comments. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: s/Helix Code/Ximian/ - -2000-12-13 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Revisions as suggested by Dan. Especially to - filter dialogs... which still need some renaming, IMHO. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Revisions as suggested by - Dan. Especially to the Folder Limits thing, which still upsets me - somehow. - - * C/preface.sgml: Revisions as suggested by Dan. - -2000-11-29 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: added some <glossterms>, added - linkends to existing glossterms. - -2000-11-28 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Changed intro to Config section. Now - defines what, exactly, "configurable" means. - - * C/usage-print.sgml: Stylistic revisions. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Stylistic revisions. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Stylistic revisions. - -2000-11-09 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/menuref.sgml: Message heading Right-Click Menu. - -2000-11-03 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: The regexp example was quite wrong. Props to - Sasha. - -2000-11-02 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Style and spelling. - -2000-11-01 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Fixed validation errors. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Fixed HTML, style stuff. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Stylistic overhaul. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Fixed groups in shortcut bar, fixed - folder navigation tips. - -2000-10-31 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/preface.sgml: Minor stylistic revisions. - -2000-10-30 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * COPYING-DOCS: New file. This is the official place to put the - FDL now. - - -2000-11-01 Radek Doulik <rodo@helixcode.com> - - * Keybindings: added composer keybindings description - -2000-10-25 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/menuref.sgml: Actions -> New Directory Server added. - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Actions -> New Directory Server added. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Actions -> New Directory Server added. - - * C/menuref.sgml: Added mail Settings->Manage Subscriptions menu. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Subscriptions section added. Quite - incomplete, though. - -2000-10-11 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Re-checked validity of all files. Made - minor changes to menuref.sgml, usage-mail.sgml, usage-print.sgml - to bring up to spec. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Redid Filter & Vfolder to match the new & - improved functionality. - - * C/fig/*: Re-did remaining screenshots. - -2000-10-10 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-print.sgml: New file, describing printing and - print-preview. - - * C/fig/print-preview.png: New file. - - * C/fig/print-dest.png: New file. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Added usage-print entity. - - * C/menuref.sgml: Fixed calendar menu stuff. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: No more "Actions" menu, other assorted - menu-related changes. - -2000-10-06 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/fig/ * replaced a whole bunch of screenshots. - -2000-10-05 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Described Search features. - - * C/menuref.sgml: Contact Manager menus fixed. - -2000-10-04 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Fixed glossterms. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Fixed glossterms, filenames, spellchecked. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added "Inline," "VCard". - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Fixed glossterms, - filenames. Spellchecked. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Fixed glossterms, filenames. Spellchecked. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: New Legalnotice. Removed FDL and GPL, - which are now included as part of the gnome-help package. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Spellcheck. Fixed some wording, and - responded to clahey's suggestions-- notably, commented out the - "add to master list" category feature. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Spellcheck. Fixed wording, event overlap - description. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Spellcheck. Commented out Notes - entities. - - * C/usage-notes.sgml: Spellchecked, then decided to comment out - this file/chapter and all references to it, since it's unlikely to - be implemented any time soon. - - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: Spellcheck. Other minor updates. May - need more work in the near future. - - * C/usage-sync.sgml: Now it's really short. And spelled correctly. - -2000-10-03 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Mostly spelling. Still needs major - alteration. - - * C/menuref.sgml: s/Appintment/Appointment, fixed small errors, - ran spellcheck. Still needs lots of work, since many menus have - changed. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added Virus, Protocol, fixed vFolder, - spellchecked. - -2000-09-26 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added sendmail and SMTP. - -2000-09-22 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/menuref.sgml: Changed to reflect new menu layout. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Changed to reflect new menu - layout. Again. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Stop and Display All features. - -2000-09-21 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Switched to the "official" FSF markup. - I will have to make changes to the markup-- adding ids, etc, or - switch to another version of the markup. Pending discussion by - GDP. - - * C/apx-authors.sgml: Changed Matt Loper's email address to - loper.org; added Jeff Stedfast and Peter Williams to authors list, - realphebetized. - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Revision to reflect current options - labelling. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Changes to part intros. - - * C/preface.sgml: Spelling and menu fixes. Will need more work - tomorrow. - -2000-09-20 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Fixed sig stuff here and in setupassist. - - * C/config-sync.sgml: Fixed description of conduit usage. - -2000-09-18 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/preface.sgml: Spelling fixes, etc. - -2000-09-19 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * C/Makefile.am: Fixed to install the stylesheet-images as well. - -2000-09-07 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/fig/ New files: contact-editor.png, mail-composer.png, - filter-assist-fig.png, mail-inbox.png - -2000-09-07 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/preface.sgml: Redid "soft" intro stuff. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Accidentally broke docs, now valid. - -2000-09-06 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Editing, proofing. - -2000-09-05 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Grammar, links, screenshots. - - * fig/* Re-took most screenshots. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Filters, proofing. - -2000-09-01 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Added coverage of news, clarified POP/IMAP - distinction (there's a theme to these four log entries here). - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Added coverage of news. - - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: Revised mail sources content for - IMAP/POP stuff. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added IMAP and POP. - -2000-08-31 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added regular expressions to glossary. - Explanation should be removed from other portions of the book now. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Revisions, minor. - - * C/apx-menuref.sgml: Now named menuref.sgml, to reflect its new - status as a part. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Structural alterations: Menuref is now a - part, not an appendix. - - * C/apx-menuref.sgml: Added contextual menus for mail. - - * C/preface.sgml: Added "quickref and pointers" sections. Props to - O'Reilly for the copy of Outlook in a Nutshell which gave me the - idea. - -2000-08-30 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Minor fixes. - - * C/preface.sgml: Corrected grammar, added glossterms, described - menuref. - -2000-08-25 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Redid filter and vFolder assistant - descriptions. - - * C/fig/filter-new-fig.png: Replaced with new assistant pic. - - * C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png: New file, showing only assistant. - - - * C/apx-menuref.sgml: Finished message composer and calendar - editor menus. Looked at Contact Editor menus and decided to - document those features after implementation. - -2000-08-24 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-menuref.sgml: Message Composer File and Edit menus. - -2000-08-23 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-menuref.sgml: Added editor sections. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Included Menu Reference Appendix. - -2000-08-22 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Minor markup changes. - - * C/apx-menuref.sgml: New File. Menu Reference. Still needs much - work, but not bad for an evening. - -2000-08-21 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Kevin's diff applied, with minor changes. - -2000-08-09 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Fixed bugs in validation. Went home to - sleep. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Redid menubar description. - - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Added coverage of folder config, requested - that feature be transferred to config section. Switched to - variablelist in "Other" config section. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Added coverage of right-click on messages, - threaded-view. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Right-click on folder menu reinstated. - -2000-08-07 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Added news server coverage. Other config - proofing changes. - - -2000-08-05 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/apx-gpl.sgml: New file. Contains contents of "COPYING", but - marked up (probably not very well, but valid) as docbook - (SGML). - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Subtle change to the legal notice: - distinguished manual license from software license. Linked to - apx-gpl.sgml above. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: I redid all the usage files. - -2000-07-21 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Added password remembering/forgetting - feature. - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: Mostly moved to variablelists, a few - language changes. - - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: Minor changes to formatting, wording. - - * C/usage-notes.sgml: Changed trademark references, other minor - changes. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Minor fixes, added additional calendar - section, removed references to unimplemented features. Spellcheck, - prep for 0.3 release. - -2000-07-19 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: lots of minor fixes to language. added - desc. of clahey's cool button-address thing. - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: fixed itemizedlists, ch. to shortcut - bar & folder descs, removed refs to trash. - -2000-07-18 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Altered category addition stuff, plus - suggestions from Kevin. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added ldap and signature definitions (from - Kevin). - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Move to variablelists from itemizedlists. - -2000-07-14 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: moved to variablelists from itemizedlists - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: moved to variablelists from itemizedlists - -2000-06-29 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/preface.sgml: Minor fixes. - - * C/usage-notes.sgml: New File for feature that is yet to come. - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Added entity for notes chapter. - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Un-commented references to notes section. - - * C/apx-authors.sgml: Removed dcm from author list. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Added to-do list features. - -2000-06-28 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: commented out future features; redid - contact editor stuff. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: Removed "live doc" and added "minicard" - -2000-06-27 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/devel-action.sgml: Removed file. - * C/devel-script.sgml: Same. - * C/devel-component.sgml: Same. - * C/preface.sgml: Removed references to devel section. - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Removed references to devel section. - -2000-06-23 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Made moderate to major stylistic updates - to this, apx-gloss.sgml, and to all files beginning with "usage," - especially wrt HTML mail. - - -2000-06-15 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Category stuff improved. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Now covers how to add an event properly. - -2000-07-17 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Added the devel directory. - -2000-06-28 Peter Williams <peterw@curious-george.helixcode.com> - - * C/Makefile.am (SGML_FILES): Don't depend on the newly-removed - devel-*.sgml files. - -2000-06-16 Damon Chaplin <damon@helixcode.com> - - * C/.cvsignore: added evolution-guide and evolution-guide.junk - so we don't get the '? doc/C/evolution-guide' messages each time we - do a cvs update. - -2000-06-14 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: added sect on menubar, other minor changes. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Improved filter and vfolder - description, and some minor changes from me and Kevin. - -2000-06-07 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: finished adding calendar prefs. screenshots. - * C/fig/config-cal.png: new file (screenshot for above) - * C/fig/config-mail.png: same - -2000-06-05 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: Incorporated chgs from Kevin. - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: began total overhaul of structure and added - content reflecting new prefs items. needs LOTS more work. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: changed some references to id's in the - config-prefs section. - - * C/fig/config-mail.png: changed filename from config-prefs.png - -2000-06-01 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: filename was wrong, altered. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: improved filter instructions, vFolder - instructions. still need work though. - - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: added screenshot. - - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: added screenshot. - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: added screenshots, and now describes the - actual prefs dialogs. - - * C/fig/config-camel.png: new (screenshot) file - * C/fig/filter-druid.png: same - * C/fig/vfolder-druid.png: same - * C/fig/calendar.png: same - * C/fig/contact.png: same - * C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png: same - * C/fig/filter-new-fig.png: same - * C/fig/config-camel.png: same - -2000-06-01 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - - * Makefile.am: recurse into the C directory - - * C/Makefile.am: Rules to build and install the docs. Mostly - stolen from gnomecal. Only works if you have GDP stuff - (http://www.gnome.org/gdp/) set up on your machine, but won't make - the build fail if you don't. - -2000-05-29 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: incorporated kevins notes. - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: incorporated kevins notes. - -2000-05-27 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: added Kevin Breit to author and - copyright. - - * C/apx-authors.sgml: Put app authors in a simplelist. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: Removed USAGE-SETUP insertion, added xref to send - users to config-setupassist chapter. This and the following changes - take setup druid coverage out of usage - section and put it in config section. - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: Added mail druid coverage from - usage-setup.sgml. - * C/usage-setup.sgml: Removed file. contents in - config-setupassist.sgml. - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: Removed - USAGE-SETUP entity (and file usage-setup.sgml.) - - -2000-05-26 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png: new file - * C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png: new file - * C/fig: New directory, for figure graphics. - - * C/apx-gloss.sgml: new file. glossary. thx. to kevin from chicago. - - * C/usage-setup.sgml: More accurate description of druid, and - moved to mail section-- see usage-mail.sgml entry. This is a new - location for this entity, and it may move more later. - - - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: altered description of starting - evolution. added screenshot for main-window picture. - - * C/usage-mail.sgml: added screenshots, added coverage of setup - druid and put it into get-and-send section, which is probably not - where it should stay. Also started filter druid coverage and - clarified examples, esp. in Bcc: section. - - * C/usage-contact.sgml: Clarified examples. - - * C/preface.sgml: rewording of "what is" and "about book" sections. - - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: added glossary entity APX-GLOSS, altered - phrasing in part intros, changed order of Setup-assistant section. - - * C/config-prefs.sgml: changed wording, removed ref. to re-running - setup assistant. - -2000-05-18 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evo_book_0.1.sgml: removed. - - * C/apx-authors.sgml: new file. - * C/apx-bugs.sgml: same. - * C/apx-fdl.sgml: same. - * C/config-prefs.sgml: same. - * C/config-setupassist.sgml: same. - * C/config-sync.sgml: same. - * C/devel-action.sgml: same. - * C/devel-component.sgml: same. - * C/devel-script.sgml: same. - * C/evolution-guide.sgml: same. - * C/preface.sgml: same. - * C/usage-calendar.sgml: same. - * C/usage-contact.sgml: same. - * C/usage-mail.sgml: same. - * C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: same. - * C/usage-setup.sgml: same. - * C/usage-sync.sgml: same. - -2000-05-07 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - - * Camel-Classes: sync - -2000-04-16 Aaron Weber <aaron@helixcode.com> - - * C/evo_book_0.1.sgml: new file (doc sgml) - - * C/ : New directory for doc sgml & graphics - -2000-03-05 Christopher James Lahey <clahey@helixcode.com> - - * white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml: Added Miguel to the author - list for ETable. - -2000-03-03 Christopher James Lahey <clahey@helixcode.com> - - * white-papers/widgets/, white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml: New - doc for the ETable widget. - - * ChangeLog: Created a ChangeLog file for the docs file and - integrated the individual ChangeLogs. - -2000-03-01 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - - * ibex.sgml: Ibex white paper - -2000-02-29 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar.sgml: Sections for the calendar user agent and the - calendar client library. - -2000-02-29 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - - * camel.sgml: Reorg a bit more, make the <PRE> section narrower, - add more references to graphics (the graphics themselves are - still in beta), add a section on CamelStream. - -2000-02-28 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar.sgml: Section for the personal calendar server. - -2000-02-28 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - - * camel.sgml: add Bertrand to authors, edit his additions - -2000-02-28 bertrand <bertrand@helixcode.com> - - * camel.sgml: add a blurb about camel offering - uniform interface. needs style and grammar corrections. - Talk about virtual folders. - Talk about lightweight messages - Talk about IMAP. - -2000-02-28 Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - - * camel.sgml: Beginnings of a Camel white paper - -2000-02-25 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar.sgml: New file for the Evolution calendaring white paper. diff --git a/help/Design b/help/Design deleted file mode 100644 index 7b7cf6f821..0000000000 --- a/help/Design +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ - -The Evolution Project specification -Miguel de Icaza. - - -* Introduction - - Evolution is a project aiming at providing the free software - community with a professional, high-quality tool for managing - mail, appointments, tasks and other personal information - tools. - - We want to make Evolution a system that addresses our needs - (the free software development community) and we believe that - by addressing our needs, we will provide a system that will - scale in the years to come for other users that are just - starting to use computers and the internet. - - The main objectives of Evolution are to provide these powerful - features, and to make the user interface as pretty and - polished as possible. - - Evolution is a GNOME application and a number of auxiliary - CORBA servers that act as the storage backends. - - Evolution will copy the best user interface bits and the best - ideas and features found on contemporary groupware systems. - -* Evolution internals. - - Evolution can store its information locally (files for mail, - calendar and address book) or on a remote server (imap/pop, - cap, ldap). - - Given the importance of syncing in this modern PDA world, - the Evolution GUI acts as a client to the data repository. - The data repository is a GUI-less CORBA server called Wombat. - - Wombat provides a unified access system to the calendar and - addressbook data (doing mail is a bit hard, so we are leaving - this as a TODO item for now). - - Wombat's CORBA interfaces are notifier-based. This means that - CORBA requests sent to Wombat do not return values - inmediately, but rather than for Wombat requests the user has - to provide a CORBA object that will be notified of what - happened. - - Yes, that sounds hairy. It is actually pretty simple. It - basically means that you submit requests to Wombat, and a - callback is invoked in your code when the request has been - carried away. - - This enables a Palm to sync to the repository without having - the GUI for Evolution running. It also means that volunteers - will be able to write text-based and web-based versions of - Evolution (not me though :-). - -* Evolution as a platform - - Evolution is more than a client for managing the above - information: Evolution is a platform for building groupware - applications that use the above components to get their work done. - - To achieve this Evolution is designed to be scriptable, and it - exports its internals trough CORBA/Bonobo. It is implemented - as a collection of Bonobo containers and Bonobo components. - - There is a clean separation between the views (the user - interface) and the model (the view). The views that we are - writing are GNOME based, and they talk to the Wombat CORBA - server. - - Wombat takes care of notifications to the various clients for - the data. - -* The overall organization - - A bar similar to outlook provides shortcuts for accessing the - various resources managed by Evolution: mail folders, - contacts, tasks, journal entries, notes, messages and other - user-defined destinations. - -* User interface widgets - -** The ETable package - - This package provides a way of displaying and editing tables. - - Tables are displayed based on a TableColumn definition that - defines the layout used for the display. Table Columns can be - nested, and the package does grouping of information displayed - according to the criteria defined there. - - This is used in multiple places troughout evolution: it is - used for the Mail summary display, for the TODO display and - TODO new data entry and for the address book. - - Nesting in the address book can be performed on various - fields. For example, a first level of nesting could be - "Company" and a second level would be "Country" the result is - a 2-level tree that can be collapsed expanded and contains the - information sorted/grouped by those two criteria. - - The user interface for this will be copied from Outlook: the - possibility of adding and removing fields with drag and drop - as well as grouping using drag and drop. - -* The Mail system - -** The Mail sources - - The mail system will support 4 sources of mail: - - POP3 (transfer to a local file). - IMAP - Local mbox format in $MAIL. - Local mbox format that have other delivery points. - - On top of that, it will be possible to browse existing mbox - archives (and possibly other formats in the future, like - Mailbox and Maildir). - -** Storing the mail - - Mail that gets incorporated into the system is stored in mbox - format, and summary files are provided for quick access to the - files. No modifications to the file on disk is performed (I - am not quite sure about this, perhaps we want to add the - status flags and some method for adding metadata to the mail). - - Summary files are rebuilt on demand or rebuild if the mbox - file and the summary file have got out of sync. - - A Metadata system that will enable us to attach information to - a message will have to be designed and implemented (enabling - users to add annotations to mails, and special keywords and - flags in a per-message fashion). - -** Folders - - Michael Zucchi is working on a system that will let users - easily define rules for splitting their incoming mail into - physical folders. - - A further refinement to Folders are Virtual Folders. This - basically provides a powerful search and viewing facility for - mail. It works like this: when a mail is "incorporated" into - Evolution it is scanned and indexed. - - Then users can enter queries into Evolution that will search - the entire database of messages. - -** Virtual folders - - Virtual folders will enable users to read/browse their mail in - new ways: by specifying search criterias, these folders will - contain messages that match the criteria given. - - There is more information about this in the libcamel - directory. - - We will index all headers from a message, and possible the - contents of messages and keep those on a separate file, to - enable users to query their mail database. - -** Mail summary display - - The summary will be displayed using the ETable package, to - enable users to add a number of sorting criteria and various - display methods for the summary view. - - The Outlook methods for displaying will be present on the - system. - - Message threading will be supported in Evolution. - -** Message display engine - - We are going to be using a combination of - libcamel/limime/libjamie to parse messages and render them - into an HTML buffer. - -* The HTML engine - - The GtkHTML engine will be used to display messages, and will - be extended to support a number of features that we require: - internal handling of characters will be based on Unicode - -* The message composer - - Regular features found in composers will be added: connecting - the composer to the address book, support for drag and drop - for including attachments, editing the message, archiving - drafts and archiving messages sent. - - Ettore has been working on adding editing support to the - GtkHTML and he is working currently on a Bonobo component that - will provide a ready-to-use Bonobo control for embedding into - other applications. - diff --git a/help/Keybindings b/help/Keybindings deleted file mode 100644 index f232802110..0000000000 --- a/help/Keybindings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -* Keybindings for the mailer - - Delete key: Deletes message, moves forward. - -* Keybindings for the composer - - Control-s: Saves message to file. - Control-w: Closes composer window. - Control-Return: Sends message now. - - F6: Opens find dialog. - F7: Opens replace dialog. - diff --git a/help/Makefile.am b/help/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 7b5420fee8..0000000000 --- a/help/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -SUBDIRS = C devel diff --git a/help/NAMESPACE b/help/NAMESPACE deleted file mode 100644 index 4ca7c454d1..0000000000 --- a/help/NAMESPACE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ - - Here is how both the Evolution implementation and IDL namespacing -is to be organized, NB. for implementations and oafinfo filenames we replace -'/' with '_' - -Files: - -/GNOME/Evolution/ - - Addressbook/ - Calendar/ - Control - gnomecal - Composer/ - Mail/ - Notes/ - Shell/ - Summary/ - test - rdf - Wombat/ - -Components: - - Shell components end in _ShellComponent, controls in _Control, -executive summary components in _ExecutiveSummaryComponent and -factories append 'Factory'. - -GNOME/ - Evolution/ - - Shell - - Addressbook/ - MiniCard/ - Control, ControlFactory - SelectNames, SelectNamesFactory - Control, ControlFactory - ShellComponent, ShellComponentFactory - Calendar/ - iTip/ - Control, ControlFactory - Control, ControlFactory - ShellComponent, ShellComponentFactory - ExecutiveSummaryComponent, ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory - Mail/ - Control, ControlFactory - ShellComponent, ShellComponentFactory - ExecutiveSummaryComponent, ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory - Composer, ComposerFactory - Notes/ - control, controlFactory - shellComponent, shellComponentFactory - Summary/ - rdf/ - SummaryComponent, SummaryComponentFactory - test/ - Component, ComponentFactory - - ShellComponent, ShellComponentFactory - - Wombat/ - ServerFactory - CalendarFactory - diff --git a/help/README_Translations b/help/README_Translations deleted file mode 100644 index cc02f1aa5e..0000000000 --- a/help/README_Translations +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -The translations for evolution-guide should be placed in -evolution/doc/<LANG_CODE> - -In this directory you'll find two scripts. - - update_po.pl -- Usage: ./update_po.pl <LANG_CODE> - Takes the sgml files from the C directory and creates sgml.po files - in a directory called <LANG_CODE>.po - You should translate this files as you would any other .po file, but - you have to make sure you place all tags and don't miss anyone. - - - update_translation.pl -- Usage: ./update_translation.pl <LANG_CODE> - Takes the sgml files from the C directory, the sgml.po files from - the <LANG_CODE>.po directory and creates the translated sgml files - and places them on the <LANG_CODE> directory. - If a paragraph it is not translated the originial paragraph in - english is used instead (fuzzy paragraph are considered as - translated for the moment). Doing it this way you can make sure - you didn't miss any sgml tag on the .po files by compiling the - evolution guide. - -Of course, translations can be done as usual translating the .sgml files -directly. But let me point out a few advantages of doing it this way. - -* You can start translating the guide as soon as you want. Doesn't matter - if the original files changes. No more waiting for the docu to be called - stable. - -* When a paragraph changes, it is marked as fuzzy, so you don't have to be - playing with diff to find out if the original sgml file changed and where. - -* You don't need to keep several copies of the sgml files (usually you have - to keep a copy of the file you are translating and an up-to-date copy to - be able to do a diff, to find out the changes) - - -If you want to make any modification to my scripts, please let me know -before you do so and send me an explanation of the changes you want to -make (this is only for learning purposes, I allways like to know how to -make a better script) Of course, the scripts are under GPL, so you can do -with them allmost anything you want. -If you want to use this scripts in any other project different from the -evolution guide translation, please let me know (just to make me fell good -because people is using something I wrote ;-) ) - - -Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org> diff --git a/help/devel/.cvsignore b/help/devel/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 81268d18cf..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in -html -evolution-devel-guide.html -*.stamp diff --git a/help/devel/ChangeLog b/help/devel/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index ba624b87aa..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -2001-06-25 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com> - - * Makefile.am: ... and comment out more exec summary stuff. - - * reference.sgml: Here too. - -2001-06-25 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com> - - * calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am, - calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am: Fix make dist. - - * Makefile.am: clean up a bit. - -2001-06-21 JP Rosevear <jpr@ximian.com> - - * Makefile.am: disable executive summary build because it is no - longer built - -2001-06-21 JP Rosevear <jpr@ximian.com> - - * calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am: add new lib - -2001-06-21 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com> - - * Makefile.am: - calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am: - calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am: - importer/Makefile.am: - executive-summary/Makefile.am: Changed to used gtk-doc's - canonical Makefile.am (plus some tweaks because not every - dir builds html). - -2001-06-14 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * executive-summary/.cvsignore: - * calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore: - * calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore: added *-undocumented.txt - -2001-05-24 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com> - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: s/Helix Code/Ximian - -2001-05-15 Jeffrey Stedfast <fejj@ximian.com> - - * Removed some evolution-*-decl.txt files since these are - autogenerated by gtk-doc and don't belong in cvs anyway. - Should the tmpl/ dirs also be removed?? - - Updated: Readded them and updated the .cvsignore files - I guess - we do need them after all ;-) - -2001-04-25 Jon Trowbridge <trow@ximian.com> - - * Removed generated files from CVS, updated .cvsignore files - to include generated files. - -2001-04-23 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * executive-summary/Makefile.am (scan) [ENABLE_GTK_DOC]: Kludge - builddir != srcdir behavior by symlinking the $(DOC_MODULE).types - file into the builddir. - * calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am (scan) [ENABLE_GTK_DOC]: - Likewise. - * calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am (scan) [ENABLE_GTK_DOC]: Likewise. - -2001-04-23 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Disable the importer references here - too. - - * Makefile.am: Remove the importer stuff for now. - -2001-04-20 Damon Chaplin <damon@ximian.com> - - * importer/evolution-shell-importer.types: changed path to the - importer header files, since we've had reports that they aren't being - found (though it worked OK for me). - -2001-04-17 Ettore Perazzoli <ettore@ximian.com> - - * calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am (install-data-local): Install - the $(DOC_DIR_INSTALL_FILES) from the srcdir. - * calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am (install-data-local): Likewise. - * importer/Makefile.am (install-data-local): Likewise. - * executive-summary/Makefile.am (install-data-local): Likewise. - -2001-01-26 John R. Sheets <dusk@ravendusk.org> - - * importer/Makefile.am: Change (nonexistant) importer.sgml - references to evolution-importer.sgml to fix dependency problem. - -2001-01-17 Iain Holmes <iain@ximian.com> - - * Makefile.am (local_entities): Added the importer stuff. - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Added entities for the importer documents. - - * reference.sgml: Added the public and private APIs for the importer. - - * importer/*: New directory containing all the documenation for the - importer. - -2001-01-17 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@ximian.com> - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Ximianified. - - * calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml: Ditto. - - * calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt: Updated. - - * calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt: Updated. - -2001-01-10 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * Makefile.am: Make it work when gtk-doc is not installed. - - * calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am: Likewise. - - * calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am: Likewise. - -2000-12-19 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - Added proper dependency lists to the gtk-doc mess. - - * calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am (TARGET_DIR): Removed unused - variable. - (SOURCE_FILES): New variable with the list of source files we - depend on. - (IGNORED_SOURCE_HEADERS): New variable with the headers we ignore - for the gtkdoc-scan phase. - (scan_generated): - (tmpl_dependencies): - (tmpl_sources): - (tmpl_generated); - (sgml_dependencies): - (sgml_generated): Lists of stuff that is generated and that other - stuff depends on. - (all): Added the $(sgml_generated) as the final target. - (install-data-local): Added an installation hook; gtk-doc seems to - want some of its generated files to be installed. - - * calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt: Updated. - - * calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am: Made the same changes as for - calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am. - - * calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt: Updated. - - * Makefile.am (local_entities): Added alarm-generation.sgml. - (all): Made the main target be the html/index.html. - -2000-12-18 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar/alarm-generation.sgml: New file with a description of - the algorithm used to generate alarm instances. - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Added an entity for the above - chapter. - - * calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml: Reference the entity here. - - * calendar/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added alarm-generation.sgml. - -2000-12-13 Larry Ewing <lewing@helixcode.com> - - * calendar/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): make it public-reference.sgml - not referenc.sgml here. - -2000-11-29 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar/architecture.sgml: Finished the calendar architecture - chapter. - -2000-11-29 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Added an id for the API reference <part>. - Added the FDL <legalnotice>. - Added the preface and toplevel reference entities. - Added entities for Evolution, Wombat, and Camel. - Added an appendix for the GNU FDL. - - * preface.sgml: New file with the introduction to the Evolution - Developer's Guide. - - * reference.sgml: Split the toplevel reference part into its own - file. - - * fdl.sgml: Added the GNU Free Documentation License. - - * calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml: Added an id for the <part>. - - * calendar/public-reference.sgml: Added an id for the <reference>. - Moved this file over from calendar/reference.sgml. - - * Makefile.am (local_entities): Added a list of the SGML files - that define entities for inclusion in the toplevel document. This - way we can track documentation file dependencies down to all - levels. - (html/index.html): Made the toplevel document depend on - $(local_entities). Also, removed the "html" target and put its - contents directly here; this way we avoid having .PHONY targets. - (EXTRA_DIST): Removed the evolution_devel_guideDATA; it made no - sense. - (content_files): Added preface.sgml and reference.sgml. - -2000-09-15 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Made the toplevel <book> id be - "index". - -2000-08-14 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar/cal-util/*: Integrated the cal-util library into the - documentation framework. - - * calendar/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Added the cal-util directory. - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Added entities for the cal-util stuff. - Added entity for libical. - - * calendar/reference.sgml: Added the cal-util reference entries. - - * calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt: Updated - for new API. - -2000-08-09 Peter Williams <peterw@helixcode.com> - - * Makefile.am (maintainer-clean-local): Don't depend - on 'clean'; this messes up maintainer-clean. - -2000-07-17 Federico Mena Quintero <federico@helixcode.com> - - * calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml: Populated. - - * evolution-devel-guide.sgml: New <book> toplevel for the - Evolution Developer's Guide. - - * calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml: New <part> for the calendar - developer's documentation. - - * calendar/architecture.sgml: New <chapter> for the calendar - architecture. - - * calendar/reference.sgml: New <reference> for the calendar API - reference. diff --git a/help/devel/Makefile.am b/help/devel/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 975c17d009..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -SUBDIRS = calendar - -# The name of the module, e.g. 'glib'. -DOC_MODULE=evolution-devel-guide - -# The top-level SGML file. Change it if you want. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=evolution-devel-guide.sgml - -# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir). -# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments -# documenting functions and macros. -#DOC_SOURCE_DIR= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. -#SCAN_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. -#MKDB_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. -#FIXXREF_OPTIONS= - -# Used for dependencies. -#HFILE_GLOB= -#CFILE_GLOB= - -# Header files to ignore when scanning. -#IGNORE_HFILES= - -# Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = - - -# Add your module's hand-written and auto-generated files here; these -# are used for dependency tracking. - -local_entities = \ - calendar/alarm-generation.sgml \ - calendar/architecture.sgml \ - calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml \ - calendar/public-reference.sgml \ - \ - calendar/cal-client/sgml/cal-client.sgml \ - \ - calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-component.sgml \ - calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-recur.sgml \ - calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-util.sgml \ - calendar/cal-util/sgml/timeutil.sgml - -# executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-component.sgml \ -# executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-component-factory.sgml \ -# executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-component-factory-client.sgml \ -# executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-html-view.sgml - -# importer/sgml/evolution-importer.sgml \ -# importer/sgml/evolution-importer-client.sgml - -installed_content_files = \ - fdl.sgml \ - preface.sgml \ - reference.sgml - -# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). -content_files = \ - $(installed_content_files) \ - $(local_entities) - -# Other files to distribute. -extra_files = - -# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed if your app/lib -# contains GtkObjects/GObjects and you want to document signals and properties. -#GTKDOC_CFLAGS = -#GTKDOC_LIBS = -# -#GTKDOC_CC=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -#GTKDOC_LD=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) - -# If you need to override some of the declarations, place them in this file -# and uncomment this line. -#DOC_OVERRIDES = $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt - -HTML_DIR = $(datadir)/gnome/html - -########################################################################### -# Everything below here is generic and you shouldn't need to change it. -########################################################################### - -TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - $(extra_files) \ - $(installed_content_files) \ - $(HTML_IMAGES) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - -# $(DOC_MODULE).types \ -# $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ -# $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - -DOC_STAMPS=scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp \ - $(srcdir)/tmpl.stamp $(srcdir)/sgml.stamp $(srcdir)/html.stamp - -#SCANOBJ_FILES = \ -# $(DOC_MODULE).args \ -# $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ -# $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -all-local: html-build.stamp - -#### html #### - -html-build.stamp: $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) #sgml.stamp - @echo '*** Building HTML ***' - test -d $(srcdir)/html || mkdir $(srcdir)/html - cd $(srcdir)/html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || ( cd $(srcdir) && cp $(HTML_IMAGES) html ) - @echo '-- Fixing Crossreferences' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-fixxref --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - touch html-build.stamp -endif - -############## - -clean-local: - rm -f *~ *.bak *-unused.txt $(DOC_STAMPS) # $(SCANOBJ_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-local: clean - cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - -install-data-local: - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR) - (installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*.html'; \ - then echo '-- Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo '-- Installing '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - done; \ - fi) - -# echo '-- Installing $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml' ; \ -# $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -dist-check-gtkdoc: -else -dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" - @false -endif - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local - mkdir $(distdir)/html - test -f $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml && cp $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(distdir)/html - files=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/html/*.html' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/html - files=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.css` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/html/*.css' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/html - images=$(HTML_IMAGES) ; \ - for i in $$images ; do \ - cp $(srcdir)/$$i $(distdir)/html ; \ - done - -# mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl -# mkdir $(distdir)/sgml -# -cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml $(distdir)/sgml -# -cp $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/.cvsignore b/help/devel/calendar/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 282522db03..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/Makefile.am b/help/devel/calendar/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 028622bd82..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -SUBDIRS = cal-util cal-client - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - alarm-generation.sgml \ - architecture.sgml \ - evolution-calendar.sgml \ - public-reference.sgml diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/alarm-generation.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/alarm-generation.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 77d35258da..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/alarm-generation.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="calendar-alarm-generation"> - <title>How the Wombat generates alarm instances</title> - - <para> - This chapter describes the algorithm that the &Wombat; uses - internally to generate instances of a calendar component's - alarms. You do not need to read this chapter if you are simply - using the client-side functions. - </para> - - <sect1 id="what-makes-up-an-alarm-trigger"> - <title>What makes up an alarm trigger</title> - - <para> - VTODO and VEVENT calendar components can have any number of - alarms defined for them. Each alarm has a trigger - specification, an alarm type (display, audio, email, or - procedure), and data corresponding to the alarm type. The - Wombat side of things is interested only in the trigger - specification, since this is all that the Wombat needs to - produce alarm instances. - </para> - - <para> - An alarm trigger can be relative or absolute. Relative - triggers occur a certain time before or after the start or end - of a calendar component's occurrence. For example, you could - configure a trigger to notify you 15 minutes before an - appointment starts, so that you can get to its location on - time; or another one to notify you 5 minutes after another - person's meeting has ended, so that you can call that person - on the phone after the meeting and not disturb him while - there. Absolute triggers occur at a specific point in time; - you can configure an alarm to trigger exactly at a particular - date and time that has no relation to the component's - occurrences at all. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="generating-trigger-instances"> - <title>Generating trigger instances</title> - - <para> - Generating absolute triggers is trivial; you just use the date - and time they specify. However, relative triggers are - associated to recurrence instances, so in order to generate - trigger instances we must generate the corresponding - recurrence instances and compute the trigger times based on - those. - </para> - - <para> - Since relative triggers are specified as occurring a certain - amount of time before or after each of a calendar component's - recurrence instances, we can compute a trigger time by adding - or subtracting that amount of time to the corresponding - recurrence instance's time. - </para> - - <para> - Recurrence instances are generated by specifying a range of - time and asking the Wombat to generate the instances that - occur within that range. We shall see that the range of time - in which instances occur is not necessarily the same range of - time in which those instances' alarm triggers occur. - </para> - - <para> - Consider an alarm that is set to trigger 10 minutes before the - start time of an event's occurrence, that is, the trigger has - an offset of -10 minutes. Say this event recurs every hour at - 5 minutes past the hour: it would occur at 1:05, 2:05, 3:05, - etc.; the corresponding triggers would occur at 12:55, 1:55, - 2:55, etc. If we wish to compute the alarm triggers that - occur between 4:00 and 6:00 (which would be at 4:55 and 5:55), - then we cannot just generate recurrence instances between 4:00 - and 6:00 because we will miss the 6:05 occurrence which - corresponds to the 5:55 trigger. - </para> - - <para> - The solution is to expand the range of time on both sides to - fit the relative triggers that have the largest time periods. - If a trigger's offset is negative, like the -10 minutes in the - example above, then we must expand the - <emphasis>end</emphasis> of the time range: in the case above, - the range's ending time of 6:00 must be grown by 10 minutes to - 6:10 so that the last recurrence instance will be that of - 6:05; computing the trigger's offset we will get the 5:55 - trigger, which is what we wanted. For triggers with positive - offsets, like if an alarm were to trigger 20 minutes after an - event's occurrence, we must expand the - <emphasis>start</emphasis> of the time range in an analogous - way, by subtracting the time offset from it. - </para> - - <para> - Again, absolute triggers need no special computation. We can - just see if the trigger time is within the requested range of - time, and if so, we take that trigger occurrence into account - for the final result. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="alarm-trigger-generation-code"> - <title>Alarm trigger generation code</title> - - <para> - The main function to generate alarm trigger instances is - <function>generate_alarms_for_comp()</function> in - <filename>evolution/calendar/pcs/cal-backend-file.c</filename>. - This function calls <function>compute_alarm_range()</function> - to expand the specified range of time in the way described in - the previous section. It then generates the instances for - relative alarm triggers inside the - <function>add_alarm_occurrences_cb()</function> callback, - which is used by - <function>cal_recur_generate_instances()</function> with the - expanded range of time. The callback goes through all of the - calendar component's relative alarm triggers and adds the - trigger offsets to the occurrence's time; the results are - added as <structname>CalAlarmInstance</structname> structures - to the final list of trigger instances. Finally, - <function>generate_alarms_for_comp()</function> calls - <function>generate_absolute_triggers()</function>, which - simply adds the instances for absolute alarm triggers; these - are the absolute times that are within the time range that was - requested originally. In the very end, the list of instances - is sorted to produce nicer results. - </para> - </sect1> - </chapter> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/architecture.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/architecture.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index d261f0a7f4..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/architecture.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="calendar-architecture"> - <title>Architecture of the Calendar</title> - - <para> - This chapter gives an overview of the &Evolution; Calendar - architecture. It describes the model/view split of the calendar - into a personal calendar server, or &PCS;, and the GUI clients - that appear inside the &Evolution; Shell. - </para> - - <!-- Model/View Separation --> - - <sect1 id="calendar-model-view"> - <title>Model/View Separation</title> - - <para> - Like other base components in &Evolution;, the calendar - separates the data model from the views or clients. This is - done so that multiple clients can access the same calendar - data in an orderly fashion and without clashes. For example, - the user may be running a graphical calendar client. If he - then wants to synchronize his calendar with a handheld device, - then the corresponding synchronization program (e.g. a conduit - for the <application>gnome-pilot</application> package) will - also need to access the calendar storage. It is important - that both the GUI client and the synchronization program keep - a consistent view of the calendar at all times, otherwise one - of them will be left in an inconsistent state if the - calendar's data changes unexpectedly. - </para> - - <para> - &Evolution; puts the calendar storage in a daemon called the - &Wombat; and completely separates it from clients who wants to - access calendar data. This part of the &Wombat; is called the - personal calendar server, or &PCS;. Clients must contact the - &PCS; and ask it to open an existing calendar or create a new - one. When a calendar component object (e.g. an appointment or - to-do item) changes in the &PCS; it will notify all the - clients that are using the component's parent calendar. - </para> - </sect1> - - <!-- Personal Calendar Server --> - - <sect1> - <title>Personal Calendar Server</title> - - <para> - The personal calendar server, or &PCS;, provides centralized - management and storage of a user's personal calendar. - Multiple clients can connect to the &PCS; simultaneously to - query and modify the user's calendar in a synchronized - fashion. The main features of the &PCS; are as follows: - </para> - - <formalpara> - <title>Storage</title> - - <para> - The &PCS; is responsible for loading and saving calendars. - Centralizing the loading and saving functionality allows - multiple clients to use the same calendar at the same time - without having to worry about each other. - </para> - </formalpara> - - <formalpara> - <title>Basic Queries</title> - - <para> - The &PCS; provides functions to do basic queries on a - calendar, for example, a client can ask the server for a - list of all the appointments in the calendar, or for all the - data for a specific appointment. - </para> - </formalpara> - - <formalpara> - <title>Recurrence and Alarm Queries</title> - - <para> - Looking for the events that recur or have alarm triggers in - a specific period of time involves scanning all the - appointments in a calendar. To keep clients from having to - load whole calendars at once, the &PCS; can do these - computations and send the results to clients. - </para> - </formalpara> - - <formalpara> - <title>Modification Log</title> - - <para> - To allow multiple handheld devices to be synchronized - against a calendar, the &PCS; keeps a log of all the - modifications that are done to the calendar. When an - appointment is updated or removed, the &PCS; logs this - action in the modification log. Synchronization conduit - programs can then use this information to do their work. - </para> - </formalpara> - </sect1> - - <!-- Data Views --> - - <sect1> - <title>Data Views</title> - - <para> - &Evolution; provides a graphical calendar client inside the - shell that is just a view onto the data stored in the personal - calendar server. You can launch as many views of a calendar - as you like and they will all receive notification from the - &PCS; when changes occur. The views are then responsible for - updating their respective displays. - </para> - - <para> - Even within a single calendar view in the &Evolution; shell - there can be multiple clients of a single calendar. For - example, in the day view of the &Evolution; calendar there are - three widgets that act as three different clients of the - &PCS;: the multi-day view, the busy days calendar, and the - task list. - </para> - </sect1> - - <!-- Non-graphical Clients --> - - <sect1> - <title>Non-graphical Clients</title> - - <para> - Clients of the personal calendar server can be non-graphical, - that is, they do not have to provide views of the data to the - user. Examples of such clients are the synchronization - conduit programs for handheld devices. These usually run with - no user interface as a result of being invoked by a daemon - that watches the connection to a handheld device. For - example, the calendar synchronization conduit in &Evolution; - gets run when the <application>gpilotd</application> daemon - from the <application>gnome-pilot</application> package - detects that the HotSync button has been pressed on a Palm - Pilot device. - </para> - - <para> - Such clients simply take advantage of the centralized storage - in the &PCS; without presenting any graphical display of the - data; they just act as middlemen between the &PCS; and other - applications. - </para> - </sect1> - </chapter> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 87bb93d0b1..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -sgml -Makefile -Makefile.in -*-decl.txt -*-decl-list.txt -*-unused.txt -*-undocumented.txt -*.hierarchy -*.signals -*.stamp -*-scan.c -.libs diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 7452ba35b5..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -# The name of the module. -DOC_MODULE=evolution-cal-client - -# The top-level SGML file. Change it if you want. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MODULE)-docs.sgml - -# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir). -# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments -# documenting functions and macros. -DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(EVOLUTION_DIR)/calendar/cal-client - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. -SCAN_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. -MKDB_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. -FIXXREF_OPTIONS= - -# Used for dependencies. -HFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-client/cal-client.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-client/cal-client-types.c - -CFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-client/cal-client.h \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-client/cal-client-types.h - -# Header files to ignore when scanning. -IGNORE_HFILES= \ - cal-listener.h \ - evolution-calendar.h - -# Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = - -# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). -content_files = - -# Other files to distribute. -extra_files = - -# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed if your app/lib -# contains GtkObjects/GObjects and you want to document signals and properties. -GTKDOC_CFLAGS= \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/calendar \ - -I$(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-client \ - -I$(top_srcdir) \ - -I$(top_builddir) \ - -I$(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/libical/src/libical \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS) - -GTKDOC_LIBS= \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS) \ - $(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-client/.libs/libcal-client-static.al\ - $(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-util/.libs/libcal-util-static.al \ - $(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical/.libs/libical-static.al \ - $(top_builddir)/libversit/.libs/libversit.al \ - $(top_builddir)/libwombat/libwombat.la - -GTKDOC_CC=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -GTKDOC_LD=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) - -# If you need to override some of the declarations, place them in this file -# and uncomment this line. -#DOC_OVERRIDES = $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt -DOC_OVERRIDES = - -#DOC_DIR=$(datadir)/gnome/html - -########################################################################### -# Everything below here is generic and you shouldn't need to change it. -########################################################################### - -TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - $(content_files) \ - $(extra_files) \ - $(HTML_IMAGES) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ - $(DOC_MODULE).types \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ - $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - -DOC_STAMPS=scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp \ - $(srcdir)/tmpl.stamp $(srcdir)/sgml.stamp $(srcdir)/html.stamp - -SCANOBJ_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE).args \ - $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ - $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -#all-local: html-build.stamp -all-local: sgml-build.stamp - -#### scan #### - -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) - @echo '*** Scanning header files ***' - if grep -l '^..*$$' $(srcdir)/$(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null ; then \ - CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS)" gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-dir=$(srcdir) ; \ - else \ - cd $(srcdir) ; \ - for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \ - test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \ - done \ - fi - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) - touch scan-build.stamp - -$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES): scan-build.stamp - @true - -#### templates #### - -tmpl-build.stamp: $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - @echo '*** Rebuilding template files ***' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) - touch tmpl-build.stamp - -tmpl.stamp: tmpl-build.stamp - @true - -#### sgml #### - -sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(CFILE_GLOB) $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml - @echo '*** Building SGML ***' - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKDB_OPTIONS) - touch sgml-build.stamp - -sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp - @true - -#### html #### - -html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) - @echo '*** Building HTML ***' - test -d $(srcdir)/html || mkdir $(srcdir)/html - cd $(srcdir)/html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || ( cd $(srcdir) && cp $(HTML_IMAGES) html ) - @echo '-- Fixing Crossreferences' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-fixxref --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - touch html-build.stamp -endif - -############## - -clean-local: - rm -f *~ *.bak $(SCANOBJ_FILES) *-unused.txt $(DOC_STAMPS) - -maintainer-clean-local: clean - cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - -install-data-local: - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR) - (installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*.html'; \ - then echo '-- Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo '-- Installing '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - done; \ - echo '-- Installing $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml' ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - fi) - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -dist-check-gtkdoc: -else -dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" - @false -endif - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local - mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl - mkdir $(distdir)/sgml - files=`echo $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/tmpl - files=`echo $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/sgml - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-decl.txt b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-decl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b6aeb89512..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-decl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,319 +0,0 @@ -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalClientChangeType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_CLIENT_CHANGE_ADDED = 1 << 0, - CAL_CLIENT_CHANGE_MODIFIED = 1 << 1, - CAL_CLIENT_CHANGE_DELETED = 1 << 2 -} CalClientChangeType; -</ENUM> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_change_list_free</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GList *list -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_CLIENT_TYPE</NAME> -#define CAL_CLIENT_TYPE (cal_client_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_CLIENT</NAME> -#define CAL_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE, CalClient)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define CAL_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE, CalClientClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_CAL_CLIENT</NAME> -#define IS_CAL_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_CAL_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_CAL_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalClient</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalClientClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalClientPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalClientOpenStatus</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_SUCCESS, - CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_ERROR, - CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_NOT_FOUND, - CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED -} CalClientOpenStatus; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalClientGetStatus</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_CLIENT_GET_SUCCESS, - CAL_CLIENT_GET_NOT_FOUND, - CAL_CLIENT_GET_SYNTAX_ERROR -} CalClientGetStatus; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalClientLoadState</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_NOT_LOADED, - CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_LOADING, - CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_LOADED -} CalClientLoadState; -</ENUM> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalClient</NAME> -struct CalClient { - GtkObject object; - - /* Private data */ - CalClientPrivate *priv; -}; -</STRUCT> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>CalClientAuthFunc</NAME> -<RETURNS>gchar *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client, - const gchar *prompt, - const gchar *key, - gpointer user_data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalClient *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalClient *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_set_auth_func</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalClientAuthFunc func, gpointer data -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_open_calendar</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, const char *str_uri, gboolean only_if_exists -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_load_state</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalClientLoadState </RETURNS> -CalClient *client -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_uri</NAME> -<RETURNS>const char *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_n_objects</NAME> -<RETURNS>int </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalObjType type -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_object</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalClientGetStatus </RETURNS> -CalClient *client,const char *uid,CalComponent **comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_uids</NAME> -<RETURNS>GList *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalObjType type -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_changes</NAME> -<RETURNS>GList *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalObjType type, const char *change_id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_objects_in_range</NAME> -<RETURNS>GList *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalObjType type,time_t start, time_t end -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_free_busy</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalClientGetStatus </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, time_t start, time_t end,CalComponent **comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_generate_instances</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalObjType type,time_t start, time_t end,CalRecurInstanceFn cb, gpointer cb_data -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_alarms_in_range</NAME> -<RETURNS>GSList *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client, time_t start, time_t end -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_free_alarms</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *comp_alarms -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_alarms_for_object</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, const char *uid,time_t start, time_t end,CalComponentAlarms **alarms -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_update_object</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_remove_object</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalClient *client, const char *uid -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_client_get_query</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalQuery *</RETURNS> -CalClient *client, const char *sexp -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_QUERY_TYPE</NAME> -#define CAL_QUERY_TYPE (cal_query_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_QUERY</NAME> -#define CAL_QUERY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), CAL_QUERY_TYPE, CalQuery)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_QUERY_CLASS</NAME> -#define CAL_QUERY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), CAL_QUERY_TYPE, CalQueryClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_CAL_QUERY</NAME> -#define IS_CAL_QUERY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), CAL_QUERY_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_CAL_QUERY_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_CAL_QUERY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), CAL_QUERY_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalQueryDoneStatus</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_QUERY_DONE_SUCCESS, - CAL_QUERY_DONE_PARSE_ERROR -} CalQueryDoneStatus; -</ENUM> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalQueryPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalQuery</NAME> -typedef struct { - GtkObject object; - - /* Private data */ - CalQueryPrivate *priv; -} CalQuery; -</TYPEDEF> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_query_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_query_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalQuery *</RETURNS> -CalQuery *query,GNOME_Evolution_Calendar_Cal cal,const char *sexp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_query_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalQuery *</RETURNS> -GNOME_Evolution_Calendar_Cal cal,const char *sexp -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>QUERY_LISTENER_TYPE</NAME> -#define QUERY_LISTENER_TYPE (query_listener_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>QUERY_LISTENER</NAME> -#define QUERY_LISTENER(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), QUERY_LISTENER_TYPE, QueryListener)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>QUERY_LISTENER_CLASS</NAME> -#define QUERY_LISTENER_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), QUERY_LISTENER_TYPE, \ - QueryListenerClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_QUERY_LISTENER</NAME> -#define IS_QUERY_LISTENER(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), QUERY_LISTENER_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_QUERY_LISTENER_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_QUERY_LISTENER_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), QUERY_LISTENER_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>QueryListenerPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>QueryListener</NAME> -typedef struct { - BonoboXObject xobject; - - /* Private data */ - QueryListenerPrivate *priv; -} QueryListener; -</TYPEDEF> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>QueryListenerObjUpdatedFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -QueryListener *ql, - const GNOME_Evolution_Calendar_CalObjUID uid, - CORBA_boolean query_in_progress, - CORBA_long n_scanned, - CORBA_long total, - gpointer data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>QueryListenerObjRemovedFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -QueryListener *ql, - const GNOME_Evolution_Calendar_CalObjUID uid, - gpointer data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>QueryListenerQueryDoneFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> - - QueryListener *ql, - GNOME_Evolution_Calendar_QueryListener_QueryDoneStatus status, - const CORBA_char *error_str, - gpointer data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>QueryListenerEvalErrorFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -QueryListener *ql, - const CORBA_char *error_str, - gpointer data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>query_listener_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>query_listener_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>QueryListener *</RETURNS> -QueryListener *ql,QueryListenerObjUpdatedFn obj_updated_fn,QueryListenerObjRemovedFn obj_removed_fn,QueryListenerQueryDoneFn query_done_fn,QueryListenerEvalErrorFn eval_error_fn,gpointer fn_data -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>query_listener_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>QueryListener *</RETURNS> -QueryListenerObjUpdatedFn obj_updated_fn,QueryListenerObjRemovedFn obj_removed_fn,QueryListenerQueryDoneFn query_done_fn,QueryListenerEvalErrorFn eval_error_fn,gpointer fn_data -</FUNCTION> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-docs.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-docs.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 136cf77e5c..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-docs.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [ -<!ENTITY CalClient SYSTEM "sgml/cal-client.sgml"> -<!ENTITY evolution-cal-client-CalQuery SYSTEM "sgml/cal-query.sgml"> -]> -<book id="index"> - <bookinfo> - <title>[Insert name here] Reference Manual</title> - </bookinfo> - - <chapter> - <title>[Insert title here]</title> - &CalClient; - &evolution-cal-client-CalQuery; - </chapter> -</book> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8e33be4933..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -<INCLUDE>cal-client/cal-client.h</INCLUDE> - -<SECTION> -<FILE>cal-client</FILE> -CAL_CLIENT -<TITLE>CalClient</TITLE> - -CalClientOpenStatus -CalClientGetStatus -CalClientLoadState - -CalClientChangeType - -cal_client_new -cal_client_open_calendar -cal_client_get_load_state -cal_client_get_uri -cal_client_get_n_objects -cal_client_get_uids -cal_client_get_object -cal_client_get_changes -cal_client_change_list_free -cal_client_get_objects_in_range -cal_client_generate_instances -cal_client_get_alarms_in_range -cal_client_free_alarms -cal_client_get_alarms_for_object -cal_client_update_object -cal_client_remove_object -cal_client_get_query - -<SUBSECTION Standard> - -CAL_CLIENT_TYPE -IS_CAL_CLIENT -CAL_CLIENT_CLASS -IS_CAL_CLIENT_CLASS -cal_client_get_type -cal_client_construct - -<SUBSECTION Private> -CalClient -CalClientPrivate - -</SECTION> - - -<SECTION> -<FILE>cal-query</FILE> -CAL_QUERY -<TITLE>CalQuery</TITLE> - -CalQueryDoneStatus -cal_query_new - -<SUBSECTION Standard> - -CAL_QUERY_TYPE -IS_CAL_QUERY -CAL_QUERY_CLASS -IS_CAL_QUERY_CLASS -cal_query_get_type -cal_query_construct - -<SUBSECTION Private> -CalQuery -CalQueryPrivate - -</SECTION> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.args b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.args deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29bb2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.args +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.hierarchy b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.hierarchy deleted file mode 100644 index 88efa3e673..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.hierarchy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -GtkObject - CalClient diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.types b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.types deleted file mode 100644 index 84d65a6637..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.types +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -#include <gnome.h> -#include <cal-client/cal-client.h> - -cal_client_get_type diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 27b0c28f98..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,321 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -CalClient - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -GTK+ object for communication with personal calendar server. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> - <para> - The #CalClient object provides a nice GTK+ wrapper for the CORBA - interfaces that are used to communicate between calendar clients - and the personal calendar server in the user's Wombat daemon. The - CORBA interfaces transfer calendar components in RFC 2445 text - format; the #CalClient object automatically converts these into - #CalComponent structures that are easier to handle. - </para> - - <para> - After a #CalClient object is created with cal_client_new(), it - should be asked to send a request to the personal calendar server - to load or create a calendar based on its URI. The server will - asynchronously notify the client about completion of the request, - and will return an appropriate result code; this should be noted - by the client with the <link - linkend="CalClient--cal-loaded">cal_loaded</link> signal. - </para> - - <para> - When a client asks the server to update or delete a calendar - component from the storage, the server will do so and then notify - all the clients about the update or removal. This is the core of - the model/view split between calendar clients and the storage in - the personal calendar server. Clients should watch the <link - linkend="calclient-obj-updated">obj_updated</link> and <link - linkend="calclient-obj-removed">obj_removed</link> signals on the - CalClient objects they create so that they can be notified about - changes in the storage. - </para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> - <para> - #CalComponent - </para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO CAL_CLIENT ##### --> - <para> - Casts a #GtkObject to a #CalClient. - </para> - -@obj: A GTK+ object. - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientOpenStatus ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_SUCCESS: -@CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_ERROR: -@CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_NOT_FOUND: -@CAL_CLIENT_OPEN_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientGetStatus ##### --> - <para> - These values describe the result of the cal_client_get_object() - function. - </para> - -@CAL_CLIENT_GET_SUCCESS: -@CAL_CLIENT_GET_NOT_FOUND: -@CAL_CLIENT_GET_SYNTAX_ERROR: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientLoadState ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_NOT_LOADED: -@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_LOADING: -@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_LOADED: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientChangeType ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_CLIENT_CHANGE_ADDED: -@CAL_CLIENT_CHANGE_MODIFIED: -@CAL_CLIENT_CHANGE_DELETED: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_open_calendar ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@str_uri: -@only_if_exists: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_load_state ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_uri ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_n_objects ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@type: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_uids ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@type: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_object ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@uid: -@comp: -@Returns: -<!-- # Unused Parameters # --> -@ico: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_changes ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@type: -@change_id: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_change_list_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_objects_in_range ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@type: -@start: -@end: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_generate_instances ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@type: -@start: -@end: -@cb: -@cb_data: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_alarms_in_range ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@start: -@end: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_free_alarms ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp_alarms: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_alarms_for_object ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@uid: -@start: -@end: -@alarms: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_update_object ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@comp: -@Returns: -<!-- # Unused Parameters # --> -@ico: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_remove_object ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@uid: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_query ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@sexp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::cal-opened ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@calclient: the object which received the signal. -@arg1: - -<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::obj-updated ##### --> - <para> - This signal is emitted when the calendar clients receives - notification of a calendar component's data being changed in the - personal calendar server. Graphical clients may want to get the - new version of the object and update their display, for example. - </para> - -@calclient: the object which received the signal. -@arg1: -<!-- # Unused Parameters # --> -@client: Calendar client which received the notification. -@uid: Unique identifier of the calendar component that changed in the - personal calendar server's storage. - -<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::obj-removed ##### --> - <para> - This signal is emitted when the calendar client receives - notification for a calendar component being removed from the - storage in the personal calendar server. Graphical clients may - want to delete the corresponding object from their display, for - example. - </para> - -@calclient: the object which received the signal. -@arg1: -<!-- # Unused Parameters # --> -@client: Calendar client which received the notification. -@uid: Unique identifier of the calendar component that was removed - from the personal calendar server's storage. - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("../../../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "") -End: ---> - -<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::forget-password ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@calclient: the object which received the signal. -@arg1: - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 3e8ce25ee6..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::cal-loaded ##### --> - <para> - This signal is emitted some time after the calendar clients sends - a load or create request to the personal calendar server. The - server will notify the client asynchronously of the completion of - the request. The @status parameter indicates the status of the - request. - </para> - -@calclient: the object which received the signal. -@arg1: -@client: Calendar client which received the notification. -@status: Status of the request. See the description of - #CalClientLoadStatus for more details. - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientLoadStatus ##### --> - <para> - These values describe the status of a calendar load or create - request. After asking a calendar factory to load or create a - calendar, the provided listener will get notification about the - result in asynchronous fashion. Such notification is represented - by one of these enumeration values. For values other than - #CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_SUCCESS, the #CalClient object will not accept - any other operations on the calendar and it should just be - destroyed. - </para> - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_create_calendar ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@str_uri: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_events_in_range ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@start: -@end: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_uid_by_pilot_id ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@pilot_id: -@uid: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_is_loaded ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_load_calendar ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@str_uri: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_update_pilot_id ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@uid: -@pilot_id: -@pilot_status: - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 4c0883da0a..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -sgml -Makefile -Makefile.in -*-decl.txt -*-decl-list.txt -*-unused.txt -*-undocumented.txt -*.signals -*.hierarchy -*.stamp -*-scan.c -.libs diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index fa5effcb31..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -# The name of the module, e.g. 'glib'. -DOC_MODULE=evolution-cal-util - -# The top-level SGML file. Change it if you want. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MODULE)-docs.sgml - -# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir). -# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments -# documenting functions and macros. -DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(EVOLUTION_DIR)/calendar/cal-util - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. -SCAN_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. -MKDB_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. -FIXXREF_OPTIONS= - -# Used for dependencies. -HFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/cal-component.h \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/cal-recur.h \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/cal-util.h \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/timeutil.h - -CFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/cal-component.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/cal-recur.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/cal-util.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/calendar/cal-util/timeutil.c - - -# Header files to ignore when scanning. -IGNORE_HFILES= \ - calobj.h - -# Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = - -# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). -content_files = - -# Other files to distribute. -extra_files = - -# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed if your app/lib -# contains GtkObjects/GObjects and you want to document signals and properties. -GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/calendar \ - -I$(top_srcdir) \ - -I$(top_builddir) \ - -I$(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/libical/src/libical \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS) - -GTKDOC_LIBS = \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS) \ - $(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-util/.libs/libcal-util-static.al \ - $(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical/.libs/libical-static.al \ - $(top_builddir)/libversit/.libs/libversit.al - -GTKDOC_CC=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -GTKDOC_LD=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) - -# If you need to override some of the declarations, place them in this file -# and uncomment this line. -#DOC_OVERRIDES = $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt -DOC_OVERRIDES = - -########################################################################### -# Everything below here is generic and you shouldn't need to change it. -########################################################################### - -TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - $(content_files) \ - $(extra_files) \ - $(HTML_IMAGES) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ - $(DOC_MODULE).types \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ - $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - -DOC_STAMPS=scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp \ - $(srcdir)/tmpl.stamp $(srcdir)/sgml.stamp $(srcdir)/html.stamp - -SCANOBJ_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE).args \ - $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ - $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -all-local: sgml-build.stamp -#all-local: html-build.stamp - -#### scan #### - -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) - @echo '*** Scanning header files ***' - if grep -l '^..*$$' $(srcdir)/$(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null ; then \ - CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS)" gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-dir=$(srcdir) ; \ - else \ - cd $(srcdir) ; \ - for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \ - test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \ - done \ - fi - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) - touch scan-build.stamp - -$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES): scan-build.stamp - @true - -#### templates #### - -tmpl-build.stamp: $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - @echo '*** Rebuilding template files ***' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) - touch tmpl-build.stamp - -tmpl.stamp: tmpl-build.stamp - @true - -#### sgml #### - -sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(CFILE_GLOB) $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml - @echo '*** Building SGML ***' - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKDB_OPTIONS) - touch sgml-build.stamp - -sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp - @true - -#### html #### - -html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) - @echo '*** Building HTML ***' - test -d $(srcdir)/html || mkdir $(srcdir)/html - cd $(srcdir)/html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || ( cd $(srcdir) && cp $(HTML_IMAGES) html ) - @echo '-- Fixing Crossreferences' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-fixxref --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - touch html-build.stamp -endif - -############## - -clean-local: - rm -f *~ *.bak $(SCANOBJ_FILES) *-unused.txt $(DOC_STAMPS) - -maintainer-clean-local: clean - cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - -install-data-local: - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR) - (installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*.html'; \ - then echo '-- Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo '-- Installing '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - done; \ - echo '-- Installing $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml' ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - fi) - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -dist-check-gtkdoc: -else -dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" - @false -endif - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local - mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl - mkdir $(distdir)/sgml - files=`echo $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/tmpl - files=`echo $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml` ; \ - test '$(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml' = "$$files" \ - || cp $$files $(distdir)/sgml - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-decl.txt b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-decl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 631a3ca267..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-decl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,980 +0,0 @@ -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE</NAME> -#define CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE (cal_component_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_COMPONENT</NAME> -#define CAL_COMPONENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE, CalComponent)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE, \ - CalComponentClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_CAL_COMPONENT</NAME> -#define IS_CAL_COMPONENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentVType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_NO_TYPE, - CAL_COMPONENT_EVENT, - CAL_COMPONENT_TODO, - CAL_COMPONENT_JOURNAL, - CAL_COMPONENT_FREEBUSY, - CAL_COMPONENT_TIMEZONE -} CalComponentVType; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentField</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CATEGORIES, /* concatenation of the categories list */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CLASSIFICATION, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETED, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTEND, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTSTART, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DUE, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_GEO, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PERCENT, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PRIORITY, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_SUMMARY, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_TRANSPARENCY, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_URL, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_HAS_ALARMS, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_ICON, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETE, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_RECURRING, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_OVERDUE, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COLOR, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_STATUS, - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPONENT, /* not a real field */ - CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_NUM_FIELDS -} CalComponentField; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentClassification</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_NONE, - CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PUBLIC, - CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PRIVATE, - CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_CONFIDENTIAL, - CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_UNKNOWN -} CalComponentClassification; -</ENUM> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentDateTime</NAME> -typedef struct { - /* Actual date/time value */ - struct icaltimetype *value; - - /* Timezone ID */ - const char *tzid; -} CalComponentDateTime; -</TYPEDEF> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentPeriodType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DATETIME, - CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DURATION -} CalComponentPeriodType; -</ENUM> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentPeriod</NAME> -typedef struct { - CalComponentPeriodType type; - - struct icaltimetype start; - - union { - struct icaltimetype end; - struct icaldurationtype duration; - } u; -} CalComponentPeriod; -</TYPEDEF> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentRangeType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_RANGE_SINGLE, - CAL_COMPONENT_RANGE_THISPRIOR, - CAL_COMPONENT_RANGE_THISFUTURE, -} CalComponentRangeType; -</ENUM> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentRange</NAME> -typedef struct { - CalComponentRangeType type; - - CalComponentDateTime *datetime; -} CalComponentRange; -</TYPEDEF> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentText</NAME> -typedef struct { - /* Description string */ - const char *value; - - /* Alternate representation URI */ - const char *altrep; -} CalComponentText; -</TYPEDEF> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentTransparency</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_NONE, - CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_TRANSPARENT, - CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_OPAQUE, - CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_UNKNOWN -} CalComponentTransparency; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentCUType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_CUTYPE_INDIVIDUAL, - CAL_COMPONENT_CUTYPE_GROUP, - CAL_COMPONENT_CUTYPE_RESOURCE, - CAL_COMPONENT_CUTYPE_ROOM, - CAL_COMPONENT_CUTYPE_UNKNOWN -} CalComponentCUType; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentRole</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_ROLE_CHAIR, - CAL_COMPONENT_ROLE_REQUIRED, - CAL_COMPONENT_ROLE_OPTIONAL, - CAL_COMPONENT_ROLE_NON, - CAL_COMPONENT_ROLE_UNKNOWN -} CalComponentRole; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalComponentPartStat</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_NEEDSACTION, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_ACCEPTED, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_DECLINED, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_TENTATIVE, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_DELEGATED, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_COMPLETED, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_INPROCESS, - CAL_COMPONENT_PARTSTAT_UNKNOWN -} CalComponentPartStat; -</ENUM> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentAttendee</NAME> -typedef struct { - const char *value; - - const char *member; - CalComponentCUType cutype; - CalComponentRole role; - CalComponentPartStat status; - gboolean rsvp; - - const char *delto; - const char *delfrom; - const char *sentby; - const char *cn; - const char *language; -} CalComponentAttendee; -</TYPEDEF> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentOrganizer</NAME> -typedef struct { - const char *value; - const char *sentby; - const char *cn; - const char *language; -} CalComponentOrganizer; -</TYPEDEF> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalComponent</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalComponentClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalComponentPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalComponent</NAME> -struct CalComponent { - GtkObject object; - - /* Private data */ - CalComponentPrivate *priv; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_gen_uid</NAME> -<RETURNS>char *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalComponent *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_clone</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalComponent *</RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_new_vtype</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentVType type -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_icalcomponent</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, icalcomponent *icalcomp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_icalcomponent</NAME> -<RETURNS>icalcomponent *</RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_vtype</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalComponentVType </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_as_string</NAME> -<RETURNS>char *</RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_commit_sequence</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_uid</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char **uid -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_uid</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char *uid -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_categories</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char **categories -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_categories</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char *categories -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_categories_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **categ_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_categories_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *categ_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_classification</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentClassification *classif -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_classification</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentClassification classif -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_comment_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **text_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_comment_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *text_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_completed</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype **t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_completed</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_created</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype **t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_created</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_description_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **text_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_description_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *text_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_dtend</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_dtend</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_dtstamp</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_dtstamp</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_dtstart</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_dtstart</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_due</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_due</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_exdate_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **exdate_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_exdate_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *exdate_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_exdates</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_exrule_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_exrule_property_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_exrule_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_exrules</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_exceptions</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_geo</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icalgeotype **geo -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_geo</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icalgeotype *geo -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_last_modified</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype **t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_last_modified</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_organizer</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentOrganizer *organizer -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_organizer</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentOrganizer *organizer -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_percent</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, int **percent -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_percent</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, int *percent -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_priority</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, int **priority -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_priority</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, int *priority -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_recurid</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentRange **recur_id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_recurid</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentRange *recur_id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_rdate_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **period_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_rdate_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *period_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_rdates</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_rrule_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_rrule_property_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_rrule_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_rrules</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_recurrences</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_sequence</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, int **sequence -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_sequence</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, int *sequence -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_status</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, icalproperty_status *status -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_status</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, icalproperty_status status -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_summary</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentText *summary -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_summary</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentText *summary -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_transparency</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentTransparency *transp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_transparency</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentTransparency transp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_url</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char **url -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_url</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char *url -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_attendee_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList **attendee_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_set_attendee_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, GSList *attendee_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_event_dates_match</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp1, CalComponent *comp2 -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_compare_event_timezone</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_categories_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *categ_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_datetime</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentDateTime *dt -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_exdate_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *exdate_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_geo</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -struct icalgeotype *geo -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_icaltimetype</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -struct icaltimetype *t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_percent</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -int *percent -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_priority</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -int *priority -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_period_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *period_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_recur_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *recur_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_sequence</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -int *sequence -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_text_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *text_list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_free_attendee_list</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GSList *attendee_list -</FUNCTION> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>CalComponentAlarm</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalAlarmInstance</NAME> -typedef struct { - /* UID of the alarm that triggered */ - const char *auid; - - /* Trigger time, i.e. "5 minutes before the appointment" */ - time_t trigger; - - /* Actual event occurrence to which this trigger corresponds */ - time_t occur_start; - time_t occur_end; -} CalAlarmInstance; -</TYPEDEF> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalComponentAlarms</NAME> -typedef struct { - /* The actual component */ - CalComponent *comp; - - /* List of CalAlarmInstance structures */ - GSList *alarms; -} CalComponentAlarms; -</TYPEDEF> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalAlarmAction</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_ALARM_NONE, - CAL_ALARM_AUDIO, - CAL_ALARM_DISPLAY, - CAL_ALARM_EMAIL, - CAL_ALARM_PROCEDURE, - CAL_ALARM_UNKNOWN -} CalAlarmAction; -</ENUM> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalAlarmTriggerType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_NONE, - CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE_START, - CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE_END, - CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_ABSOLUTE -} CalAlarmTriggerType; -</ENUM> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalAlarmTrigger</NAME> -typedef struct { - CalAlarmTriggerType type; - - union { - struct icaldurationtype rel_duration; - struct icaltimetype abs_time; - } u; -} CalAlarmTrigger; -</TYPEDEF> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalAlarmRepeat</NAME> -typedef struct { - /* Number of extra repetitions, zero for none */ - int repetitions; - - /* Interval between repetitions */ - struct icaldurationtype duration; -} CalAlarmRepeat; -</TYPEDEF> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_has_alarms</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_add_alarm</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, CalComponentAlarm *alarm -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_remove_alarm</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char *auid -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_alarm_uids</NAME> -<RETURNS>GList *</RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_get_alarm</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalComponentAlarm *</RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, const char *auid -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarms_free</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarms *alarms -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalComponentAlarm *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_clone</NAME> -<RETURNS>CalComponentAlarm *</RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_free</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_uid</NAME> -<RETURNS>const char *</RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_action</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalAlarmAction *action -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_action</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalAlarmAction action -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_attach</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, struct icalattachtype **attach -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_attach</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, struct icalattachtype *attach -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_description</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalComponentText *description -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_description</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalComponentText *description -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_repeat</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalAlarmRepeat *repeat -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_repeat</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalAlarmRepeat repeat -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_trigger</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalAlarmTrigger *trigger -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_trigger</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalAlarmTrigger trigger -</FUNCTION> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>CalRecurInstanceFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp, - time_t instance_start, - time_t instance_end, - gpointer data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>CalRecurResolveTimezoneFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>icaltimezone *</RETURNS> -const char *tzid, - gpointer data -</USER_FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_recur_generate_instances</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -CalComponent *comp,time_t start,time_t end,CalRecurInstanceFn cb,gpointer cb_data,CalRecurResolveTimezoneFn tz_cb,gpointer tz_cb_data -</FUNCTION> -<TYPEDEF> -<NAME>CalObjInstance</NAME> -typedef struct { - char *uid; /* UID of the object */ - time_t start; /* Start time of instance */ - time_t end; /* End time of instance */ -} CalObjInstance; -</TYPEDEF> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_obj_instance_list_free</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GList *list -</FUNCTION> -<ENUM> -<NAME>CalObjType</NAME> -typedef enum { - CALOBJ_TYPE_EVENT = 1 << 0, - CALOBJ_TYPE_TODO = 1 << 1, - CALOBJ_TYPE_JOURNAL = 1 << 2, - CALOBJ_TYPE_ANY = 0x07 -} CalObjType; -</ENUM> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>cal_obj_uid_list_free</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -GList *list -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_days_in_month</NAME> -<RETURNS>int </RETURNS> -int year, int month -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_day_of_year</NAME> -<RETURNS>int </RETURNS> -int day, int month, int year -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_day_of_week</NAME> -<RETURNS>int </RETURNS> -int day, int month, int year -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_is_leap_year</NAME> -<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS> -int year -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_leap_years_up_to</NAME> -<RETURNS>int </RETURNS> -int year -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>isodate_from_time_t</NAME> -<RETURNS>char *</RETURNS> -time_t t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_from_isodate</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -const char *str -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_add_day</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int days -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_add_week</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int weeks -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_add_month</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int months -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_year_begin</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_month_begin</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_week_begin</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t t, int week_start_day -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_day_begin</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_day_end</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t t -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_add_day_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int days, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_add_week_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int weeks, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_add_month_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int months, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_year_begin_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_month_begin_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_week_begin_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, int week_start_day,icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_day_begin_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>time_day_end_with_zone</NAME> -<RETURNS>time_t </RETURNS> -time_t time, icaltimezone *zone -</FUNCTION> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-docs.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-docs.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index bab3cac78e..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-docs.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [ -<!ENTITY CalComponent SYSTEM "sgml/cal-component.sgml"> -<!ENTITY evolution-cal-util-cal-recur SYSTEM "sgml/cal-recur.sgml"> -<!ENTITY evolution-cal-util-cal-util SYSTEM "sgml/cal-util.sgml"> -<!ENTITY evolution-cal-util-timeutil SYSTEM "sgml/timeutil.sgml"> -]> -<book id="index"> - <bookinfo> - <title>[Insert name here] Reference Manual</title> - </bookinfo> - - <chapter> - <title>[Insert title here]</title> - &CalComponent; - &evolution-cal-util-cal-recur; - &evolution-cal-util-cal-util; - &evolution-cal-util-timeutil; - </chapter> -</book> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1a03226591..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -<SECTION> -<FILE>cal-component</FILE> -CAL_COMPONENT -<TITLE>CalComponent</TITLE> - -CalComponentVType -CalComponentField -CalComponentClassification -CalComponentDateTime -CalComponentPeriodType -CalComponentPeriod -CalComponentText -CalComponentTransparency - -cal_component_gen_uid -cal_component_new -cal_component_clone -cal_component_set_new_vtype -cal_component_set_icalcomponent -cal_component_get_icalcomponent -cal_component_get_vtype -cal_component_get_as_string -cal_component_commit_sequence -cal_component_get_uid -cal_component_set_uid -cal_component_get_categories -cal_component_set_categories -cal_component_get_categories_list -cal_component_set_categories_list -cal_component_get_classification -cal_component_set_classification -cal_component_get_comment_list -cal_component_set_comment_list -cal_component_get_completed -cal_component_set_completed -cal_component_get_created -cal_component_set_created -cal_component_get_description_list -cal_component_set_description_list -cal_component_get_dtend -cal_component_set_dtend -cal_component_get_dtstamp -cal_component_set_dtstamp -cal_component_get_dtstart -cal_component_set_dtstart -cal_component_get_due -cal_component_set_due -cal_component_get_exdate_list -cal_component_set_exdate_list -cal_component_has_exdates -cal_component_get_exrule_list -cal_component_get_exrule_property_list -cal_component_set_exrule_list -cal_component_has_exrules -cal_component_has_exceptions -cal_component_get_geo -cal_component_set_geo -cal_component_get_last_modified -cal_component_set_last_modified -cal_component_get_percent -cal_component_set_percent -cal_component_get_priority -cal_component_set_priority -cal_component_get_rdate_list -cal_component_set_rdate_list -cal_component_has_rdates -cal_component_get_rrule_list -cal_component_get_rrule_property_list -cal_component_set_rrule_list -cal_component_has_rrules -cal_component_has_recurrences -cal_component_get_sequence -cal_component_set_sequence -cal_component_get_status -cal_component_set_status -cal_component_get_summary -cal_component_set_summary -cal_component_get_transparency -cal_component_set_transparency -cal_component_get_url -cal_component_set_url - -<SUBSECTION Functions to free returned values> -cal_component_free_categories_list -cal_component_free_datetime -cal_component_free_exdate_list -cal_component_free_geo -cal_component_free_icaltimetype -cal_component_free_percent -cal_component_free_priority -cal_component_free_period_list -cal_component_free_recur_list -cal_component_free_sequence -cal_component_free_text_list - -<SUBSECTION Alarms> -CalComponentAlarm -CalAlarmInstance -CalComponentAlarms -CalAlarmAction -CalAlarmTriggerType -CalAlarmTrigger - -cal_component_has_alarms -cal_component_get_alarm_uids -cal_component_get_alarm -cal_component_alarm_free -cal_component_alarms_free -cal_component_alarm_get_uid -cal_component_alarm_get_action -cal_component_alarm_set_action -cal_component_alarm_get_trigger -cal_component_alarm_set_trigger - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE -CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS -IS_CAL_COMPONENT -IS_CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS -cal_component_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -CalComponent -CalComponentPrivate - -</SECTION> - -<SECTION> -<FILE>cal-recur</FILE> -CalRecurInstanceFn -cal_recur_generate_instances -</SECTION> - -<SECTION> -<FILE>cal-util</FILE> -CalObjInstance -cal_obj_instance_list_free -CalObjType -cal_obj_uid_list_free -</SECTION> - -<SECTION> -<FILE>timeutil</FILE> -isodate_from_time_t -time_add_minutes -time_add_day -time_add_week -time_add_month -time_add_year -time_days_in_month -time_from_day -time_year_begin -time_year_end -time_month_begin -time_month_end -time_week_begin -time_week_end -time_day_begin -time_day_end -print_time_t -</SECTION> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.args b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.args deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29bb2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.args +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.hierarchy b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.hierarchy deleted file mode 100644 index cc235653f2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.hierarchy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -GtkObject - CalComponent diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.signals b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.signals deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29bb2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.signals +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.types b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.types deleted file mode 100644 index 52b2d9bf90..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.types +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -#include <gnome.h> -#include <cal-util/cal-component.h> - -cal_component_get_type diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-component.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-component.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 0bd957e9c2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-component.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,993 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -CalComponent - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -RFC 2445 iCalendar component object. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> - <para> - The #CalComponent object provides a wrapper over the &libical; - functions for manipulating calendar components. #CalComponent - presents a GTK+-like interface to calendar components according to - RFC 2445. - </para> - - <para> - While &libical; supports almost all of the features of the - iCalendar RFCs, applications are normally not interested in all - the mindless gunk that is there. Still, applications should do - their best not to drop extension fields from calendar components - or any other extra information they do not support (including - standard fields they are not interested in). The #CalComponent - object provides a wrapper over - <structname>icalcomponent</structname> structures from &libical; - so that no information in them will be lost even if the - application is not designed to handle it. Also, #CalComponent - provides a higher-level API to many of the &libical; operations so - as to make it less painful to deal with iCalendar components. - </para> - - <para> - A #CalComponent object starts out empty. It must be initialized - from an existing <structname>icalcomponent</structname> structure - by using the cal_component_set_icalcomponent() function, or from a - completely new data by specifying the desired component type to - the cal_component_set_new_vtype() function. - </para> - - <para> - #CalComponent will create an internal map of the properties in the - <structname>icalcomponent</structname> structure and then allow - random access to them via the #CalComponent API functions; - normally the &libical; API would have to be used by creating many - iterators and other unpleasant constructs. #CalComponent keeps - handles to the properties it scanned from the - <structname>icalcomponent</structname> and will let the parent - application modify them at any time without having to do any - iteration. - </para> - - <para> - Eventually a #CalComponent may be turned into the RFC 2445 string - representation of an iCalendar component by using the - cal_component_get_as_string() function. Applications can then - transfer this interoperable - <footnote> - <para> - “Interoperable.” Heavens, I love that word. - </para> - </footnote> - string to other programs that deal with iCalendar. - </para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> - <para> - - </para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO CAL_COMPONENT ##### --> - <para> - Casts a #GtkObject to a #CalComponent. - </para> - -@obj: A GTK+ object. - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentVType ##### --> - <para> - Calendar component types as defined by RFC 2445. These values can - be used to create a new calendar component by passing them to the - cal_component_set_new_vtype() function. They are also the return - value of the cal_component_get_vtype() function. The only time - the @CAL_COMPONENT_NO_TYPE value is used is when querying the - vtype of an uninitialized #CalComponent. - </para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_NO_TYPE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_EVENT: -@CAL_COMPONENT_TODO: -@CAL_COMPONENT_JOURNAL: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FREEBUSY: -@CAL_COMPONENT_TIMEZONE: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentField ##### --> - <para> - These values are used as identifiers for #ETable columns. These - are used by the calendar GUI code in &Evolution;. - </para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CATEGORIES: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CLASSIFICATION: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETED: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTEND: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTSTART: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DUE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_GEO: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PERCENT: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PRIORITY: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_SUMMARY: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_TRANSPARENCY: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_URL: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_HAS_ALARMS: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_ICON: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_RECURRING: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_OVERDUE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COLOR: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_STATUS: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPONENT: -@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_NUM_FIELDS: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentClassification ##### --> - <para> - Values for the access classification property of a calendar - component. - </para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_NONE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PUBLIC: -@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PRIVATE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_CONFIDENTIAL: -@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_UNKNOWN: - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentDateTime ##### --> - <para> - This structure defines a date and time value. - </para> - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentPeriodType ##### --> - <para> - Defines how a period of time is specified. - </para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DATETIME: -@CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DURATION: - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentPeriod ##### --> - <para> - This structure defines a period of time. - </para> - - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentText ##### --> - <para> - This structure defines the value of a text property that may have - an alternate representation parameter. - </para> - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentTransparency ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_NONE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_TRANSPARENT: -@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_OPAQUE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_UNKNOWN: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_gen_uid ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_clone ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_new_vtype ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@type: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_icalcomponent ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@icalcomp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_icalcomponent ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_vtype ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_as_string ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_commit_sequence ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_uid ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@uid: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_uid ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@uid: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_categories ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@categories: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_categories ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@categories: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_categories_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@categ_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_categories_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@categ_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_classification ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@classif: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_classification ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@classif: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_comment_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@text_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_comment_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@text_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_completed ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_completed ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_created ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_created ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_description_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@text_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_description_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@text_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_dtend ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_dtend ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_dtstamp ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_dtstamp ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_dtstart ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_dtstart ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_due ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_due ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_exdate_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@exdate_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_exdate_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@exdate_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_exdates ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_exrule_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_exrule_property_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_exrule_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_exrules ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_exceptions ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_geo ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@geo: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_geo ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@geo: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_last_modified ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_last_modified ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_percent ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@percent: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_percent ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@percent: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_priority ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@priority: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_priority ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@priority: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_rdate_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@period_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_rdate_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@period_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_rdates ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_rrule_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_rrule_property_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_rrule_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_rrules ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_recurrences ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_sequence ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@sequence: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_sequence ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@sequence: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_status ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@status: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_status ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@status: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_summary ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@summary: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_summary ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@summary: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_transparency ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@transp: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_transparency ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@transp: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_url ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@url: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_url ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@url: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_categories_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@categ_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_datetime ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@dt: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_exdate_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@exdate_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_geo ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@geo: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_icaltimetype ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_percent ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@percent: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_priority ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@priority: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_period_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@period_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_recur_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@recur_list: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_sequence ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@sequence: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_text_list ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@text_list: - - -<!-- ##### STRUCT CalComponentAlarm ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalAlarmInstance ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentAlarms ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalAlarmAction ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_ALARM_NONE: -@CAL_ALARM_AUDIO: -@CAL_ALARM_DISPLAY: -@CAL_ALARM_EMAIL: -@CAL_ALARM_PROCEDURE: -@CAL_ALARM_UNKNOWN: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalAlarmTriggerType ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_NONE: -@CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE_START: -@CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE_END: -@CAL_ALARM_TRIGGER_ABSOLUTE: - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalAlarmTrigger ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_alarms ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_alarm_uids ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_alarm ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@auid: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarm: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarms_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarms: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_get_uid ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarm: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_get_action ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarm: -@action: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_set_action ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarm: -@action: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_get_trigger ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarm: -@trigger: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_set_trigger ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@alarm: -@trigger: - - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-recur.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-recur.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index a8e7cf1620..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-recur.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -cal-recur - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> - - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION CalRecurInstanceFn ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@instance_start: -@instance_end: -@data: -@Returns: -<!-- # Unused Parameters # --> -@instace_end: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_recur_generate_instances ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@start: -@end: -@cb: -@cb_data: -@tz_cb: -@tz_cb_data: - - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-util.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-util.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ccd35fac2e..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-util.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -Miscellaneous utilities - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> - - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalObjInstance ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_obj_instance_list_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@list: - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalObjType ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CALOBJ_TYPE_EVENT: -@CALOBJ_TYPE_TODO: -@CALOBJ_TYPE_JOURNAL: -@CALOBJ_TYPE_ANY: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_obj_uid_list_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@list: - - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 878273b0aa..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentAlarmAction ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_NONE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_AUDIO: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_DISPLAY: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_EMAIL: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_PROCEDURE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_UNKNOWN: - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentAlarmTrigger ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentAlarmTriggerRelated ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATED_START: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATED_END: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentAlarmTriggerType ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE: -@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_ABSOLUTE: - -<!-- ##### STRUCT CalComponentPrivate ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### STRUCT CalObjTime ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@year: -@month: -@day: -@hour: -@minute: -@second: - -<!-- ##### ENUM CalRecurType ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@CAL_RECUR_YEARLY: -@CAL_RECUR_MONTHLY: -@CAL_RECUR_WEEKLY: -@CAL_RECUR_DAILY: -@CAL_RECUR_HOURLY: -@CAL_RECUR_MINUTELY: -@CAL_RECUR_SECONDLY: - -<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalRecurrence ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_alarm_instance_list_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@list: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_free_trigger ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@trigger: <!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("../../../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "") -End: ---> - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_first_alarm ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_next_alarm ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_pilot_id ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@pilot_id: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_pilot_status ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@pilot_status: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_pilot_id ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@pilot_id: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_pilot_status ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@comp: -@pilot_status: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_recur_free ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@r: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_recur_from_icalrecurrencetype ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@ir: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION format_simple_hour ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@hour: -@use_am_pm: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION get_time_t_hour ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION isodiff_from_secs ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@secs: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION isodiff_to_secs ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@str: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION parse_date ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@str: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION print_time_t ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_minutes ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@time: -@minutes: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_year ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@time: -@years: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_day_hour ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@hour: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_day ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@year: -@month: -@day: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_icaltimetype ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@itt: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_isodate ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@str: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_start_duration ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@start: -@duration: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_month_end ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_week_end ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@week_start_day: -@Returns: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_year_end ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/timeutil.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/timeutil.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e2dba5224f..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/timeutil.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -timeutil - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> - - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION isodate_from_time_t ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_day ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@time: -@days: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_week ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@time: -@weeks: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_month ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@time: -@months: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_days_in_month ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@year: -@month: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_year_begin ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_month_begin ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_week_begin ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@week_start_day: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_day_begin ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_day_end ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@t: -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ea0d8c7127..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ - <part id="evolution-calendar"> - <docinfo> - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Federico</firstname> - <surname>Mena Quintero</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>federico@ximian.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - </authorgroup> - </docinfo> - - <title>Developing Applications with the &Evolution; Calendar</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part of the &Evolution; Developer's Guide describes how - to write applications for the &Evolution; Calendar by using - its public interfaces. The &Evolution; Calendar exports its - functionality through a number of interfaces, including CORBA, - GTK+ wrappers for Bonobo objects, and other utility libraries. - This part also describes the internals of the calendar so that - it will be easy for you to make changes to &Evolution;'s core - code. - </para> - - <para> - You should read this part of the &Evolution; Developer's guide - if you intend to write client applications that use the - functionality of the &Evolution; Calendar, such as its storage - interfaces and generic recurrence engine. If you intend to - make changes to the calendar's core code, it will be useful to - read the sections on the calendar internals as well. Even if - you do not intend to modify the core code of the calendar, it - may be useful to know a few things about the way it works so - that you can make better use of the public interfaces. - </para> - </partintro> - - &calendar-architecture; - &calendar-alarm-generation; - </part> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "book" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/calendar/public-reference.sgml b/help/devel/calendar/public-reference.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index b880bd2972..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/calendar/public-reference.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ - <reference id="calendar-public-reference"> - <title>Calendar Public API Reference</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part presents the class and function reference for the - public APIs of the different components of the &Evolution; - Calendar. - </para> - </partintro> - - &CalClient; - &CalComponent; - &cal-util; - &cal-recur; - &timeutil; - </reference> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/evolution-devel-guide.sgml b/help/devel/evolution-devel-guide.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index c089c5b885..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/evolution-devel-guide.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN"[ -<!ENTITY preface SYSTEM "preface.sgml"> -<!ENTITY evolution-reference SYSTEM "reference.sgml"> -<!ENTITY FDL SYSTEM "fdl.sgml"> - -<!ENTITY evolution-calendar SYSTEM "calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml"> -<!ENTITY calendar-architecture SYSTEM "calendar/architecture.sgml"> -<!ENTITY calendar-alarm-generation SYSTEM "calendar/alarm-generation.sgml"> -<!ENTITY calendar-public-reference SYSTEM "calendar/public-reference.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CalClient SYSTEM "calendar/cal-client/sgml/cal-client.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CalComponent SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-component.sgml"> -<!ENTITY cal-recur SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-recur.sgml"> -<!ENTITY cal-util SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-util.sgml"> -<!ENTITY timeutil SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/timeutil.sgml"> - -<!ENTITY evolution-services-public-reference SYSTEM "executive-summary/public-reference.sgml"> -<!ENTITY evolution-services-private-reference SYSTEM "executive-summary/private-reference.sgml"> -<!ENTITY ExecutiveSummaryComponent SYSTEM "executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-component.sgml"> -<!ENTITY ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory SYSTEM "executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-component-factory.sgml"> -<!ENTITY ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient SYSTEM "executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-component-factory-client.sgml"> -<!ENTITY ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView SYSTEM "executive-summary/sgml/executive-summary-html-view.sgml"> - -<!ENTITY Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>"> -<!ENTITY Wombat "<application>Wombat</application>"> -<!ENTITY Camel "<application>Camel</application>"> -<!ENTITY PCS "<acronym>PCS</acronym>"> -<!ENTITY libical "<application>libical</application>"> -<!ENTITY Executive-Summary "<application>Executive Summary</application>"> -]> - -<!-- ENTITY importer-public-reference SYSTEM "importer/public-reference.sgml" --> -<!-- ENTITY importer-private-reference SYSTEM "importer/private-reference.sgml" --> -<!-- ENTITY EvolutionImporter SYSTEM "importer/sgml/evolution-importer.sgml" --> -<!-- ENTITY EvolutionImporterClient SYSTEM "importer/sgml/evolution-importer-client.sgml" --> -<!-- ENTITY EvolutionImporterListener SYSTEM "importer/sgml/evolution-importer-listener.sgml" --> - - -<book id="index"> - <bookinfo> - <title>&Evolution; Developer's Guide</title> - - <authorgroup> - <corpauthor> - Ximian, Inc. - </corpauthor> - </authorgroup> - - <copyright> - <year>2001</year> - <holder>Ximian, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - <copyright> - <year>2001</year> - <holder>Ximian, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> - <para> - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the <ulink type="help" - url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>GNU Free Documentation - License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version - published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant - Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You - may obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation - License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by - visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web - site</ulink> or by writing to: Free Software Foundation, Inc., - 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - </para> - - <para> - Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their - products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those - names appear in any GNOME documentation, and those trademarks - are made aware to the members of the GNOME Documentation - Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial caps. - </para> - </legalnotice> - </bookinfo> - - <!-- Introduction --> - - &preface; - - <!-- DocBook parts for each individual component --> - - &evolution-calendar; - - <!-- API Reference part --> - - &evolution-reference; - - <!-- Appendices --> - - &FDL; -</book> diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/.cvsignore b/help/devel/executive-summary/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 489a3d04fd..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in -*-decl.txt -*.signals -*.hierarchy -*.stamp -*-scan.c -*-unused.txt -*-undocumented.txt -*-decl-list.txt -sgml - diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/Makefile.am b/help/devel/executive-summary/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 9e0901bd9f..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -# The name of the module, e.g. 'glib'. -DOC_MODULE=evolution-services - -# The top-level SGML file. Change it if you want. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MODULE)-docs.sgml - -# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir). -# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments -# documenting functions and macros. -DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(EVOLUTION_DIR)/executive-summary/evolution-services - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. -SCAN_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. -MKDB_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. -FIXXREF_OPTIONS= - -# Used for dependencies. -HFILE_GLOB= -CFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/executive-summary/evolution-services/executive-summary-component.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/executive-summary/evolution-services/executive-summary-component-factory-client.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/executive-summary/evolution-services/executive-summary-html-view.c - - -# Header files to ignore when scanning. -IGNORE_HFILES=Executive-Summary.h - -# Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = - -# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). -content_files = - -# Other files to distribute. -extra_files = - -# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed if your app/lib -# contains GtkObjects/GObjects and you want to document signals and properties. -GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/executive-summary/evolution-services \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/executive-summary \ - -I$(top_srcdir) \ - -I$(top_builddir) \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS) - -GTKDOC_LIBS = \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS) \ - $(top_builddir)/executive-summary/evolution-services/.libs/libevolution-services.so - -GTKDOC_CC=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -GTKDOC_LD=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) - -# If you need to override some of the declarations, place them in this file -# and uncomment this line. -#DOC_OVERRIDES = $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt -DOC_OVERRIDES = - - -########################################################################### -# Everything below here is generic and you shouldn't need to change it. -########################################################################### - -TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - $(content_files) \ - $(extra_files) \ - $(HTML_IMAGES) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ - $(DOC_MODULE).types \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ - $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - -DOC_STAMPS=scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp \ - $(srcdir)/tmpl.stamp $(srcdir)/sgml.stamp $(srcdir)/html.stamp - -SCANOBJ_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE).args \ - $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ - $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -#all-local: html-build.stamp -all-local: sgml-build.stamp - -#### scan #### - -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) - @echo '*** Scanning header files ***' - if grep -l '^..*$$' $(srcdir)/$(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null ; then \ - CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS)" gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-dir=$(srcdir) ; \ - else \ - cd $(srcdir) ; \ - for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \ - test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \ - done \ - fi - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) - touch scan-build.stamp - -$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES): scan-build.stamp - @true - -#### templates #### - -tmpl-build.stamp: $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - @echo '*** Rebuilding template files ***' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) - touch tmpl-build.stamp - -tmpl.stamp: tmpl-build.stamp - @true - -#### sgml #### - -sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(CFILE_GLOB) $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml - @echo '*** Building SGML ***' - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKDB_OPTIONS) - touch sgml-build.stamp - -sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp - @true - -#### html #### - -html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) - @echo '*** Building HTML ***' - test -d $(srcdir)/html || mkdir $(srcdir)/html - cd $(srcdir)/html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || ( cd $(srcdir) && cp $(HTML_IMAGES) html ) - @echo '-- Fixing Crossreferences' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-fixxref --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - touch html-build.stamp -endif - -############## - -clean-local: - rm -f *~ *.bak $(SCANOBJ_FILES) *-unused.txt $(DOC_STAMPS) - -maintainer-clean-local: clean - cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - -install-data-local: - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR) - (installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*.html'; \ - then echo '-- Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo '-- Installing '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - done; \ - echo '-- Installing $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml' ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - fi) - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -dist-check-gtkdoc: -else -dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" - @false -endif - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local - mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl - mkdir $(distdir)/sgml - mkdir $(distdir)/html - -cp $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl - -cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml $(distdir)/sgml - -cp $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(distdir)/html - -cp $(srcdir)/html/*.html $(srcdir)/html/*.css $(distdir)/html - - images=$(HTML_IMAGES) ; \ - for i in $$images ; do \ - cp $(srcdir)/$$i $(distdir)/html ; \ - done - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services-decl.txt b/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services-decl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index caaabb2ee7..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services-decl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,536 +0,0 @@ -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_TYPE (executive_summary_client_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryClient)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryClientClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryClientPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryClient</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryClientClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryClient</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryClient { - BonoboObjectClient parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryClientPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_client_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_client_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryClient *client,CORBA_Object object -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_client_set_title</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryClient *client,int id,const char *title -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_client_set_icon</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryClient *client,int id,const char *icon -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_client_flash</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryClient *client,int id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_client_update</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryClient *client,int id,const char *html -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_TYPE (executive_summary_component_client_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentClientClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentClientPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentClientClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient { - BonoboObjectClient parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryComponentClientPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient *</RETURNS> -const char *id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_set_owner</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient *client,ExecutiveSummary *summary -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_unset_owner</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient *client -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_supports</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient *client,gboolean *bonobo,gboolean *html -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_configure</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient *client,ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_client_destroy_view</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentClient *client,ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE (executive_summary_component_factory_client_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClientClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClientPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClientClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient { - BonoboObjectClient parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClientPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_factory_client_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_factory_client_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient *client,CORBA_Object corba_object -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_factory_client_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient *</RETURNS> -const char *id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_factory_client_create_view</NAME> -<RETURNS>CORBA_Object </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient *client -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_TYPE (executive_summary_component_view_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentView)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_VIEW_CLASS_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentViewPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentView</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentViewClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentView</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryComponentView { - GtkObject object; - - ExecutiveSummaryComponentViewPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>void</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view,ExecutiveSummaryComponent *component,BonoboControl *control,const char *html,const char *title,const char *icon -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponent *component,BonoboControl *control,const char *html,const char *title,const char *icon -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_set_title</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view,const char *title -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_title</NAME> -<RETURNS>const char *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_set_icon</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view,const char *icon -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_icon</NAME> -<RETURNS>const char *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_flash</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_set_html</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view,const char *html -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_html</NAME> -<RETURNS>const char *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_control</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_id</NAME> -<RETURNS>int </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_set_id</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view,int id -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_configure</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_set_objref</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view,Bonobo_Control objref -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_view_get_widget</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkWidget *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentView *view -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE (executive_summary_component_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponent)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponent</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponent</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryComponent { - BonoboObject parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryComponentPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE (executive_summary_component_factory_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<USER_FUNCTION> -<NAME>EvolutionServicesCreateViewFn</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory *factory, - void *closure -</USER_FUNCTION> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory { - BonoboObject parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_factory_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_component_factory_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -EvolutionServicesCreateViewFn create_view,void *closure -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_HTML_CHANGED</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_HTML_CHANGED "GNOME:Evolution:Summary:HTMLView:html_changed" -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE (executive_summary_html_view_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryHtmlViewClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryHtmlViewPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryHtmlViewClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView { - BonoboObject parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryHtmlViewPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_html_view_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_html_view_new_full</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -BonoboEventSource *event_source -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_html_view_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_html_view_set_html</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView *view,const char *html -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_html_view_get_html</NAME> -<RETURNS>const char *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView *view -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_html_view_get_event_source</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboEventSource *</RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView *view -</FUNCTION> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_TYPE</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_TYPE (executive_summary_get_type ()) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_TYPE, ExecutiveSummary)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLASS</NAME> -#define EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_TYPE, ExecutiveSummaryClass)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<MACRO> -<NAME>IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLASS</NAME> -#define IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((obj), EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_TYPE)) -</MACRO> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryPrivate</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummary</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummaryClass</NAME> -</STRUCT> -<STRUCT> -<NAME>ExecutiveSummary</NAME> -struct ExecutiveSummary { - BonoboObject parent; - - ExecutiveSummaryPrivate *private; -}; -</STRUCT> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_get_type</NAME> -<RETURNS>GtkType </RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_construct</NAME> -<RETURNS>void </RETURNS> -ExecutiveSummary *es,GNOME_Evolution_Summary_ViewFrame corba_object -</FUNCTION> -<FUNCTION> -<NAME>executive_summary_new</NAME> -<RETURNS>BonoboObject *</RETURNS> -void -</FUNCTION> diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services-sections.txt b/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services-sections.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8ba2b42317..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services-sections.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<INCLUDE>executive-summary-component.h</INCLUDE> -<SECTION> -<FILE>executive-summary-component</FILE> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT -<TITLE>ExecutiveSummaryComponent</TITLE> - -executive_summary_component_new - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_TYPE -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLASS -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_CLASS -executive_summary_component_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -ExecutiveSummaryComponent -ExecutiveSummaryComponentPrivate - -</SECTION> - -<SECTION> -<FILE>executive-summary-component-factory</FILE> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY -<TITLE>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory</TITLE> - -EvolutionServicesCreateViewFn - -executive_summary_component_factory_new - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_TYPE -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLASS -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLASS -executive_summary_component_factory_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryPrivate - -</SECTION> - -<INCLUDE>executive-summary-component-factory-client.h</INCLUDE> -<SECTION> -<FILE>executive-summary-component-factory-client</FILE> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT -<TITLE>ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient</TITLE> - -executive_summary_component_factory_client_construct -executive_summary_component_factory_client_new -executive_summary_component_factory_client_create_view - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_TYPE -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_CLASS -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT_CLASS -executive_summary_component_factory_client_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClientPrivate - -</SECTION> - -<INCLUDE>executive-summary-html-view.h</INCLUDE> -<SECTION> -<FILE>executive-summary-html-view</FILE> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW -<TITLE>ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView</TITLE> - -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_HTML_CHANGED - -executive_summary_html_view_new_full -executive_summary_html_view_new -executive_summary_html_view_set_html -executive_summary_html_view_get_html -executive_summary_html_view_get_event_source - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_TYPE -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW -EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_CLASS -IS_EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_CLASS -executive_summary_html_view_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView -ExecutiveSummaryHtmlViewPrivate -</SECTION> diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.args b/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.args deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29bb2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.args +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.hierarchy b/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.hierarchy deleted file mode 100644 index 37559d819d..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.hierarchy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -GtkObject - BonoboObject - ExecutiveSummaryComponent - ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory - Handle to remote Bonobo::Unknown - ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient - ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.types b/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.types deleted file mode 100644 index b7ac05b89c..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/evolution-services.types +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -#include <gnome.h> -#include <bonobo.h> -#include <evolution-services/executive-summary-component.h> -#include <evolution-services/executive-summary-component-factory-client.h> -#include <evolution-services/executive-summary-html-view.h> - -executive_summary_component_get_type -executive_summary_component_factory_get_type -executive_summary_component_factory_client_get_type -executive_summary_html_view_get_type diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/private-reference.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/private-reference.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e06d7c1690..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/private-reference.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - <reference id="evolution-services-private-reference"> - <title>Evolution Services Private API Reference</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part presents the class and function reference for the - private APIs of the different components of the &Evolution; - Executive Summary Services Framework. - </para> - </partintro> - - &ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient; - </reference> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/public-reference.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/public-reference.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 7758a9a5c8..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/public-reference.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ - <reference id="evolution-services-public-reference"> - <title>Evolution Services Public API Reference</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part presents the class and function reference for the - public APIs of the different components of the &Evolution; - Executive Summary Services Framework. - </para> - </partintro> - - &ExecutiveSummaryComponent; - &ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory; - &ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView; - </reference> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/evolution-services-unused.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/evolution-services-unused.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 9f8096db6a..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/evolution-services-unused.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SIGNAL ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView::handle-uri ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@executivesummaryhtmlview: the object which received the signal. -@arg1: - diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component-factory-client.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component-factory-client.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ee8ef25689..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component-factory-client.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -GtkObject client to simplfy use of GNOME_Evolution_Summary_ComponentFactory - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> -This object provides an easy wrapper around the CORBA object that represents the - GNOME_Evolution_Summary_ComponentFactory interface. It handles conversion from -normal types to CORBA types and has error checking. -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY_CLIENT ##### --> -<para> -Casts a #GtkObject into an #ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactoryClient -</para> - -@obj: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_component_factory_client_construct ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@corba_object: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_component_factory_client_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@id: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_component_factory_client_create_view ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component-factory.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component-factory.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 7069eea9d0..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component-factory.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -GtkObject wrapper for GNOME/Evolution/Summary/ComponentFactory. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> -An ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory simplifies the creation of a -GNOME_Evolution_Summary_ComponentFactory object. It also allows error checking -and all the standard #GtkObject signals. -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT_FACTORY ##### --> -<para> -Casts a #GtkObject to an #ExecutiveSummaryComponentFactory. -</para> - -@obj: A #GtkObject. - - -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION EvolutionServicesCreateViewFn ##### --> -<para> -The type of function that is called when the factory has to create a new view. -</para> - -@factory: The #ExecutiveSummaryComponent that is creating the view. -@closure: The data that was passed into executive_summary_factory_new (). -@Returns: An #ExecutiveSummaryComponent. - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_component_factory_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@create_view: -@closure: -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 04768b1b1c..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-component.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -ExecutiveSummaryComponent - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -The base #BonoboObject that implements GNOME/Evolution/Summary/Component. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> -This #GtkObject wrapper around the GNOME/Evolution/Summary/Component, is the -base object that has all the other interfaces aggregated onto it. These -interfaces are: GNOME/Evolution/HTMLView, Bonobo/Control, Bonobo/EventSource, -Bonobo/PropertyBag, Bonobo/PropertyControl and Bonobo/PersistStream. Each of -the aggregated interfaces performs a specific job in the creation of the service. -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> -#ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView, #BonoboControl, #BonoboEventSource, #BonoboPropertyBag, -#BonoboPropertyControl, #BonoboPersistStream. -</para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_COMPONENT ##### --> -<para> -Casts a #GtkObject to an #ExecutiveSummaryComponent. -</para> - -@obj: A #GtkObject. - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_component_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-html-view.sgml b/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-html-view.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 2fb66a2035..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/executive-summary/tmpl/executive-summary-html-view.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -A Bonobo component used to implement HTML based services. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> -When writing HTML services, this component is aggregated onto an #ExecutiveSummaryComponent, to allow the Executive Summary to be able to find the HTML. -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> -#ExecutiveSummaryComponent, #BonoboEventSource -</para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW ##### --> -<para> - Casts a #GtkObject into an #ExecutiveSummaryHtmlView -</para> - -@obj: A #GtkObject - - -<!-- ##### MACRO EXECUTIVE_SUMMARY_HTML_VIEW_HTML_CHANGED ##### --> -<para> -This is the event that is emitted on the BonoboEventSource when the HTML is changed. -</para> - - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_html_view_new_full ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@event_source: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_html_view_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_html_view_set_html ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@view: -@html: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_html_view_get_html ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@view: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION executive_summary_html_view_get_event_source ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@view: -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/fdl.sgml b/help/devel/fdl.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 817adbdbb7..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/fdl.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,671 +0,0 @@ -<!-- - The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook - Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu> - Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project - http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp - Version: 1.0.1 - Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000 ---> - -<appendix id="fdl"> - <docinfo> - <releaseinfo> - Version 1.1, March 2000 - </releaseinfo> - <copyright> - <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice"> - <para> - <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place, - Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> - <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but changing it is not allowed. - </para> - </legalnotice> - </docinfo> - <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title> - - <sect1 id="fdl-preamble"> - <title>0. PREAMBLE</title> - <para> - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or - other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of - freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and - redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either - commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for - their work, while not being considered responsible for - modifications made by others. - </para> - - <para> - This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means - that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in - the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, - which is a copyleft license designed for free software. - </para> - - <para> - We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a - free program should come with manuals providing the same - freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited - to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, - regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a - printed book. We recommend this License principally for works - whose purpose is instruction or reference. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="fdl-section1"> - <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title> - <para id="fdl-document"> - This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be - distributed under the terms of this License. The - <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or - work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as <quote>you</quote>. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-modified"> - A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-secondary"> - A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical - connection with the subject or with related matters, or of - legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position - regarding them. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-invariant"> - The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link - linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles - are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this - License. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-cover-texts"> - The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of - text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, - in the notice that says that the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this - License. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-transparent"> - A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link - linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable - copy, represented in a format whose specification is available - to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited - directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for - images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for - drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is - suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic - translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format - whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage - subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy - that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called - <quote>Opaque</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include - plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input - format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and - standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human - modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by - proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for - output purposes only. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-title-page"> - The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the - title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to - hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in - the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title - page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the - most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section2"> - <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title> - <para> - You may copy and distribute the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License - applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that - you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this - License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or - control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or - distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for - copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you - must also follow the conditions in <link - linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>. - </para> - - <para> - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated - above, and you may publicly display copies. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section3"> - <title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title> - <para> - If you publish printed copies of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, - and the Document's license notice requires <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - </para> - - <para> - If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit - reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto - adjacent pages. - </para> - - <para> - If you publish or distribute <link - linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, - you must either include a machine-readable <link - linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with - each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a - publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added - material, which the general network-using public has access to - download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network - protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque - copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will - remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one - year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly - or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public. - </para> - - <para> - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors - of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before - redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance - to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section4"> - <title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title> - <para> - You may copy and distribute a <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of - sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link - linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the - Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus - licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version - to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do - these things in the Modified Version: - </para> - - <itemizedlist mark="opencircle"> - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>A</title> - <para> - Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title - Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of - previous versions (which should, if there were any, be - listed in the History section of the Document). You may - use the same title as a previous version if the original - publisher of that version gives permission. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>B</title> - <para> - List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title - Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, - together with at least five of the principal authors of - the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of - its principal authors, if it has less than five). - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>C</title> - <para> - State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title - Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the - publisher. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>D</title> - <para> - Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>E</title> - <para> - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>F</title> - <para> - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>G</title> - <para> - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link - linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and - required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover - Texts</link> given in the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>H</title> - <para> - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>I</title> - <para> - Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on - the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If - there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the - <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>J</title> - <para> - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access - to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>K</title> - <para> - In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or - <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>L</title> - <para> - Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link> of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>M</title> - <para> - Delete any section entitled - <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be - included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified - Version</link>. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>N</title> - <para> - Do not retitle any existing section as - <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with - any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Section</link>. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para> - If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of <link - linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the - Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - </para> - - <para> - You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various - parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - </para> - - <para> - You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of - the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> - in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - </para> - - <para> - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section5"> - <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title> - <para> - You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - </para> - - <para> - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - </para> - - <para> - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise - combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, - and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must - delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section6"> - <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title> - <para> - You may make a collection consisting of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - </para> - - <para> - You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you - insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and - follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim - copying of that document. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section7"> - <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title> - <para> - A compilation of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link - linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section8"> - <title>8. TRANSLATION</title> - <para> - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link - linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link - linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section9"> - <title>9. TERMINATION</title> - <para> - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section10"> - <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title> - <para> - The <ulink type="http" - url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software - Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink - type="http" - url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-using"> - <title>Addendum</title> - <para> - To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of - the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page: - </para> - - <blockquote> - <para> - Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME. - </para> - <para> - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the <link - linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, - and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover - Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation - License</quote>. - </para> - </blockquote> - - <para> - If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> - instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write - <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of - <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>. - </para> - - <para> - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, - we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your - choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" - url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public - License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software. - </para> - </sect1> -</appendix> - - - - - - diff --git a/help/devel/importer/.cvsignore b/help/devel/importer/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index 439d6641ff..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -sgml -Makefile -Makefile.in -*-decl.txt -*-decl-list.txt -*-unused.txt -*.hierarchy -*.signals -*.stamp -*-scan.c diff --git a/help/devel/importer/Makefile.am b/help/devel/importer/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 8b5343677a..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in - -# The name of the module, e.g. 'glib'. -DOC_MODULE=evolution-shell-importer - -# The top-level SGML file. Change it if you want. -DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MODULE)-docs.sgml - -# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir). -# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments -# documenting functions and macros. -DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(EVOLUTION_DIR)/shell/importer - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. -SCAN_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. -MKDB_OPTIONS= - -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. -FIXXREF_OPTIONS= - -# Used for dependencies. -HFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/shell/importer/evolution-importer.h \ - $(top_srcdir)/shell/importer/evolution-importer-client.h - -CFILE_GLOB= \ - $(top_srcdir)/shell/importer/evolution-importer.c \ - $(top_srcdir)/shell/importer/evolution-importer-client.c - -# Header files to ignore when scanning. -IGNORE_HFILES= \ - GNOME_Evolution_Importer.h \ - importer.h - -# Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = - -# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). -content_files = - -# Other files to distribute. -extra_files = - -# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed if your app/lib -# contains GtkObjects/GObjects and you want to document signals and properties. -GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/shell/importer \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/shell \ - -I$(top_srcdir) \ - -I$(top_builddir) \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS) - -GTKDOC_LIBS = \ - $(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS) \ - $(top_builddir)/shell/importer/.libs/libevolution-importer.so - -GTKDOC_CC=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) -GTKDOC_LD=$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) - -# If you need to override some of the declarations, place them in this file -# and uncomment this line. -#DOC_OVERRIDES = $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt -DOC_OVERRIDES = - -########################################################################### -# Everything below here is generic and you shouldn't need to change it. -########################################################################### - -TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE) - -EXTRA_DIST = \ - $(content_files) \ - $(extra_files) \ - $(HTML_IMAGES) \ - $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ - $(DOC_MODULE).types \ - $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \ - $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - -DOC_STAMPS=scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp \ - $(srcdir)/tmpl.stamp $(srcdir)/sgml.stamp $(srcdir)/html.stamp - -SCANOBJ_FILES = \ - $(DOC_MODULE).args \ - $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \ - $(DOC_MODULE).signals - -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -#all-local: html-build.stamp -all-local: sgml-build.stamp - -#### scan #### - -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) - @echo '*** Scanning header files ***' - if grep -l '^..*$$' $(srcdir)/$(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null ; then \ - CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS)" gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-dir=$(srcdir) ; \ - else \ - cd $(srcdir) ; \ - for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \ - test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \ - done \ - fi - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) - touch scan-build.stamp - -$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES): scan-build.stamp - @true - -#### templates #### - -tmpl-build.stamp: $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_OVERRIDES) - @echo '*** Rebuilding template files ***' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) - touch tmpl-build.stamp - -tmpl.stamp: tmpl-build.stamp - @true - -#### sgml #### - -sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(CFILE_GLOB) $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml - @echo '*** Building SGML ***' - cd $(srcdir) && \ - gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKDB_OPTIONS) - touch sgml-build.stamp - -sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp - @true - -#### html #### - -html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) - @echo '*** Building HTML ***' - test -d $(srcdir)/html || mkdir $(srcdir)/html - cd $(srcdir)/html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) - test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || ( cd $(srcdir) && cp $(HTML_IMAGES) html ) - @echo '-- Fixing Crossreferences' - cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-fixxref --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) - touch html-build.stamp -endif - -############## - -clean-local: - rm -f *~ *.bak $(SCANOBJ_FILES) *-unused.txt $(DOC_STAMPS) - -maintainer-clean-local: clean - cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt - -install-data-local: - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR) - (installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html`; \ - if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*.html'; \ - then echo '-- Nothing to install' ; \ - else \ - for i in $$installfiles; do \ - echo '-- Installing '$$i ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - done; \ - echo '-- Installing $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml' ; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \ - fi) - -# -# Require gtk-doc when making dist -# -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -dist-check-gtkdoc: -else -dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" - @false -endif - -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local - mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl - mkdir $(distdir)/sgml - mkdir $(distdir)/html - -cp $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl - -cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml $(distdir)/sgml - -cp $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(distdir)/html - -cp $(srcdir)/html/*.html $(srcdir)/html/*.css $(distdir)/html - - images=$(HTML_IMAGES) ; \ - for i in $$images ; do \ - cp $(srcdir)/$$i $(distdir)/html ; \ - done - -.PHONY : dist-hook-local - - diff --git a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer-sections.txt b/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer-sections.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e2474f6375..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer-sections.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -<INCLUDE>evolution-importer.h</INCLUDE> - -<SECTION> -<FILE>evolution-importer</FILE> -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER -<TITLE>EvolutionImporter</TITLE> - -EvolutionImporterSupportFormatFn -EvolutionImporterLoadFileFn -EvolutionImporterProcessItemFn -EvolutionImporterGetErrorFn - -EvolutionImporterResult - -evolution_importer_new - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EVOLUTION_TYPE_IMPORTER -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER -EVOLUTION_IS_IMPORTER -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_CLASS -EVOLUTION_IS_IMPORTER_CLASS -evolution_importer_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -EvolutionImporter -EvolutionImporterPrivate - -</SECTION> - -<INCLUDE>evolution-importer-listener.h</INCLUDE> -<SECTION> -<FILE>evolution-importer-listener</FILE> -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_LISTENER -<TITLE>EvolutionImporterListener</TITLE> - -EvolutionImporterListenerCallback - -evolution_importer_listener_new - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EVOLUTION_TYPE_IMPORTER_LISTENER -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_LISTENER -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_LISTENER_CLASS -EVOLUTION_IS_IMPORTER_LISTENER -EVOLUTION_IS_IMPORTER_LISTENER_CLASS -evolution_importer_listener_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -EvolutionImporterListener -EvolutionImporterListenerPrivate - -</SECTION> - -<INCLUDE>evolution-importer-client.h</INCLUDE> -<SECTION> -<FILE>evolution-importer-client</FILE> -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_CLIENT -<TITLE>EvolutionImporterClient</TITLE> - -evolution_importer_client_new -evolution_importer_client_new_from_id -evolution_importer_client_support_format -evolution_importer_client_load_file -evolution_importer_client_process_item -evolution_importer_client_get_error - -<SUBSECTION Standard> -EVOLUTION_TYPE_IMPORTER_CLIENT -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_CLIENT -EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_CLIENT_CLASS -EVOLUTION_IS_IMPORTER_CLIENT -EVOLUTION_IS_IMPORTER_CLIENT_CLASS -evolution_importer_client_get_type - -<SUBSECTION Private> -EvolutionImporterClient - -</SECTION> diff --git a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.args b/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.args deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29bb2..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.args +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.hierarchy b/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.hierarchy deleted file mode 100644 index c46ebdf782..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.hierarchy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -GtkObject - BonoboObject - BonoboXObject - EvolutionImporter - EvolutionImporterListener - Handle to remote Bonobo::Unknown - EvolutionImporterClient diff --git a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.types b/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.types deleted file mode 100644 index e787818599..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/evolution-shell-importer.types +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -#include <gnome.h> -#include <bonobo.h> -#include <shell/importer/evolution-importer.h> -#include <shell/importer/evolution-importer-client.h> -#include <shell/importer/evolution-importer-listener.h> - -evolution_importer_get_type -evolution_importer_client_get_type -evolution_importer_listener_get_type diff --git a/help/devel/importer/private-reference.sgml b/help/devel/importer/private-reference.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index d28c7b8591..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/private-reference.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - <reference id="importer-private-reference"> - <title>Importer Private API Reference</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part presents the class and function reference for the - private APIs of the different components of the &Evolution; - Import Framework. - </para> - </partintro> - - &EvolutionImporterListener; - &EvolutionImporterClient; - </reference> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/importer/public-reference.sgml b/help/devel/importer/public-reference.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ba99c9b309..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/public-reference.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - <reference id="importer-public-reference"> - <title>Importer Public API Reference</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part presents the class and function reference for the - public APIs of the different components of the &Evolution; - Import Framework. - </para> - </partintro> - - &EvolutionImporter; - </reference> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-importer-client.sgml b/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-importer-client.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 6cee37bef1..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-importer-client.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -EvolutionImporterClient - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -A #GtkObject based client to simplify use of a GNOME_Evolution_Importer object. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> -This #GtkObject provides a convience wrapper to the GNOME_Evolution_Importer object, providing error checking and hiding all the CORBA internals from the user. -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_CLIENT ##### --> -<para> -Casts a #GtkObject into an #EvolutionImporterClient -</para> - -@obj: A #GtkObject - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_client_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@objref: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_client_new_from_id ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@id: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_client_support_format ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@filename: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_client_load_file ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@filename: -@folderpath: -@Returns: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_client_process_item ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@listener: -<!-- # Unused Parameters # --> -@callback: -@closure: - - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_client_get_error ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-importer.sgml b/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-importer.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 1c7736a37f..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-importer.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### --> -EvolutionImporter - -<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### --> -A #BonoboObject that implements the GNOME/Evolution/Importer interface. - -<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### --> -<para> -A #BonoboObject wrapper around the GNOME/Evolution/Importer interface, providing error checking and reference counting, hiding the CORBA internals from the user and providing a simple way to create a GNOME_Evolution_Importer object. -</para> - -<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -<!-- ##### MACRO EVOLUTION_IMPORTER ##### --> -<para> -Casts a #GtkObject into an #EvolutionImporter. -</para> - -@obj: A #GtkObject. - - -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION EvolutionImporterSupportFormatFn ##### --> -<para> -The type of function that is called when the importer wishes to find out if the importing component can support the file given in @filename. -</para> - -@importer: The #EvolutionImporter. -@filename: The filename of the file to check. -@closure: The data passed into evolution_importer_new (). -@Returns: A #gboolean. TRUE if the importing component can import the file, FALSE otherwise. - - -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION EvolutionImporterLoadFileFn ##### --> -<para> -The type of function that is called when the importer wishes the importing component to load the file given in @filename, and initialise itself. -</para> - -@importer: The #EvolutionImporter. -@filename: The filename of the file to load. -@folderpath: -@closure: The data passed into evolution_importer_new (). -@Returns: A #gboolean. TRUE if the load and initialisation was successful, FALSE otherwise. - - -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION EvolutionImporterProcessItemFn ##### --> -<para> -The type of function that is called when the importer wants the importing component to process the next item (or items) in a file. -</para> - -@importer: The #EvolutionImporter -@listener: A GNOME_Evolution_Importer_Listener CORBA object. -@closure: The data passed into evolution_importer_new (). -@ev: A #CORBA_Environment for returning any CORBA exceptions. - - -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION EvolutionImporterGetErrorFn ##### --> -<para> -The type of function that is called when the importer wants to get a string version of an error. Not all importing components support this function. -</para> - -@importer: The #EvolutionImporter. -@closure: The data passed to evolution_importer_new (). -@Returns: A string representation of the error, or NULL if there was no error, or the importing component does not support the getError method. - - -<!-- ##### ENUM EvolutionImporterResult ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_OK: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_INTERRUPTED: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_BUSY: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_NOT_READY: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_UNKNOWN_DATA: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_BAD_DATA: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_BAD_FILE: -@EVOLUTION_IMPORTER_UNKNOWN_ERROR: - -<!-- ##### FUNCTION evolution_importer_new ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@support_format_fn: -@load_file_fn: -@process_item_fn: -@get_error_fn: -@closure: -@Returns: - - diff --git a/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-shell-importer-unused.sgml b/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-shell-importer-unused.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 7a9a98034b..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/importer/tmpl/evolution-shell-importer-unused.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION EvolutionImporterClientCallback ##### --> -<para> - -</para> - -@client: -@result: -@more_items: -@data: - diff --git a/help/devel/preface.sgml b/help/devel/preface.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index fdaa824a8b..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/preface.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ - <preface id="introduction"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para> - This is the &Evolution; Developer's Guide or programming guide - for the &Evolution; groupware suite. If you are a programmer - and you wish to use &Evolution;'s functionality from your own - applications or if you wish to modify the &Evolution; core code, - you should read this guide. - </para> - - <para> - If you are an end-user of &Evolution; you do not need to read - this guide; please read the &Evolution; User's Guide instead. - </para> - - <para> - This guide contains the information you need to know to do the - following: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Write applications that use &Evolution;'s data - repositories via the &Wombat; personal information server. - Examples of this would be a <application>GNOME - Panel</application> applet that displays today's - appointments, or a telephone dialer application that uses - the contents of the &Evolution; Addressbook. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Write applications that use the &Camel; mail library. - This includes extending &Evolution;'s own mail component - to perform additional functions. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Write new components for the &Evolution; Shell. Instead - of writing a stand-alone application, you can provide your - users with the benefit of having integrated views of their - data from within Evolution. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Write new modules for the &Evolution; Executive Summary. - This allows you to present commonly-accessed information - in a convenient fashion directly in the &Evolution; Shell. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Modify the core &Evolution; code to add new features or - change its architecture. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <sect1 id="organization"> - <title>Organization of this Guide</title> - - <para> - This guide is organized in two big sections. The first is a - programming guide, which consists of one part for each one of - &Evolution;'s components: there are separate parts for the - calendar, the addressbook, the mailer, the executive summary, - and the shell. Each part gives a description of the - architecture of its corresponding component, and also gives - information about the component's internal architecture and - some implementation details. - </para> - - <para> - The second section of this guide is a reference guide for - &Evolution;'s programming interfaces. We have separated these - into public and private interfaces. The public ones are those - that most people will need to use when writing extensions or - third-party components; the private interfaces are those used - internally in &Evolution;. Even if you do not intend to - modify the &Evolution; core code, it may be useful to know a - bit about the way it is organized internally. - </para> - - <para> - &Evolution; is free software, and we want you as a programmer - to make the most of it. We have provided many useful - interfaces that you can use in your own applications. Still, - we want you to view &Evolution; as a framework for building - groupware applications, and this may occasionally involve - making changes to its core code. We want you to learn from - &Evolution;'s design because we think it marks an important - milestone in the development of large-scale free software - applications. We want you to modify it as you see fit. Free - software gives you this freedom, and we want the whole world - to benefit from it. - </para> - </sect1> - </preface> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "book" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/devel/reference.sgml b/help/devel/reference.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 4381ad29b7..0000000000 --- a/help/devel/reference.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ - <part id="evolution-api-reference"> - <title>&Evolution; API Reference</title> - - <partintro> - <para> - This part presents the class and function reference for the - different libraries and interfaces that &Evolution; provides. - Classes are described together with their methods; individual - functions are grouped by functional group. - </para> - - <para> - &Evolution; provides two kinds of interfaces, public and - private. The public interfaces are those designed to be used - from third-party applications or components; if you wanted to - write an application that uses &Evolution;'s data repositories - to display data in a particular way, you would use the public - interfaces. The private interfaces are those used inside - &Evolution; itself; these are generally not interesting unless - you intend to make modifications to the &Evolution; code base. - </para> - - <para> - While the public and private interfaces are described in - separate reference sections, we have decided to put them - together in the same book, this guide, because we want to - encourage you to regard &Evolution; as something more than a - black box that stores and dispatches personal information. We - want you to make modifications to the &Evolution; core if - these would allow you to present or store your data in better - ways. &Evolution; is free software; we want you to learn from - its design and implementation details so that you can make it - even better for the whole world to use. - </para> - </partintro> - - &calendar-public-reference; - <!-- &importer-public-reference; --> - <!-- &evolution-services-public-reference; --> - <!-- &importer-private-reference; --> - <!-- &evolution-services-private-reference; --> - </part> - -<!-- -Local variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: ("evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "book" "") -End: ---> diff --git a/help/es.po/apx-authors.sgml.po b/help/es.po/apx-authors.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 362ac349fa..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/apx-authors.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/apx-authors.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> was written by:\n" -"<simplelist>\n" -" <member>Seth Alves: <email>alves@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Anders Carlsson: <email>andersca@gnu.org</email></member>\n" -" <member>Damon Chaplin: <email>damon@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Clifford R. Conover: <email>rusty@zootweb.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Miguel De Icaza: <email>miguel@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member> Radek Doulik: <email>rodo@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Arturo Espinoza: <email>arturo@nucleu.unam.mx</email></member>\n" -" <member>Larry Ewing: <email>lewing@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Bertrand Guiheneuf: <email>bertrand@helixcode.com</email></" -"member>\n" -" <member>Tuomas Kuosmanen: <email>tigert@gimp.org</email></member>\n" -" <member>Christopher J. Lahey: <email>clahey@helixcode.com</email></" -"member>\n" -" <member>Matthew Loper: <email>matt@loper.org</email></member>\n" -" <member>Federico Mena: <email>federico@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Eskil Heyn Olsen: <email>deity@eski.dk</email></member>\n" -" <member>Nat Friedman: <email>nat@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Ettore Perazzoli: <email>ettore@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Jeffrey Stedfast: <email>jeff@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Russell Steinthal: <email>rms39@columbia.edu</email></" -"member> \n" -" <member>Peter Teichman: <email>peter@helixcode.com</email></" -"member> \n" -" <member>Chris Toshok: <email>toshok@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Peter Williams: <email>peter@newton.cx</email></member>\n" -" <member>Dan Winship: <email>danw@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Michael Zucchi: <email>notzed@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -"</simplelist>\n" -"and other dedicated GNOME programmers. \n" -"</para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> ha sido escrita por:\n" -"<simplelist>\n" -" <member>Seth Alves: <email>alves@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Anders Carlsson: <email>andersca@gnu.org</email></member>\n" -" <member>Damon Chaplin: <email>damon@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Clifford R. Conover: <email>rusty@zootweb.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Miguel De Icaza: <email>miguel@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member> Radek Doulik: <email>rodo@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Arturo Espinoza: <email>arturo@nucleu.unam.mx</email></member>\n" -" <member>Larry Ewing: <email>lewing@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Bertrand Guiheneuf: <email>bertrand@helixcode.com</email></" -"member>\n" -" <member>Tuomas Kuosmanen: <email>tigert@gimp.org</email></member>\n" -" <member>Christopher J. Lahey: <email>clahey@helixcode.com</email></" -"member>\n" -" <member>Matthew Loper: <email>matt@loper.org</email></member>\n" -" <member>Federico Mena: <email>federico@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Eskil Heyn Olsen: <email>deity@eski.dk</email></member>\n" -" <member>Nat Friedman: <email>nat@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Ettore Perazzoli: <email>ettore@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Jeffrey Stedfast: <email>jeff@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Russell Steinthal: <email>rms39@columbia.edu</email></" -"member> \n" -" <member>Peter Teichman: <email>peter@helixcode.com</email></" -"member> \n" -" <member>Chris Toshok: <email>toshok@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Peter Williams: <email>peter@newton.cx</email></member>\n" -" <member>Dan Winship: <email>danw@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -" <member>Michael Zucchi: <email>notzed@helixcode.com</email></member>\n" -"</simplelist>\n" -"y otros dedicados programadores de GNOME. \n" -"</para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-authors.sgml.h:31 -msgid "" -" <!-- For translations: uncomment this: <para> Latin translation\n" -" was done by ME (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send\n" -" all comments and suggestions regarding this translation to\n" -" SOMEWHERE. </para> -->\n" -msgstr "" -" <para> Traducción al español realizada por\n" -" Héctor García Álvarez (<email>hector@scouts-es.org</email>). \n" -" Por favor envíe todos los comentarios y sugerencias sobre esta \n" -" traducción a <email>hector@debian.org</email>. </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-authors.sgml.h:36 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <application>Evolution</application> code owes a great debt\n" -" to the <application>GNOME-pim</application> and\n" -" <application>GNOME-Calendar</application> applications, and to\n" -" <application>KHTMLW</application>. The developers of\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> acknowledge the efforts\n" -" and contributions of all who worked on those projects.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El código de <application>Evolution</application> debe mucho a las\n" -" aplicaciones <application>GNOME-pim</application> y\n" -" <application>GNOME-Calendar</application>, y a\n" -" <application>KHTMLW</application>. Los desarrolladores de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> reconocen los esfuerzos y\n" -" contribuciones de todos los que ha trabajado en dichos proyectos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-authors.sgml.h:45 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This manual was written by Aaron Weber\n" -" (<email>aaron@helixcode.com</email>) and Kevin Breit\n" -" (<email>battery841@mypad.com</email>) with the help of the\n" -" application programmers and the GNOME Documentation Project.\n" -" Please send all comments and suggestions regarding the manual to\n" -" the GNOME Documentation Project at\n" -" <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also add your comments\n" -" online by using <ulink type=\"http\"\n" -" url=\"http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/\">GNOME Documentation\n" -" Status Table</ulink>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este manual ha sido escrito por Aaron Weber\n" -" (<email>aaron@helixcode.com</email>) y Kevin Breit\n" -" (<email>battery841@mypad.com</email>) con la ayuda de los\n" -" programadores de la aplicación y el proyecto de documentación de\n" -" GNOME. Por favor envíe todos sus comentarios y sugerencias acerca de\n" -" este manual al proyecto de documentación de GNOME a\n" -" <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. También puede enviar comentarios a\n" -" del web usando la <ulink type=\"http\"\n" -" url=\"http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/\">Tabla de Estado de la\n" -" Documentación de GNOME</ulink> (está en ingles).\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-authors.sgml.h:58 -msgid " <title>Authors</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Autores</title>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-authors.sgml.h:60 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" For more information please visit the\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://www.helixcode.com/apps/evolution.php3\"\n" -" type=\"http\">Web page</ulink>. Please send all comments,\n" -" suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://bugs.gnome.org\" type=\"http\">GNOME bug tracking\n" -" database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be\n" -" found on-line at <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html\" type=\"http\">\n" -" http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html</ulink>. You can also use\n" -" command <command>bug-buddy</command> for submitting bug reports.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para más información por favor visite la \n" -" <ulink url=\"http://www.helixcode.com/apps/evolution.php3\"\n" -" type=\"http\">página web</ulink> de <application>Evolution\n" -" </application>. Por favor envíe todos los comentarios,\n" -" sugerencias, y reportes de fallo al <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://bugs.gnome.org\" type=\"http\">sistema de seguimiento de\n" -" fallos de GNOME</ulink>. Las instrucciones para hacer reportes de\n" -" fallos se pueden encontrar en línea en <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html\" type=\"http\">\n" -" http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html</ulink>. También puede usar el\n" -" comando <command>bug-buddy</command> para enviar reportes de fallo.\n" -" </para>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/apx-bugs.sgml.po b/help/es.po/apx-bugs.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 58f9c2f63e..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/apx-bugs.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/apx-bugs.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Evolution is still beta software, so the bug tracking is best\n" -" left to the bugzilla system and to the programmers. However,\n" -" there are a number of limitations that will not be addressed\n" -" before version 1.0. The most notable are: Import of Microsoft\n" -" Outlook .pst files, and compatibility with the Microsoft\n" -" Exchange protocol.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Evolution todavía es software en fase beta, así que el seguimiento\n" -" de errores es mejor dejárselo al sistema bugzilla y a los \n" -" programadores. Eso sí, hay cierto número de limitaciones que\n" -" no serán corregidas antes de la versión 1.0. Las más notables son: \n" -" Importación de los archivos .pst de Microsoft Outlook, y la\n" -" compatibilidad con el protocolo de Microsoft Exchange.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-bugs.sgml.h:10 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This appendix describes known bugs and limitations of\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>. Please use the GNOME\n" -" <application>Bug Report Tool</application> (known as\n" -" <command>bug-buddy</command> at the command line) if you find one\n" -" we have not listed.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este apéndice describe errores y limitaciones conocidas de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>. Por favor use la\n" -" <application>Herramienta de reporte de fallos</application> de GNOME\n" -" (<command>bug-buddy</command> en la línea de comandos) si encuentra\n" -" algún error que no este en esta lista.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-bugs.sgml.h:18 -msgid " <title>Known bugs and limitations</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Errores y limitaciones conocidas</title>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/apx-gloss.sgml.po b/help/es.po/apx-gloss.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2ccd5c8472..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/apx-gloss.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,745 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from\n" -" the client's computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for\n" -" Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Esta es la manera más común de transportar mensajes desde el\n" -" ordenador cliente (el suyo) al servidor. SMTP significa Protocolo\n" -" Simple de Transferencia de Correo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:7 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end\n" -" of every email sent, like a hand-written signature at the bottom\n" -" of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite\n" -" quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be\n" -" fewer than four lines long.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" En términos de un correo electrónico, una firma es un texto situado\n" -" al final de todos los mensajes que usted mande, como una firma hecha\n" -" a mano al final de una carta escrita. Una firma puede ser cualquier\n" -" cosa desde su cita preferida hasta un enlace a una página web. La\n" -" cortesía dicta que debe tener una longitud inferior a cuatro líneas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:15 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client\n" -" to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers,\n" -" and people stored on a server.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" LDAP, el Protocolo Ligero de Acceso a Directorio, permite a un cliente\n" -" buscar en una gran base de datos de direcciones, números de teléfono y\n" -" y personas que se encuentra en un servidor.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:21 -msgid " <glossterm>LDAP</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>LDAP</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:23 -msgid " <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:25 -msgid " <glossterm>Signature</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Firma</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:27 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" the user can send a third party a message\n" -" which was sent to the user originally.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" el usuario puede enviar un mensaje a una tercera persona que " -"originalmente le fue enviado a el.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:32 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance\n" -" to a small business card.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un formato para mostrar la información de contacto. Similar en\n" -" apariencia a una pequeña tarjeta de visita.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:37 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A regular expression, or \"regex\", is a way of describing a\n" -" string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols. For\n" -" example, the statement <userinput>fly.*so[a|u]p</userinput> means\n" -" \"any phrase beginning with 'fly' and ending in 'soup' or\n" -" 'soap'\". If you searched for that expression, you'd find both\n" -" \"fly in my soup\" and \"fly in my soap.\" There's not room here to\n" -" go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation\n" -" for the <command>grep</command> command.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una expresión regular, o \"regex\", es una forma de describir una\n" -" cadena de texto usando meta caracteres o símbolos wild-card. Por\n" -" ejemplo, la frase <userinput>tener.*pat[a|o]</userinput> significa\n" -" \"cualquier frase que comience por 'tener' y que acabe en 'pata' o\n" -" 'pato'\". Si usted busca esta expresión, encontrará entre otras\n" -" \"tener mala pata\" y \"tener un pato\". No hay sitio aquí para\n" -" entrar en profundidad, pero si lo desea, puede echar un vistazo a la\n" -" documentación del comando <command>grep</command>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:48 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A small box of explanatory text which appears when the mouse\n" -" pointer is held motionless over a button or other interface\n" -" element.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una paqueña caja con texto explicatorio que aparece cuando el puntero\n" -" del ratón permanece sin moverse sobre un botón o cualquier otro\n" -" elemento de la interfaz.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:54 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" As its name implies, <application>sendmail</application> is a\n" -" program which sends mail. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" can use it instead of <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>; some people\n" -" prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more\n" -" difficult to set up.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Como su nombre indica, <application>sendmail</application> es un\n" -" programa que envía correo. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" puede usarlo en lugar de <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>; algunas\n" -" personas lo prefieren porque permite más flexibilidad, pero es más\n" -" difícil de configurar.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:62 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A portion of <application>Evolution</application> which offers\n" -" users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the\n" -" application.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una parte de <application>Evolution</application> que ofrece\n" -" a los usuarios un rápido acceso a la partes de la aplicación\n" -" usadas más frecuentemente.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:68 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A synchronization conduit is a small application which controls\n" -" the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop\n" -" computer.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un enlaze de sincronización es una pequeña aplicación que controla la\n" -" transferencia de información entre un dispositivo de mano y un\n" -" ordenador.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:74 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A traditional Japanese form of poetry. The poems are three lines\n" -" long, with first and last lines having five syllables, and the\n" -" second line seven syllables.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una forma de poesía tradicional japonesa. Los poemas son de tres\n" -" líneas, donde la primera y la última tienen cinco sílabas, y la\n" -" segunda línea tiene siete sílabas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:80 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A way of describing a group of files on a computer. With the\n" -" perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux)\n" -" nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory,\n" -" and denoted by <systemitem><filename>/</filename></systemitem>.\n" -" The rest of the \"branches\" spread downwards from the root. Don't\n" -" confuse the root directory with the <systemitem>root</systemitem>\n" -" account, or root's home directory,\n" -" <systemitem><filename>/home/root</filename></systemitem>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un forma de describir un conjunto de archivos en un ordenador. Con\n" -" la especial perversión de la típica nomenclatura de ordenadores\n" -" (y especialmente en Unix y Linux), la parte más alta del árbol se\n" -" llama el directorio raíz, y se denota por <systemitem><filename>/\n" -" </filename></systemitem>. El resto de las \"ramas\" se extienden\n" -" desde la raíz. No confundir el directorio raíz (root en ingles) con\n" -" la cuenta <systemitem>root</systemitem>, o con el directorio del\n" -" usuario root, <systemitem><filename>/home/root</filename></" -"systemitem>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:91 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Also called \"smileys,\" emoticons are the little sideways faces made\n" -" of colons and parentheses which people use to convey emotion in email.\n" -" Examples: :-) or ;( .\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" También llamados \"smileys\", los emoticones son pequeñas caras " -"puestas\n" -" de lado echas de puntos y paréntesis que la gente usa para expresar\n" -" emociones en los correos electrónicos. Ejemplos: :-) ó ;( .\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:97 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for\n" -" sending particular types of information between computer systems.\n" -" Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTP\n" -" (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages.\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un método de comunicación acordado, especialmente uno acordado para\n" -" enviar tipos particulares de información entre ordenadores\n" -" Ejemplos son POP (Protocolo de Oficina de Correo), para el correo, y\n" -" HTTP (Protocolo de Transferencia de Hipertexto), para páginas web.\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:105 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than\n" -" attached as a separate file. Contrast with <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"attachment\">Attachment</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Mostrados como para de una mensaje u otro documento, en lugar de\n" -" incluido como un archivo separado. Contrasta con <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"attachment\">Adjunto</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:111 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email\n" -" transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from\n" -" a server and store it locally on your hard disk.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" POP, el Protocolo de Oficina de Correos, es un mecanismo para el\n" -" transporte de correo. En contraste con IMAP, solo se usa para obtener\n" -" el correo del servidor y almacenarlo localmente en el disco duro.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:117 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Pre-sorting procedure that allows\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> to refer to data quickly.\n" -" It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for\n" -" data displays.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El procedimiento de pre-ordenado que permite a\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> encontrar la información\n" -" rápidamente. Permite búsquedas más rápidas y disminuye el uso de la\n" -" memoria para mostrar datos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:124 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is the <acronym> GNOME\n" -" </acronym> groupware application.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> es la aplicación de trabajo en\n" -" grupo de <acronym>GNOME</acronym>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:129 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Nautilus</application> is the next generation file\n" -" manager for <acronym>GNOME</acronym> being written by Eazel.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Nautilus</application> es la próxima generación del\n" -" gestor de archivos de <acronym>GNOME</acronym> que está desarrollando\n" -" la compañía Eazel.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:134 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>iCal</application> is the program which\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> uses to manage the calendar\n" -" section.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>iCal</application> es el programa que usa\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> para manejar la sección del\n" -" calendario.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:140 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you\n" -" get an address card attached to an email, it's probably in vCard\n" -" format. Not to be confused with <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"vfolder\">vFolder</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un formato de archivo para el intercambio de información de contactos.\n" -" Cuando recibe una tarjeta adjunta a un correo, esta probablemente en el\n" -" formato vCard. No confundir con <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"vfolder\">vFolder</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:147 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A mail client is the application with which a person reads and\n" -" sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail\n" -" servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from\n" -" sender to recipient.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un cliente de correo es la aplicación con la que una persona lee y\n" -" envía correos electrónicos. En el otro lado están los distintos tipos\n" -" de servidores de correo, que se encargan de autentificar al usuario\n" -" y dirigir los mensajes desde el remitente hasta el destinatario.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:154 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A malicious program which inserts itself into others so that it will " -"be \n" -" executed, allowing it to spread to still more programs and other " -"computers.\n" -" A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging networks or disk " -"drives, \n" -" deleting files, or opening security holes.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un programa malicioso que se inserta a si mismo en otros para así ser \n" -" ejecutado, permitiéndole expandirse a más programas y a otros " -"ordenadores.\n" -" Un virus puede causar daños sustanciales colapsando redes y unidades de " -"disco, \n" -" borrando archivos, o abriendo agujeros de seguridad.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:161 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled)\n" -" language. Often used as a synonym for \"macro,\" to denote a series\n" -" of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un programa escrito en un lenguaje interpretado (en lugar de\n" -" compilado). A menudo usado como sinónimo de \"macro,\" para denotar\n" -" una serie de comando o acciones pre grabados en una aplicación.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:167 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A tool which guides a user through a series of steps, usually to\n" -" configure or set up a program. Equivalent to \"Assistant\" and\n" -" \"Wizard.\"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una herramienta que guía al usuario a través de una serie de pasos,\n" -" normalmente para configurar un programa. Equivalente a \"Asistente\"\n" -" y \"Wizard\".\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:173 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" A way of addressing a message. Bcc is used to send a group of\n" -" people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each\n" -" other.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una manera de dirigir un mensaje. Bcc es usado para enviar un mensaje\n" -" a un grupo de personas, a la vez que se ocultan los nombres y\n" -" direcciones de unos a los otros.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:179 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" An alias for an e-mail address.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Un alias para una dirección de correo electrónico.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:183 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder\n" -" that contains the results of a complex search. Folder contents are\n" -" are updated dynamically.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una herramienta para organizar mensajes. vFolders le permite crear una\n" -" carpeta que contiene los resultados de una búsqueda compleja. Los\n" -" contenidos de la carpeta se actualizan dinámicamente.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:189 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Any file sent along with an email. Attachments may be embedded in\n" -" a message or appended to it.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Cualquier archivo enviado junto con el mensaje de correo. Los adjuntos\n" -" pueden estar insertados dentro del mensaje o añadidos a el.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:194 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail,\n" -" so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the\n" -" To: list.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Con-Copia es usado para enviar una copia del mensaje a una 3º persona,\n" -" para que puedan enterarse de la conversación, sin estar en la lista de\n" -" A:\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:200 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail\n" -" Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol. Whatever it\n" -" stands for, it allows access to email which is typically (although\n" -" not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local\n" -" hard disk. Often contrasted with <glossterm>POP</glossterm>.\n" -" This will not be on the test.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Dependiendo a quien pregunte, IMAP significa Protocolo de Acceso al\n" -" Correo de Internet, o Protocolo de Acceso a Correo Interinamente.\n" -" Lo que sea que signifique, permite acceder al correo que está\n" -" típicamente (aunque no siempre) guardado remotamente en el servidor en\n" -" lugar de en el disco duro local. Algunas veces contrasta con\n" -" <glossterm>POP</glossterm>.\n" -" Esto no estará en la prueba.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:209 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups\n" -" of people work together. Typically, a groupware application will\n" -" have several productivity features built into one program.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Trabajo en Grupo es un término que describe la aplicación que ayuda a\n" -" grupos de persones a trabajar juntas. Típicamente, esta aplicación\n" -" varias herramientas de productividad integradas en un mismo programa.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:215 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a\n" -" computer instead of using the mouse to do the same action.\n" -" Hot-keys can speed up computer usage.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Teclas rápidas son combinaciones de teclado usadas para realizar\n" -" acciones en el ordenador en lugar de usar el ratón para la misma\n" -" acción. Las teclas rápidas pueden acelerar el uso del ordenador.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:221 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Hyper-text Markup Language(<acronym>HTML</acronym>) is a language\n" -" for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages,\n" -" help files, and email messages. HTML can be used in email and\n" -" news posts to insert images and apply text treatments.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Lenguaje de Marcas de Hyper-texto (<acronym>HTML</acronym>) es un\n" -" lenguaje para describir la forma de la página en documentos " -"electrónicos\n" -" como páginas web, archivos de ayuda, y mensajes de correo. El HTML se\n" -" puede usar en el correo electrónico y en los grupos de noticias para\n" -" insertar imágenes o formatear el texto\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:228 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an\n" -" executable. <application>Evolution</application> can download\n" -" executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must\n" -" be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This\n" -" security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution\n" -" of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file\n" -" permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para ejecutar un programa. Cualquier archivo que se puede ejecutar\n" -" se llama ejecutable. <application>Evolution</application> puede\n" -" descargar ejecutables adjuntos, pero antes de poder ejecutarlos, el\n" -" archivo debe ser marcado como ejecutable a través de una shell o un\n" -" administrador de archivos. Esta precaución de seguridad previene " -"contra\n" -" la ejecución automática o accidental de programas maliciosos. Para más\n" -" información acerca de archivos ejecutables y permisos de archivos,\n" -" consulte la documentación de su administrador de archivos o de su " -"shell.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:238 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Useless, unsolicited e-mail. Spam normally comes in forms of\n" -" chain letters and advertisements for unscrupulous or clueless\n" -" companies. Messages that are merely useless are called \"opt-in\n" -" newsletters.\"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Correo no deseado ó inútil. El spam normalmente aparece como cartas\n" -" encadenadas y publicidad de compañías sin escrúpulos o sin sentido.\n" -" Los mensajes que no valen para nada se conocen como \"boletínes\n" -" opt-in\"\n" -". </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:245 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Within <application>Evolution</application>, a filter is a method\n" -" of sorting mail automatically. You can create filters to perform\n" -" one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide\n" -" range of criteria.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Dentro de <application>Evolution</application>, un filtro es un método\n" -" para ordenar el correo automáticamente. Puede crear filtros para\n" -" realizar una o más acciones sobre un mensaje que cumple alguno (o " -"todos)\n" -" de los requisitos de un amplio rango de criterios.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:252 -msgid " <glossterm>Attachment</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Adjunto</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:254 -msgid " <glossterm>Automatic Indexing</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Indexado Automático</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:256 -msgid " <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy)</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Cco (Con Copia Oculta)</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:258 -msgid " <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy)</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Cc (Con Copia)</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:260 -msgid " <glossterm>Conduit</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Enlaze</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:262 -msgid " <glossterm>Druid</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Ayudante</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:264 -msgid " <glossterm>Emoticon</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Emoticon</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:266 -msgid " <glossterm>Evolution</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Evolution</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:268 -msgid " <glossterm>Execute</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Ejecutar</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:270 -msgid " <glossterm>File Tree</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Árbol de Archivos</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:272 -msgid " <glossterm>Filter</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Filtro</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:274 -msgid " <glossterm>Forward</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Reenviar</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:276 -msgid " <glossterm>HTML</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>HTML</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:278 -msgid " <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:280 -msgid " <glossterm>Hot Key</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Tecla Rápida</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:282 -msgid " <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:284 -msgid " <glossterm>Inline</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>En línea</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:286 -msgid " <glossterm>Mail Client</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Cliente de Correo</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:288 -msgid " <glossterm>Minicard</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Minitarjeta</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:290 -msgid " <glossterm>Nautilus</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Nautilus</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:292 -msgid " <glossterm>Nickname</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Apodo</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:294 -msgid " <glossterm>POP</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>POP</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:296 -msgid " <glossterm>Protocol</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Protocolo</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:298 -msgid " <glossterm>Regular Expression</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Expresión Regular</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:300 -msgid " <glossterm>Script</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Script</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:302 -msgid " <glossterm>Sendmail</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Sendmail</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:304 -msgid " <glossterm>Shortcut Bar</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Barra de Atajos</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:306 -msgid " <glossterm>Spam</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Spam</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:308 -msgid " <glossterm>Tool-Tip</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Mensaje de Ayuda</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:310 -msgid " <glossterm>Virus</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Virus</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:312 -msgid " <glossterm>iCal</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>iCal</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:314 -msgid " <glossterm>vCard</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>vCard</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:316 -msgid " <glossterm>vFolder</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>vFolder</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:318 -msgid " <glossterm>Groupware</glossterm>\n" -msgstr " <glossterm>Trabajo en Grupo</glossterm>\n" - -#: tmp/apx-gloss.sgml.h:320 -msgid " <title>Glossary</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Glosario</title>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/config-prefs.sgml.po b/help/es.po/config-prefs.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index e83d4ff5c9..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/config-prefs.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1364 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" To use <guilabel>SMTP</guilabel>, you'll need to enter the\n" -" name of your SMTP server. It may have the same name as\n" -" your mail source server.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Para usar <guilabel>SMTP</guilabel>, necesitará introducir\n" -" el nombre de su servidor SMTP. Puede que sea el mismo nombre\n" -" que el del servidor de su fuente de correo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:7 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" The <interface>Mail Transports</interface> tab lets you set\n" -" how you will send mail. Evolution currently supports two\n" -" mail transport options: <glossterm linkend=\"smtp\">SMTP</" -"glossterm>, which\n" -" uses a remote mail server, and\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"sendmail\">sendmail</glossterm>, which uses " -"the\n" -" <application>sendmail</application> program on your local\n" -" system. <application>Sendmail</application> is more\n" -" difficult to configure, but offers more flexibility than\n" -" <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" La pestaña <interface>Transporte del Correo</interface> le\n" -" permite especificar como enviará el correo. Evolution\n" -" actualmente soporta dos tipos de transporte: <glossterm linkend=" -"\"smtp\">SMTP</glossterm>, el cual usa un\n" -" servidor de correo remoto, y\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"sendmail\">sendmail</glossterm>, el cual usa " -"el\n" -" programa <application>sendmail</application> de su sistema " -"local.\n" -" <application>Sendmail</application> es más difícil de " -"configurar,\n" -" pero ofrece más flexibilidad que\n" -" <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:19 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Not everything fits neatly into categories. This tab\n" -" contains some miscellaneous configurations that don't have\n" -" too much to do with each other.\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> \n" -" <guilabel>Send messages in HTML format</guilabel>\n" -" </term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" If you check this box, you will send\n" -" messages as HTML by default. If you leave it unchecked, " -"your\n" -" messages will be sent without HTML formatting unless you " -"select \n" -" <menuchoice> <guimenu>Format</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice> in the message composer.\n" -" See <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-html\">\n" -" for more information about HTML mail.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> \n" -" <guilabel>Mark Messages as Seen After</guilabel>\n" -" </term>\n" -" <listitem><para> \n" -" When you click on a message,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will wait a\n" -" moment before marking it as seen. You can set the\n" -" delay, in milliseconds, here.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>\n" -" <guilabel>Folder Format</guilabel>\n" -" </term>\n" -" <listitem> <para> By default,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> saves its mail\n" -" in the\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" format. You can switch to the\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>\n" -" format if you like. Note that this is an advanced\n" -" feature and may cause you to lose some messages, so\n" -" you should probably make a backup of your\n" -" <systemitem><filename>evolution</filename></systemitem>\n" -" directory first. In addition, it will take quite\n" -" some time if you have a large mailbox.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" No todo encaja bien en categorías. Esta parte contiene\n" -" una miscelánea de configuraciones que no tienen demasiado que ver\n" -" unas con otras.\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> \n" -" <guilabel>Enviar mensajes en formato HMTL</guilabel>\n" -" </term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" Si selecciona esta opción, enviará sus\n" -" mensajes en HTML por defecto. Si no la selecciona, sus\n" -" mensajes se enviarán sin formato HTML a menos que " -"seleccione \n" -" <menuchoice> <guimenu>Formato</guimenu> " -"<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice> en la ventana de composición de mensajes.\n" -" Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-html\">\n" -" para más información acerca del correo en HTML.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> \n" -" <guilabel>Marcar Mensajes como Leídos Pasados</guilabel>\n" -" </term>\n" -" <listitem><para> \n" -" Cuando selecciona un mensaje,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> esperará un\n" -" momento antes de marcarlo como leído. Puede poner el\n" -" tiempo de espera, en milisegundos, aquí.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>\n" -" <guilabel>Formato de Carpeta</guilabel>\n" -" </term>\n" -" <listitem> <para> Por defecto,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> guarda el correo\n" -" en el formato\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>.\n" -" Si quiere puede cambiar al formato\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>. Sepa\n" -" que esta en una característica avanzada y que puede " -"hacer\n" -" que pierda algunos mensajes, así que probablemente\n" -" primero debería hacer una copia de seguridad de su\n" -" directorio <systemitem><filename>evolution</" -"filename> </systemitem>\n" -". Además, llevará bastante tiempo si tiene\n" -" un mailbox grande.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:71 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" The <interface>Mail Sources</interface> tab allows you to\n" -" edit, add, or delete methods of retrieving mail from\n" -" servers. Clicking on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or\n" -" <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> will bring up a dialog box to\n" -" offer you the following options:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Mail source type:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Select from <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm> or <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"pop\">POP</glossterm> servers, or Unix-style\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" or <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>\n" -" files.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Server:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Enter the name of the mail source server in this\n" -" field. If you use an may or may not be the same as your\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"smtp\">SMTP</glossterm> server.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Username:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Enter the user name for the account you have on the\n" -" server-- this should the part of your email address\n" -" before the @. If you use\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" or <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>\n" -" files as your mail source, you do not need to enter\n" -" a username.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Authentication:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Tell <application>Evolution</application> how to\n" -" verify your identity with the server. Your options\n" -" vary depending upon the type of server you are\n" -" using, and the ways it is configured. Given the\n" -" name of a server,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> can detect what\n" -" sorts of authentication it offers.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Test Settings</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Click this button to have\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> check to see if\n" -" mail sources are configured correctly.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" La pestaña <interface>Fuentes de Correo</interface> le permite\n" -" editar, añadir, o borrar métodos de obtener el correo de los\n" -" servidores. Pulsando en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> o\n" -" <guibutton>Editar</guibutton> aparecerá una caja de diálogo que\n" -" le ofrecerá las siguientes opciones:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Tipo de Fuente de Correo:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Seleccione entre servidores <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm> o <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"pop\">POP</glossterm>, o archivos tipo\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" o <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>\n" -" al estilo Unix.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Servidores:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Introduzca el nombre del servidor de su fuente de correo\n" -" en este campo. Si usa puede o no que sea el mismo que su\n" -" servidor <glossterm linkend=\"smtp\">SMTP</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Nombre de usuario:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Introduzca el nombre para la cuenta que tiene en el\n" -" servidor-- este debería ser la parte de delante de la @\n" -" de su dirección de correo. Si usa archivos\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" o <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>\n" -" como fuentes de correo, no necesita escribir un nombre de\n" -" usuario.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Autentificación:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Diga a <application>Evolution</application> como\n" -" verificar su identidad con el servidor. Sus opciones\n" -" varían dependiendo del tipo de servidor que esté usando,\n" -" y de la forma en que esté configurado. Dado el nombre " -"del\n" -" servidor,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> puede detectar que\n" -" tipos de autentificación ofrece.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Probar Configuración</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Pulse este botón para que\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> compruebe si sus\n" -" fuentes de correo están configuradas correctamente.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:142 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" To set the behavior of your Contact Manager, click on the\n" -" <guibutton>Contact Manager</guibutton> tab in the\n" -" <interface>Preferences</interface> window.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Para fijar el comportamiento de su Administrador de Contactos,\n" -" pulse en la pestaña\n" -" <guibutton>Administrador de Contactos</guibutton> en la ventana " -"de\n" -" <interface>Preferencias</interface>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:148 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" You can set the following options: <!--insert variable list\n" -" here-->\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Ha definido las siguientes opciones: <!--insertar aquí una lista\n" -" de variables-->\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:153 -msgid "\t<title>Mail Preferences Dialog</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Dialogo de Preferencias del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:155 -msgid "\t<title>Mail Sources</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Fuentes del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:157 -msgid "\t<title>Mail Transports</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Transportes del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:159 -msgid "\t<title>Other Mail Preferences</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Otras Preferencias del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:161 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To add a new LDAP server to your available contact\n" -" folders, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>New Directory Server</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>. This brings up a small dialog box which\n" -" will let you enter the following options:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Name</guilabel> — any name you choose " -"for the server.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Description</guilabel> — a longer " -"description of the server.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>LDAP Server</guilabel> — the network " -"address of the server.\n" -" </para></listitem> \n" -" \n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel> — by default, the " -"port number is 389.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Root DN</guilabel> — enter the root DN " -"here.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para añadir un nuevo servidor LDAP a su carpeta de contactos\n" -" disponibles, selección <menuchoice><guimenu>Acciones</" -"guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Nuevo Servidor de Directorio</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>. Esto mostrará una pequeña caja de diálogo que\n" -" le permitirá introducir los siguientes datos:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Nombre</guilabel> — cualquier nombre que " -"elija para el servidor.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Descripción</guilabel> — un descripción " -"larga del servidor.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Servidor LDAP</guilabel> — la dirección " -"de red del servidor.\n" -" </para></listitem> \n" -" \n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Puerto</guilabel> — por defecto, el " -"puerto es el 389.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>DN Raíz</guilabel> — entre el DN raíz " -"aquí.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:190 -msgid " <title>Adding Directory Servers</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Añadiendo Servidores de Directorio</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:192 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a news server; you\n" -" will be prompted for its name. Enter the name, click\n" -" <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, and you're done. You can have\n" -" as many mail servers as you like, of course. News servers\n" -" will appear next to your IMAP servers in the\n" -" <interface>folder bar</interface>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Pulse <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para añadir un servidor de\n" -" noticias, será preguntado por su nombre. Introduzca el nombre,\n" -" pulse <guibutton>ACEPTAR</guibutton>, y ya está. Naturalmente, " -"puede\n" -" tener tantos servidores de noticias como desee. Los servidores\n" -" de noticias aparecerán detrás de sus servidores IMAP en la\n" -" <interface>barra de carpetas</interface>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:201 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you have several mail sources, clicking <guibutton>Get\n" -" Mail</guibutton> will refresh any IMAP,\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>, or\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" listings and check and download mail from all POP servers.\n" -" In other words, <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> gets your\n" -" mail, no matter how many sources you have, or what types\n" -" they are.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si tiene varias fuentes de correo, pulsando <guibutton>\n" -" Obtener</guibutton> actualizará cualquier carpeta IMAP,\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>, o\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" y comprobará y descargará el correo de todos los servidores " -"POP.\n" -" En otras palabras, <guibutton>Obtener</guibutton> obtiene su\n" -" correo, sin importar cuantas fuentes tenga, o de que tipo sean.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:212 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Newsgroups are so much like mailing lists that there's no\n" -" reason not to keep them right next to your mail. When you\n" -" first select the <guilabel>News Servers</guilabel> tab,\n" -" you will see a blank box with the three familiar buttons\n" -" on the right: <guibutton>Add</guibutton>,\n" -" <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and\n" -" <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Los grupos de noticias se parecen tanto a listas de correo que\n" -" no hay ninguna razón para no tenerlos al lado de su correo. La\n" -" primera vez que seleccione la pestaña <guilabel>Servidor de\n" -" Noticias</guilabel>, verá una caja vacía con tres botones ya\n" -" familiares a la derecha: <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>,\n" -" <guibutton>Editar</guibutton>, y\n" -" <guibutton>Borrar</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:222 -msgid " <title>News Servers</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Servidores de Noticias</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:224 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> can attempt to\n" -" determine if you have entered a valid server name. To\n" -" have it do so, click the <guilabel>Test\n" -" Settings</guilabel> button.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> puede intentar\n" -" determinar si ha introducido un nombre de servidor válido. " -"Para\n" -" que lo haga, pulse el botón <guilabel>Comprobar\n" -" Configuración</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:231 -msgid " <title>Mail Settings</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:233 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To change your mail settings, select <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mail\n" -" configuration</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Inbox. This\n" -" will open the <interface>mail preferences window</interface>,\n" -" illustrated in <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-fig\">. Mail\n" -" preferences are separated into several categories:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guilabel>Identities</guilabel></term>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" This allows you to create and alter one or more\n" -" identities for your email.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Sources</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" This tab lets you tell\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> where to get the\n" -" mail sent to you, and how to get it.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Mail Transport</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" This tab lets you tell\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> how to send mail.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>News Servers</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" If you would like to use\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> to read newsgroups,\n" -" you can specify your news server preferences here.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Other</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Miscellaneous mail and news settings, such as HTML\n" -" handling preferences, and how long\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> should wait before\n" -" marking a message read.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para cambiar su configuración de correo, seleccione <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configuración\n" -" de correo</guimenuitem></menuchoice> estando en Inbox. Esto\n" -" abrirá la <interface>ventana de preferencias del correo</" -"interface>,\n" -" ilustrada en <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-fig\">. Las\n" -" preferencias de correo están separadas en varias categorías:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guilabel>Identidades</guilabel></term>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Esto le permite crear o alterar una o más identidades para\n" -" su correo electrónico.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Fuentes</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Esta pestaña le permite indicar a\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> de donde obtener el\n" -" correo que le envíen y como obtenerlo.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Transporte de Correo</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Esta pestaña le permite indicar a\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> como enviar su correo.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Servidores de Noticias</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Si quisiera usar <application>Evolution</application> para\n" -" leer los grupos de noticias, puede especificar aquí las\n" -" características de su servidor de noticias..\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Otros</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Configuración miscelánea para el correo y las noticias, como\n" -" el uso de HTML, y cuanto tiempo debe esperar\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> antes de marcar un\n" -" mensaje como leído.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:297 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To set your calendar preferences, select\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Calendar\n" -" Configuration</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the Calendar\n" -" view. This will open up the\n" -" <interface>Preferences</interface> window. It contains four\n" -" tabs: <guilabel>Time display</guilabel>,\n" -" <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>, <guilabel>To Do List</guilabel>\n" -" and <guilabel>Alarms</guilabel>. The <interface>calendar\n" -" preferences window</interface> is illustrated in <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-cal-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -" <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->\n" -" <figure id=\"config-prefs-cal-fig\">\n" -"\t<title>Calendar Preferences Dialog</title>\n" -"\t<screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>If this worked on my job as well as my calendar...</" -"screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/config-cal\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron " -"Weber\">\n" -"\t </graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -" <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para especificar sus preferencias sobre el calendario, selección\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Configuraciones</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Configuración del\n" -" Calendario</guimenuitem></menuchoice> desde la vista del\n" -" calendario. Esto abrirá la ventana de\n" -" <interface>Preferencias</interface>. Contiene cuatro pestañas:\n" -" <guilabel>Vista del tiempo</guilabel>,\n" -" <guilabel>Colores</guilabel>, <guilabel>Lista de Tareas</" -"guilabel>\n" -" y <guilabel>Alarmas</guilabel>. La <interface>ventana de\n" -" preferencias del calendario</interface> está ilustrada en <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-cal-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -" <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->\n" -" <figure id=\"config-prefs-cal-fig\">\n" -"\t<title>Diálogo de Preferencias del Calendario</title>\n" -"\t<screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Si esto funcionase en mi trabajo también como en mi " -"calendario...</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/config-cal\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron " -"Weber\">\n" -"\t </graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -" <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:322 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To add a new identity, simply click\n" -" <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. To alter an existing identity,\n" -" click on it in the <guilabel>Identity</guilabel> tab of the\n" -" <interface>Preferences</interface> window, and then click\n" -" <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para añadir una nueva identidad, simplemente pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>. Para modificar una identidad\n" -" ya existente, seleccione la de la pestaña\n" -" <guilabel>Identidad</guilabel> de la ventana de\n" -" <interface>Preferencias</interface>, y pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Editar</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:330 -msgid " <title>Configuring the Calendar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración del Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:332 -msgid " <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->\n" -msgstr " <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:334 -msgid " <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->\n" -msgstr " <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:336 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will then present you\n" -" with a dialog box containing four fields:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Full Name:</guilabel> by default, this is the\n" -" same name as the full name described in your user\n" -" account on your computer. You can select another if you\n" -" wish.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Email address:</guilabel> Enter your email\n" -" address in this space.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Organization:</guilabel> If you send email as\n" -" a representative of a company or other organization,\n" -" enter its name here.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Signature file:</guilabel> You may choose a\n" -" small text file to be appended to every message that you\n" -" send. Typically, signature files include address or\n" -" other contact information, or a favorite quotation.\n" -" It's good form to keep it to four lines at the maximum.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le presentará una caja de\n" -" dialogo que contiene cuatro campos:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Nombre Completo:</guilabel> por defecto, este es el\n" -" mismo nombre que el nombre completo descrito en su cuenta de\n" -" usuario en su ordenador. Puede seleccionar otro si lo desea.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Dirección de Correo:</guilabel> Escriba su " -"dirección\n" -" de correo en este espacio.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Organización:</guilabel> Si envía mensajes en\n" -" representación de una compañía u otra organización,\n" -" escriba aquí el nombre de la misma.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Archivo de Firma:</guilabel> Puede elegir un\n" -" pequeño archivo de texto para que sea añadido a todos los\n" -" mensajes que mande. Típicamente, los archivos de firma\n" -" incluyen la dirección u otra información de contacto, o su\n" -" cita preferida. Es una buena costumbre hacer que no tenga\n" -" más de cuatro líneas.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:373 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you have only one email account, or send email from only\n" -" one address, you will only need to configure one identity. If\n" -" you want, however, you can have multiple identities. This\n" -" can be useful if you want to keep personal and professional\n" -" email separate, or if you wear several hats at work.\n" -" \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si solo tiene una cuenta de correo, o envía el correo desde una\n" -" sola dirección, tan solo deberá configurar una identidad. De todos\n" -" modos, si quiere puede tener múltiples identidades. Esto puede\n" -" resultar útil si quiere mantener separados su correo personal y\n" -" profesional, o si tiene varios puestos en su trabajo.\n" -" \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:382 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" In order to send mail with\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>, you need to connect to\n" -" your network. To do that, you'll need to know your user name\n" -" and password, what sort of mail sending and receiving\n" -" protocols your network uses, and the names of the servers\n" -" you'll be using. If you're switching from another groupware\n" -" or email program, you can almost certainly use the same\n" -" settings as you did with that program. Network-related\n" -" settings are in the <guilabel>Mail Sources</guilabel> and\n" -" <guilabel>Mail Transport</guilabel> tabs.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para enviar correo con\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>, deberá conectarse a la red.\n" -" Para hacer esto deberá conocer su nombre de usuario y su clave, que\n" -" tipo de protocolos de recepción y envío usa su red, y los nombres\n" -" de los servidores que va a usar. Si está migrando desde otro\n" -" programa de trabajo en grupo o de correo, casi con toda seguridad\n" -" podrá usar la misma configuración que en dicho programa. La\n" -" configuración relacionada con la Red se encuentra en las pestañas\n" -" <guilabel>Fuentes de Correo</guilabel> y\n" -" <guilabel>Transportes de Correo</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:395 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you've\n" -" grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments.\n" -" Whatever the reason, you want to change your\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> settings. This chapter\n" -" will tell you how to do just that.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Quizá su servidor de correo ha cambiado de nombre. Quizá se ha\n" -" cansado de cierto aspecto de la configuración de sus citas.\n" -" Cualquiera que sea la razón, usted quiere cambiar su configuración\n" -" de <application>Evolution</application>. Este capítulo le\n" -" dirá como hacer exactamente eso.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:403 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guilabel>Time display</guilabel> tab lets you set the\n" -" following:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Time format</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and\n" -"\t twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the\n" -"\t appropriate radio button.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Weeks start on</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>You can set weeks to start on Sunday or on Monday.</para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Day range</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" When does your work day start, and when does it end?\n" -" In the day and week views,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> displays all the\n" -" hours in the range you select here, even if there are\n" -" no appointments for those times. Of course, you can\n" -" still schedule an appointment outside of these hours,\n" -" and if you do, the display will be extended to show\n" -" it.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La pestaña <guilabel>mostrar el Tiempo</guilabel> le permite\n" -" configurar lo siguiente:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Formato del tiempo</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>Puede elegir aquí entre los formatos de doce horas (AM/PM) y\n" -"\t de veinticuatro horas simplemente pulsando sobre el botón " -"apropiado.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>La semana comienza</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>Puede fijar que las semanas comiencen en Domingos o " -"en Lunes.</para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Rango diario</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" ¿Cuando comienza u jornada laboral y cuando termina?\n" -" En la vista diaria y semanal,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> muestra todas las\n" -" horas del rango que seleccione aquí, incluso si no hay\n" -" citas a esas horas. Naturalmente, podrá poner una cita\n" -" fuera de estas horas, y si lo hace, la vista se extenderá\n" -" para mostrarla.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:440 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <interface>colors tab</interface> allows you to decide\n" -" what color your calendar will be. The tab consists of a\n" -" sample calendar on the right and a list of ten items that can\n" -" be colored in different ways. If you click on the color\n" -" button to the right of each item, you will bring up a\n" -" color-selector window where you can choose to alter that\n" -" color. By clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the color\n" -" selection dialog, you can see the results of the color on the\n" -" sample calendar.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La pestaña de <interface>colores</interface> le permite decidir\n" -" de que color será su calendario. La pestaña consiste en un\n" -" calendario de ejemplo a la derecha y de una lista de diez elementos\n" -" que pueden ser coloreados en diferentes formas. Si pulsa en botón\n" -" de color a la derecha de cada elemento, mostrará una ventana de\n" -" selección de color donde podrá elegir a que color cambiar el\n" -" elemento. Pulsando <guibutton>ACEPTAR</guibutton> en el diálogo de\n" -" selección de colores, puede ver os resultados de los colores en el\n" -" calendario de ejemplo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:452 -msgid "" -" <para> \n" -" The <interface>alarms tab</interface> enables you to select from " -"three boxes:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para><guilabel>Beep on display alarms</guilabel>: select\n" -"\t this box to have <application>Evolution</application> beep\n" -"\t at you for any alarms you have set. If you leave this box\n" -"\t unchecked, <application>Evolution</application> will only\n" -"\t alert you to events by opening a dialog box. These beeps\n" -"\t are distinct from full-fledged audio alarms.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para><guilabel>Audio alarms timeout after: </guilabel>\n" -"\t Select this button to have your audio alarms stop\n" -"\t automatically after a certain number of seconds. </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para><guilabel>Enable snoozing for:</guilabel> If you\n" -"\t would like to have the option to tell\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> to repeat an alarm in\n" -"\t a few minutes, select this button and decide how long\n" -"\t you'd like it to wait.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist> \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para> \n" -" La pestaña de <interface>alarmas</interface> le da la posibilidad de " -"elegir entre tres opciones:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para><guilabel>Pitar al mostrar las alarmas</guilabel>: seleccione\n" -"\t esta opción para que <application>Evolution</application> emita un\n" -"\t pitido para la alarma que haya fijado. Si deja esta opción sin\n" -"\t marcar, <application>Evolution</application> tan solo le alertará de\n" -"\t los sucesos abriendo un ventana de diálogo. Estos pitidos son\n" -"\t distintos a los de las alarmas auditivas.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para><guilabel>Las alarmas auditivas cesan tras: </guilabel>\n" -"\t Seleccione esta opción para que las alarmas auditivas cesen\n" -"\t automáticamente pasados un número determinado de segundos. </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para><guilabel>Activar recordatorio para:</guilabel> Si quiere\n" -"\t tener la posibilidad de decirle a\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> que repita la alarma en unos\n" -"\t minutos, elija esta opción y decida cuanto tiempo quiere que espere\n" -"\t antes de repetirla.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist> \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:480 -msgid " <title>Advanced Configuration</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración Avanzada</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:482 -msgid " <title>Alarms Settings</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Colocación de Alarmas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:484 -msgid " <title>Calendar Colors</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Colores del Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:486 -msgid " <title>Identity Settings</title> \n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración de Identidades</title> \n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:488 -msgid " <title>Managing the Contact Manager</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Administrando el Administrador de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:490 -msgid " <title>Network Settings</title> \n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración de la Red</title> \n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:492 -msgid " <title>Time Display Settings</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración de las Vistas del Tiempo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:494 -msgid " <title>To Do List Settings</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración de la Lista de Tareas Por-Hacer</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:496 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You can choose what information the To Do list displays and the\n" -" way it is displayed. The two areas of the <interface>To Do\n" -" List</interface> tab offer several options each:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Show on To Do List</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" This box contains three items. If you select the\n" -" check boxes next to them, that information will appear\n" -" in the To Do list for each task it contains:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Due Date</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Time Until Due</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Priority</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Style Options</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Select among the following checkboxes to determine\n" -" how your To Do list will look:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Highlight overdue items</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Highlight items due today</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Highlight not yet due items</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist> \n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Puede elegir que información muestra la lista Por Hacer y la manera\n" -" como la muestra. Las dos áreas de la pestaña <interface>Lista Por\n" -" Hacer</interface> ofrecen varias opciones cada una:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Mostrar en la Lista Por Hacer</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Esta opción contiene tres elementos. Si marca las casillas\n" -" a su lado, esa información aparecerá en la lista Por Hacer\n" -" para cada tarea que contenga:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Fecha de Plazo</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Tiempo hasta el Plazo</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Prioridad</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Opciones de Estilo</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Seleccione entre las siguientes casillas para determinar\n" -" que aspecto tendrá la lista Por Hacer:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Resaltar elementos fuera de plazo</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Resaltar elementos de plazo hoy</guilabel></para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para><guilabel>Resaltar elementos dentro del plazo</guilabel></" -"para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist> \n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:545 -msgid "" -" <para>The display elements whose color you can set are:\n" -"\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Outline:</guilabel> The lines between days\n" -" and at the top of the display.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para> <guilabel>Headings:</guilabel> Text color for day\n" -" and month names and other headings.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para> <guilabel>Empty days:</guilabel> This is the\n" -" background color for any time slots in which you have no " -"appointments.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem> \n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para> \n" -" <guilabel>Appointments:</guilabel> This is the\n" -" background color for any time slots in which you have " -"appointments.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>Highlighted day:</guilabel> The\n" -" background color for a selected time slot.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <guilabel>Day numbers:</guilabel> Text color for date " -"numbers.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Current day's number:</guilabel> Text color for " -"today's date.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is not yet\n" -" due:</guilabel> Text color for To-Do list items that are\n" -" not yet due. (Or maybe background color? find out!)\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is due today:</guilabel>\n" -" Text color for today's tasks.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is overdue:</guilabel>\n" -" Text color for overdue tasks.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>Los elementos a mostrar cuyos colores puede fijar son:\n" -"\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Marco:</guilabel> Las líneas entre los días y la\n" -" parte de arriba de la vista.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para> <guilabel>Títulos:</guilabel> Color del texto para los\n" -" nombres de los días y los meses y para otros títulos.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para> <guilabel>Días vacíos:</guilabel> Este es el color de\n" -" fondo para cualquier espacio de tiempo en el que no tiene " -"citas.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem> \n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para> \n" -" <guilabel>Citas:</guilabel> Este es el color de fondo para\n" -" cualquier espacio de tiempo en el que tenga citas.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>Día resaltado:</guilabel> El color de fondo\n" -" para un espacio de tiempo seleccionado.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <guilabel>Números de los días:</guilabel> Color del texto para " -"los números de las fechas.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Número del día actual:</guilabel> Color del texto " -"para la fecha del día de hoy.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>Elementos Por Hacer que dentro de plazo:\n" -" </guilabel> Color del texto para los elementos de la lista Por\n" -" Hacer que están aún dentro del plazo.\n" -" (¿Quizá sea el color de fondo? ¡averígualo!)\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>Elementos Por Hacer de plazo hoy:</guilabel>\n" -" Color del texto para las tareas de hoy.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> <guilabel>Elementos Por Hacer fuera de plazo:</guilabel>\n" -" Color del texto para las tareas fuera de plazo.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:617 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Additional configuration options will be covered here, as\n" -" they become available.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Las opciones adicionales de configuración se cubrirán aquí,\n" -" según vayan estando disponibles.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:622 -msgid " <title>General Preferences</title> \n" -msgstr " <title>Preferencias Generales</title> \n" - -#: tmp/config-prefs.sgml.h:624 -msgid "" -"<!-- <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN" -"\"> -->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN" -"\"> -->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/config-setupassist.sgml.po b/help/es.po/config-setupassist.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index aac50943ec..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/config-setupassist.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,446 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The setup assistant (sometimes called a\n" -"\t <glossterm>Druid</glossterm>, by analogy with the \"Wizards\"\n" -"\t that some other programs use) will guide you through the\n" -"\t network configuration process. It will ask you for some\n" -"\t basic information; your system administrator or ISP should\n" -"\t have the answers you'll need. The mail setup assistant is\n" -"\t pictured in <xref linkend=\"usage-setup-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -"<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -"<!-- druid-pic should eventually become assistant-pic -->\n" -"\n" -"\t<figure id=\"usage-setup-fig\">\n" -"\t<title>Mail Setup Assistant</title>\n" -"\t<screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/mail-druid-pic\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Kevin " -"Breit\">\n" -"\t </graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -"\t</figure>\n" -"<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" The assistant will ask you for the following information:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Name:</guilabel> </term> <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>Your full name. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guilabel>Email address:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Your complete email address.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Organization:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Any organization you represent, or the company where you\n" -" work. Leave this blank if you wish, or type \"My own bad\n" -" self\" so people know your opinions are yours alone.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Signature File:</guilabel></term>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" A text file appended to any email you send. A signature\n" -" file typically consists of your name and email address,\n" -" or a quotation you like. It's good form to keep your\n" -" \"sig\" on the short side: four lines is plenty. Remember,\n" -" this is attached to every email you send.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Mail source type:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> supports several\n" -" mail sources: <glossterm linkend=\"pop\">POP</glossterm> and\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm> servers, and UNIX-" -"style\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> files.\n" -" POP servers retrieve your mail and store it on your\n" -" local system so you can refer to it even when not\n" -" connected to a network; <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm>\n" -" servers store the mail on the server so you can access\n" -" it from multiple locations;\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename>></systemitem>\n" -" files are used by your computer for internal mail, and\n" -" may be useful if you want to switch from another email\n" -" client such as <application>Spruce</application> or\n" -" <application>Netscape Communicator</application>. Ask\n" -" your system administrator which you should use, or keep\n" -" guessing until one works. You may use multiple sources\n" -" if you wish; see <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-network\"> for more\n" -" information.\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -" If you decide not to have\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> use any servers,\n" -" the remaining items are not relevant; you only need to\n" -" point to the location of the files you wish to access.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Server:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" This should be the name of the server where you get\n" -" incoming mail. It may (or may not) be the same as the\n" -" server where you send your outgoing mail.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Username:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Enter the username for your mail server account, if you\n" -" have one. In almost all cases, this is the part of your email\n" -" address before the @ character, and\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> has selected that\n" -" value as the default. If you have a different username,\n" -" you can enter it here.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guilabel>Authentication:</guilabel></term> \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Select the type of authentication you will use. You can\n" -" click <guibutton>Detect supported types</guibutton> to\n" -" find out which authentication protocols your network\n" -" allows.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry> \n" -" <term><guilabel>Mail Transport:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" This is the mail sending protocol you will want to use.\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> supports both\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"smtp\">SMTP</glossterm> and\n" -" <application>sendmail</application>; SMTP is by far the\n" -" more common.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El asistente para la configuración (algunas veces llamado \n" -"\t <glossterm>Druida</glossterm>, por analogía con los \"Magos\"\n" -"\t que usan otros programas) le guiará a través del proceso de " -"configuración\n" -"\t de la red. Le preguntará acerca de alguna información básica. Su\n" -"\t administrador de sistemas o su proveedor de Internet debería tener\n" -"\t las respuestas que necesitará. El asistente para la configuración del\n" -"\t correo está representado en <xref linkend=\"usage-setup-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -"<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -"<!-- druid-pic should eventually become assistant-pic -->\n" -"\n" -"\t<figure id=\"usage-setup-fig\">\n" -"\t<title>Asistente para la Configuración del Correo</title>\n" -"\t<screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Ventana del Correo de Evolution</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/mail-druid-pic\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Kevin " -"Breit\">\n" -"\t </graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -"\t</figure>\n" -"<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" El asistente le pedirá la siguiente información:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Nombre:</guilabel> </term> <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>Su nombre completo. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guilabel>Dirección de correo electrónico:</guilabel></" -"term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Su dirección de correo completa.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Organización:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Cualquier organización a la que represente, o la compañía para\n" -" la que trabaja. Deje esto en blanco si lo prefiere, o ponga\n" -" \"Yo mismo\" así la gente sabrá que sus opiniones son solo " -"suyas.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Archivo de Firma:</guilabel></term>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Un archivo de texto añadido a cualquier mensaje que envíe. Una\n" -" firma típica consiste en su nombre y su dirección de correo,\n" -" o una cita que le guste. Es una buena medida mantener su\n" -" \"firma\" corta: cuatro líneas son suficientes. Recuerde,\n" -" que esto se adjuntará a todos los mensajes que envíe.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Tipo de fuente del correo:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> soporta varias fuentes\n" -" para el correo: servidores <glossterm \n" -" linkend=\"pop\">POP</glossterm> e <glossterm \n" -" linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm>, y archivos \n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> y\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> al estilo " -"UNIX.\n" -" Los servidores POP le permiten obtener su correo y guardarlo\n" -" localmente para que pueda consultarlo incluso cuando no esté\n" -" conectado a la red; los servidores <glossterm>IMAP</" -"glossterm>\n" -" guardan el correo en el servidor para que puede acceder a el\n" -" desde varios sitios; los\n" -" archivos <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" son usados por su ordenador para el correo interno, y pueden\n" -" ser útiles si quiere cambiar desde otro cliente de correo " -"como\n" -" <application>Spruce</application> o\n" -" <application>Netscape Communicator</application>. Pregunte\n" -" a su administrador de sistemas cual debe usar, o intente\n" -" hasta que alguno funcione. Puede usar múltiples fuentes si " -"lo\n" -" desea; vea <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-network\"> para más\n" -" información.\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Si decide que <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" no use ningún servidor, los siguientes elementos no son\n" -" relevantes; tan solo debe indicar donde se encuentran los\n" -" archivos a los que desea acceder.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guilabel>Servidor:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Este debe ser el nombre del servidor de donde obtiene el\n" -" correo entrante. Puede (o puede no) ser el mismo servidor\n" -" al que envía su correo saliente.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Nombre de usuario:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Introduzca el nombre de usuario de la cuenta de su servidor de\n" -" correo, si tiene una. En casi todos los casos, esta es la " -"parte\n" -" de su correo de antes del carácter @, y\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> elige ese valor como\n" -" valor por defecto. Si tiene un nombre de usuario distinto,\n" -" puede escribirlo aquí.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guilabel>Autentificación:</guilabel></term> \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Selección el tipo de autentificación que usará. " -"Puede pulsar <guibutton>Detectar tipos soportados</guibutton> " -"para\n" -" averiguar que protocolos de autentificación admite su " -"sistema.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry> \n" -" <term><guilabel>Transporte de Correo:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Este es el protocolo de envío de correo que quiera usar.\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> soporta ambos\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"smtp\">SMTP</glossterm> y\n" -" <application>sendmail</application>; SMTP es de lejos el más\n" -" común.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:150 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The first time you try to send or receive mail with\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application>, the <interface>mail\n" -"\tsetup assistant</interface> will pop up to help you with your\n" -"\temail preferences. If you don't plan to use email, or if\n" -"\tyou'd rather deal with your email preferences later, click\n" -"\t<guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La primera vez que intente enviar o recibir correo con\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application>, aparecerá el <interface>asistente " -"de\n" -"\tconfiguración del correo</interface> para ayudarle con la configuración " -"de\n" -"\tsu correo. Si no piensa usar el correo electrónico, o si prefiere\n" -"\tocuparse de la configuración de su correo más tarde, pulse\n" -"\t<guibutton>Cancelar</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:159 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The first time you try to use email, the mail setup assistant\n" -" will ask you for some basic information, so\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> can let you use email. If\n" -" you prefer more detailed configuration, or if you want to make\n" -" changes to an existing email setup, see <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La primera vez que intente usar el correo, el asistente de\n" -" configuración del correo le pedirá algunos datos básicos, para que\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le deje usar el correo. Si\n" -" prefiere una configuración más detallada, o si quiere realizar\n" -" cambios en una configuración ya existente, vea <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:168 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To learn how to configure <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" in greater detail, or to change preferences once you have set\n" -" them, see <xref linkend=\"config-prefs\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para aprender a configurar <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" con todo detalle, o para cambiar las preferencias una vez que las\n" -" ha fijado, mire <xref linkend=\"config-prefs\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:174 -msgid " <title>Easy Setup with the Setup Assistant</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración Fácil con el Asistente</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:176 -msgid " <title>Mail Setup</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configuración del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/config-setupassist.sgml.h:178 -msgid "" -"<!-- \n" -"\n" -" Before you get it, though, you should decide where you want to\n" -"\tkeep it. Your options will vary a little depending on your\n" -"\tnetwork setup, but they come down to storing the mail on your\n" -"\thard disk (using <glossterm linkend=\"pop\">POP</glossterm>), or\n" -"\tstoring it on the network (using <glossterm\n" -"\tlinkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm>). If you store your mail on\n" -"\tyour local hard disk, you can read it whether you're online or\n" -"\tnot, but you can only read it from one computer. If you store\n" -"\tit on the network, you can only read it when you're online,\n" -"\tbut you can access it from almost any computer with a network\n" -"\tconnection, even if it doesn't have\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application>.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" If you choose POP, you'll be putting mail in the\n" -" <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Local</guilabel>\n" -" folder. If you choose IMAP, it's the\n" -" <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> of a folder with the same name as\n" -" your mail server. That's so you can maintain several distinct\n" -" IMAP servers if you want. See <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-mail\"> for more information about mail\n" -" servers.\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- \n" -"\n" -" Antes de obtenerlo, eso si, debe decidir donde lo quiere conservar.\n" -"\tSus opciones variarán ligeramente dependiendo de la configuración de su\n" -"\tred, pero quedan simplificadas a guardar su correo en su disco duro\n" -"\t(usando <glossterm linkend=\"pop\">POP</glossterm>), o guardarlo en\n" -"\tla red (usando <glossterm linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm>).\n" -"\tSi guarda el correo en su disco duro local, podrá leerlo tanto si\n" -"\testá conectado o como si no, pero tan solo podrá leerlo desde un\n" -"\tordenador. Si lo guarda en la red, solo podrá leerlo cuando esté\n" -"\tconectado, pero podrá leerlo desde casi cualquier ordenador con conexión\n" -"\ta la red, incluso si no tiene\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application>.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" Si elige POP, pondrá el correo en el\n" -" <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> en la carpeta <guilabel>Local</" -"guilabel>.\n" -" Si elige IMAP, es el\n" -" <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> de una carpeta con el mismo nombre que " -"su\n" -" servidor de correo. Esto es así para que pueda tener varios\n" -" servidores IMAP distintos si quiere. Vea <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-mail\"> para más información acerca de los\n" -" servidores de correo.\n" -"-->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/config-sync.sgml.po b/help/es.po/config-sync.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 42a1511eed..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/config-sync.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/config-sync.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para> \n" -" <warning> \n" -"\t <title>Data Loss Prevention</title> \n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t It's always a good idea to make a backup. To do that,\n" -"\t make a copy of your <systemitem>\n" -"\t <filename>~/evolution</filename> </systemitem> directory.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t</warning>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para> \n" -" <warning> \n" -"\t <title>Prevención de Pérdida de Datos</title> \n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Siempre es una buena idea hacer una copia de seguridad. Para " -"hacerla,\n" -"\t haga una copia de su directorio\n" -"\t <systemitem><filename>~/evolution</filename></systemitem>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t</warning>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-sync.sgml.h:12 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Once your computer and your Palm-OS device are talking happily\n" -" to each other, you'll have to decide what exactly you want\n" -" them to do with the data they exchange. Your options may vary\n" -" depending on the conduit, but typically they will be:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Disabled </term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Do nothing.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Synchronize</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and\n" -" from the handheld to the computer. Remove items\n" -" that were on both systems but have been deleted on\n" -" one.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Copy From Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" If there is any new data on the the handheld device,\n" -" copy it to the computer.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Copy To Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copy new data from the computer to the handheld. \n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Merge From Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and\n" -" remove any information from the computer that has\n" -" been deleted on the handheld.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Merge To Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and\n" -" remove any information from the handheld that has\n" -" been deleted on the computer.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una vez que su ordenador y su dispositivo con Palm-OS se hablan el\n" -" uno al otro, debe decidir que quiere que hagan exactamente con los\n" -" datos que se intercambian. Sus opciones pueden variar dependiendo\n" -" del enlaze, pero tipicamente serán:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Desactivar </term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" No hace nada.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Sincronizar</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copia los datos nuevos del ordenador al dispositivo de\n" -" mano, y del dispositivo de mano al ordenador. Elimina\n" -" elementos que estaban en ambos sistemas pero han sido\n" -" borrados en uno de ellos.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Copiar desde Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Si hay datos nuevos en el dispositivo de mano, los copia\n" -" al ordenador.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Copiar a Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copia datos nuevos del ordenador al dispositivo de mano. \n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Sincronizar desde Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copia los datos nuevos del dispositivo de mano al\n" -" ordenador, y elimina cualquier información del ordenador\n" -" que haya sido borrada del dispositivo de mano.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Sincronizar en el Pilot</term>\n" -" <listitem> \n" -" <para>\n" -" Copia los datos nuevos del ordenador al dispositivo de\n" -" mano, y elimina cualquier información del dispositivo\n" -" de mano que haya sido borrada del ordenador.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-sync.sgml.h:83 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Synchronization presents you with two issues you'll need to\n" -" deal with. \n" -" <simplelist>\n" -" <member>\n" -" Your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld.\n" -" At this time, <application>Evolution</application> only\n" -" supports Palm-OS devices like the PalmPilot and the\n" -" Handspring Visor.\n" -" </member>\n" -" <member>\n" -" You should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you\n" -" want.\n" -" </member>\n" -" </simplelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La sincronización le presenta dos temas de los que se tendrá que\n" -" ocupar. \n" -" <simplelist>\n" -" <member>\n" -" Su ordenador deberá reconocer y acceder a su dispositivo de\n" -" mano. En este momento, <application>Evolution</application> " -"solo\n" -" soporta dispositivos con Palm-OS como el PalmPilot y el\n" -" Handspring Visor.\n" -" </member>\n" -" <member>\n" -" Debe decidir que estilo de sincronización quiere.\n" -" </member>\n" -" </simplelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-sync.sgml.h:101 -msgid " <title>Setting up your synchronization system</title> \n" -msgstr " <title>Configurando su sistema de sincronización</title> \n" - -#: tmp/config-sync.sgml.h:103 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you haven't used a handheld device with your computer\n" -" before, you'll need to run the GNOME <application>Control\n" -" Center</application> and make sure that <application>Pilot\n" -" Link</application> is properly configured. Then, select the\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"conduit\">conduits</glossterm> under the\n" -" <guilabel>Pilot Conduits</guilabel> section of the Control\n" -" Center.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si no ha usado antes un dispositivo de mano con su ordenador, debe\n" -" ejecutar el <application>Centro de Control</application> de GNOME\n" -" y asegurarse que <application>Enlaze con Pilot</application> está\n" -" configurado apropiadamente. Entonces, seleccione el <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"conduit\">enlaze</glossterm> de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> bajo la sección\n" -" <guilabel>Enlazes de Pilot</guilabel> del Centro de Control.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/config-sync.sgml.h:114 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Select a behavior for each conduit available. For the most\n" -" part, you'll want to stick with\n" -" <guilabel>Synchronize</guilabel>. Then, put your handheld on\n" -" its cradle and press the synchronization button.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Seleccione un comportamiento para cada enlaze disponible. Para la\n" -" mayoría, querra quedarse con <guilabel>Sincronizar</guilabel>.\n" -" Entoces, ponga el dispositivo de mano en su cuna y presione el\n" -" botón de sincronización.\n" -" </para>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/evolution.sgml.po b/help/es.po/evolution.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5bc1f0a268..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/evolution.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their\n" -" products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those\n" -" names appear in any GNOME documentation, and those trademarks\n" -" are made aware to the members of the GNOME Documentation\n" -" Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial caps.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Muchos de los nombres que usan las compañías para distinguir sus\n" -" productos y servicios están registrados como marcas. Cuando\n" -" aparecen esos nombres en la documentación de GNOME, y el Proyecto\n" -" de Documentación de GNOME tiene conocimiento de dichas marcas,\n" -" estos han sido escritos en mayúsculas o empiezan con mayúsculas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:9 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is highly configurable.\n" -" Usually, when developers say that, they mean that they didn't\n" -" test it out thoroughly and have left it to other programmers\n" -" to \"configure\" themselves a working system. In the case of\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>, \"configurable\" means\n" -" what it ought to. It means that, while you can expect the\n" -" program to work perfectly well in its default settings, it's\n" -" also easy to alter its behavior in a wide variety of ways, so\n" -" that it fits your needs exactly. This part of the book will\n" -" describe that process, from the quickest glimpse of the Setup\n" -" Assistant to an in-depth tour of the preferences dialogs.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> es altamente configurable.\n" -" Normalmente, cuando los desarrolladores dicen esto, significa que\n" -" no lo han probado a fondo y que dejan a otros programadores que se\n" -" \"configuren\" ellos mismos un sistema que funcione. En el caso de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>, \"configurable\" significa\n" -" lo que debe. Significa que, aunque puede esperar que el programa\n" -" funcione perfectamente bien con sus opciones por defecto, además\n" -" es sencillo alterar su comportamiento entre una amplia gama, para\n" -" que encaje exactamente con sus necesidades. Esta parte del libro\n" -" describirá ese proceso, desde la vista superficial del Asistente\n" -" de Configuración hasta una visión a fondo de los diálogos de\n" -" preferencias.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:23 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Part one of the <application>Evolution</application> manual\n" -" describes how to use <application>Evolution</application> for\n" -" email, contact management, and appointment and task\n" -" scheduling. You'll find as you go along that there's more\n" -" than one way to do things, and you can pick whichever method\n" -" you like best.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La primera parte del manual de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> describe como usar\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> para el correo, el\n" -" administrador de contactos y como fijar citas y tareas.\n" -" Según vaya utilizando estas cosas descubrirá que hay más de\n" -" una manera de hacer las cosas, y puede puede elegir el método\n" -" que más le guste.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:32 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The following reference covers all, or nearly all, of the\n" -" menus and menu commands that\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> has to offer you.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La siguiente referencia cubre todos, o casi todos, los menús y los\n" -" comandos de los menús que le ofrece\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:38 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this\n" -" document under the terms of the <ulink type=\"help\"\n" -" url=\"gnome-help:fdl\"><citetitle>GNU Free Documentation\n" -" License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version\n" -" published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant\n" -" Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You\n" -" may obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation\n" -" License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by\n" -" visiting <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.fsf.org\">their\n" -" Web site</ulink> or by writing to: Free Software Foundation,\n" -" Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,\n" -" USA.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Se garantiza permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este\n" -" documento bajo los términos de la <ulink type=\"help\"\n" -" url=\"gnome-help:fdl\"><citetitle>Licencia de Documentación Libre\n" -" de GNU</citetitle></ulink>, Versión 1.1 o posteriores versiones\n" -" publicadas por la Fundación para el Software Libre (Free Software\n" -" Foundation) sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada y sin\n" -" Textos de Contraportada. Puede obtener una copia de la\n" -" <citetitle>Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU</" -"citetitle>n de la Fundación para el Software Libre visitando su\n" -" <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.fsf.org\">sitio Web</ulink>\n" -" o escribiendo a: Free Software Foundation,\n" -" Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,\n" -" USA.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:53 -msgid " <title>A User's Guide to Evolution</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Una guía para el usuario de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:55 -msgid " <title>Comprehensive Menu reference</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Referencia extensa de los Menus</title>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:57 -msgid " <title>Using Evolution</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Usando Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:59 -msgid " <title>Configuring and Managing Evolution</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Configurando y administrando Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:61 -msgid "<!-- &USAGE-NOTES; -->\n" -msgstr "<!-- &USAGE-NOTES; -->\n" - -#: tmp/evolution.sgml.h:63 -msgid "" -"<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and\n" -"entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. Note that there is no\n" -"entity for apx-notes.sgml, which is still included in the file\n" -"set. Reinstate the entity if and when the Notes feature is\n" -"implemented. -->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and\n" -"entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. Note that there is no\n" -"entity for apx-notes.sgml, which is still included in the file\n" -"set. Reinstate the entity if and when the Notes feature is\n" -"implemented. -->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/menuref.sgml.po b/help/es.po/menuref.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index f9d68a84ab..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/menuref.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3062 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t<variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>New...</guisubmenu> Submenu</term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t<itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Create a new folder. See <xref \n" -"\t\t linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\">\n" -"\t\t for more information about folders.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Shortcut</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Create a new Shortcut in the Shortcut Bar.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Mail Message</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Compose a new mail message. Covered in\n" -"\t\t <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send\">.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Enter a new appointment in your calendar. See <xref\n" -"\t\t\tlinkend=\"usage-calendar-apts-basic\"> for more information.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Enter a new to-do item in your taskpad. Covered in \n" -"\t\t <xref linkend=\"usage-calendar-todo\">.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t</itemizedlist>\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Go to Folder</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" View the items in a particular folder.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Create New Folder</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t This item doesn't belong here any more.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Print Message</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Print the current message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Quit using <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\t<variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Nuevo...</guisubmenu> Submenu</term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t<itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Crear una nueva carpeta. Vea <xref \n" -"\t\t linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\">\n" -"\t\t para más información acerca de las carpetas.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Atajo</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Crear un nuevo Atajo en la Barra de Atajos.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Mensaje de Correo</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Escribir un nuevo mensaje de correo. Cubierto en\n" -"\t\t <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send\">.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Cita</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Concertar una nueva cita en su calendario. Vea <xref\n" -"\t\t\tlinkend=\"usage-calendar-apts-basic\"> para más información.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Tarea</guimenuitem> —\n" -"\t\t Escriba un nuevo elemento para-hacer en su lista de tareas.\n" -"\t\t Cubierto en \n" -"\t\t <xref linkend=\"usage-calendar-todo\">.\n" -"\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t</itemizedlist>\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Ir a Carpeta</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Ver los elementos de una carpeta en particular.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Crear Nueva Carpeta</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Este elemento ya no pertenece aquí.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir Mensaje</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Imprime el mensaje actual.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Salir</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Parar de usar <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:67 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Sort the list, in ascending order, by the attribute you clicked.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Sort the list in descending order.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Unsort</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Undo any sorting by this attribute, and leave the message list sorted \n" -" by the previous one.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Group by this Field</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Instead of sorting the messages, group them in boxes. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Group by Box</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> If you have your messages grouped in\n" -"\t boxes, you can arrange the boxes as well, by choosing\n" -"\t this item. </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Remove this column</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Choose this to remove the column from the message list display.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Field Chooser</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Opens a palette of columns. You can drag the columns\n" -"\t\t you want from the palette into position in the\n" -"\t\t message list heading bar; red arrows appear\n" -"\t\t when you get close enough to a possibile position.</para>\n" -" \n" -" <para>\n" -" Your options are: \n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>An Envelope</guiicon> which indicates " -"whether a message has been read (closed for unread, open for read).\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>An Exclamation Point</guiicon> for " -"priority\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>A Penguin</guiicon> which indicates " -"something, although I'm not sure what.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>A Paper Clip</guiicon> which indicates " -"that there is an attachment to the message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>From</guilabel>, for the <guilabel>From</" -"guilabel> field of a message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, for the " -"<guilabel>Subject</guilabel> field of a message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, for the date and time a " -"message was sent.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Received</guilabel>, for the date and " -"time you got the message. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>To</guilabel>, for the <guilabel>To</" -"guilabel> field.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Size</guilabel>, for a message's size.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para> \n" -"\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Alignment</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Use this item to decide upon the\n" -"\t alignment of the message attributes within their\n" -"\t columns. </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Best Fit</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Alters the width of the message list columns to maximize the amount of " -"information displayed.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Format Columns...</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t This item is not yet available.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Customize\n" -"\t Views...</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Opens a\n" -"\t dialog box that lets you choose a complex set of\n" -"\t arrangements for your message list, so you can combine\n" -"\t sorting and grouping in as many ways as you like.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Ordenar Ascendentemente</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Ordenar la lista, en orden ascendente, según el atributo sobre el que\n" -" pulsó.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Ordenar Descendentemente</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Ordenar la lista en orden descendente.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Desordenar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Deshacer cualquier ordenación mediante este atributo, y dejar la lista\n" -" según el orden anterior.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Agrupar según este Campo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t En lugar de ordenar los mensajes, los agrupa en cajas. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Agrupar por Caja</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Si tiene los mensajes agrupados en cajas,\n" -"\t puede agrupar del mismo modo las cajas, eligiendo este\n" -"\t elemento. </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Quitar esta columna</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Elija esto para quitar una columna de la vista de la lista de " -"mensajes.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Selector de Campos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Abre una paleta de columnas. Usted puede arrastra las columnas\n" -"\t\t que quiera desde la paleta hasta la posición en la barra de cabecera\n" -"\t\t de la lista de mensajes; aparecen flechas rojas cunado se acerca los\n" -"\t\t suficiente a una posición posible.</para>\n" -" \n" -" <para>\n" -" Sus opciones son: \n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>Un Sobre</guiicon> el cual indica cuando " -"un mensaje a sido leído (cerrado para no leído, abierto para leído).\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>Un Signo de Exclamación</guiicon> para la " -"prioridad\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>Un Pingüino</guiicon> el cual indica algo, " -"aunque no estoy seguro de que.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guiicon>Un Clip</guiicon> el cual indica que hay " -"un adjunto en el mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>De</guilabel>, para el campo " -"<guilabel>De</guilabel> del mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel>, para el campo " -"<guilabel>Asunto</guilabel> del mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Fecha</guilabel>, para la fecha y la hora " -"en que se mandó el mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Recibido</guilabel>, para la fecha y la " -"hora en la que recibió en mensaje. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>A</guilabel>, para el campo <guilabel>A</" -"guilabel>.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guilabel>Tamaño</guilabel>, para el tamaño del " -"mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para> \n" -"\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Alineación</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Use este elemento para decidir sobre la alineación\n" -"\t de los atributos de los mensajes en sus columnas.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mejor Colocación</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Modifica el ancho de las columnas de la lista de mensajes para\n" -"maximizar la cantidad de información mostrada.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Formato de las Columnas...</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Este elemento no está disponible todavía.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Personalizar\n" -"\t Vistas...</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Abre una\n" -"\t caja de diálogo que le permite elegir una ordenación compleja para\n" -"\t su lista de mensajes, así puede combinar ordenar y agrupar de " -"tantas\n" -"\t maneras como quiera.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:202 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Open in New Window</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Displays the selected message in a new window.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Edit Message</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Open the selected message in the message composer. You\n" -" can only edit a message you have written: drafts and messages " -"in \n" -" the <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> box. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Print Message</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Displays the <interface>Print Preview</interface> window, \n" -" ready for printing.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Opens a message composition window addressed to the\n" -" author of the message. Covered in detail in \n" -" <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply\">.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Reply to All</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Opens a message composition window addressed to the\n" -" author of the message and all known recipients.\n" -" Covered in detail in <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-" -"send-reply\">.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Appends the body of the selected message to a new message.\n" -" Covered in detail in <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-fwd" -"\">. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Delete Message</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Marks a message for deletion.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Move Message</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Choose a folder in which to place this message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Copy Message</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Copy the selected message to another folder.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>VFolder on Subject</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t This item, and the three that follow it, will create vFolders \n" -" which you may customize further or save as-is. This one will\n" -" create a vFolder which will display all messages that contain " -"the \n" -" subject line of the selected message. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>VFolder on Sender</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Creates a vFolder to hold all messages from the sender of\n" -" the selected message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>VFolder on Recipients</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Creates a VFolder to hold all messages addressed to the \n" -" recipient of the selected message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filter on Subject</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t This item, and the three that follow it, will create Filters \n" -" for which you must select actions. You may keep the criteria " -"as \n" -" they are, or alter them as you wish. This one will\n" -" create a filter which will affect all messages that contain " -"the \n" -" subject line of the selected message. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filter on Sender</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Creates a filter which affects all messages from the sender of\n" -" the selected message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filter on Recipients</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Creates a filter which will affect all messages addressed to the \n" -" recipient of the selected message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Abrir en una Nueva Ventana</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Muestra el mensaje seleccionado en una nueva ventana.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Editar Mensaje</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Abre el mensaje seleccionado en el compositor de mensajes. Solo\n" -" puede editar mensajes que haya escrito usted: drafts y " -"mensajes en \n" -" la carpeta <guilabel>Enviados</guilabel>.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir Mensaje</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Muestra la ventana de <interface>Vista Previa</interface>, \n" -" lista para imprimir.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Responder al Remitente</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Abre una ventana con el compositor de mensajes con la dirección\n" -" puesta al autor del mensaje. Cubierto en detalle en \n" -" <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply\">.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Responder a Todos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Abre una ventana con el compositor de mensajes con la dirección\n" -" puesta al autor del mensaje y a todos los destinatarios conocidos.\n" -" Cubierto en detalle en <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-" -"send-reply\">.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Reenviar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Adjunta el cuerpo del mensaje seleccionado a un nuevo mensaje.\n" -" Cubierto en detalle en <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-" -"fwd\">. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Borrar Mensaje</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Marca un mensaje para borrar.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mover Mensaje</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Elije una carpeta a la cual enviar este mensaje.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Copiar Mensaje</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Copia el mensaje seleccionado a otra carpeta.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>VFolder según el Asunto</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Este elemento, y los tres que le siguen, crearán carpetas \n" -" virtuales que podrá personalizar más o guardar tal cual. Este creará una\n" -" carpeta virtual que mostrará todos los mensajes que contengan " -"la \n" -" línea del asunto del mensaje seleccionado. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>VFolder según el Remitente</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Crea una carpeta virtual para poner en ella todos los mensajes del\n" -" remitente del mensaje seleccionado.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>VFolder según Destinatarios</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Crea una carpeta virtaul para poner en ella todos enviados a los \n" -" destinatarios del mensaje seleccionado.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filtro según el Asunto</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Este elemento, y los tres siguientes, crearán filtros para los " -"que \n" -" debe elegir una acción. Puede conservar el criterio como \n" -" está, o modificarla como quiera. Este creará un filtro que\n" -" afectará a todos los mensajes que contengan la línea del \n" -" asunto del mensaje seleccionado. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filtrar según Remitente</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Crea un filtro que afectará a todos los mensajes del remitente del\n" -" mensaje seleccionado.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filtrar según Destinatarios</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Crea un filtro que afectará a todos los mensajes dirigidos a los \n" -" destinatarios del mensaje seleccionado.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:334 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu in the message composer\n" -" contains the following items. Keyboard shortcuts are listed\n" -" next to the items in the menus themselves.\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Undoes the last action you performed.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" \t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" If you change your mind about Undoing something, \n" -" you can always use this item.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Removes the selected text from the text entry window and \n" -" retains it in the system \"clipboard\" memory, ready for " -"pasting.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Copies selected text to the system clipboard without deleting " -"it.\n" -" The text can then be inserted elsewhere with the \n" -" <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Inserts the contents of the system clipboard at the \n" -" location of the cursor.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Enter a phrase and find your match in your message body.\n" -" As with <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem>, \n" -" <guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem>, and\n" -" <guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem>, <application>Evolution</" -"application>\n" -" will offer you the option to search forwards or backwards.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" If you are familiar with <glossterm>regular expressions</" -"glossterm>,\n" -" often called \"regexes,\" you can search for something more " -"complicated, \n" -" using wildcards and boolean logic.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Repeats your last search.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Enter a word or phrase and the word or phrase with which " -"you'd like\n" -" to replace it. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" This item brings up the Message Composer Properties " -"Capplet, \n" -" a portion of the GNOME Control Center that determines the \n" -" key bindings for the message composer. Help for this capplet " -"is \n" -" available directly from the Control Center.\n" -" (FIXME: Write that help doc too) (FIXME: this is in the wrong " -"place!)\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El menú <guimenu>Editar</guimenu> en el compositor de mensajes\n" -" contiene los siguientes elementos. Los atajos de teclado están\n" -" al lado de los elementos en los propios menús.\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Deshacer</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Deshace la última acción realizada.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" \t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Rehacer</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Si cambia de idea sobre Deshacer algo, \n" -" siempre puede usar esta opción.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Cotar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Elimina el texto seleccionado de la ventana de edición y " -"lo \n" -" guarda en la memoria del \"portapapeles\" del sistema, listo " -"para pegarlo.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Copia</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Copia el texto seleccionado al portapapeles del sistema sin " -"borrarlo.\n" -" Entoces el texto puede ser insertado en otra parte con el \n" -" comando <guimenuitem>Pegar</guimenuitem>.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Pegar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Inserta el contenido del portapapeles del sistema en la \n" -" posición del cursor.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Buscar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Escriba una frase y encuantra las coincidencias en el " -"cuerpo \n" -" del mensaje. Como con \n" -" <guimenuitem>Buscar Expresión</guimenuitem>, \n" -" <guimenuitem>Buscar de nuevo</guimenuitem>, y\n" -" <guimenuitem>Remplazar</guimenuitem>, <application>Evolution</" -"application>\n" -" le ofrecerá la opción de buscar hacia adelante o hacia " -"atras.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Buscar Expresión</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Si esta familiarizado con las <glossterm>expresiones " -"regulares</glossterm>,\n" -" ha veces llamadas \"regexes\", puede buscar cosas más " -"complicadas, \n" -" usando comodines y lógica booleana.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Buscar de nuevo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Repite la última búsqueda.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Remplazar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Escriba una palabra o frase y la palabra o frase por la que " -"le gustaría\n" -" reemplazarla. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Propiedades</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Esta opción muestra el Capplet de Propiedades del Compositor " -"de Mensajes,\n" -" una parte del Centro de Control de GNOME ue determina la \n" -" asociación de teclas en el compositor de mensajes. La ayuda " -"para este capplet está \n" -" disponible directamente en el Centro de Control.\n" -" (FIXME: Write that help doc too) (FIXME: this is in the wrong " -"place!)\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:430 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The items in this menu relate to\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> mail messages. Most of\n" -" them require you to have a message selected, and are also\n" -" available by right-clicking on a message in the message\n" -" list.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Las opciones de este menú se refieren a los mensajes de correo de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>. La mayoría de ellos\n" -" requieren que haya un mensaje seleccionado, y están tambien\n" -" disponibles pulsando con el botón derecho sobre un mensaje de la\n" -" lista de mensajes.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:438 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The items in this menu relate to \n" -" <application>Evolution</application> mail folders.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Estos elementos de este menú se refieren a las carpetas de \n" -" correo de <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:443 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You can:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mark all as Read</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> keeps track of which messages \n" -"\t you've seen; to mark everything in a folder as read, choose this " -"item.\n" -"\t You can mark a single message as read by right-clicking it in the " -"message bar.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Delete All</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t This is a favorite item of everyone with too much junk-mail: one " -"click, and it \n" -"\t deletes every message in the current folder. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Empties the trash folder, erasing messages permanently. \n" -" Once you've done this, they're gone for good.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Configure Folder</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Use this item to set the file format in which\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> stores mail. You\n" -" can choose from standard UNIX-style\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>\n" -" files, or the\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> format.\n" -" Converting large mailboxes may take a long time, and\n" -" it's a good idea to have a backup copy beforehand.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Usted puede:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Marcar todos como Leídos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> se acuerda de que mensajes ha \n" -"\t leído; para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como leídos " -"elija esta opción.\n" -"\t Puede marcar un solo mensaje como leído pulsando con el botón " -"derecho en la barra de mensajes.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Borrar Todos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Esta es la opción favorita de todo aquel con demasiado correo " -"basura: un click, y borra \n" -"\t todos los mensajes de la carpeta actual. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Comprimir</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Vacia la carpeta de la papelera, borrando los mensajes " -"permanentemente. \n" -" Un vez que ha echo esto, son eliminados para siempre.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Configurar Carpeta</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Use esta opción para seleccionar el formato de archivo en el\n" -" que <application>Evolution</application> guarda el correo.\n" -" Puede elegir entre archivos tipo\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> estandar\n" -" al estilo UNIX, o el formato\n" -" <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>.\n" -" Convertir buzones grandes tarda mucho tiempo, y es una buena\n" -" idea tener una copia de seguridad antes de la conversión.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:490 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" At the top of the message list is the message list heading\n" -" bar; you can click on an individual heading —\n" -" <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, for example, to have the\n" -" message list sorted by that attribute. However, if you right\n" -" click on a heading, you'll get the following menu:\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" En la parte superior de la lista de mensajes está la cabecera de\n" -" la lista de mensajes. Puede pulsar en cualquiera de los títulos\n" -" individuales —\n" -" <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel>, por ejemplo, para ordenar la lista\n" -" de mensajes por ese atributo. Eso si, si pulsa el botón derecho\n" -" sobre uno de los títulos, obtendrá el siguiente menú:\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:498 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" FIXME: this menu is copied and pasted entirely from somewhere\n" -" else.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" ARREGLAME: este menú esta copiado y pegado completamente de otro\n" -" sitio.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:503 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The contents of the Edit menu are currently so borked that I\n" -" refuse to document them right now. (That means FIXME). They\n" -" should be:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Description\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Description\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Description\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El contenido del menu Editar no esta todavía fijo, así que no lo\n" -" voy a documentar todavía. (Esto significa ARREGLAME). Deberian\n" -" ser:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Descripción\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Descripción\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Descripción\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:531 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu allows you to look at different appointments, and\n" -" set the way you look at them, without having to move back to\n" -" the <interface>Main Window</interface>. It contains:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Previous</guisubmenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The items in this submenu will take you to appointments\n" -" prior to the current one. (FIXME: describe).\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Next</guisubmenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The items in this submenu will take you to appointments\n" -" scheduled to occur after the current one. (FIXME: describe).\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: What does this item do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The <guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu> submenu \n" -" allows you to choose which toolbars\n" -" are displayed in the \n" -" <interface>Appointment Editor</interface>. They are:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Standard</guimenuitem> —\n" -" Toggle the standard toolbar on and off.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Formatting</guimenuitem> —\n" -" Toggle the formatting toolbar on and off.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Customize</guimenuitem> —\n" -" Select the contents of the formatting and standard " -"toolbars.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú le permite ver distintas citas, y configurar la forma de\n" -" verlas, sin tener que volver a la <interface>Ventana \n" -" Principal</interface>. Contiene:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Previa</guisubmenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" La opción de este sub-menú le llevará a la cita anterior a\n" -" la actual. (FIXME: describe).\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Suiguiente</guisubmenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" La opción de este sub-menú le llevará a la cita programada\n" -" para despues de la actual. (FIXME: describe).\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Calendario</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: What does this item do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Barras de Herramientas</guisubmenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" El sub-menú <guisubmenu>Barras de Herramientas</guisubmenu> \n" -" le permite elegir que barras de herramientas son mostradas en\n" -" el <interface>Editor de Citas</interface>. Estas son:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Estandar</guimenuitem> —\n" -" Activa y desactiva la barra de herramientas estandar.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Formato</guimenuitem> —\n" -" Activa y desactiva la barra de herramientas de formato.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Personalizada</guimenuitem> —\n" -" Selecciona los contenidos de las barras de herramientas " -"de formato y de la estandar.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:588 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains five items:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Allows you to save the contact as an external \n" -" file in the <glossterm linkend=\"vcard\">VCard</glossterm> " -"format. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Prints the current contact.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Deletes the current contact.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -" \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Closes the Contact Editor without saving.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist> \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene cinco opciones:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Guardar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Guardar como</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Le permite guardar el contacto como un archivo externo en el \n" -" formato <glossterm linkend=\"vcard\">VCard</glossterm>. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Imprime el contacto actual.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Borrar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Borra el contacto actual.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -" \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Cerrar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cierra el Editor de Contactos sin guardar.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist> \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:633 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains four items, including the\n" -" <guisubmenu>Forms</guisubmenu> submenu, which allows you to\n" -" alter calendar forms and create your own entries. None of\n" -" this works yet, though.\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Spelling</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Checks the spelling of your calendar entry.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Check Names</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Checks the names listed here against\n" -"\t those in your address book.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Address Book</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Forms</guisubmenu> Submenu</term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The Forms submenu lets you alter the\n" -"\t appearance of Calendar Forms. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene cuatro opciones, incluyendo el sub-menú\n" -" <guisubmenu>Formularios</guisubmenu>, el caul le permite modificar\n" -" los formularios de los calendararios y crear sus propias entradas.\n" -" Esto todavia no funciona.\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Corrector Ortográfico</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Comprueba la ortografía en las entradas del calendario.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Comprobar Nombres</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Comprueba los nombres aquí enumerados contra los de\n" -"\t su agenda de direcciones.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Agenda de Direcciones</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guisubmenu>Formularios</guisubmenu> Sub-menú</term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" El sub-menú Formularios le permite modificar la apariencia " -"de\n" -"\t de los Formularios del Calendario. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:675 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains one item:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Search for\n" -"\t Contacts</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Brings up\n" -"\t the in-depth search window. <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"contact-search\"> describes how to use this\n" -"\t feature. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene una opción:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Buscar un\n" -"\t Contacto</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Abre una ventana\n" -"\t para una busqueda en profundidad. <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"contact-search\"> describe como usar esta característica.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:689 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains only one item:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>New Directory Server</guimenuitem></term> " -"<listitem><para> Brings up\n" -"\t the in-depth search window. <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"config-prefs-contact-ldap-add\"> describes how to use this\n" -"\t feature. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene unia sola opción:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Nuevo Servidor de Directorio</guimenuitem></term> " -"<listitem><para> Muestra una ventana\n" -"\t de búsqueda en profundidad. <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"config-prefs-contact-ldap-add\"> describe como usar esta\n" -"\t característica. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:703 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains several items, including a <guisubmenu>New</" -"guisubmenu> submenu\n" -" that is identical to that in the \n" -" <link linkend=\"menuref-universal-file\">main window's file menu</" -"link>.\n" -" Its other contents are:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Send</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Opens a mail message with the appointment attached to it.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Save this appointment in the existing location and name. If " -"you have not yet\n" -" chosen a location and name, this is the same as " -"<guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem>.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Choose a location and name for this appointment, and save it.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Deletes the appointment.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Move to Folder</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Chose a folder, and move the appointment into it.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Copy to Folder</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Chose a folder, and put a copy of the appointment into it.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Page Setup Submenu</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" This menu contains two items:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Memo Style</guimenuitem> —\n" -" FIXME: What does this do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Define Print Styles</guimenuitem> —\n" -" FIXME: What does this do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Print Preview</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Shows you what your appointment will look\n" -"\t like if you print it. See <xref linkend=\"usage-print\">\n" -"\t for details on printing and the Print Preview function.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Prints the appointment without preview.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: What does this do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Close the appointment editor window.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene varias opciones, incluyendo un sub-menú " -"<guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> que es identico al del \n" -" <link linkend=\"menuref-universal-file\">menú archivo de la ventana " -"principal</link>.\n" -" Sus otros contenidos son:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Enviar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Abre un mensaje de correo con la cita adjunta a el.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Guardar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Guarda esta cita en la posición y nombre actual. Si todavía no " -"ha elegido\n" -" una posición y un nombre, esto es lo mismo que " -"<guimenuitem>Guardar Como</guimenuitem>.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Guaradar Como</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Eliga una posición y un nombre para esta cita, y guardela.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Borrar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Borra la cita.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mover a una Carpeta</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Elija una carpeta, y mueva a ella la cita.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Copiar a una Carpeta</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Elija una carpeta, y ponga en ella una copia de la cita.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Sub-menú de Configuración de Página</guimenuitem></" -"term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Este menú contiene dos opciones:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Estilo del Memorando</guimenuitem> —\n" -" FIXME: What does this do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Definir Estilos de Impresión</guimenuitem> " -"—\n" -" FIXME: What does this do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Vista Previa</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Muestra el aspecto que tendrán su cita si la\n" -" imprime. Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-print\">\n" -"\t para más detalles sobre imprimir y la función de Vista Previa.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Imprime la cita sin vista previa.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Propiedades</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: What does this do?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Cerrar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cierra la ventana del editor de citas.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:809 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains two items, neither of which\n" -" have any functionality yet:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Paragraph</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Thite menú contiene dos opciones, ninguna de las cuales tiene\n" -" funcionalidad alguna todavía:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Fente</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Parrafo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:830 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu is empty.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú está vacío.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:834 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Open</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Open a text file or a draft mail message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Save</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Save a mail message as a text file.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Save As</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -"\t\tChoose a file name and location for\n" -"\t\ta message you want to save as a text file.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Save in Folder</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Save a message as a draft, rather than \n" -"\t\t as a separate text file.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Insert Text File</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Open a text file and insert it into \n" -"\t\t the current message. (FIXME: belongs under \"Insert\").\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Send Now</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Sends the message immediately.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Send Later</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Queue \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Close</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Closes the message composer. If you have not done so, \n" -"\t\t <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t\t will ask you if you want to save your message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Abrir</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Abre un archivo de texto o el borrador de un mensaje.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Guardar</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Guarda un mensaje de correo como un archivo de texto.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Guardar Como</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -"\t\tElija un nombre de archivo y un lugar para\n" -"\t\tel mensaje que quiere guardar como un archivo de texto.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Guardar en una Carpeta</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Guarda un mensaje como un borrador, en lugar de como \n" -"\t\t un archivo de texto independiente.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Insertar Archivo de Texto</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Abre un archivo de texto y lo inserta en el mensaje \n" -"\t\t actual. (FIXME: belongs under \"Insert\").\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Enviar Ahora</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Envia el mensaje inmediatamente.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Enviar más Tarde</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Lo pone en la cola de mensajes \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenu>Cerrar</guimenu></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t\t Cierra el compositor de mensajes. Si no lo ha echo ya, \n" -"\t\t <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t\t le preguntará si quiere guardar su mensaje.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:899 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu holds tools that allow you\n" -" to include images, horizontal rules, and other objects\n" -" in the body of your message. The tools are:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" This tool will prompt you to select an image file to \n" -" insert into your HTML message. For text messages, this\n" -" is the same as attaching an image file.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Link</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Opens the <interface>link creation window</interface>, \n" -" which lets you specify the URL and text description\n" -" for a link in your message. This only works with HTML \n" -" messages.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Rule</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Opens the<interface> horizontal rule creation dialog</" -"interface>, which lets you\n" -"\t create an HTML horizontal rule. For more information,\n" -"\t see <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-html\">.\n" -" This tool only works with HTML messages.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Text File</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Open a text file and insert it into the current message.\n" -" This tool works with both plain text and HTML messages.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El menú <guimenu>Insertar</guimenu> contiene herramientas que le\n" -" permiten incluir imágenes, reglas horizontales, y otros objetos en\n" -" el cuerpo del mensaje. Las herramientas son:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Imagen</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Esta herramienta le pedirá que seleccione una imagen para\n" -" insertarla en su mensaje en HTML. Para mensajes de texto,\n" -" esto es lo mismo que adjuntar la imagen.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Enlace</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Abre la <interface>ventana de creación de enlaces</" -"interface>,\n" -" que le permite especificar la URL y un descripción para el\n" -" enlace de su mensaje. Tan solo funciona con mensajes en\n" -" HMTLs.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Regla</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Abre el <interface>diálogo de creación de reglas horizontales</" -"interface>, el cual le permite\n" -"\t crear una regla horizontal en HTML. Para más información, vea\n" -"\t <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-html\">.\n" -" Esta herramienta solo funciona con mensajes en HTML.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Archivo de Texto</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -"\t Abre un archivo de texto y lo inserta en el mensaje actual.\n" -" Esta herramienta funciona tanto con mensajes de texto como\n" -" mensajes en HTML.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:944 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu controls the way messages are\n" -" displayed, and how much of the message, its headers, and\n" -" attachments appear. It contains:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Toggles the display of attachments. When this item is " -"selected,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will create a separate " -"pane\n" -" of the composition window to show what attachments you are " -"appending\n" -" to the message. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El menú <guimenu>Vista</guimenu> controla la manera en que se\n" -" muestran sus mensajes, y cuanto del mensaje, de su cabecera y de " -"los\n" -" adjuntos se muestra. Contiene:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Adjuntos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Activa el mostrar los adjuntos. Cuando esta opción está " -"seleccionada,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> creará una caja separada\n" -"de la ventana\n" -" del compositor de mensajes para mostrar que archivos adjuntos " -"está añadiendo\n" -" al mensaje. \n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:961 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The Calendar's <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu contains the following " -"items:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggle the Shortcut Bar on and off with this " -"item. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. \n" -" See <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\"> for \n" -" more information about the folder bar. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>View By Day</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Switch to the day view for your calendar.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t \n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>View Five Days</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" View five calendar days at once. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t \n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>View by Week</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Switch the calendar view to full week mode.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>View By Month</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Look at a month at a time.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El menú <guimenu>Vista</guimenu> del calendario contiene las " -"siguientesins opciones:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar la Barra de Atajos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Active y desactive la barra de atajos con esta opción. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar la Barra de Carpetas</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Active y desactive la barra de carpetas con esta opción. \n" -" Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\"> para \n" -" más información acerca de la barra de carpetas. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Vista por Días</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cambia el calendario a la vista diaria.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t \n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Vista Cinco Días</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Muestra cinco días del calendario de una vez. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t \n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Vista por Semanas</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cambia el calendario a la vista semanal.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -" \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Vista por meses</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Vea todo un mes al tiempo.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1011 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains the following items:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggle the Shortcut Bar on and off with this " -"item. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. \n" -" See <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\"> for \n" -" more information about the folder bar. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>As Table</guimenuitem> / <guimenuitem>As Minicards</" -"guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" View your contacts as a table. \n" -" When in table-view mode, this menu item reads \n" -" <guimenuitem>As Minicards</guimenuitem>, and changes the view\n" -" back to the minicard format.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t \n" -"\t</variablelist> \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene las siguiente opciones:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Barra de Atajos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Active y desactive la barra de atajos con esta " -"opción. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Muestra la Barra de Carpetas</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Active y descative la barra de carpetas con esta opción. \n" -" Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\"> para \n" -" más información acerca de la barra de carpetas. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Como un Tabla</guimenuitem> / <guimenuitem>As " -"Minicards</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Vea sus contactos como una tabla. \n" -" Cuando esta en el modo tabla, está opción del menú aparece\n" -" como <guimenuitem>Como Minitarjetas</guimenuitem>, y vuelve a\n" -" cambiar la vista al formato minitarjetas.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\t \n" -"\t</variablelist> \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1043 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Brings up the <interface>Meeting Invitation</interface> " -"window, \n" -" described in <xref linkend=\"usage-calendar-apts\">.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Cancel Invitation</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cancels the event, notifying all attendees. You may be " -"prompted \n" -" to specify an invitation message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Forward as vCalendar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Opens the message composer with the current event attached.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Forward as Text</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Opens the message composer with a text description of the " -"current\n" -" event included in the message body.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Fijar una Reunión</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Aparece la ventana de <interface>Invitación de Reunión</" -"interface>, \n" -" descrita en <xref linkend=\"usage-calendar-apts\">.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Cancelar Invitación</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cancela el evento, notificandoselo a todos los asistentes. " -"Puede que le pida que \n" -" especifique un mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Reenviar como vCalendar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Abre el compositor de mensajes con el evento actual adjunto.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Reenviar como Texto</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Abre el compositor de mensajes con una descripción en texto " -"del evento actual\n" -" incluida en el cuerpo del mensaje.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1080 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu contains: (FIXME: Insert Content Here)\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>File</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Choose a file to append to your appointment or appointment " -"request.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Object</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú contiene: (FIXME: Insert Content Here)\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Archivo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Elija un archivo para incluir a la cita o al petición de cita.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Objeto</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" FIXME: ?\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1108 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu is currently empty.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú está actualmente vacio.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1112 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This menu lets you control the way\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> displays your information\n" -" for you.\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggle the shortcut bar on and off with this " -"item. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. \n" -" See <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\"> for \n" -" more information about the folder bar. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Threaded Message List</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" This item controls whether your message list is displayed by " -"thread \n" -" or by other criteria. The default order is by date; see\n" -" <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-listorder\"> for information about " -"the\n" -" order of the message list.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este menú le permite controlar el modo en que\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le muestra su información.\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Barra de Atajos</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Active y desactive la barra de atajos con esta opción. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Barra de Carpetas</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Active y desactive la barra de carpetas con esta opción. \n" -" Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-folderbar\"> para \n" -" más información acerca de la barra de carpetas. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Lista de Mensajes Encadenados</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Esta opción controla si la lista de sus mensajes se muestra " -"siguiendo la cadena de la discusión \n" -" o por otro criterio. La ordenación por defecto es por " -"fecha.\n" -" Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-listorder\"> para más\n" -"información acerca de \n" -" como ordenar la lista de mensajes.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1145 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Edit your mail filters here. \n" -" See <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-filters\">\n" -" for more information about mail filtering.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Create, edit, and delete Virtual Folders (<glossterm>vFolders</" -"glossterm>)\n" -" with this tool. \n" -" To learn about using vFolders with mail, see \n" -" <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vfolders\">.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Mail Configuration</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Tools for setting up all your mail account preferences.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Manage Subscriptions</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Tools for newsgroup and IMAP folder subscriptions.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Forget Passwords</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" This item will cause <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t to forget what your password is.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Filtros de Correo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Edite aqui sus filtros de correo. \n" -" Vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-filters\">\n" -" para más información acerca de los filtrar correo.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Editor de Carpetas Virtuales</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Cree, edite, y borre carpetas virtuales (<glossterm>vFolders</" -"glossterm>)\n" -" con esta herramienta. \n" -" Para aprender acerca de como usar carpetas virtuales con su \n" -" correo, vea <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vfolders\">.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Configuración del Correo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Herramientas para configurar las preferencias de sus cuentas " -"de correo.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Administrar Suscripciones</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Herramientas para suscribirse a grupos de noticias y para las " -"carpetas IMAP.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Olvidar Contraseña</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Esta opción hara que <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t olvide sus contraseñas.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1191 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Help Index</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Displays the table of contents for this document.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Getting Started</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" A quick look around, and a summary of the things\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> can do for you.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Using the Mailer</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" An in-depth tour of <application>Evolution</application> " -"Mail.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Using the Calendar</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" A step-by-step guide to using the Calendar.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Using the Contact Manager</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Find your way around the Contact Manager.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Submit Bug Report</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" If you don't report them, they can't fix them. Select this " -"item to let the \n" -" developers know what's wrong.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>About Evolution</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Displays a window with information about the application and " -"its authors.\n" -" This has the same information as <xref linkend=\"authors\">.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Índice de la Ayuda</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Muestra la tabla de contenidos de este documento.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Comenzando</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Una vista rápida, y un resumen de las cosas que\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> puede hacer por usted.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Usando el Correo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Una vista en profundidad del correo de <application>Evolution</" -"application>.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Usando el Calendario</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Una guía paso a paso sobre como usar el calendario.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Usando el Administrador de Contactos</guimenuitem></" -"term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Manejese con el administrador de contactos.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Enviar Reportes de Fallo</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Si usted no se los dice, no podrán arreglarlos. Selececion " -"esta opción para hacer saber a\n" -" los desarrolladores lo que falla.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Acerca de Evolution</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Muestra una ventana con información sobre la aplicación y sus " -"autores.\n" -" Tiene la misma información que <xref linkend=\"authors\">.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1241 -msgid "" -" <para> \n" -" The <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menu has only one item:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Toggles HTML mode for the message composer. When " -"selected, \n" -" the message is displayed and sent in HTML. If you have " -"written a \n" -" message in HTML and turn HTML off, most formatting will be " -"lost.\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will attempt to " -"preserve spacing\n" -" and to remove formatting gracefully, however.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para> \n" -" El menú <guimenu>Formato</guimenu> solo tiene una opción:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Activa el modo HTML para el compositor de mensajes. Cuando " -"esta seleccionado, \n" -" los mensajes se muestran y se envian en HTML. Si ha " -"escrito un mensaje\n" -" en HTML y desactiva la opción HTML, se perderá la mayor " -"parte del formato.\n" -" Eso si, <application>Evolution</application> intentará " -"consevar los\n" -" espacios y eliminar el formato con cuidado.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1257 -msgid " <title>Contact Editor File Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menú Archivo del Editor de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1259 -msgid " <title>Contact Manager Edit Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menú Editar del Administrador de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1261 -msgid " <title>Contact Manager Tools Menu</title>\n" -msgstr "" -" <title>Menú Herramientas del Administrador de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1263 -msgid " <title>Contact Manager View Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menú Ver del Administrador de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1265 -msgid " <title>File Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menú Archivo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1267 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's Actions Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Acciones del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1269 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's Edit Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Editar del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1271 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's File Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Archivo del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1273 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's Format Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Formato del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1275 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's Insert Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Insertar del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1277 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's Tools Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Herramientas del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1279 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor's View Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Ver del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1281 -msgid " <title>The Calendar Edit Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Editar del Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1283 -msgid " <title>The Calendar Settings Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Configuración del Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1285 -msgid " <title>The Calendar View Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Ver del Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1287 -msgid " <title>The Edit Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Edición</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1289 -msgid " <title>The Help Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Ayuda</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1291 -msgid " <title>The Mail Folder Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Carpetas del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1293 -msgid " <title>The Mail Message Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Mensajes del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1295 -msgid " <title>The Mail Settings Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Configuración del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1297 -msgid " <title>The Mail View Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Ver del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1299 -msgid " <title>The Message Composer's Edit Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Editar del Compositor de Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1301 -msgid " <title>The Message Composer's File Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Archivo del Compositor de Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1303 -msgid " <title>The Message Composer's Format Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Formato del Compositor de Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1305 -msgid " <title>The Message Composer's Insert Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Insertar del Compositor de Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1307 -msgid " <title>The Message Composer's View Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú Ver del Compositor de Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1309 -msgid " <title>The Message Heading Right-Click Menu</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El Menú del Botón Derecho en la Cabecera</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1311 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> Mail has more specialized\n" -" menus, and more specialized menu items, than any other part of\n" -" the application.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El Correo de <application>Evolution</application> tiene más menús\n" -" especializados, y más opciones de menú especializadas, que cualquier\n" -" otra parte de la aplicación.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1317 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This window has only one menu: the file menu.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Esta ventana solo tiene un menú: el menú archivo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1321 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guimenu>File</guimenu> and <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menus in\n" -" the main <application>Evolution</application> window do not\n" -" change, because they refer to universal items. Other menus have\n" -" contents that change depending on context.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Los menús <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> y <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> de la\n" -" ventana principal de <application>Evolution</application> no cambian,\n" -" porque se refieren a elementos globales. Otros menús tienen\n" -" contenidos que cambian dependiendo del contexto.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1328 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The Main window of the calendar has the same menus as the main\n" -" window of the mail client. However, their contents vary in a\n" -" number of ways.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La ventana principal del calendario tiene los mismos menús que la\n" -" ventana principal del cliente de correo. Aunque, sus contenidos\n" -" varian de varios modos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1334 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The message composition window has its own set of menus:\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu>, which controls operations on files and\n" -" data, <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, for text editing,\n" -" <guimenu>Format</guimenu>, which controls the file format of\n" -" messages you send, <guimenu>View</guimenu>, to set how you view\n" -" the message, and <guimenu>Insert</guimenu>, which holds tools\n" -" for embedding files and other items in messages. Here's what's in " -"them:\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La ventana de composición de mensajes tiene su propio juego de menús:\n" -" <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, que controla las operaciones sobre los\n" -" archivos y los datos, <guimenu>Editar</guimenu>, para la edición de\n" -" textos, <guimenu>Formato</guimenu>, que controla el formato de los\n" -" mensajes que envía, <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, que determina como ve " -"el\n" -" mensaje, y <guimenu>Insertar</guimenu>, que tiene herramientas para\n" -" incluir archivos y otros objetos en los mensajes. Aquí esta lo que\n" -"hay en ellos:\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1344 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The contact manager has six menus: <guimenu>File</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, <guimenu>View</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Setting</guimenu>s, <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>, and\n" -" <guimenu>Help</guimenu>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El administrador de contactos tiene seis menús:\n" -" <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, <guimenu>Editar</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Herramientas</guimenu>, y\n" -" <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1351 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The appointment editor has its own menus, to help you use its\n" -" wide-ranging abilities.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El editor de citas tiene sus propios menús, para ayudarle a usar sus\n" -" amplias posibilidades.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1356 -msgid " <title>Contact Manager Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menús del Administrador de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1358 -msgid " <title>Mail Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menús del Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1360 -msgid " <title>Menus that are the same everywhere</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menús que son iguales en todas partes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1362 -msgid " <title>The Appointment Editor Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Los Menús del Editor de Citas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1364 -msgid " <title>The Calendar Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Los Menús del Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1366 -msgid " <title>The Contact Editor Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Los Menús del Editor de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1368 -msgid " <title>The Message Composer Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Los Menús del Compositor de Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1370 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" We'll leave this section blank until the UI stabilizes a little\n" -" more.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Dejaremos esta sección en blanco hasta que la UI se estabilize un\n" -" poco más.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1375 -msgid " <title>Executive Summary Menus</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Menús del Resumen de Trabajo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1377 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>'s menus may not hold the\n" -" secret to happiness, they do hold every ability that\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> has. This section will serve\n" -" as a reference for all those menus, and the capabilites that they\n" -" offer you.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Los menús de <application>Evolution</application> puede que no tengan " -"el\n" -" secreto de la felicidad, pero lo que contienen son todas las\n" -" posibilidades de <application>Evolution</application>. Esta sección\n" -" servirá como referencia de todos esos menús, y las posibilidades que le\n" -" ofrecen.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1385 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" In addition, the editor tools for messages, appointments, and\n" -" contacts all have menu bars of their own. From left to right, the\n" -" menus available to you when you are reading mail are:\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu>, <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>View</guimenu>, <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Message</guimenu>, <guimenu>Folder</guimenu>and\n" -" <guimenu>Help</guimenu>.\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Ademas, las herramientas de edición de mensajes, citas, y\n" -" contactos todas tienen barras de herramientas propias. De izquierda a\n" -" derecha, los menús que tiene disponible cuando está leyendo el correo\n" -" son: <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, <guimenu>Editar</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu>,\n" -" <guimenu>Mensaje</guimenu>, <guimenu>Carpeta</guimenu>and\n" -" <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu>.\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1396 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Menus in <application>Evolution</application> are\n" -" context-sensitive, which means that they vary depending on what\n" -" you're doing. If you're reading your mail, you'll have\n" -" mail-related menus; for your calendar, you'll have\n" -" calendar-related menu items. Some menus, of course, like\n" -" <guimenu>Help</guimenu> and <guimenu>File</guimenu> don't much, if\n" -" at all, because they have more universal functions. But you'd\n" -" never mark an address card as \"read,\" or set the recurrence for an\n" -" email message you've recieved. depending on whether you're looking\n" -" at mail, contacts, or calendar information. \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Los menús en <application>Evolution</application> son sensitivos al\n" -" contexto, lo que significa que varian dependiendo de lo que esté\n" -" haciendo. Si está leyendo su correo, tendrá menús relacionados con el\n" -" correo; para su calendario, tendrá opciones relacionadas con\n" -" calendarios. Algunos menús, naturalmente, como\n" -" <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> y <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> no cambian mucho,\n" -" si es que lo hacen, porque son funciones más universales. Pero usted\n" -" nunca marcará una tarjeta de dirección como \"leidao\", o pondra\n" -" recurrencia a un mensaje que ha recivido. Dependiendo de si esta " -"mirando\n" -" el correo, los contactos, o la información del calendario. \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1409 -msgid " <title>Menu Reference</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Referencias de los Menús</title>\n" - -#: tmp/menuref.sgml.h:1411 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/preface.sgml.po b/help/es.po/preface.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 705365fbfc..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/preface.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,932 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Some kinds of words are marked off with special typography:\n" -" <simplelist>\n" -"\t <member><application>Applications</application></member>\n" -"\t <member><command>Commands</command> typed at the command line</" -"member>\n" -"\t <member><guilabel>Labels</guilabel> for interface items</member>\n" -"\n" -" <member> Menu selections look like this:\n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Menu</guimenu>\n" -" <guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu> \n" -" <guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>\n" -" </member>\n" -"\t <member><guibutton>Buttons</guibutton> you can\n" -" click</member> <member><userinput>Anything you type\n" -" in</userinput></member> <member><computeroutput>Text\n" -" output from a computer</computeroutput></member>\n" -" <member><glossterm linkend=\"apx-gloss\">Words</glossterm>\n" -" that are defined in the <xref linkend=\"apx-gloss\">.</member>\n" -"\t </simplelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Algunas clases de palabras están escritas con una tipografía " -"especial:\n" -" <simplelist>\n" -"\t <member><application>Aplicaciones</application></member>\n" -"\t <member><command>Comandos</command> escritos en la línea de comandos</" -"member>\n" -"\t <member><guilabel>Etiquetas</guilabel> de elementos de la interfaz</" -"member>\n" -"\n" -" <member> La opcciones de los menús aparecen así:\n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Menú</guimenu>\n" -" <guisubmenu>Sub-menú</guisubmenu> \n" -" <guimenuitem>Opción del Menú</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>\n" -" </member>\n" -"\t <member><guibutton>Butones</guibutton> que puede pulsar</member>\n" -" <member><userinput>Cualquier cosa que\n" -" escribe</userinput></member> <member><computeroutput>Salida\n" -" del ordenador en texto</computeroutput></member>\n" -" <member><glossterm linkend=\"apx-gloss\">Palabras</glossterm>\n" -" que están definidas en el <xref linkend=\"apx-gloss\">.</" -"member>\n" -"\t </simplelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:24 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:40 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:53 -msgid " <title>Calendar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:55 -msgid " <title>Contact Manager</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Administrador de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:57 -msgid " <title>Typographical conventions</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Convenios Tipográficos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:59 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Here are the keyboard shortcuts and menu items you're most\n" -" likely to use:\n" -" \n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Create a new folder</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>`\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</" -"guisubmenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift </keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>F</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Create a new Shortcut in the Evolution Bar</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Evolution Bar Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>S</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Create a new email message:</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Use\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</" -"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail\n" -" Message</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift </keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>M</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Create a new Appointment</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>A</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Enter a new Contact</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>C</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Create a new Task</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>T</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Aquí están los atajos de teclado y las opciones del menú que\n" -" probablemente sean las que mas use:\n" -" \n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Crear una nueva carpeta</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu><guisubmenu>Nuevo</" -"guisubmenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem></menuchoice> o\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift </keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>C</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Crear un nuevo Atajo en la Barra de Evolution</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Atajo de Evolution</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>A</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Crear un nuevo mensaje de correo:</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Use\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu><guisubmenu>Nuevo</" -"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mensaje de \n" -" Correo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift </keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>M</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Crear una nueva Cita</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Cita</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>T</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Introducir un nuevo Contacto</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Contacto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>C</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Crear una nueva Tarea</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para> \n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>\n" -"\t\t <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t\t <guimenuitem>Tarea</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>T</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:165 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> can help you work in a\n" -" group by handling email, address and other contact\n" -" information, and one or more calendars. It can do that on one\n" -" or several computers, connected directly or over a network,\n" -" for one person or for large groups.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le puede ayudar a trabajar en\n" -" grupo encargandose del correo, direcciones y otra información\n" -" de contacto, y uno o más calendarios. Puede hacerlo en uno o " -"varios\n" -" ordenadores, conectados directamente o a traves de una red, para " -"una\n" -" persona o para grandes grupos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:173 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is designed to make most\n" -" daily tasks faster. For example, it takes only one or two\n" -" clicks to enter an appointment or an address card sent to you\n" -" by email, or to send email to a contact or appointment.\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> makes displays faster and\n" -" more efficient, so searches are faster and memory usage is\n" -" lower. People who get lots of mail will appreciate advanced\n" -" features like <link\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vFolders\">Virtual Folders</link>,\n" -" which let you save searches as though they were ordinary mail\n" -" folders.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> está diseñada para hacer la\n" -" mayoría de las tareas diarias más rápido. Por ejemplo, solo\n" -" requiere una o dos pulsaciones introducir una nueva cita o una\n" -" tarjeta que le hayan enviado por correo, o enviar un correo a un\n" -" contacto o a una cita. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" hace las vistas más rápidas y eficientes, para que las búsquedas\n" -" sean más rápidas y el uso de la memoria sea menor. Las personas\n" -" que reciben mucho correo apreciarán las características avanzadas\n" -" como las <link\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vFolders\">Carpetas Virtuales</link>,\n" -" que le permiten guardar búsquedas como si fueran carpetas de correo\n" -" normales.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:187 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <note>\n" -" <title>This is a preview release</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is not complete, and\n" -" still has a lot of flaws. Please help improve it by\n" -" letting us know about them. You should do this by\n" -" submitting bug reports with the GNOME <application>Bug\n" -" Report Tool</application> (known as\n" -" <command>bug-buddy</command> at the command line).\n" -" </para>\n" -" </note>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <note>\n" -" <title>Esta es una liberación de prueba</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> no esta completa, y\n" -" todavía tiene muchos fallos. Por favor ayúdenos a mejorarla\n" -" informandonos acerca de ellos. Debe hacerlo enviando reportes\n" -" de fallo con la <application>Herramienta de Reportes de\n" -" Fallo</application> de GNOME (conocida como\n" -" <command>bug-buddy</command> en la línea de comandos).\n" -" </para>\n" -" </note>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:201 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Because it's part of the GNOME project,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is Free Software. The\n" -" program and its source code are released under the terms of\n" -" the GNU <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"gnome-help:gpl" -"\"><citetitle>General\n" -" Public License (GPL)</citetitle></ulink>, and the\n" -" documentation falls under the <ulink type=\"help\"\n" -" url=\"gnome-help:fdl\"><citetitle>Free Documentation\n" -" License</citetitle></ulink> (FDL). For more information about\n" -" the GPL and the FDL, visit the Free Software Foundation's\n" -" website at <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://www.fsf.org\">http://www.fsf.org</ulink>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Como parte de proyecto GNOME,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is Software Libre. El\n" -" programa y su código fuente están liberados bajo los términos de\n" -" la <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"gnome-help:gpl\"><citetitle>General " -"Public License \"Licencia Pública\n" -" General\" (GPL)</citetitle></ulink> de GNU, y la\n" -" documentación está bajo la <ulink type=\"help\"\n" -" url=\"gnome-help:fdl\"><citetitle>Free Documentation\n" -" License \"Licencia Libre de Documentación\"</citetitle></ulink>\n" -" (FDL). Para más información acerca de la GPL y de la FDL,\n" -" visite el sitio web de la Free Software Foundation \"Fundación para\n" -" el Software Libre\" en <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://www.fsf.org\">http://www.fsf.org</ulink>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:215 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for\n" -" navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the\n" -" mouse:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Check Mail</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the\n" -" toolbar. There is no keyboard shortcut for this task,\n" -" but you can ask <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" to check for new mail periodically. To do so, FIXME.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Reply to a Message</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" To reply to the sender of the message only:\n" -" click <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> in the\n" -" toolbar, or press\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>R</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" To reply to the sender and all the other visible\n" -" recipients of the message, click <guibutton>Reply to\n" -" All</guibutton> or select the message and press\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>R</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Forward a Message</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Select the message or messages you want to forward,\n" -" and click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> in the\n" -" toolbar, or press\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>J</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Open a Message in a New Window</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Double-click the message you want to view, or select\n" -" it and press\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>O</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Create Filters and Virtual Folders</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" You can create filters and Virtual Folders based on\n" -" specific message attributes from the message's\n" -" right-click menu. Alternately, select a message, and\n" -" then choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>\n" -" or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>. Filters are discussed in <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-filters\">, and Virtual\n" -" Folders in <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vfolders\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Aquí están las tareas más comunes con el correo, y los\n" -" atajos para manejarse por su buzón con el teclado en lugar\n" -" de con el ratón:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Comprobar Correo</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Pulse <guibutton>Obtener</guibutton> en la barra de\n" -" herramientas. No hay atajo de taclado para esto,\n" -" pero puede pedir a <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" que obtenga los nuevos mensajes periodicamente. Para\n" -" hacerlo, FIXME.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Responder a un Mensaje</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Para responder al remitente de un mensaje tan solo debe:\n" -" pulsar <guibutton>Responder</guibutton> en la barra de\n" -" herramientas, o pulsar\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>R</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Para responder al remitente y a todos los destinatarios\n" -" visibles del mensaje, pulse <guibutton>Responder a\n" -" Todos</guibutton> o seleccione el mensaje y pulse\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Shift</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>R</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Reenviar un Mensaje</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Sleccione el mensaje o mensajes que quiere reenviar,\n" -" y pulse <guibutton>Reenviar</guibutton> en la barra de\n" -" herramientas, o pulse\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>J</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Abrir un Mensaje en una Nueva Ventana</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Pulse dos veces sobre el mensaje que quiere ver, o\n" -" seleccionelo y pulse\n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -"\t\t <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\n" -"\t\t <keycap>O</keycap>\n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Crear Filtros y Carpetas Virtuales</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Puede crear filtros y carpetas virtuales basados en las\n" -" caracteristicas de un mensaje específico desde el menú que\n" -" aparece al pulsar el botón derecho del ratón. \n" -" Alternativamente, seleccion un mensaje, y elija\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Configuración</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Filtros de Correo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>\n" -" o <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Editor de Carpetas Virtuales</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>. Los filtros se discuten en <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-filters\">, y las carpetas\n" -" virtuales en <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vfolders\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:308 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Information is useless unless it's organized and accessible;\n" -" it's hardly even worth the name if you can't look at it and be\n" -" <emphasis>informed</emphasis>.\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>'s goal is to make the\n" -" tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal\n" -" information easier, so you can work and communicate with\n" -" others. That is, it's a highly evolved <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"groupware\">groupware</glossterm> program, an integral\n" -" part of the Internet-connected desktop. On the inside, it's a\n" -" powerful database; on the outside, it's a tool to help you get\n" -" your work done.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La información no sirve a menos que este organizada y sea accesible.\n" -" Ni si quiera se merece ese nombre si no puede mirarla y estar\n" -" <emphasis>informado</emphasis>.\n" -" El objetivo de <application>Evolution</application> es hacer que las\n" -" tareas de guardar, organizar, y obtener su información personal sean\n" -" más fáciles, para que pueda trabajar y comunicarse con otros. Esto\n" -" es, programa de <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"groupware\">trabajo en grupo</glossterm> altamente\n" -" evolucionado, una parte integral del escritorio conectado a " -"Internet.\n" -" Por dentro, es una potente base de datos. Por fuera, es una\n" -" herramienta para ayudarle ha hacer su trabajo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:322 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <application>Evolution</application> project has four\n" -" central goals:\n" -"\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" The application must be <emphasis>both powerful and easy\n" -" to use</emphasis>. In other words, it needs a familiar\n" -" and intuitive interface that users can customize to their\n" -" liking, and users should have access to shortcuts for\n" -" complex tasks.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> must meet and\n" -" exceed the standards set by other groupware products.\n" -" It must include support for major network <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"protocol\">protocols</glossterm> so that it can\n" -" integrate seamlessly with existing hardware and network\n" -" environments.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" The project must support open standards and be open to\n" -" expansion, so that it can become a development platform\n" -" as well as an application. From the simplest scripting\n" -" to the most complex network and component programming,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> must offer\n" -" developers an environment for cutting-edge application\n" -" development.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Data must be safe: <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" must not lose mail, corrupt mailbox files or other\n" -" data, execute arbitrary <glossterm linkend=\"script" -"\">scripts</glossterm>,\n" -" or delete files from your hard disk.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El proyecto de <application>Evolution</application> tiene cuatro\n" -" objetivos principales:\n" -"\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" La aplicación debe ser <emphasis>al mismo tiempo potente\n" -" y facil de usar</emphasis>. En otras palabras, necesita una\n" -" interfaz familiar e intuitiva que los usuarios puedan\n" -" personalizar a su gusto, y los usuarios deben tener acceso a\n" -" atajos para tareas complicadas.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> debe cumplir y\n" -" sobrepasar los estandares impuestos por otros programas de\n" -" trabajo en grupo. Debe tener soporte para la mayor parte de\n" -" los <glossterm linkend=\"protocol\">protocolos</glossterm>\n" -" de red para poder integrarse sin problemas con el hardware\n" -" y los entornos de red existentes.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" El proyecto debe apoyar a los estandares abiertos y estar\n" -" abierto a la expansion, para que se pueda convertir en una\n" -" plataforma de desarollo tanto como en una aplicación.\n" -" Desde los guiones más simples a la programación de red y\n" -" componentes más compleja,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> debe ofrecer a los\n" -" desarrolladores un entorno para el desarrollo de " -"aplicaciones\n" -" de vanguardia.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Los datos deben ser seguros:\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> no debe perder correo,\n" -" corromper buzones u otra información, ejecutar\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"script\">guiones</glossterm> de\n" -" instruciones arbitrarios o borrar archivos de su disco duro.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:368 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This book is divided into two parts, with several\n" -" appendices. The first part is a <link linkend=\"usage\">guided\n" -" tour</link>— it will explain how to use\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>. If you are new to\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> or to groupware in\n" -" general, this section is for you. The second section, covering\n" -" <link linkend=\"config\">configuration</link>, is targeted at\n" -" more advanced users, but anyone who wants to change the way\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> looks or acts can benefit\n" -" from reading it. In addition, there is a comprehensive <link\n" -" linkend=\"menuref\">menu reference</link> which describes nearly\n" -" every capability that <application>Evolution</application> has\n" -" to offer.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Thite libro está dividido en dos partes, con varios apendices.\n" -" La primera parte es una <link linkend=\"usage\">visita\n" -" guiada</link>— le explicará como usar\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>. Si es nuevo en el uso de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> o de los programas de trabajo\n" -" en grupo en general, esta sección es para usted. La segunda " -"sección,\n" -" cubriendo la <link linkend=\"config\">configuración</link>, está\n" -" dirijida a usuarios más avanzados, pero cualquiera que quiera\n" -" cambiar el aspecto o el comportamiento de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> se beneficiará de su lectura.\n" -" Ademas, hay una <link linkend=\"menuref\">referencia de menús</" -"link>\n" -" que describe casi todas las posibilidades que ofrece\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:384 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This version of the <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" User's Guide is a <emphasis>draft</emphasis>. It describes\n" -" version 0.6 of the software. It is missing huge\n" -" chunks of information, and many of the features it describes\n" -" are unimplemented. All the content is subject to change,\n" -" especially if you help. Please send comments on the guide to\n" -" <email>aaron@ximian.com</email>. If you would like to work\n" -" on the guide please contact me or see the GNOME Documentation\n" -" project <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp\">web\n" -" site</ulink>. This paragraph will be removed in later\n" -" versions of the manual.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Esta versión de la Guía de Usuario de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> es un\n" -" <emphasis>borrador</emphasis>. Describe la versión 0.6 del\n" -" programa. Le faltan grandes piezas de información, y muchas de\n" -" las arecteristicas que describe no están implementadas.\n" -" Todo el contenido esta sujeto a cambios, especialmente si usted\n" -" colabora. Por favor ebvie comentarios sobre la guía a\n" -" <email>aaron@ximian.com</email> y sobre la traducción a\n" -" <email>hector@scouts-es.org</email>. Si le gustaría colaborar en la\n" -" guía por favor pongase en contacto conmigo o vea el <ulink\n" -" url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp\">sitio\n" -" web</ulink> del proyecto de Documentación de GNOME. Este párrafo\n" -" será eliminado en futuras versiones del manual.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:399 -msgid " <title>About This Book</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Acerca de este Libro</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:401 -msgid " <title>Mail Tasks</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Enviar Tareas por Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:403 -msgid " <title>Opening or Creating Anything</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Abriendo o Creando algo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:405 -msgid " <title>What is Evolution, and What Can It Do for Me?</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>¿Qué es Evolution, y qué puede hacer por mi?</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:407 -msgid " <!-- ************* END DRAFT ONLY PARAGRAPH ************** -->\n" -msgstr " <!-- ************* END DRAFT ONLY PARAGRAPH ************** -->\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:409 -msgid "" -" <!-- ************** FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH FOR DRAFT ONLY ************* --" -">\n" -msgstr "" -" <!-- ************** FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH FOR DRAFT ONLY ************* --" -">\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:411 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You might want to copy this section and tape it to\n" -" the wall next to your computer: it's a very short summary of\n" -" most of the things you'll want to do with\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>, and pointers to the\n" -" sections of the book where you'll find more in-depth\n" -" description of those tasks.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Puede que quiera copiar esta sección y pegarla a la pared de al " -"lado\n" -" de su ordenador: es un resumen muy corto de la mayoría de las cosas\n" -" que querrá hacer con <application>Evolution</application>, y \n" -" referencias a las secciones del libro donde encontrará " -"descripciones\n" -" más profundas de dichas tareas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:420 -msgid " <title>Introduction</title> \n" -msgstr " <title>Introducción</title> \n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:422 -msgid " <title>Quick Reference for Common Tasks</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Referencia Rápida para Tareas Comunes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:424 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE preface PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE preface PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" - -#: tmp/preface.sgml.h:428 -msgid "<!-- =============Introduction ============================= -->\n" -msgstr "<!-- =============Introduction ============================= -->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-calendar.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-calendar.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3654bd4910..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-calendar.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,816 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you create calendar events that overlap,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will display them side\n" -" by side in your calendar. However,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> cannot help you do\n" -" multiple things at once.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si crea eventos de calendario que se superponen,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> los mostrará uno al lado " -"del\n" -" otro en su calendario. Eso si,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> no puede ayudarle ha hacer\n" -" varias cosas al mismo tiempo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:9 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you don't need to enter more information than the date\n" -" and time of the appointment, you just click in any blank\n" -" space in the calendar and start typing. You can enter other\n" -" information later with the appointment editor.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si no necesita poner más información que la fecha y la hora de\n" -" la cita, puede pichar simplemente en cualquier espacio en blanco\n" -" del calendario y comenzar a escribir. Puede incluir otra\n" -" información más tarde con el editor de citas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:16 -msgid " <title>Shortcut</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Atajo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:18 -msgid " <title>Doing Two Things At Once</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Haciendo Dos Cosas A La Vez</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:20 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tOnce you're done with all those settings, click on the disk\n" -"\ticon in the toolbar. That will save the event and close the\n" -"\tevent editor window. If you want, you can alter an event\n" -"\tsummary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You\n" -"\tcan change other settings by right-clicking on the event then\n" -"\tchoosing <guimenuitem>Edit this Appointment</guimenuitem>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\tUna vez que haya acabado con toda la configuración, pulse en el icono\n" -"\tdel disco en la barra de herramientas. Esto guardará el evento y cerrará\n" -"\tla ventana de edición de eventos. Si quiere, puede alterar el resumen del\n" -"\ten la vista del calendario pulsando sobre ela y escribiendo. Puede\n" -"\tcambiar otros valores pulsando con el botón derecho del ratón sobre el\n" -"\tevento y eligiendo <guimenuitem>Editar esta cita</guimenuitem>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:29 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tTo create a new calendar event, select\n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> \n" -"\t <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem>\n" -"\t</menuchoice>\n" -"\tor click the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the left end\n" -"\tof the toolbar. The <interface>New Appointment</interface>\n" -"\tdialog will pop up with the usual menu bar, tool bar, and\n" -"\twindow full of choices for you.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\tPara crear un nuevo evento de calendario, seleccione\n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> \n" -"\t <guimenuitem>Cita</guimenuitem>\n" -"\t</menuchoice>\n" -"\to pulse el botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton> a la izquierda de la barra\n" -"\tde herramientas. El diálogo de <interface>Nueva Cita</interface>\n" -"\taparecerá con la habitual barra de menú, barra de herramientas, y ventana\n" -"\tllenas de opciones.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:42 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Classification</guilabel> is a little more\n" -" complicated, and only applies to calendars on a\n" -" network. <guilabel>Public</guilabel> is the default category,\n" -" and a public event can be viewed by anyone on the calendar\n" -" sharing network. <guilabel>Private</guilabel> denotes one\n" -" level of security, and <guilabel>Confidential</guilabel> a\n" -" higher level. <!-- FIXME --> Exact determinations and\n" -" implementations of this feature have yet to be\n" -" determined. <!-- FIXME -->\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <guilabel>Clasificación</guilabel> es un poco más complicado,\n" -" y solo afecta a los calendarios en red.\n" -" <guilabel>Público</guilabel> es la categoría por defecto,\n" -" y un evento público puede ser visto por cualquiera en la red de\n" -" conpartición del calendario. <guilabel>Privado</guilabel> indica\n" -" un nivel de seguridad, y <guilabel>Confidencial</guilabel> un\n" -" nivel mayor. <!-- FIXME --> El significado y la implementecion " -"de estas caracteristicas\n" -" todavia no se han determinado. <!-- FIXME -->\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:54 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You can have as many as four different\n" -" <guilabel>Alarms</guilabel>, any time prior to the event\n" -" you've scheduled. You can have one alarm of each type:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Display</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of\n" -"\t your event.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry> \n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Audio</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound\n" -"\t alarm.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Program</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Select this if you would like to run a program as a\n" -"\t reminder. You can enter its name in the text field,\n" -"\t or find it with the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton>\n" -"\t button.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Mail</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will send an\n" -"\t email reminder to the address you enter into the text\n" -"\t field.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\t \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Puede tener hasta cuatro <guilabel>Alarmas</guilabel>\n" -" distintas, para cualquier momento antes de la hora que ha fijado\n" -" para el evento. Puede tener una alarma de cada tipo:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Mostrar</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Aparecerá una ventana en la pantalla para recordarle el evento.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry> \n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Auditiva</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Eliga esta opción para que el ordenador emita una alarma\n" -"\t auditiva.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Programa</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Seleccione esto si quiere que alguna aplicación adicional se\n" -"\t ejecute como recordatorio. Puede escribir su nombre en el campo\n" -"\t de texto, o buscarla con el botón\n" -"\t <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Correo</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> enviará un mensaje\n" -"\t recordatorio a la dirección que haya escrito en el campo de\n" -"\t texto.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\t \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:102 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Keelyn, the office manager for a small company, has one\n" -" calendar for her own schedule. On the local network, she\n" -" maintains one for the conference room, so people know when\n" -" they can schedule meetings. Next to that, she maintains a\n" -" calendar that reflects when consultants are going to be on\n" -" site, and another that keeps track of when the Red Sox are\n" -" playing.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Keelyn, la encargada de oficina de una pequeña compañía, tiene\n" -" un calendario para su propio horario. En la red local, mantiene\n" -" uno para la sala de reuniones, para que la gente sepa cuando pueden\n" -" concertar citas. Ademas de eso, mantiene un calendario que refleja\n" -" cuando van a estar disponibles los consultores, y otro donde\n" -" sigue los días en los que juegan los Red Sox.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:112 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guilabel>Recurrence</guilabel> tab lets you describe\n" -" repetition in events ranging from once every day up to once\n" -" every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the\n" -" event will stop recurring, and, under\n" -" <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>, pick individual days when the\n" -" event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> recur. Make your\n" -" selections from left to right, and you'll form a sentence:\n" -" \"Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2003\"\n" -" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences.\"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La pestaña <guilabel>Recurrencia</guilabel> le permite describir\n" -" repeticiones en eventos que van desde una vez cada día a una vez\n" -" cada 100 años. Puede tambien elegir cuando cesarán las\n" -" repeticiones, y, bajo <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel>, elegir\n" -" días individuales en los que el evento <emphasis>no</emphasis> se\n" -" realizará. Haga sus selecciones de izquierda a derecha, y formará\n" -" una frase: \"Cada dos semanas los lunes y los viernes hasta el 3 de\n" -" enero de 2003\" o \"Cada mes el primer viernes durante 12\n" -" ocurrencias\".\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:124 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Your event must have a starting and ending date — by\n" -" default, today — but you can choose whether to give it\n" -" starting and ending times or to mark it as an <guilabel>All\n" -" day event</guilabel>. An <guilabel>All day event</guilabel>\n" -" appears at the top of a day's event list rather than inside\n" -" it. That makes it easy to have events that overlap and fit\n" -" inside each other. For example, a conference might be an all\n" -" day event, and the meetings at the conference would be timed\n" -" events. Of course, events with specific starting and ending\n" -" times can also overlap. When they do they're displayed as\n" -" multiple columns in the day view of the calendar.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Su evento debe tener una fecha de inicio y de fin — por\n" -" defecto, hoy — pero puede elegir entre darle una hora de\n" -" inicio y de fin o marcarlo como un <guilabel>Evento de todo\n" -" el día</guilabel>. Un <guilabel>Evento de todo el día</guilabel>\n" -" aparece arriba en una lista de eventos diarios en lugar de dentro\n" -" del día. Eso hace que sea más facil tener eventos que se solapen y\n" -" que esten unos dentro de otros. Por ejemplo, una conferencia puede\n" -" ser un evento de todo el día, y los encuentros en la conferencia\n" -" serian eventos parciales. Naturalmente, los eventos con horarios\n" -" específicos de inicio y fin tambien pueden solaparse. Cuenado lo\n" -" hacen son mostrados como multiples columnas en la vista diaria del\n" -" calendario.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:138 -msgid " <title>Creating events</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Creando eventos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:140 -msgid " <title>Keeping Multiple Calendars</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Manteniendo Múltiples Calendarios</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:142 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> permits you to have and\n" -" maintain multiple calendars. This is useful if you maintain\n" -" schedules for other people, if you are responsible for resource\n" -" or room allocation, or if you have multiple personalities.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le permite tener y mantener\n" -" múltiples calendarios. Esto es útil si mantiene horarios para otras\n" -" personas, si es el responsable de la búsqueda de recursos o\n" -" habitaciones, o si tiene múltiples personalidades.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:149 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Once you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary\n" -" appears in the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> section of task\n" -" list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item,\n" -" double-click on it, or select it and click\n" -" <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. You can delete items by selecting\n" -" them and clicking on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Una vez que ha añadido una tarea a su lista \"por hacer\", su resumen\n" -" aparece en la sección <guilabel>Resumen</guilabel> de la lista de\n" -" tareas. Para ver o editar una descripción detallada en un\n" -" elemento, pulse dos veces sobre el, o seleccionelo y pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Editar</guibutton>. Puede borrar un elemento\n" -" seleccionandolo y pulsandolo en el botón <guibutton>Borrar</" -"guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:158 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guibutton>Prev</guibutton> and <guibutton>Next</guibutton>\n" -" buttons will move you forward and back in your calendar pages.\n" -" If you're looking at only one day, you'll see tomorrow's page,\n" -" or yesterday's. If you're looking at your calendar by week,\n" -" month, fortnight, or anything else, you'll move around by just\n" -" that much. To come back to today's listing, click\n" -" <guibutton>Today</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Los botones <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> y <guibutton>\n" -" Siguiente</guibutton> le moverán hacia alante y hacia atrás en las\n" -" páginas de su calendario. Si está viendo solo a un día, verá la\n" -" página de mañana o la de ayer. Si esta viendo su calendario por\n" -" semanas, meses, quincenas, o cualquier otra cosa, se movera esa\n" -" cantidad de tiempo. Para volver al día de hoy, pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Hoy</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:168 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the\n" -" calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your\n" -" calendar events. Tasks are colored and sorted by priority and\n" -" due-date (see <xref linkend=\"config-prefs\"> for more\n" -" information), and are included with calendar data during\n" -" synchronization with a hand-held device. You can use the list\n" -" in a larger format by choosing the <guibutton>Tasks</guibutton>\n" -" button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La lista de tareas, situada en la esquina inferior derecha del\n" -" calendario, le permite mantener una lista de tareas separada de sus\n" -" eventos de calendario. Las tareas son coloreadas y ordenadas por\n" -" prioridad y fecha de vencimiento (vea <xref linkend=\"config-prefs" -"\">\n" -" para más inforación), y son incluidas con la información del\n" -" calendario cuando se sincroniza con dispositivo de mano. Puede usar\n" -" la lista en un formato más grande eligiendo el botón\n" -" <guibutton>Tareas</guibutton> de la barra de atajos o del arbol de\n" -" carpetas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:179 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The toolbar offers you four different views of your calendar:\n" -" one day, five days, a week, or a month at once. Press the\n" -" calendar-shaped buttons on the right side of the toolbar to\n" -" switch between views. You can also select a range of\n" -" days— three days, ten days, a fortnight if you want\n" -" — in the small calendar at the upper right.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La barra de herramientas le ofrece cuatro vistas distintas de su\n" -" calendario: un día, cinco días, una semana, o un mes. Pulse sobre\n" -" los botones con forma de calendario a la derecha de la barra de\n" -" herramientas para alternar entre las distintas vistas. Tambien puede\n" -" seleccionar un rango de días— tres días, diez días, quinzenas\n" -" si quiere— en el pequeño calendario en la esquina superior\n" -" derecha.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:188 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To record a new task, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>\n" -" button below the list. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" will pop up a small window with five items in it:\n" -" \n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Summary:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" The description you enter here will appear in the To Do\n" -" list itself.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Due Date:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Decide when this item is\n" -" due. You can either type in a date and time, or select one " -"from\n" -" the <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> and time drop-down menus.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Priority:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Select a level of importance from 1 (most important) to 9\n" -" (least important).\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem> \n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Item Comments:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of\n" -" the item here.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para guardar una nueva tarea, pulse sobre el botón\n" -" <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" mostrará una pequeña ventana con cinco elementos en ella:\n" -" \n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Resumen:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" La descripción que escriba aquí aparecerá en la lista Por\n" -" Hacer.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Fecha de Plazo:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Decida cuando vence el plazo para este elemnto.\n" -" Puede escribir una fecha y una hora, o seleccionar una del\n" -" <guibutton>Calendario</guibutton> y la hora de los menus " -"desplegables.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Prioridad:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Seleccione un nivel de importancia desde 1 (más importante) a " -"9\n" -" (menos importante).\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem> \n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Comentarios sobre el elemento:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Si lo desea, puede escribir aquí una descripción más " -"detallada\n" -" del elemento.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:235 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To visit a specific date's calendar entries, click\n" -" <guibutton>Go To</guibutton> and select the date in the dialog\n" -" box that appears.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para ver una fecha espefica del calendario, pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Ir A</guibutton> y seleccione la fecha en la ventana\n" -" de diálogo que aparece.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:241 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Of course, you'll want to use the calendar to do more than find\n" -" out what day it is. This section will tell you how to schedule\n" -" events, set alarms, and determine event recurrence.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Naturalmente, querra usar el calendario para hacer algo más que\n" -" saber que día es. Esta sección le contará como fijar eventos, poner\n" -" alarmas, y especificar recurrencias en los eventos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:247 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To create a new calendar, select \n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -"\t<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t<guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>.\n" -" You can place the calendar in any calendar folder and access it\n" -" from the folder view. Alarms, configuration, and display for\n" -" each calendar are separate from each other.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para crear un nuevo calendario, seleccione\n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -"\t<guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t<guimenuitem>Calendario</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>.\n" -" Puede colocar el calendario en cualquier carpeta de calendario y\n" -" acceder a el desde la vista de carpetas. Las alarmas, la\n" -" configuración, y las vistas de cada calendario se mantienen " -"separadas\n" -" unas de otras.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:258 -msgid " <title>Multiple Calendars</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Múltiples Calendarios</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:260 -msgid " <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Programando Citas con el Calendario de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:262 -msgid " <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Maneras de ver su calendario</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:264 -msgid " <title>The Task Pad</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>La lista de tareas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:266 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To begin using the calendar, select\n" -" <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> from the <interface>shortcut\n" -" bar</interface>. By default, the calendar starts showing today's\n" -" schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right, there's a\n" -" monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below that, there's\n" -" a <guilabel>TaskPad</guilabel>, where you can keep a list of tasks\n" -" seperate from your calendar appointments. The calendar's daily\n" -" view is shown in <xref linkend=\"usage-calendar-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -" <!-- ============== Figure ============================= -->\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-calendar-fig\">\n" -" <title>Evolution Calendar View</title>\n" -" <screenshot>\n" -"\t<screeninfo>Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo>\n" -"\t<graphic fileref=\"fig/calendar\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron Weber" -"\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -" </screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -" <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= --> \n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para comenzar a usar el calendario, seleccione\n" -" <guibutton>Calendario</guibutton> de la <interface>barra de\n" -" atajos</interface>. Por defecto, el calendario empieza mostrando el\n" -" horario para hoy sobre un fondo reglado. Arriba a la derecha, hay un\n" -" calendario mensual que puede usar para cambiar de día. Debajo de eso,\n" -" hay una <guilabel>Lista de Tareas</guilabel>, donde puede tener una\n" -" lista de tareas separada de sus citas del calendario. La vista diaria\n" -" del calendario se muestra en <xref linkend=\"usage-calendar-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -" <!-- ============== Figure ============================= -->\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-calendar-fig\">\n" -" <title>Vista del Calendario de Evolution</title>\n" -" <screenshot>\n" -"\t<screeninfo>Vista del Administrador de Contactos de Evolution</" -"screeninfo>\n" -"\t<graphic fileref=\"fig/calendar\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron Weber" -"\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -" </screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -" <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= --> \n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:289 -msgid " <title>The Evolution Calendar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>El calendario de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:291 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:295 -msgid "" -"<!-- ############### FIXME FIXME FIXME ############\n" -"Feature not yet implemented, and may not be implemented due to\n" -"lack of time, resources, and interest.\n" -" <para>\n" -" In addition, <application>Evolution</application> supports\n" -" Hebrew, Muslim, and other calendar formats. To switch to a\n" -" different calendar format, choose\n" -" <guimenuitem>GUIMENUITEM</guimenuitem> from the\n" -" <guimenu>GUIMENU</guimenu>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"################ END FIXME AREA ################## -->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- ############### FIXME FIXME FIXME ############\n" -"Caracteristica no implementada y que puede que no se implemente por falta\n" -"de tiempo, recursos, e interes.\n" -" <para>\n" -" In addition, <application>Evolution</application> supports\n" -" Hebrew, Muslim, and other calendar formats. To switch to a\n" -" different calendar format, choose\n" -" <guimenuitem>GUIMENUITEM</guimenuitem> from the\n" -" <guimenu>GUIMENU</guimenu>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"################ END FIXME AREA ################## -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-calendar.sgml.h:307 -msgid "" -"<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ###################\n" -"\n" -" <sect2 id=\"usage-calendar-apts-group\">\n" -" <title>Appointments for Groups</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tIf you have your calendar set up to work with other\n" -"\tcalendars over a network, you can see when others are\n" -"\tavailable to meet with you. \n" -" </para>\n" -" <note>\n" -"\t<title>Unimplemented Feature</title>\n" -"\t<para>This feature is not yet implemented.</para>\n" -" </note>\n" -"\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tIn addition, you can use <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\tto mark a meeting request on another person's calendar. To do\n" -"\tit, click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the calendar toolbar,\n" -"\tor select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t<guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t<guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring\n" -"\tup the <interface>new event</interface> window. Then describe\n" -"\tthe event as you would any other. Before you click\n" -"\t<guibutton>OK</guibutton>, (INSERT DESCRIPTION HERE...).\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application> will automatically send\n" -"\temail to each person on the request list, notifying of the\n" -"\ttime and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In\n" -"\taddition, it will mark the event on your calendar and on\n" -"\ttheirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, event.\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tTo mark a tentative event as confirmed, click once on the\n" -"\tevent in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select\n" -"\tit, and then choose <guimenuitem>Event\n" -"\tProperties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>\n" -"\tmenu. In the <interface>Event Properties</interface> dialog\n" -"\twindow, click the \"tentative\" button to De-select the\n" -"\tevent.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </sect2>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" <sect2 id=\"usage-calendar-apts-privs\">\n" -" <title>Scheduling privileges</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tThere are several levels of scheduling privileges. You\n" -"\tcan set whether people can see your calendar, whether they\n" -"\tcan request meetings or appointments, and whether they can\n" -"\tcreate appointments. This section may have to be deleted,\n" -"\tbecause I don't know if we are going to support privileges\n" -"\tat all.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </sect2>\n" -" ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ -->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ###################\n" -" ################## NO LO VOY A TRADUCIR PORQUE NO SE MUESTRA ######\n" -"\n" -" <sect2 id=\"usage-calendar-apts-group\">\n" -" <title>Appointments for Groups</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tIf you have your calendar set up to work with other\n" -"\tcalendars over a network, you can see when others are\n" -"\tavailable to meet with you. \n" -" </para>\n" -" <note>\n" -"\t<title>Unimplemented Feature</title>\n" -"\t<para>This feature is not yet implemented.</para>\n" -" </note>\n" -"\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tIn addition, you can use <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\tto mark a meeting request on another person's calendar. To do\n" -"\tit, click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the calendar toolbar,\n" -"\tor select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t<guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t<guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring\n" -"\tup the <interface>new event</interface> window. Then describe\n" -"\tthe event as you would any other. Before you click\n" -"\t<guibutton>OK</guibutton>, (INSERT DESCRIPTION HERE...).\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application> will automatically send\n" -"\temail to each person on the request list, notifying of the\n" -"\ttime and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In\n" -"\taddition, it will mark the event on your calendar and on\n" -"\ttheirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, event.\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tTo mark a tentative event as confirmed, click once on the\n" -"\tevent in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select\n" -"\tit, and then choose <guimenuitem>Event\n" -"\tProperties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>\n" -"\tmenu. In the <interface>Event Properties</interface> dialog\n" -"\twindow, click the \"tentative\" button to De-select the\n" -"\tevent.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </sect2>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" <sect2 id=\"usage-calendar-apts-privs\">\n" -" <title>Scheduling privileges</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tThere are several levels of scheduling privileges. You\n" -"\tcan set whether people can see your calendar, whether they\n" -"\tcan request meetings or appointments, and whether they can\n" -"\tcreate appointments. This section may have to be deleted,\n" -"\tbecause I don't know if we are going to support privileges\n" -"\tat all.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </sect2>\n" -" ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ -->\n" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ " <para>\n" -#~ " To view yesterday's appointments, —last week's, if you're " -#~ "in\n" -#~ " the weekly view, and last month's for the monthly view— " -#~ "click\n" -#~ " the <guibutton>Prev</guibutton> button. For tomorrow, next week,\n" -#~ " or next month, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and of course,\n" -#~ " click <guibutton>Today</guibutton> for today.\n" -#~ " </para>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " <para>\n" -#~ " Para ver las citas de ayer, —de la semana pasada, si esta " -#~ "en\n" -#~ " la vista semanal, y del mes pasado en la vista mensual— " -#~ "pulse\n" -#~ " el botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Para mañana, la semana " -#~ "que\n" -#~ " viene o el mes próximo, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y\n" -#~ " naturalmente, pulse <guibutton>Hoy</guibutton> para hoy.\n" -#~ " </para>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-contact.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-contact.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 04cfc5c703..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-contact.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1225 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Ray wants to schedule a meeting with Company X, so he\n" -"\t checks the network for the Company X address card so he\n" -"\t knows whom to call there. Since his company also shares\n" -"\t calendars, he then learns that his co-worker Deanna has\n" -"\t already scheduled a meeting with Company X next Thursday.\n" -"\t He can either go to the meeting himself or ask Deanna to\n" -"\t discuss his concerns for him. Either way, he avoids\n" -"\t scheduling an extra meeting with Company X. \n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Raul quiere concertar una reunión con la Compañía X, así que\n" -"\t busca en la red la tarjeta de la Compañía X para saber a quien tiene\n" -"\t que llamar. Dado que su compañia comparte un calendario, ve que su\n" -"\t compañera Diana ya ha concertado una reunión con la Compañía X para " -"el\n" -"\t próximo jueves. Puede ir el mismo a la reunión o pedir a Diana que\n" -"\t trate el tema por el. De cualquier modo, evita concertar otra cita\n" -"\t co la Compañía X. \n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:12 -msgid "\t <title>Evolution Contact Editor</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>Editor de contactos de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:14 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t He opens his contacts folder, and runs a quick search for\n" -"\t \"Curtis.\" There are eighteen different people with that name\n" -"\t in the file. He then enters \"Sales,\" and\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> narrows it down to the\n" -"\t right Curtis. He only becomes annoyed when he discovers that\n" -"\t the call was not actually important.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Abre la carpeta de contactos, y realiza una busqueda rápida por\n" -"\t \"Curtis\". Hay dieciocho personas diferentes con ese nombre en el\n" -"\t archivo. Entonces escribe \"Ventas\", y\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> lo reduce al Curtis correcto.\n" -"\t Tan solo se siente molesto cuando descubre que la llamada no era\n" -"\t realmente importante.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:23 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Tom comes back from lunch and finds a note on his\n" -"\t keyboard: \"Curtis in sales called for you, but he didn't\n" -"\t leave a number, and I forgot to write down the name of the\n" -"\t company he works for. He said it was important, though.\"\n" -"\t Tom is not at all annoyed.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Tom vuelve de almorzar y se encuantra una nota en su teclado:\n" -"\t \"Le ha llamado Curtis de ventas, pero no dejo un teléfono,\n" -"\t y se me olvidó anotar la compañía para la que trabaja. Eso si, dijo\n" -"\t que era importante.\"\n" -"\t Tom no está molesto en absoluto.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:31 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t The simplest way to group address cards is to use folders.\n" -"\t By default, cards start in the\n" -"\t <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> folder. If you've read <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-mainwindow\"> then you already know that you\n" -"\t can create a new folder by selecting \n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>\n" -" and that you can put new folders anywhere you like. Just\n" -"\t like with mail, cards must be in a card folder, and no card\n" -"\t can be in two places at once. If you want more\n" -"\t flexibility, try <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-contact-organize-group-category\">.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t La manera más sencilla de agrupar tarjetas de direcciones es usar\n" -"\t carpetas. Por defecto, las tarjetas están en la carpeta\n" -"\t <guilabel>Contactos</guilabel>. Si ha leido <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-mainwindow\"> entonces sabrá que puede crear una nueva\n" -"\t carpeta seleccionando \n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -"\t <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>\n" -" y que puede poner nuevas carpetas en cualquier sitio que quiera.\n" -"\t Exactamente como con el correo, las tarjetas deben estar en una " -"carpeta\n" -"\t de tarjetas, y ninguna tarjeta puede estar en dos sitios a la vez. Si\n" -"\t quiere más flexibilidad, pruebe <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-contact-organize-group-category\">.\n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:49 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging\n" -" to different categories. The difference between folders\n" -" and categories is that folders contain cards, but category\n" -" membership is a property of each card. That means that you\n" -" can mark a card as being in several categories or no\n" -" category at all. For example, I put my friend Matthew's\n" -" card in the \"Business\" category, because he works with me,\n" -" the \"Friends\" category, because he's also my friend, and\n" -" the \"Frequent\" category, because I call him all the time\n" -" and can never remember his phone number. \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" La otra manera de agrupar tarjetas es marcarlas como\n" -" pertenecientes a distintas categorias. La diferencia entre\n" -" carpetas y categorias es que las carpetas contienen las " -"tarjetas,\n" -" pero pertenecer a una categoría es una propiedad de cada " -"tarjeta.\n" -" Lo que significa que puede marcar una tarjeta como perteneciente\n" -" a varias categorias o a ninguna. Por ejemplo, yo pongo la\n" -" tarjeta de mi amigo Matthew en la categoría \"Negocios\", porque\n" -" trabaja conmigo, en la categoría \"Amigos\", porque tambien es " -"mi\n" -" amigo, y en la categoría \"Frecuente\", porque le llamo\n" -" continuamente y nunca me acuerdo de su número de teléfono.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:62 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Then, you can refer to all the cards in that category by:\n" -" <!-- FIXME --> Waiting for Evolution to support the\n" -" operation.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Entonces, puede referirse a todas las tarjetas en esa categoría\n" -" haciendo: <!-- ARREGLAME --> Esperando a que Evolution soporte\n" -" la operación.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:68 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the\n" -" <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> button at the lower\n" -" right. From the dialog box that appears, you can check as\n" -" many or as few categories as you like.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Para marcar una tarjeta como perteneciente a una categoría, " -"pulse\n" -" botón <guibutton>Categorias</guibutton> abajo a la derecha.\n" -" De la ventana de diálogo que aparece, puede marcar tantas\n" -" categorías como quiera.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:75 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" To put a card into a folder, just drag it there from the\n" -" folder view. Remember that contact cards can only go in\n" -" contact folders, just like mail can only go in mail folders,\n" -" and calendars in calendar folders.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Para poner una tarjeta en una carpeta, simplemente arrastrela " -"allí\n" -" desde la vista de carpetas. Recuerde que las tarjetas de\n" -" contactos solo pueden estar en carpetas de contactos, como el\n" -" correo solo puede estar en carpetas de correo, y los calendarios\n" -" en carpetas de calendarios.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:82 -msgid "\t<title>Grouping with Categories</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Agrupando con Categorías</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:84 -msgid "\t<title>Grouping with Folders</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Agrupando con Carpatas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:86 -msgid "\t<title>Refining a Quick Search</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Refinando una Búsqueda Rápida</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:88 -msgid "\t<title>Sharing Address Cards and Calendar Data</title>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<title>Conpartiendo Tarjetas de Direcciones y Datos del Calendario</" -"title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:90 -msgid "" -" <!-- FIXME: Feature Not Implemented\n" -"\t<para>\n" -"\n" -" If the master list of categories doesn't suit you, you can\n" -" add your own. Just enter the new category's name in the\n" -" text box, then click <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> and\n" -" choose <guilabel>Add to Master List</guilabel> in the\n" -" window that appears. \n" -" </para>\n" -" -->\n" -msgstr "" -" <!-- ARREGLAME: Caracteristica no implementeada\n" -"\t<para>\n" -"\n" -" Si la lista principal de categorías no le es suficiente, puede\n" -" añadir las suyas propias. Simplemente escriba el nombre de la\n" -" nueva categoría en la caja de texto, entonces pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Categorias</guibutton> y elija\n" -" <guilabel>Añadir a la Lista Principal</guilabel> en la ventana\n" -" aparece. \n" -" </para>\n" -" -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:101 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t Between <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> and <guilabel>View\n" -" \t All</guilabel> is a quick search field. To use it, select\n" -" \t from the drop-down list which sort of search you'd like to\n" -" \t perform (the whole card, just the name, or just the email\n" -" \t address), then enter one or more words in the text entry\n" -" \t box, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.\n" -" \t <application>Evolution</application> will search through\n" -" \t the contents of every displayed card to find one that\n" -" \t matches. You can refine searches by doing several in\n" -" \t succession, or start over by pressing the <guibutton>View\n" -" \t All</guibutton> button.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\t Entre <guilabel>Borrar</guilabel> y <guilabel>Ver\n" -" \t Todo</guilabel> hay un campo de búsqueda rápida. Para usarlo,\n" -" \t elija de la lista descendente que clase de búsqueda quiere hacer\n" -" \t (toda la tarjeta, solo el nombre, o solo la dirección de correo),\n" -" \t entonces escriba una o más palabras en la caja de entrada de " -"texto,\n" -" \t y pulse <keycap>Enter</keycap>.\n" -" \t <application>Evolution</application> buscará en los contenidos\n" -" \t de todas las tarjetas mostradas para encontrar una que concuerde.\n" -" \t Puede refinar las búsquedas haciendo varias búsquedas sucesivas,\n" -" \t o empezar de nuevo pulsando el botón <guibutton>Ver\n" -" \t Todas</guibutton>.\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:115 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t If there are no matches, the card display will be\n" -"\t blank. When you'd like to see all the cards again, press\n" -"\t <guilabel>Show All</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\t Si no hay coincidencias, la tarjeta mostrada estará en blanco.\n" -"\t Cuando quiera volver a ver todas las tarjetas de nuevo, pulse\n" -"\t <guilabel>Mostrar Todas</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:121 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t You already know that when you are writing an email, you can\n" -"\t address it to one or more people, and that\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will fill in addresses\n" -"\t from your address book's address cards if you let it. In\n" -"\t addition to that, you can send email to everyone in a\n" -"\t particular group if you choose.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\t Ya sabe que cuando escribe un mensaje, puede dirigirlo a una o más\n" -"\t personas, y que <application>Evolution</application> rellenará las\n" -"\t direcciones con las direcciones de las tarjetas de su agenda si le\n" -"\t deja. Ademas, si quiere puede enviar mensajes a todos los de un\n" -"\t grupo en particular.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:130 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tAs noted before, when you get information about a person in\n" -"\tthe mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address\n" -"\tcard. To do so, right click on any email address or email\n" -"\tmessage, and select <guimenuitem>Add Address\n" -"\tCard</guimenuitem> from the menu that appears. Of course,\n" -"\t<application> Evolution</application> also adds cards from a\n" -"\thand-held device during HotSync operation. For more\n" -"\tinformation about that, see <xref linkend=\"usage-sync\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\tComo se ha visto antes, cuando obtiene información acerca de una\n" -"\tpersona en el correo o en una entrada del calendario, puede añadirla\n" -"\ta una tarjeta de direcciones. Para hacerlo, pulse con el botón\n" -"\tderecho en cualquier dirección de correo o mensaje de correo, y\n" -"\tseleccione <guimenuitem>Añadir Tarjeta de Direcciones</guimenuitem>\n" -"\tdel menú que aparece. Naturalmente,\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application> tambien añade tarjetas desde un\n" -"\tdispositivo de mano durante la operación de sincronización. Para más\n" -"\tinformación acerca de eso, vea <xref linkend=\"usage-sync\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:141 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tThe contact editor window has two tabs,\n" -" \t<guilabel>General</guilabel>, for basic contact information,\n" -" \tand <guilabel>Details</guilabel>, for a more specific\n" -" \tdescription of the person. In addition, it contains a\n" -" \t<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, (see <xref\n" -" \tlinkend=\"menuref-contact-editor\">) and a toolbar with three\n" -" \titems: <guilabel>Save and Close</guilabel>,\n" -" \t<guilabel>Print</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\tLa ventana del editor de contactos tiene dos pestañas,\n" -" \t<guilabel>General</guilabel>, para información contacto básica,\n" -" \ty <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>, para una descripción más específica\n" -" \tde la persona. Ademas, contiene un menú\n" -" \t<guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, (ver <xref\n" -" \tlinkend=\"menuref-contact-editor\">) y una barra de herramientas con\n" -" \ttres elementos: <guilabel>Guardar y Cerrar</guilabel>,\n" -" \t<guilabel>Imprimir</guilabel>, y <guilabel>Borrar</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:152 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> offers two ways for you\n" -" to organize your cards. The first way is to use folders;\n" -" this works the same way that mail folders do. For more\n" -" flexibility, you can also mark contacts as members of\n" -" different categories.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le ofrece dos maneras de\n" -" organizar sus tarjetas. La primera es usando carpetas.\n" -" Esto funciona igual que las carpetas de correo. Para más\n" -" flexibilidad, puede marcar los contactos como miembros de\n" -" diferentes categorías.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:160 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Click <guibutton>Add Criterion</guibutton> to increase the\n" -" number of criteria you'd like to use in the search, and\n" -" <guibutton>Remove Criterion</guibutton> to remove one from the\n" -" bottom of the list. Your criteria may be a search within the\n" -" <guilabel>Name</guilabel> or <guilabel>Email</guilabel>\n" -" fields; alternately you can choose to search through all the\n" -" fields with a regular expression. Then, you can select from\n" -" all the familiar requirements like <guilabel>Begins\n" -" With</guilabel> and <guilabel>Does Not Contain</guilabel>,\n" -" decide whether to match <guilabel>All</guilabel> or\n" -" <guilabel>Any</guilabel> of your criteria, and press\n" -" <guibutton>Search</guibutton> to set it all off.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Pulse <guibutton>Añadir Criterio</guibutton> para aumentar el\n" -" número de criterios que quiere usar en la búsqueda, y\n" -" <guibutton>Eliminar Criterio</guibutton> para eliminar uno del la\n" -" parte inferior de la lista. Su criterio puede ser una búsqueda en\n" -" los campos <guilabel>Nombre</guilabel> o\n" -" <guilabel>Correo</guilabel>. Alternativamente puede elegir buscar " -"en\n" -" todos los campos con una expresión regular. Entonces, puede\n" -" seleccionar entre los requisistos <guilabel>Comienza con</guilabel>\n" -" y <guilabel>No contiene</guilabel>, decidir si deben conincidir\n" -" <guilabel>Todos</guilabel> o <guilabel>Alguno</guilabel> de sus\n" -" criterios, y pulsar <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton> para ejecutar\n" -" todo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:175 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you prefer to perform a more complex search, press\n" -" <guibutton>Find</guibutton> or choose\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Search for\n" -" Contact</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will open the\n" -" in-depth search window, which lets you use multiple search\n" -" criteria in the same way that email filters and <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"vfolder\">virtual folders</glossterm> do.. </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si prefiere realizar una búsqueda más compleja, pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton> o elija\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Herramientas</guimenu><guimenuitem>Buscar\n" -" Contacto</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Esto abrirá la ventana de\n" -" búsqueda a fondo, que le permitirá usar multiples criterios de\n" -" búsqueda de la misma manera que en los filtros de correo y las\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"vfolder\">carpetas virtuales</glossterm>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:184 -msgid "" -" <para> The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab has seven sections,\n" -" each with an icon: a face, for name and company; a telephone\n" -" for phone numbers; an envelope for email address; a globe for\n" -" web page address; a house for postal address; a file folder\n" -" for contacts, and a briefcase for categories. \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para> La pestaña <guilabel>General</guilabel> tiene siete secciones,\n" -" cada una con un icono, una cara, para el nombre y la compañía, un\n" -" teléfono para números de teléfono, un sobre para direcciones de\n" -" correo, un globo terraqueo para direcciones de páginas web, una\n" -" casa para dirección postal, un archivador para contactos, y una\n" -" cartera para categorías. \n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:191 -msgid " <title>Evolution Address Book</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Agenda de Direcciones de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:193 -msgid " <title>Groups of contacts</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Grupos de contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:195 -msgid " <title>Managing a Mailing list</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Administrando una Lista de Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:197 -msgid " <title>Searching for Contacts</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Buscando Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:199 -msgid " <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title>\n" -msgstr "" -" <title>Envíame una Tarjeta: Añadiendo Tarjetas Rápidamente</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:201 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab is, fortunately, much more\n" -" simple: three sections, all of which are more or less obvious:\n" -" the briefcase next to the details about the contact's\n" -" professional life; the face next to the details about their\n" -" personal life; the globe next to a big blank space you can use\n" -" for anything and everything else you'd like to note about them.\n" -" If you ever wanted to have that uncanny knack for remembering\n" -" obscure details like the date of someone's anniversary (perhaps\n" -" your own) this is the way to develop it.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La pestaña de <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel> es, afortunadamente,\n" -" mucho más simple: tres secciones, las cuales son más o menos obvias:\n" -" la cartera al lado de los detalles acerca de la vida profesional del\n" -" contacto, la cara al lado de los detalles de su vida personal,\n" -" el globo terraqueo al lado de un gran espacio en blanco que puede\n" -" usar para cualquier cosa que quiera anotar.\n" -" Si alguna vez quiso tener ese poder sobrenatural de recordar oscuros\n" -" detalles como la fecha del aniversario de alguien (quiza del suyo\n" -" propio) esta es la manera de desarrollarlo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:213 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The last item in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab is the\n" -" <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> organization tool; for\n" -" information on that, read <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact-organize\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El último elemento en la pestaña <guilabel>General</guilabel> es la\n" -" herramienta de organización de <guilabel>Categorias</guilabel>, para\n" -" ver información acerca de ella, lea <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact-organize\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:220 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you keep your cards on a network using an <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"ldap\">LDAP</glossterm> server, you can share access to\n" -" them, browse other address books, or maintain a shared set of\n" -" contact information for your company or your department. This\n" -" is the sort of feature you'll want to use if your company has a\n" -" list of vendors and clients that needs constant updating. If\n" -" share calendars as well as address books, people can avoid\n" -" duplicating work and keep up to date on developments within\n" -" their work-group or across the entire company.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si tiene sus tarjetas en una red usando un servidor <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"ldap\">LDAP</glossterm>, puede compartir el acceso a " -"ellas,\n" -" ver otras agendas, o mantener información de contacto compartida\n" -" para su compañía o su departamento. Esta es la clase de\n" -" características que querrá si su compañía tiene una lista de\n" -" vendedores y clientes que necesita ser actualizada constantemente.\n" -" Si se comparten calendarios al igual que agendas, la gente puede\n" -" evitar duplicar trabajo y mantenerse al día en los desarrollos de su\n" -" grupo de trabajo o de la compañía entera.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:232 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you want to add or change cards, you'll use the contact\n" -" editor. To change a card that already exists, double click on\n" -" it to open the contact editor window with all the current\n" -" information already filled in. If you want to create a new\n" -" one, clicking the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button in the\n" -" toolbar will open the same window, with blank entry boxes for\n" -" you to fill in.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si quiere añadir o cambiar tarjetas, usará el editor de contactos.\n" -" Para cambiar una tarjeta que ya existe, pulse dos veces sobre ella\n" -" para abrir la ventana del editor de contactos con toda la " -"información\n" -" actual. Si quiere crear una nueva, pulsando el botón\n" -" <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton> el la barra de herramientas abrirá la\n" -" misma ventana, con los campos en blanco para que los rellene.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:242 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Of course, you don't want to share all of your cards— why\n" -" overload the network with a list of babysitters or tell\n" -" everyone in the office you're talking to new job prospects? If\n" -" you keep cards on your own computer, you can decide which items\n" -" you want to make accessible to others.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Naturalmente, no quiere compartir todas sus tarjetas— ¿porque\n" -" sobrecargar la red con una lista de niñeras o decir a todos\n" -" en la oficina que esta buscando un nuevos trabajo? Si mantiene\n" -" sus tarjetas en su propio ordenador, puede decidir que elementos\n" -" quiere hacer accesibles a otros.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:250 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Organizing your address book is a lot like organizing your\n" -" mail. You can have folders and searches the same way you can\n" -" with mail, but the address book does not allow vFolders. It\n" -" does, however, allow each card to fall under several\n" -" categories, and allow you to create your own categories. To\n" -" learn about categories, read <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact-organize-group-category\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Organizar su agenda de direcciones es muy parecido a organizar su\n" -" correo. Puede tener carpetas y búsquedas de la misma manera que\n" -" con el correo, pero la agenda no admite carpetas virtuales. Lo\n" -" que si hace, es permitir a cada tarjeta estar en varias categorías,\n" -" y le permite crear sus propias categorías. Para aprender acerca de\n" -" las categorías, lea <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact-organize-group-category\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:260 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The address book works closely with\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>'s mail and calendar tools.\n" -" For example, you can use the address book to help you manage\n" -" mailing lists, and send or recieve address cards over email.\n" -" More tools are on the way, and when they arrive, <!-- FIXME -->\n" -" they will be described in this section.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La agenda de direcciones trabaja bien con las herramientas\n" -" de correo y calendario de <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -" Por ejemplo, puede usar la agenda de direcciones para ayudarle a\n" -" administrar listas de correo, y enviar o recivir tarjetas por " -"correo.\n" -" Hay más herramientas en camino, y cuando llegen, <!-- ARREGLAME -->\n" -" serán descritas en esta sección.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:269 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The toolbar for the address book is quite simple:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t<listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>New</guibutton> creates a new card.\n" -"\t</para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t<listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Find</guibutton> brings up an in-depth search window.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\n" -"\t<listitem><para>\n" -"\t <guibutton>Print</guibutton> sends one or more of your cards to the " -"printer.\n" -"\t</para></listitem>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> deletes a selected card.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para> <guibutton>View All</guibutton> displays all\n" -" the address information in the folder. Use this button to\n" -" refresh the display for a network folder, or to switch from\n" -" viewing the results of a search and see the whole contents.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para> <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> stops loading\n" -" contact data from the network. This button is only\n" -" relevant if you are looking at contact information on a\n" -" network. </para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La barra de herramientas para la agenda de direcciones en bastante\n" -" simple:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t<listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Nueva</guibutton> crea una nueva tarjeta.\n" -"\t</para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t<listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton> aparece una ventana de búsqueda.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\n" -"\t<listitem><para>\n" -"\t <guibutton>Imprimir</guibutton> envía una o más tarjetas a la " -"impresora.\n" -"\t</para></listitem>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Borrar</guibutton> borra la tarjeta seleccionada.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para> <guibutton>Ver Todo</guibutton> muestra la\n" -" información de todas las direcciones en la carpeta. Use este\n" -" botón para actualizar una carpeta de red, o para cambiar de\n" -" ver los resultados de una búsqueda a ver todos los contenidos.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para> <guibutton>Para</guibutton> detiene la carga\n" -" de la información de contacto de la red. Este botón solo es\n" -" relevante si está buscando información de contacto en una red.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:300 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To delete a card, click on it once to select it, then press the\n" -" <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. If you have multiple\n" -" cards selected, you'll delete multiple cards.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para borrar una tarjeta, pulse sobre ella una vez para " -"seleccionarla,\n" -" entonces pulse el botón <guibutton>Borrar</guibutton>. Si tiene\n" -" varias tarjetas seleccionadas, borrará varias tarjetas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:306 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To learn how to add a remote directory to your available\n" -" contact folders, see <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-contact\">.\n" -" Once you have a connection, the network contacts folder or\n" -" folders will appear inside the <guilabel>External\n" -" Directories</guilabel> folder in the folder bar. It will work\n" -" exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following\n" -" exceptions:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Network folders are only available when you are\n" -" connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a\n" -" modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache the\n" -" network directory and then synchronize your copy with\n" -" the networked version periodically. <!-- FIXME: HOW? -->\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" To prevent excess network traffic,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will not normally\n" -" load the contents of LDAP folders immediately upon\n" -" opening. You must click <guilabel>Display\n" -" All</guilabel> before LDAP folder cards will be loaded\n" -" from the network. You can change this behavior in the\n" -" <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Your ability to view, change, add, and delete contacts\n" -" depends on the settings of the LDAP server. \n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para aprender a añadir un directorio remoto a sus carpetas de\n" -" contactos disponibles, vea <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-contact\">.\n" -" Una vez que ha conectado, la carpeta o carpetas de contactos de la\n" -" red aparecerán dentro de la carpeta <guilabel>Directorios\n" -" Externos</guilabel>. Funcionará exactamente igual que una carpeta\n" -" de tarjetas local, con las siguientes excepciones:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Las carpetas de red solo están disponibles cueando está\n" -" conectado a la red. Si usa un portatil o tiene una conexión\n" -" por modem, puede que quiera copiar o cachear el directorio en\n" -" red y sincronizar periodicamente su copia con la versión en\n" -" la red. <!-- ARREGLAME: ¿COMO? -->\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Para prevenir el tráfico de red excesivo,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> no cargará normalmente\n" -" los contenidos de las carpetas LDAP inmediatamente despues de\n" -" abrirlas. Debe pulsar <guilabel>Mostrar Todo</guilabel> para\n" -" las carpetas LDAP sean cargadas de la red. Puede cambiar este\n" -" comportamiento en las\n" -" <interface>Preferencias de Contactos</interface> window.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Las posibilidades de ver, cambiar, añadir, y borrar contactos\n" -" dependen de la configuración del servidor LDAP. \n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:346 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To open up your address book, click on\n" -" <guibutton>Contacts</guibutton> in the shortcut bar, or select\n" -" one of your contacts folders from the folder bar. <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact-fig\"> shows the address book in all\n" -" its organizational glory. By default, the address book\n" -" shows all your cards in alphabetical order, in a <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"minicard\">minicard</glossterm> format. You can select\n" -" other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust\n" -" the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the grey\n" -" column dividers.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para abrir su agenda de direcciones, pulse en\n" -" <guibutton>Contactos</guibutton> en la barra de atajos, o seleccion\n" -" una de sus carpetas de contactos de la barra de carpetas. <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact-fig\"> muestra la agenda de direcciones en\n" -" la cima de la organizabilidad. Por defecto, la agenda de " -"direcciones\n" -" muestra todas las tarjetas en orden alfabético, en un formato de\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"minicard\">minitarjeta</glossterm>. Puede\n" -" seleccionar otras vistas del menú <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, y\n" -" ajustar el ancho de las columnas pulsando y arrastrando los\n" -" divisores de columnas grises.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:359 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Your contact information fills the rest of the display. Move\n" -" through the cards alphabetically with the buttons and the\n" -" scrollbar at the right of the window. Of course, if you have\n" -" more than a few people listed, you'll want some way of finding\n" -" them more quickly, which is why there's a search feature.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Su información de contacto rellena el resto de la vista. Muevase\n" -" por las tarjetas alfabéticamente con los botonrd y la barra de\n" -" desplazamiento a la derecha de la ventana. Naturalemnte, si tiene\n" -" listadas más de unas pocas personas, querrá una manera de\n" -" encontrarlas más rápidamente, que es para lo que está la función de\n" -" búsqueda.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:367 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Another advantage of the <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" address book is its integration with the rest of the\n" -" application. When you look for someone's address, you can also\n" -" see a history of appointments with that person. Or, you can\n" -" create address cards from emails with just a few clicks. In\n" -" addition, searches and folders work in the same way they do in\n" -" the rest of Evolution.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Otra ventaja de la agenda de <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" es su integración con el resto de la aplicación. Cuando busca la\n" -" dirección de alguien, también puede ver un historial de las citas con\n" -" esa persona. O, puede crear tarjetas de direcciones de mensajes de\n" -" correo electrónico con unas pocas pulsaciones. En suma, las\n" -" búsquedas y las carpetas funcionan de la misma manera que en el resto\n" -" de Evolution.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:377 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <application>Evolution</application> address book can\n" -" handle all of the functions of an address book, phone book, or\n" -" Rolodex. Of course, it's a lot easier to update\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> than it is to change an\n" -" actual paper book. <application>Evolution</application> also\n" -" allows easy synchronization with hand-held devices. Since\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> supports the <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"ldap\">LDAP</glossterm> directory protocol, you can use\n" -" it with almost any type of existing directory server on your\n" -" network.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La agenda de <application>Evolution</application> puede hacerse\n" -" cargo de toda la funcionalidad de una agenda de direcciones, de\n" -" una agenda de telefonos o de un Rolodex. Naturalmente, es mucho\n" -" más facil actualizar <application>Evolution</application> que\n" -" cambiar una hoja de papel. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" también permite una facil sincronización con dispositivos de\n" -" mano. Dado que <application>Evolution</application> soporta el\n" -" protocolo de directirio <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"ldap\">LDAP</glossterm>, puede usarlo con casi todos\n" -" servidores de directorio de su red.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:390 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This chapter will show you how to use the\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> address book to organize\n" -" any amount of contact information, share addresses over a\n" -" network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To\n" -" learn about configuring the address book, see <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-contact\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este capítulo le mostrará como puede usar la agenda de\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> para organizar cualquier\n" -" cantidad de información, compartir direcciones a traves de una\n" -" red, y varias formas de ahorrar tiempo con las tareas de todos\n" -" los días. Para aprender a configurar la agenda, vea <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-contact\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:399 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Full Name</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field has two\n" -" major features:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t<listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para>\n" -" You can enter a name into the <guibutton>Full\n" -" Name</guibutton> field, but you can also click the\n" -" <guibutton>Full Name</guibutton> button to bring\n" -" up a small dialog box with a few text boxes\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Title: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t Enter an honorific or select one from the menu.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>First: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t Enter the first, or given, name.\n" -"\t\t\t </para></listitem> \n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Middle: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t\t Enter the middle name or initial, if any.\n" -"\t\t\t</para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Last: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t\t Enter the last name (surname).\n" -"\t\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Suffix: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t\t Enter suffixes such as \"Jr.\" or \"III.\"\n" -"\t\t\t</para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t\t</listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para>\n" -" The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also\n" -" interacts with the <guilabel>File As</guilabel>\n" -" box to help you organize your contacts.\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -" To see how it works, type a name in the\n" -" <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field:\n" -" <userinput>Rupert T. Monkey</userinput>. You'll\n" -" notice that the <guilabel>File As</guilabel> field\n" -" also fills up, but in reverse:\n" -" <computeroutput>Monkey, Rupert</computeroutput>.\n" -" You can pick <computeroutput>Rupert Monkey\n" -" </computeroutput> from the drop-down, or type in\n" -" your own, such as <userinput> T. Rupert Monkey\n" -" </userinput>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t\t <tip>\n" -"\t\t <title>Filing Suggestion</title>\n" -"\t\t \n" -"\t\t <para>\n" -" Don't enter something entirely different from\n" -" the actual name, since you might forget that\n" -" you've filed Rupert's information under \"F\" for\n" -" \"Fictitious Ximian Employee.\"\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t\t </tip>\n" -"\t\t</listitem>\n" -"\t </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Multiple Values for Fields</term>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" If you click on the small arrow buttons next to the\n" -" <guilabel>Primary Email</guilabel> field, you can also\n" -" choose <guilabel>Email 2</guilabel> and\n" -" <guilabel>Email 3</guilabel>. Although the contact\n" -" editor will only display one of those at any given\n" -" time, <application>Evolution</application> will\n" -" store them all. The arrow buttons next to the\n" -" telephone and postal address fields work in the same\n" -" way.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Nombre Completo</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" El campo <guilabel>Nombre Completo</guilabel> tiene dos\n" -" caracteristicas importantes:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t\t<listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para>\n" -" Puede escribir un nombre en el campo <guibutton>Nombre\n" -" Completo</guibutton>, pero tambien puede pulsar sobre\n" -" el botón <guibutton>Nombre Completo</guibutton> para\n" -" que aparezca una pequeña ventana de diálogo con alguas\n" -" cajas de texto\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Título: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t Escriba una categoría o seleccione una del menú.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Nombre: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t Escriba el nombre.\n" -"\t\t\t </para></listitem> \n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Middle: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t\t Enter the middle name or initial, if any.\n" -"\t\t\t</para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Apellidos: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t\t Escriba los apellidos.\n" -"\t\t\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t\t<term><guilabel>Sufijo: </guilabel></term>\n" -"\t\t\t<listitem> <para>\n" -"\t\t\t Escriba un sufujo como \"Junior\" o \"III.\"\n" -"\t\t\t</para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t\t</listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t <para>\n" -" El campo <guilabel>Nombre Completo</guilabel>\n" -" también interactua con la opción <guilabel>Archivar\n" -" Como</guilabel> para ayudarle a organizar sus\n" -" contactos.\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Vea como funciona, esbriba un nombre en el campo\n" -" <guilabel>Nombre Completo</guilabel>:\n" -" <userinput>Rupert T. Monkey</userinput>. Verá\n" -" que el campo <guilabel>Archivar Como</guilabel>\n" -" también se rellena, pero inversamente:\n" -" <computeroutput>Monkey, Rupert</computeroutput>.\n" -" Puede elegir <computeroutput>Rupert Monkey\n" -" </computeroutput> de la lista desplegable, o\n" -" escribir el suyo propio, como\n" -" <userinput>T. Rupert Monkey</userinput>.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t\t <tip>\n" -"\t\t <title>Consejos para Rellenar el Campo</title>\n" -"\t\t \n" -"\t\t <para>\n" -" No escriba algo totalmente distinto al nombre\n" -" real, dado que puede que olvide que achivó la\n" -" información de Rupert bajo la \"F\" como\n" -" \"Empleado Ficticio de Ximian\".\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t\t </tip>\n" -"\t\t</listitem>\n" -"\t </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Valores Múltiples para los Campos</term>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Si pulsa en el botón con una pequeña flecha al lado del\n" -" campo <guilabel>Correo Primario</guilabel>, puede elegir\n" -" <guilabel>Correo 2</guilabel> y\n" -" <guilabel>Correo 3</guilabel>. Aunque el editor de\n" -" contactos solo mostrará uno al tiempo,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> los almacenará\n" -" todos. El botón con la flecha a lado de los campos\n" -" teléfono y dirección postal funcionan igual.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:501 -msgid " <title>Address Book Tools</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Herramientas de la Agenda de Direcciones</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:503 -msgid " <title>Destroy, Create, and Change: The Contact Editor</title>\n" -msgstr "" -" <title>Destruir, Crear, y Cambiar: El Editor de Contactos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:505 -msgid " <title>Getting Started With the Address Book</title>\t\n" -msgstr " <title>Empezando con la Agenda de Direcciones</title>\t\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:507 -msgid " <title>Organizing your Address Book</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Organizando su Agenda de Direcciones</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:509 -msgid " <title>Sharing your Cards</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Compartiendo sus Tarjetas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:511 -msgid " <title>The Evolution Address Book</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>La Agenda de Direcciones de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:513 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -" <para>\n" -" Another useful <application>Evolution</application> feature is\n" -" its ability to recognize when people live or work together. If\n" -" several people in your address book share an address, and you\n" -" change the address for one of them,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will ask you if you wish to\n" -" change the address for all of them, or just for one.\n" -" </para>\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -" <para>\n" -" Otra característica útil de <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" es su habilidad para reconocer cuando la gente vive o trabajan\n" -" juntos. Si varias personas en su agenda de direcciones comparten\n" -" una dirección, y cambia la dirección de uno de ellos,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le preguntará si quiere\n" -" cambiar la dirección de todos, o solo la de uno de ellos.\n" -" </para>\n" -"-->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:524 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:528 -msgid "" -"<!-- FIXME this feature not yet implemented \n" -"\n" -" <para>\n" -" You can also use the address book to print postal addresses\n" -"\t on mailing labels. Future versions of\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will allow you to you\n" -"\t export a group of cards to a spreadsheet, database, or word\n" -"\t processor so you can print address labels or prepare large\n" -"\t mailings.\n" -" </para>\n" -" -->\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:540 -msgid "" -"<!--- FIXME this feature not yet implemented \n" -" <sect2 id=\"usage-contact-automation-extra\">\n" -" <title>Map It!</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\t Need a map or directions? Click\n" -"\t <guibutton>MapIt</guibutton> from within the contact\n" -"\t manager, and <application>Evolution</application> will\n" -"\t map the address for you online.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </sect2>\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-contact.sgml.h:552 -msgid "" -"<!--- ############# This section isn't implemented yet either:\n" -" <sect2>\n" -" <title></title>\n" -" <para>\n" -" <tip>\n" -"\t <title>Contact Shortcuts</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" You can add cards from within an email message or calendar\n" -" appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on\n" -" any email address or message, and choose\n" -" <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or\n" -" <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem>\n" -" from the menu. While looking at a calendar appointment,\n" -" right-click any email address, and choose\n" -" <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem>.\n" -" (NOTE that feature may change! unimplemented!)\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t</tip>\n" -" </para>\n" -" <para>\n" -" You can move cards around just as you would move email\n" -" messages: dragging and dropping works, as does right-clicking\n" -" and choosing <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem> from the menu\n" -" that appears.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </sect2>\n" -"############### SHORTCUT SECTION COMMENTED OUT FOR NOW -->\n" -msgstr "" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-mail.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-mail.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index f076b15554..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-mail.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2322 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t The composer is a WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get)\n" -"\t editor for HTML. That means that if you enter HTML\n" -"\t directly into the composer— say, <markup\n" -"\t role=\"html\"><B>Bold Text</B></markup>, the\n" -"\t the composer will assume you meant exactly that string\n" -"\t of characters, and not \"make this text bold,\" as an HTML\n" -"\t composition tool or text editor would.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t El compositor de correo en un editor WYSIWYG (What You See Is What\n" -"\t You Get \"Lo Que Ve Es Lo Que Obtiene\") de HTML. Esto significa " -"que\n" -"\t si escribe directamente HTML en el editor— digamos, \n" -"\t <markup role=\"html\"><B>Bold Text</B></markup>, el\n" -"\t editor asumirá que quiere escribir exactamente esa cada de\n" -"\t caracteres, y no \"hacer poner texto en Negrita,\" como haría una\n" -"\t herramienta de composición de HTML o un editor de texto.\n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:11 -msgid "\t <title>A Technical note on HTML Tags</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>Una nota Técnica sobre las Etiquetas HTML</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:13 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used\n" -"\t typewriters and there were no copy machines, \"Cc\" stands\n" -"\t for \"Carbon Copy.\" Use it whenever you want to share a\n" -"\t message you've written to someone else.\n" -"\t <example id=\"ex-mail-cc\">\n" -"\t <title>Using the Cc: field</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t When Susan sends an email to a client, she puts her\n" -"\t co-worker, Tim, in the in the\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field, so that he know\n" -"\t what's going on. The client can see that Tim also\n" -"\t received the message, and knows that he can talk to\n" -"\t Tim about the message as well.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </example>\n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Volviendo la vista a las edades oscuras cuando la gente usaba " -"máquinas\n" -"\t de escribir y no habia fotocopiadoras, \"Cc\" significa\n" -"\t \"Copia de Carbón\". Uselo cuando quiera compartir un mensaje que ha\n" -"\t escrito a otra persona.\n" -"\t <example id=\"ex-mail-cc\">\n" -"\t <title>Usando el campo Cc:</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Cuando Susan envia un mensaje a un cliente, pone a su compañero,\n" -"\t Tim, en el campo <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, para que sepa como " -"van\n" -"\t las cosas. El cliente puede ver que Tim también recivió el\n" -"\t mensaje, y sabe que también puede hablar con Tim acerca del\n" -"\t mensaje.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </example>\n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:31 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t If you have a large number of recipients, or if you want\n" -"\t to send mail to several people without sharing the\n" -"\t recipient list, you should use\n" -"\t <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel>. \"Bcc\" stands for \"Blind Carbon\n" -"\t Copy\", and it sends messages discreetly. In other words,\n" -"\t the people in the <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field get the\n" -"\t message, but nobody sees that they got it. Note that the\n" -"\t contents of the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> fields are visible to all\n" -"\t recipients, even to people on the\n" -"\t <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> list.\n" -"\n" -"\t <example id=\"ex-mail-bcc\">\n" -"\t <title>Using the Bcc: field</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Tim is sending an email announcement to all of his\n" -"\t company's clients, some of whom are in competition\n" -"\t with each other, and all of whom value their\n" -"\t privacy. He needs to use the\n" -"\t <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field here. If he puts\n" -"\t every address from his address book's \"Clients\"\n" -"\t category into the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> or\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> fields, he'll make the\n" -"\t company's <emphasis>entire</emphasis> client list\n" -"\t public. It seems like a small difference, but it can\n" -"\t make a huge difference in some situations.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </example>\n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Si tiene un gran número de destinatarios, o si quiere mandar mensajes\n" -"\t a varias personas sin mostrar la lista de destinatarios, debe usar\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel>. \"Cco\" significa \"Con Copia Oculta\",\n" -"\t y envía los mensajes discretamente. En otras palabras,\n" -"\t las personas en el campo <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel> reciven el " -"mensaje,\n" -"\t pero nadie vee que lo recibieron. Note que el contenido de los " -"campos\n" -"\t <guilabel>A:</guilabel> y <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> son visibles para\n" -"\t todos los destinatarios, incluso para las personas en la lista\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel>.\n" -"\n" -"\t <example id=\"ex-mail-bcc\">\n" -"\t <title>Usando el campo Cco:</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Tim está enviando un anuncio por correo a todos los clientes\n" -"\t de su compañía, algunos de los cuales son competidores entre si,\n" -"\t y todos ellos valoran su privacidad. En este caso necesita usar\n" -"\t el campo <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel>. Si pone todas las\n" -"\t direcciones de su agenda de direcciones de \"Clientes\" en el\n" -"\t campo <guilabel>A:</guilabel> o en el campo\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, hara que <emphasis>toda</emphasis>\n" -"\t la lista de clientes de la compañía sea pública.\n" -"\t Parece una pequeña diferencia, pero en ocasiones puede tener\n" -"\t una gran importancia.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </example>\n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:62 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or\n" -"\t prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is\n" -"\t slower to download and display. <emphasis>Some</emphasis>\n" -"\t people refer to HTML mail as \"the root of all evil\" and\n" -"\t get very angry if you send them HTML mail, which is why\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> sends plain text\n" -"\t unless you explicitly ask for HTML. To send HTML mail,\n" -"\t you will need to select <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>\n" -"\t HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternately, you can set\n" -"\t your default mail format preferences in the mail\n" -"\t configuration dialog. See <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-other\"> for more information.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Algunas personas no tienen clientes con capacidad para mostrar HMTL, " -"o\n" -"\t prefieren no recibir mensajes con HTML porque tarda más en descargar\n" -"\t y en ser mostrado. <emphasis>Algunas</emphasis> personas se hablan\n" -"\t correo con HTML como \"la raíz de todos los males\" y se enfadan\n" -"\t mucho si les envia correo con HTML, por lo cual\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> envía texto plano a menos que\n" -"\t pida explicitamente HTML. Para enviar correo con HTML, necesitará\n" -"\t seleccionar <menuchoice> <guimenu>Formato</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.\n" -"\t Alternativamente, puede elegir el formato por defecto de sus mensajes\n" -"\t en el diálogo de configuración del correo.\n" -"\t Vea <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-other\"> para más información.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:78 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -" Alternately, you can click on the\n" -" <guibutton>To:</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cc:</guibutton>, or\n" -" <guibutton>Bcc:</guibutton> buttons to get a list —\n" -" potentially a very long one — of the email addresses\n" -" in your contact manager. Select addresses and click on\n" -" the arrows to move them into the appropriate address\n" -" columns.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -" Alternativamente, puede pulsar en los botones\n" -" <guibutton>A:</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cc:</guibutton>, o\n" -" <guibutton>Cco:</guibutton> para obtener una lista —\n" -" potencialmente muy larga — de las direcciones de correo\n" -" de su administrador de contactos. Seleccione las direcciones y\n" -" pulse sobre las flechas para moverlas a la columna de " -"direcciones\n" -" apropiada.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:88 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -" For more information about using email together with the\n" -"\t contact manager and the calendar, see <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-contact-automate\"> and <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-calendar-apts\">.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -" Para más información acerca de usar el correo junto con el\n" -"\t administrador de contactos y el calendario, vea <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-contact-automate\"> y <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-calendar-apts\">.\n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:95 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -" The icons in the toolbar are explained in <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"tooltip\">tool-tips</glossterm>, which appear when\n" -" you hold your mouse over the buttons. The buttons fall\n" -" into four categories:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Headers and lists</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose\n" -" <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> for a default text style\n" -" or <guilabel>Header 1</guilabel> through\n" -" <guilabel>Header 6</guilabel> for varying sizes of\n" -" header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles\n" -" include <guilabel>pre</guilabel>, to use the HTML\n" -" tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types\n" -" of <guilabel>List Item</guilabel> for the highly\n" -" organized.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Text style</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Use these buttons to determine the way your letters\n" -" look. If you have text selected, the style will\n" -" apply to the selected text. If you do not have text\n" -" selected, the style will apply to whatever you type\n" -" next. The buttons are:\n" -" <itemizedlist mark=\"none\"> \n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>B</guibutton> for bold text</para></" -"listitem> \n" -" <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>I</guibutton> for italics</" -"para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>U</guibutton> to underline</para></" -"listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>S</guibutton> for a strikethrough.</" -"para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para> \n" -"\t </listitem> \n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Alignment</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Located next to the text style buttons, these three\n" -" paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most\n" -" word processing software. The leftmost button will\n" -" make your text aligned to the left, the center\n" -" button, centered, and the right hand button,\n" -" aligned on the right side.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Indentation rules</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" The button with the arrow pointing left will reduce\n" -" a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow will\n" -" increase its indentation.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Color Selection</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" At the far right is the color section tool. The\n" -" colored box displays the current text color; to\n" -" choose a new one, click the arrow button just to the\n" -" right. If you have text selected, the color will\n" -" apply to the selected text. If you do not have text\n" -" selected, the color will apply to whatever you type\n" -" next.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -" Los iconos de la barra de herramientas estan explicados en " -"<glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"tooltip\">Mensajes de Ayuda</glossterm>, los cuales " -"aparecen\n" -" cuando detiene el ratón sobre los botónes. Los botones entran " -"en cuatro\n" -" categorías:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Cabeceras y listas</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" En el lado izquierdo de la barra de herramientas, puede " -"elegir entre\n" -" <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> para un estilo de texto por " -"defecto\n" -" o <guilabel>Cabecera 1</guilabel> a\n" -" <guilabel>Cabecera 6</guilabel> para variar los tamaños de " -"las\n" -" cabeceras desde grande (1) hasta pequeño (6). Otros " -"estilos\n" -" incluyen <guilabel>pre</guilabel>, para usar etiquetas " -"HTML\n" -" para preformatear los bloques de texto, y tres tipos de\n" -" <guilabel>Elementos de Lista</guilabel> para los más\n" -" organizados.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term>Estilo del texto</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Use estos botones para determinar el aspecto de sus " -"cartas.\n" -" Si tiene un texto seleccionado, el estilo se aplicará al " -"texto\n" -" seleccionado. Si no tiene texto seleccionado el estilo " -"se\n" -" aplicará a lo siguiente que escriba. Los botones son:\n" -" <itemizedlist mark=\"none\"> \n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>B</guibutton> para texto en " -"negrita</para></listitem> \n" -" <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>I</guibutton> para " -"itálicas</para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>U</guibutton> para subrayado</" -"para></listitem>\n" -"\t\t <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>S</guibutton> para tachado.</" -"para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para> \n" -"\t </listitem> \n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Alineación</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Localizado al lado de los botones de estilo del texto, " -"estos tres\n" -" iconos de párrafo deberian ser familiares para aquellos " -"usuarios de\n" -" la mayoría de los procesadores de texto. El botón más a " -"la izquierda\n" -" hará que su texto se alinee a la izquierda, el botón " -"central, lo\n" -" centrará, y el botón a la derecha, lo alinerá al lado " -"derecho.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Reglas de indentación</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" El botón con la flecha hacia la izquierda reducirá\n" -" la indentación de un párrafo, y la flecha a la derecha\n" -" incrementará su indentación.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term>Selección de colores</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" En la parte derecha esta la herramienta de selección de " -"color.\n" -" La caja coloreada muestra el color actual del texto. Para\n" -" elegir uno nuevo, pulse el botón con la flecha justo a su " -"derecha.\n" -" Si tiene texto seleccionado, el color será aplicado al " -"texto\n" -" seleccionado. Si no tiene texto seleccionado, el color " -"será aplicado\n" -" a lo que escriba a continuación.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:179 -msgid "\t <title>Evolution Mail</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>Correo de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:181 -msgid "\t <title>HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</title>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <title>El correo con HTML no está seleccionado por defecto</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:183 -msgid "\t <title>The Filter Assistant</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>El Asistente de Filtros</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:185 -msgid "\t<!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: virtual folders in action) -->\n" -msgstr "\t<!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: virtual folders in action) -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:187 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t If you want to attach a file to your email message, you\n" -"\t can drag it from your desktop into the message window, or\n" -"\t click the button in the toolbar with a paper clip on it,\n" -"\t labelled <guibutton>Attach</guibutton>. If you click the\n" -"\t <guibutton>Attach</guibutton> button,\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will open a file\n" -"\t selection dialog box to ask you which file you want to\n" -"\t send. Select the file and click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Si quiere adjuntar un archivo a su mensaje de correo, puede\n" -"\t arrastrarlo desde su escritorio hasta la ventana del mensaje, o\n" -"\t pulsar el botón con un clip de la barra de herramientas,\n" -"\t con el título <guibutton>Adjuntar</guibutton>. Si presiona el\n" -"\t botón <guibutton>Adjuntar</guibutton>,\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> abrirá una ventana de selección\n" -"\t de archivos para preguntarle que archivo quiere enviar.\n" -"\t Seleccione el archivo y pulse <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:198 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> can also display\n" -"\t HTML-formatted mail, complete with graphics. HTML\n" -"\t formatting will display automatically, although you can\n" -"\t turn it off if you prefer.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> tambien puede mostrar\n" -"\t correo formateado en HTML, completo con gráficos. El formateado\n" -"\t en HTML se mostrará automaticamente, aunque puede deshabilitarlo\n" -"\t si lo prefiere.\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:205 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Evolution will send mail immediately unless you tell it to\n" -"\t do otherwise by selecting <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send\n" -"\t Later</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will add your\n" -"\t messages to the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> queue. Then,\n" -"\t when you press <guibutton>Send</guibutton> in another\n" -"\t message, or <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the main\n" -"\t mail window, all your unsent messages will go out at once.\n" -"\t I like to use \"Send Later\" because it gives me a chance to\n" -"\t change my mind about a message before it goes out. That\n" -"\t way, I don't send anything I'll regret the next day.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Evolution enviará el mensaje inmediatamente a menos que le diga lo\n" -"\t contrario seleccionando <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Enviar más\n" -"\t Tarde</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Esto añadirá sus mensajes\n" -"\t a la cola de <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>. Esntonces,\n" -"\t cuando pulse <guibutton>Enviar</guibutton> en otro\n" -"\t mensaje, u <guibutton>Obtener</guibutton> en la ventana principal\n" -"\t del correo, todos los mensajes no enviados se enviarán en ese momento.\n" -"\t Me gusta usar \"Enviar más Tarde\" porque me permite tener la " -"oportunidad\n" -"\t de cambiar de opinión acerca de un mensaje antes de enviarlo. De esa " -"forma\n" -"\t no envio nada de lo que me arrepentiré al día siguiente.\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:219 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t To learn more about how you can specify message queue and\n" -"\t filter behavior, see <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-mail\">.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t Para aprender más acerca de como puede especificar el comportamiento " -"de\n" -"\t la cola de mensajes y de los filtros, vea <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-" -"mail\">.\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:224 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t To organize my mail box, I set up a virtual folder for\n" -"\t emails from my friend and co-worker Anna. I have another\n" -"\t one for messages that have \"ximian.com\" in the address and\n" -"\t \"Evolution\" in the subject line, so I can keep a record of\n" -"\t what people from work send me about\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application>. If Anna sends me a\n" -"\t message about anything other than Evolution, it only shows\n" -"\t up in the \"Anna\" folder. When Anna sends me mail about the\n" -"\t user interface for <application>Evolution</application>, I\n" -"\t can see that message both in the \"Anna\" virtual folder and\n" -"\t in the \"Internal Evolution Discussion\" virtual folder.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Para organizar el correo en mi buzón, defino una carpeta virtual para\n" -"\t los mensajes de mi amiga y compañera Anna. Tengo otra para los\n" -"\t los mensajes que tienen \"ximian.com\" en la dirección y \"Evolution\"\n" -"\t en el asunto, así puedo registrar que personas del trabajo me escriben\n" -"\t acerca de <application>Evolution</application>. Si Anna me envía un\n" -"\t mensaje acerca de cualquier cosa excepto Evolution, solo aparece\n" -"\t en la carpeta \"Anna\". Cuando Anna me escribe acerca de la interfaz\n" -"\t de usuario de <application>Evolution</application>, puedo ver ese\n" -"\t mensaje en la carpeta virtual \"Anna\" y en la carpeta virtual\n" -"\t \"Discusión Interna sobre Evolution\".\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:238 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t To reply to a message, press the\n" -"\t <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> button while it is selected,\n" -"\t or choose <guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem> from\n" -"\t the message's right-click menu. That will open the\n" -"\t <interface>message composer</interface>. The\n" -"\t <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>\n" -"\t fields will already be filled, although you can alter them\n" -"\t if you wish. In addition, the full text of the old message\n" -"\t is inserted into the new message, either in italics (for\n" -"\t HTML display) or with the > character before each line\n" -"\t (in plain text mode), to indicate that it's part of the\n" -"\t previous message. People often intersperse their message\n" -"\t with the quoted material as shown in <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -"<!-- note that this figure should have a reply message ready to send,\n" -"with quoted materials and the relevant replies interspersed-->\n" -" <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig\">\n" -"\t <title>Reply Message Window</title>\n" -"\t <screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/replymsg\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron Weber" -"\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -"<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Para resonder a un mensaje, pulse el botón\n" -"\t <guibutton>Responder</guibutton> mientras está seleccionado,\n" -"\t o elija <guimenuitem>Responder al Remitente</guimenuitem> del menu\n" -"\t del botón derecho del mensaje. Esto abrirá el\n" -"\t <interface>compositor de mensajes</interface>. Los campos\n" -"\t <guilabel>A:</guilabel> y <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel>\n" -"\t ya estarán escritos, aunque puede alterarlos si lo desea.\n" -"\t Ademas, el texto completo del antiguo mensaje es insertado en el\n" -"\t nuevo mensaje, bien sea con itálicas (para vista en HTML) o con el\n" -"\t caracter > precediendo cada línea (en modo texto plano), para\n" -"\t indicar que es parte del mensaje previo. Habitualmente la gente\n" -"\t escribe su mensaje intercalado con el mensaje anterior, como se\n" -"\t muestra en <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig\">.\n" -"\n" -"<!-- note que esta imagen debe tener un mensaje de respuesta listo para ser\n" -"enviado con partes quoteadas y las respuestas relevante intercaladas-->\n" -" <!-- ==============Imagen=================================== -->\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig\">\n" -"\t <title>Ventana de Respuesta de Mensajes</title>\n" -"\t <screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Ventana Principal de Evolution</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/replymsg\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron Weber" -"\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -"<!-- ==============Fin de la Imagen=================================== -->\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:268 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Incoming email that your filters don't move goes into the " -"Inbox; \n" -" outgoing mail that they don't move ends up in the Sent " -"folder.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem><para>If you move a folder, your filters\n" -"\t will follow it. </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </itemizedlist>\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" El correo de entrada que sus filtros no mueven va a la carpeta " -"Inbox; \n" -" el correo de salida que no mueven acaba en la carpeta Sent.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem><para>Si mueve una carpeta, sus filtros\n" -"\t la seguirán. </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </itemizedlist>\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:281 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t I started with ten, but four were \"Don't send\n" -"\t <glossterm linkend=\"spam\">spam</glossterm>.\"\n" -"\t <itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t Don't send spam or forward chain mail. If you must,\n" -"\t\t watch out for hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure\n" -"\t\t the message doesn't have multiple layers of\n" -"\t\t greater-than signs, (>) indicating multiple layers\n" -"\t\t of careless in-line forwarding.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\tAlways begin and close with a salutation. Say \"please\"\n" -"\t\tand \"thank you,\" just like you do in real life. You\n" -"\t\tcan keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant!\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\tALL CAPS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING! Don't write a whole\n" -"\t\tmessage in capital letters. It hurts people's ears.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t Never write anything in email you wouldn't say in\n" -"\t\t public. Old messages have a nasty habit of\n" -"\t\t resurfacing when you least expect.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Check your spelling and use complete sentences.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\tDon't send nasty emails (flames). If you get one,\n" -"\t\tdon't write back.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t When you reply or forward, include just enough of\n" -"\t\t the previous message to provide context: not too\n" -"\t\t much, not too little.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </itemizedlist>\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Comenze con diez, pero cuatro eran \"No envie\n" -"\t <glossterm linkend=\"spam\">spam</glossterm>.\"\n" -"\t <itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t No envie spam ni reenvie cartas encadenadas. Si debe hacerlo,\n" -"\t\t tenga cuidado con los timos y las leyendas urbanas, y asegurese\n" -"\t\t que el mensaje no tiene múltiples capas de signos mayor que, (>)\n" -"\t\t indicando multiples capas de reenvios desconsiderados.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\tSiempre comienze y acabe con un saludo. Diga \"por favor\"\n" -"\t\ty \"gracias\", tal como hace en la vida real. Puede mantener\n" -"\t\tsu cortesía excasa, pero ¡sea cortes!\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t¡TODO EN MAYUSCULAS SIGNIFICA QUE ESTÁ GRITANDO! No escriba todo el\n" -"\t\tmensaje en mayusculas. Hace daño a los oidos de la gente.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t Nunca escriba en un mensaje electrónico nada que no diría en público.\n" -"\t\t Los mensajes antiguos tienen la mala costumbre de reaparecer cuando\n" -"\t\t menos se lo espera.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Compruebe su ortografía y use frases completas.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\tNo envie mensajes desagradebles (broncas). Si recive uno,\n" -"\t\tno lo conteste.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t Cuando responde o reenvía, incluya justo lo suficiente del mensaje\n" -"\t\t anterior para tener un contexto: no incluya demasiado,\n" -"\t\t ni demasiado poco.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </itemizedlist>\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:342 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t If someone sends you an <glossterm>attachment</glossterm>, a\n" -"\t file attached to an email,\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will display the file\n" -"\t at the bottom of the message to which it's attached. Text,\n" -"\t HTML, and most images will be displayed within the message\n" -"\t itself. For other files,\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will show an icon at\n" -"\t the end of the message. Right-click on the icon to get a\n" -"\t list of options which will vary depending on the type of\n" -"\t attachment. You will have the option to display most files\n" -"\t as part of the message, export them to a different\n" -"\t application (images to Eye of GNOME, spreadsheets to\n" -"\t Gnumeric, and so forth), or save them to disk.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Si alguien le envía un <glossterm>adjunto</glossterm>, un\n" -"\t archivo adjunto aun mensaje,\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> mostrará en archivo en la\n" -"\t parte de abajo del mensaje al que está adjuntado. Texto,\n" -"\t HTML, y la mayoría de imágenes se mostrarán dentro del mensaje.\n" -"\t Para otros archivos,\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> mostrará un icono al final\n" -"\t del mensaje. Pulse con el botón derecho sobre el icono para obtener\n" -"\t una lista de opciones que variarán dependiendo del tipo de adjunto.\n" -"\t Tendrá la opción de mostrar la mayoría de los archivos como parte del\n" -"\t mensaje, exportarlos a otra aplicación (imágenes a Eye of GNOME, hojas\n" -"\t de cálculo a Gnumeric, y así sucesivamente), o guardarlo en el disco.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:358 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t If you have created address cards in the contact manager,\n" -"\t you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address\n" -"\t data, and <application>Evolution</application> will complete\n" -"\t the address for you. <!-- (INSERT description of UI for this\n" -"\t feature, once it is decided upon). --> If you enter a name\n" -"\t or nickname that can go with more than one card, Evolution\n" -"\t will open a dialog box to ask you which person you meant.\n" -"\t <!-- (NOT YET) Also, <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t will add a domain to any unqualified addresses. By default,\n" -"\t this is your domain, but you can choose which one mail\n" -"\t preferences dialog. -->\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Si ha creado tarjetas de direcciones en el administrador de contactos,\n" -"\t puede escribir apodos o otras porciones de los datos de la dirección, y\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> completará la dirección por usted\n" -"\t <!-- (INSERTAR descripción de la IU para esta caracteristica,\n" -"\t una vez que se decida). --> Si escribe un nombre oun apodo\n" -"\t puede coincidir con más de una tarjeta, Evolution abrirá una ventana de\n" -"\t diálogo y le preguntará a quien se refiere.\n" -"\t <!-- (TODAVIA NO) Tambien, <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t añadirá un dominio a cualquier direccion incompleta. Por defecto, será\n" -"\t su dominio, pero puede elegirlo en el diálogo de preferencias del\n" -"\t correo. -->\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:372 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may\n" -"\t wish to use <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton> instead of\n" -"\t <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. If there are large numbers\n" -"\t of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or\n" -"\t <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial\n" -"\t amounts of time. \n" -"\t <example>\n" -"\t <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim\n" -"\t and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers.\n" -"\t If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read,\n" -"\t he uses <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton>, but if he\n" -"\t just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he\n" -"\t uses <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. Note that his reply\n" -"\t will not reach anyone that Susan put on her\n" -"\t <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> list, since that list is not\n" -"\t shared with anyone.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </example>\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t Si está leyendo un mensaje con varios destinatarios, puede usar\n" -"\t <guibutton>Responder a Todos</guibutton> en lugar de\n" -"\t <guibutton>Responder</guibutton>. Si hay gran cantidad de personas\n" -"\t en los campos <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> o <guilabel>A:</guilabel>,\n" -"\t esto puede ahorrar cantidades de tiempo sustanciales.\n" -"\t <example>\n" -"\t <title>Usando opción Responder a Todos</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Susan envía un correo a un cliente y envía copias a Tim\n" -"\t y a una lista de correo interno de la compañía.\n" -"\t Si Tim quiere hacer un comentário para que lo lean todos, usa\n" -"\t <guibutton>Responder a Todos</guibutton>, pero si solo quiere\n" -"\t decirle a Susan que está de acuerdo con ella, usa\n" -"\t <guibutton>Responder</guibutton>. Note que su respuesta no llegará\n" -"\t a ninguna de las personas que Susan puso en su lista\n" -"\t <guilabel>Cco</guilabel>, dado que esa lista no es compartida con\n" -"\t nadie.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </example>\n" -"\t</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:395 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t The post office forwards your mail for you when you change\n" -"\t addresses, and you can forward mail when you get a letter by\n" -"\t mistake. The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button\n" -"\t works in much the same way. It's particularly useful if you\n" -"\t have received a message and you think someone else would\n" -"\t like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment\n" -"\t to a new message (this is the default) or\n" -"\t you can send it <glossterm linkend=\"inline\">inline</glossterm> as a " -"quoted\n" -"\t portion of the message you are sending. Attachment\n" -"\t forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered\n" -"\t message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if\n" -"\t you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a\n" -"\t large number of comments on different sections of the\n" -"\t message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the\n" -"\t message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or\n" -"\t altered content.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:414 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -"\t To forward a message you are reading, press\n" -"\t <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> on the toolbar, or select\n" -"\t <menuchoice> <guimenu>Message</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If you\n" -"\t prefer to forward the message <glossterm linkend=\"inline\">inline</" -"glossterm>\n" -"\t instead of attached, select <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>Message</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forward\n" -"\t Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu. Choose an\n" -"\t addressee as you would when sending a new message; the\n" -"\t subject will already be entered, but you can alter it.\n" -"\t Enter your comments on the message in the\n" -"\t <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press\n" -"\t <guibutton>Send</guibutton>.\n" -"\t</para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:430 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" For all of these menu items, you can choose whether or not\n" -" to <guilabel>Search Backwards</guilabel> in the document\n" -" from the point where your cursor is. For all but the\n" -" regular expression search (which doesn't need it), you are\n" -" offered a check box to determine whether the search is to\n" -" be <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel> when it determines\n" -" a match.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:440 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" Normally, you can't set text styles or insert pictures in\n" -" emails, which is why you've probably seen people use far\n" -" too many exclamation points for emphasis, or use\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"emoticon\">emoticons</glossterm> to\n" -" convey their feelings. However, most newer email programs\n" -" can display images and text styles as well as basic\n" -" alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this with\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"html\">HTML</glossterm>, just like web\n" -" pages do.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:452 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" To hide the display of files you've attached to the\n" -" message, select <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hide\n" -" Attachments</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>; to show them\n" -" again, choose <guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:460 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" When you send the message, a copy of the attached file\n" -"\t will go with it. Be aware that big attachments can take a\n" -"\t long time to download.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:466 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will find it\n" -" in your message.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t \n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t\t<para>\n" -" Find a regex, also called a\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"regular-expression\">regular\n" -" expression</glossterm>, in your composer window.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Select this item to repeat the last search you " -"performed.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> \n" -" Find a word or phrase, and replace it with\n" -"\t something else. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para> \n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:505 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above\n" -"\t the space where you'll actually compose the message, and\n" -"\t they also appear in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and\n" -"\t <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus. \n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:512 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" There are three tools that you can find only in the\n" -" <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu.\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem>:</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML\n" -" messages. When you select it,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will prompt you\n" -" for the <guilabel>Text</guilabel> that will appear,\n" -" and the <guilabel>Link</guilabel>, where you should\n" -" enter the actual web address (URL). If you don't\n" -" want special link text, you can just enter the address\n" -" directly, and <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" will recognize it as a link.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem>:</term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -" Select this item to embed an image into your email, as\n" -" was done in the welcome message. Images will appear at\n" -" the location of the cursor. This is different from\n" -" attaching them to a message, but not very different.\n" -" </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem>:</term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" This will insert a horizontal line, or rule, into your " -"document.\n" -" You'll be presented with a dialog box which gives you\n" -" the choice of size, percentage of screen, shading, and\n" -" alignment; if you leave everything at the default\n" -" values you'll get a thin black rule all the way across\n" -" the screen.</para></listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:557 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" You can also choose to save messages as drafts or as text\n" -" files. Choose\n" -" <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem>\n" -"\t </menuchoice>\n" -" or <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> to save your message\n" -" as a text file. If you prefer to keep your message in a\n" -" folder (the <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel> folder would be the\n" -" obvious place), you can select <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save In\n" -" Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:572 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" You're probably familiar with search and replace features,\n" -" and if you come from a Linux or Unix background, you\n" -" probably know what <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem>\n" -" does. If you aren't among the lucky who already know,\n" -" here's a quick rundown of an important section of the\n" -" <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:581 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" One of the ways <application>Evolution</application> lets\n" -" you choose the way you work is the way it lets you sort your\n" -" message lists. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click\n" -" on the bars with those labels at the top of the message\n" -" list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates\n" -" the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you'll\n" -" sort them in reverse order. For example, click once on\n" -" <guilabel>Date</guilabel> to sort messages by date from\n" -" oldest to newest. Click again, and\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> sorts the list from\n" -" newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message\n" -" header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or\n" -" remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed\n" -" instructions on how to customize your message display\n" -" columns in <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-columns\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:599 -msgid "" -"\t<para>\n" -" You can also choose a threaded message view. Select\n" -" <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to turn\n" -" the threaded view on or off. When you select this option,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> groups the replies to a\n" -" message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a\n" -" conversation from one message to the next.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:609 -msgid "\t<para> Happy mailing! </para>\n" -msgstr "\t<para> ¡Feliz envío de correo! </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:611 -msgid "\t<title>Attachments and HTML Mail</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Adjuntos y correo en HTML</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:613 -msgid "\t<title>Attachments</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Adjuntos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:615 -msgid "\t<title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Eligiendo Rápidamente a los Destinatarios</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:617 -msgid "\t<title>Embellish your email with HTML</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Embelleciendo su correo con HTML</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:619 -msgid "\t<title>Forwarding Mail</title> \n" -msgstr "\t<title>Reenviando Correo</title> \n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:621 -msgid "\t<title>New Message Window</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Ventana de Nuevo Mensaje</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:623 -msgid "\t<title>Replying to Messages</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Respondiendo Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:625 -msgid "\t<title>Saving Messages for Later</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Guardando Mensajes para más tarde</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:627 -msgid "\t<title>Seven Tips for Email Courtesy</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Siete Consejos de Cortesía en el Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:629 -msgid "\t<title>Sorting the message list</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Ordenando la lista de mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:631 -msgid "\t<title>Two Notable Filter Features</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Dos Características Notables de los Filtros</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:633 -msgid "\t<title>Using Folders, Searches, and Virtual Folders</title>\n" -msgstr "\t<title>Usando Carpetas, Búsquedas, y Carpetas Virtuales</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:635 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t The simplest way to direct a message is to put the email\n" -" address or addresses in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel>\n" -" field, which denotes primary recipients. To send mail to\n" -" more than one or two people, you can use the the\n" -" <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\t La manera más simple de dirigir un mensaje es poner la dirección\n" -" o direcciones de correo en el campo <guilabel>A:</guilabel>,\n" -" el cual denota a los destinatarios principales. Para enviar\n" -" correo a más de una o dos personas, puede usar el campo\n" -" <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>.\n" -"\t </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:643 -msgid " <title>Types of Recipients</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Tipos de Destinatarios</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:645 -msgid " <title>Using Evolution for News </title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Usando Evolution para las Noticias </title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:647 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application>, like most email\n" -"\t programs recognizes three types of addressee: primary\n" -"\t recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden (\"blind\")\n" -"\t recipients.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application>, como la mayoría de\n" -"\t los programas de correo reconoce tres tipos de direcciones\n" -"\t destinatarios principales, destinatarios secundarios, y\n" -"\t destinatarios escondidos (\"oculto\").\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:654 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t You can probably guess the purpose of the buttons labelled\n" -"\t <guibutton>Cut</guibutton>, <guibutton>Copy</guibutton>,\n" -"\t <guibutton>Paste</guibutton>, <guibutton>Undo</guibutton>\n" -"\t and <guibutton>Redo</guibutton>, but there's a bit more to\n" -"\t sending mail that's less obvious. In the next few sections,\n" -"\t you'll see how <application>Evolution</application> handles\n" -"\t additional features, including large recipient lists,\n" -"\t attachments, and forwarding.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:665 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you change your mind and decide you want to keep it,\n" -" select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Message</guimenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you\n" -" really want to get rid of it, choose\n" -" <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> from the\n" -" <guimenu>Folder</guimenu> menu. That will delete it\n" -" permanently.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:675 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of\n" -" it. To mark a message for deletion, select it in the the\n" -" <interface>message list</interface> by clicking on it once.\n" -" Then click on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button in\n" -" the tool bar. Or, right-click on a message and choose\n" -" <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> from the right-click\n" -" menu. The message will appear with a line through it, to\n" -" show that you've marked it for deletion.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:686 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Now, tell it what to do with those messages. If you want more\n" -" actions, click <guibutton>Add Action</guibutton>; if you want\n" -" fewer, click <guibutton>Remove Action</guibutton>. And choose\n" -" again:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Copy to Folder</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" If you select this item, <application>Evolution</" -"application>\n" -" will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the \n" -" <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> " -"button\n" -" to select a folder. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Move to Folder</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" If you select this item, <application>Evolution</" -"application>\n" -" will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the \n" -" <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> " -"button\n" -" to select a folder. \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Forward to Address</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Select this, enter an address, and the addressee will\n" -" get a copy of the message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Delete</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Marks the message for deletion. You can still get the " -"message\n" -" back, at least until you <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> " -"your\n" -" mail yourself.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Stop Processing</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore \n" -" this message, because whatever you've done with it so far\n" -" is plenty.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Assign Color</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Select this item, and <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" will mark the message with whatever color you please.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Assign Score</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> If you know that all mail with\n" -"\t \"important\" somewhere in the message body line is\n" -"\t important, you can give it a high priority score. In a subsequent " -"filter you can \n" -" then arrange your messages by their priority score.\n" -"\t </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:759 -msgid " <title>Advanced Mail Composition</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Composición Avanzada de Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:761 -msgid " <title>Deleting Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Borrando Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:763 -msgid " <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:765 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Newsgroups are so similar to email that there's no reason not\n" -" to read them side by side. If you want to do that, add a\n" -" news source to your configuration (see <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-prefs-network-news\">). The news server will\n" -" appear as a remote server, and will look quite similar to an\n" -" IMAP folder. When you click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton>,\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will also check for news\n" -" messages.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:776 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The second part, however, is slightly different. In the\n" -" section of the window labelled <guilabel>Virtual Folder Sources\n" -" </guilabel> is a list of folders in which\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will search for the\n" -" contents of your vFolder. Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>\n" -" to add a folder, or <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to remove\n" -" one. That way, you can have your vFolder search in\n" -" newsgroups, or just in one of your mailboxes, or just in a\n" -" select few folders you've already screened with filters.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:788 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The vFolder creation window is shown in <xref\n" -"\tlinkend=\"usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule\">\n" -"\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule\">\n" -"\t <title>Selecting a vFolder Rule</title>\n" -"\t <screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Creating a vFolder Rule</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/vfolder-createrule-fig\" format=\"png\" srccredit=" -"\"Aaron Weber\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:802 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field, a\n" -"\t subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel> and a message in\n" -"\t the big empty box at the bottom of the window, and press\n" -"\t <guibutton>Send</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:809 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t To create a virtual folder, select <menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder\n" -"\t Editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This will bring up a\n" -"\t dialog box that looks suspiciously like the filter window\n" -"\t (for more information on filters, see <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-filters\">), and which\n" -"\t presents you with a list of virtual folders you have previously\n" -"\t created. If you have created any virtual folders, they are listed\n" -"\t here, and you can select, edit or remove them if you wish.\n" -"\t If you have not created any, there will be only one available\n" -"\t option: click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a new\n" -"\t Virtual Folder.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:824 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t You can enter a name for your virtual folder in the\n" -"\t <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. Then, tell\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> what messages to look\n" -"\t for. This process is exactly like filter creation: decide\n" -"\t between <guilabel>Match all parts</guilabel> and\n" -"\t <guilabel>Match any part</guilabel>, then choose what part of\n" -"\t the message to look in, what sort of matching to perform, and\n" -"\t specify exactly what it is that you want to find, be it a\n" -"\t line of text, a score, a regular expression, or a particular date or\n" -"\t range of dates.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:837 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t You can start writing a new email message by selecting\n" -"\t <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -"\t <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>\n" -"\t Mail Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing the\n" -"\t <guibutton>Compose</guibutton> button in the Inbox toolbar.\n" -"\t When you do so, the <interface>New Message</interface> window\n" -"\t will open, as shown in <xref\n" -"\t linkend=\"usage-mail-newmsg-fig\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:848 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application> keeps mail, as well as\n" -"\taddress cards and calendars, in folders. You start out with a\n" -"\tfew, like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>,\n" -"\t<guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>,\n" -"\tbut you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by\n" -"\tselecting <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> and then\n" -"\t<guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> from the\n" -"\t<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu.\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application> will as you for the name\n" -"\tand the type of the folder, and will provide you with a folder\n" -"\ttree so you can pick where it goes.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:862 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tA virtual folder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational\n" -"\ttools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you\n" -"\tset it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional\n" -"\tfolder actually contains messages, a virtual folder is a view of\n" -"\tmessages that may be in several different folders. The\n" -"\tmessages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of\n" -"\tcriteria you choose in advance.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:872 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tAs messages that meet the virtual folder criteria arrive or are\n" -"\tdeleted, <application>Evolution</application> will\n" -"\tautomatically place them in and remove them from the\n" -"\tvirtual folder contents list. When you delete a message, it gets\n" -"\terased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as\n" -"\tany virtual folders which display it.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:881 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tIf filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find\n" -"\tyourself performing the same search again and again, consider\n" -"\ta virtual folder. Virtual folders, or vFolders, are an\n" -"\tadvanced way of viewing your email messages within\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application>. If you get a lot of\n" -"\tmail or often forget where you put messages, virtual folders can help\n" -"\tyou stay on top of things.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:891 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tImagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds\n" -"\tof vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and\n" -"\tchanging groups of faculty, staff, administrators and\n" -"\tstudents. The more mail you need to organize, the less you\n" -"\tcan afford the sort of confusion that stems from an\n" -"\torganizational system that's not flexible enough. Virtual folders\n" -"\tmake for better organization because they can accept\n" -"\toverlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing\n" -"\tsystems can't.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:903 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tMost mail clients can search through your messages for you,\n" -"\tbut <application>Evolution</application> does it faster. You\n" -"\tcan search through just the message subjects, just the message\n" -"\tbody, or both body and subject.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:910 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tNow that you've had a look around the\n" -"\t<interface>Inbox</interface>, it's time to check for new mail.\n" -"\tClick <guibutton>Get mail</guibutton> in the toolbar to check\n" -"\tyour mail. If it's the first time you've done so, the\n" -"\t<interface>mail setup assistant</interface> will ask you for\n" -"\tthe information it needs to check your mail (see <xref\n" -"\tlinkend=\"config-setupassist\"> for more information). \n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:920 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tTo start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area\n" -"\tright below the toolbar, and choose a search type:\n" -"\t<variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t This will search message subjects and the messages\n" -"\t themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in\n" -"\t the search field.\n" -" \t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guilabel>Body contains:</guilabel> </term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t This will search only in message text, not the subject\n" -"\t lines.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Subject contains:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t This will show you messages where the search text is\n" -"\t in the subject line. It will not search in the\n" -"\t message body.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Body does not contain:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t This finds every email message that does not have the\n" -"\t search text in the message body. It will still show\n" -"\t messages that have the search text in the subject\n" -"\t line, if it is not also in the body.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain:</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t This finds every mail whose subject does not contain\n" -"\t the search text.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" When you've entered your search phrase, press\n" -" <keycap>Enter</keycap>. <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" will show your search results in the message list.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:980 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tYour <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t<guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> will look something like the one in\n" -"\t<xref linkend=\"usage-mail-intro-fig\">. Just below the toolbar\n" -"\tis the <interface>message list</interface>, showing message\n" -"\theader information like <guilabel>Subject</guilabel> and\n" -"\t<guilabel>Date</guilabel>. The message itself appears below\n" -"\tthat, in the <interface>view pane</interface>. If you find\n" -"\tthe <interface>view pane</interface> too small, you can resize\n" -"\tthe pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the\n" -"\tmessage in the <interface>message list</interface> to have it\n" -"\topen in a new window. Just like with folders, you can\n" -"\tright-click on messages in the message list and get a menu of\n" -"\tpossible actions.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:996 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> lets you handle your\n" -" IMAP and newsgroup subscriptions with the same tool: the\n" -" subscriptions manager. To start using it, choose\n" -" <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manage\n" -" Subscriptions</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1004 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" By default, the message list has columns with the following\n" -" headings: an envelope icon indicating whether you have read\n" -" or replied to a message (closed for unread, open for read,\n" -" and open with an arrow on it to indicate you've sent a\n" -" reply), an exclamation point indicating priority, and the\n" -" <guilabel>From</guilabel>, <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, and\n" -" <guilabel>Date</guilabel> fields. You can change their order\n" -" and remove them by dragging and dropping them. You can add\n" -" new ones with the <guimenuitem>Field Chooser</guimenuitem>\n" -" item in the right click menu for the column headings.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1017 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you have configured any IMAP (mail) or NNTP (news)\n" -" servers, you will see them listed in the left half of the\n" -" subscription management window. Click on a server to select\n" -" it, and you will see the folders or newsgroups available to\n" -" you. You can then select individual folders and subscribe to\n" -" them, or remove yourself from the subscription list.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1026 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you think you'll want to return to a search again, you can\n" -" save it as a virtual folder by selecting <guilabel>Store\n" -" Search as Virtual Folder</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1032 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are\n" -" listed in the <guimenu>Message</guimenu> menu in the menu\n" -" bar. The most frequently used ones, like\n" -" <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and\n" -" <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in\n" -" the toolbar, and almost all of them are duplicated in the\n" -" right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be\n" -" faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose\n" -" whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software\n" -" should work the way you want, rather than making you work the\n" -" way the it does.\n" -"\t <tip id=\"view-headers\">\n" -"\t <title>Take a look at the headers</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t To look at the entire source of your email message, including\n" -"\t all the header information, select\n" -"\t <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Source</guimenuitem></" -"menuchoice>\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </tip>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1054 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of\n" -" options:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem>,\n" -" <guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem>, and\n" -" <guimenuitem>Unsort</guimenuitem></term>\n" -" <listitem><para>Which should be pretty obvious. You\n" -" can also set these sorts by just clicking on the\n" -" column headers.</para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guimenuitem>Group By this Field</guimenuitem></" -"term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" Groups messages instead of sorting them. (FIXME: " -"Explain further) \n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guimenuitem>Remove this\n" -" Column</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Remove\n" -" this column from the display. You can also remove\n" -" columns by dragging the header off the list and\n" -" letting it drop. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guimenuitem>Field\n" -" Chooser</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> A list\n" -" of column headers; just drag and drop them into\n" -" place between two existing headers. A red arrow will\n" -" appear to show you where you're about to put the\n" -" column. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1094 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <interface>filter assistant</interface> also has a set of\n" -" buttons:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Add</guibutton> — Create a new filter.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> — Edit an existing filter.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> — Delete the selected " -"filter.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para> <guibutton>Up</guibutton> — Move the\n" -" selected filter up in the list so it gets applied first.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" <guibutton>Down</guibutton> — Move the selected filter " -"down \n" -" in the list, so it comes into play later.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" If you don't have any filters set up, the only one of those\n" -" buttons you can click is <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, which\n" -" will open a dialog to let you add a filter rule. If you do\n" -" have filters, you can either add a new filter rule, or select\n" -" one from your list and click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1128 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" When you're done with the search, go back to seeing all your\n" -" messages by choosing <guimenuitem>Show All</guimenuitem> from\n" -" the <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down box. If you're\n" -" sneaky, just enter a blank search: since every message has at\n" -" least one space in it, you'll see every message in the\n" -" folder.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1137 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Enter a name for your filter in the <guilabel>Rule\n" -" Name</guilabel> field, and then begin choosing the criteria\n" -" you'd like to use as you sort your mail. Choose how many\n" -" criteria you'd like by pressing <guibutton>Add\n" -" Criterion</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove\n" -" Criterion</guibutton>. If you have multiple criteria, you\n" -" should then decide whether to have the filter do its job only\n" -" <guilabel>if all criteria are met</guilabel>, or <guilabel>if\n" -" any criteria are met</guilabel>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1149 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" I once worked in the mail room of a large company, where my\n" -" job was to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the various\n" -" mail boxes and desks throughout the building. Filters do that\n" -" same job with email, but they lose much less mail than I did.\n" -" In addition, you can have multiple filters performing multiple\n" -" actions that may effect the same message in several ways. For\n" -" example, your filters could put copies of one message into\n" -" multiple folders, or keep a copy and send one to another\n" -" person as well, and it can do that in under a second. Which is\n" -" to say, it's faster and more flexible than an actual person\n" -" with a pile of envelopes.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1163 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you'd like to perform a more complex search, open the\n" -" advanced search dialog by selecting\n" -" <guilabel>Advanced...</guilabel> from the\n" -" <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down menu. Then, create your\n" -" search criteria (each with the same options you saw in the\n" -" regular search bar), and decide whether you want to find\n" -" messages that match all of them, or messages that match even\n" -" one. Then, click <guibutton>Search</guibutton> to go and find\n" -" those messages.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1175 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Most often, you'll want to have\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> put mail into different\n" -" folders, but you can have it do almost anything you like.\n" -" People who get lots of mail, or who often need to refer to old\n" -" messages, find filters especially helpful, but they're good\n" -" for anybody who gets more than a few messages a day. To\n" -" create a filter, open the <interface>filter\n" -" assistant</interface> by selecting\n" -"\t<menuchoice>\n" -"\t <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> \n" -" <guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem>\n" -" </menuchoice>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1190 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Once it's validated the password,\n" -"\t<application>Evolution</application> will check your mail.\n" -"\tNew mail will appear in the local <interface>Inbox</interface>\n" -"\tif you're using a <glossterm>POP</glossterm> account, and in\n" -"\tyour <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> folders if you use IMAP. If\n" -"\tyou have chosen to use IMAP, and you have multiple folders on\n" -"\tyour IMAP server, you may need to subscribe to them. To learn\n" -"\thow to use the subscription manager, read <xref\n" -"\tlinkend=\"usage-mail-subscriptions\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1202 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Once you have subscribed to a folder or newsgroup, your system\n" -" will check for new messages whenever you press the\n" -" <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> button.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1208 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <interface>filter assistant</interface> window contains a\n" -" list of your current filters, sorted by the order in which\n" -" they are used. From the drop-down box at the top of the\n" -" window, choose <guilabel>Incoming</guilabel> to display\n" -" filters for incoming mail, and <guilabel>Outgoing</guilabel>\n" -" for those which sort only outgoing mail.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1217 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The filter rule editor, shown in <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-filters-fig-new\">, is where you'll\n" -" actually create your filtering rule.\n" -"\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-mail-filters-fig-new\">\n" -"\t <title>Creating a new Filter</title>\n" -"\t <screenshot>\n" -"\t <screeninfo>Creating a new Filter</screeninfo>\n" -"\t <graphic fileref=\"fig/filter-new-fig\" format=\"png\" srccredit=\"Aaron " -"Weber\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -"\t</screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1232 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" When you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, your new folder will\n" -"\tappear in the <interface>folder view</interface>. You can\n" -"\tthen put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by\n" -"\tusing the <guibutton>Move</guibutton> button in the\n" -"\ttoolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click\n" -"\ton the ones you want to move while holding down the\n" -"\t<keycap>CTRL</keycap> key, or use <keycap>Shift</keycap> to\n" -"\tselect a range of messages. If you create a filter with the\n" -"\t<interface>filter assistant</interface>, you can have mail\n" -"\tmoved to your folder automatically.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1245 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You're done. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to use this\n" -" filter, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the window\n" -" without saving any changes.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1251 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You can start reading email by clicking\n" -" <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> in the shortcut bar. The first\n" -" time you use <application>Evolution</application>, it will\n" -" start with the <interface>Inbox</interface> open and show you a\n" -" message from Ximian welcoming you to the application.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1259 -msgid " <title>Checking Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Comprobando el Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1261 -msgid " <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Estar Organizando con Carpetas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1263 -msgid " <title>Getting Really Organized with Virtual Folders</title>\n" -msgstr "" -" <title>Estar Realmente Organizado con Carpetas Virtuales</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1265 -msgid " <title>Reading Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Leyendo el Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1267 -msgid " <title>Searching for Messages</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Buscando Mensajes</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1269 -msgid " <title>Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Ordenando el Correo según las Columnas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1271 -msgid " <title>Staying organized: Mail Filters in Evolution</title>\n" -msgstr "" -" <title>Estar organizado: Filtros de correo en Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1273 -msgid " <title>Subscription Management</title>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1275 -msgid " <title>Writing and Sending Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Escribiendo y Enviando Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1277 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tIf you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need\n" -"\tto change your network settings. To learn how to do that,\n" -"\thave a look at <xref linkend=\"config-prefs-mail-network\">, or\n" -"\task your system administrator.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1284 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" For each filter criterion, you must first select what\n" -" part of the message you want the filter to examine:\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Sender</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The sender's address.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Recipients</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The recipients of the message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Subject</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The subject line of the message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Specific Header</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" The filter can look at any header you\n" -"\t want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name\n" -"\t in the first text box, and put your search text in the\n" -"\t second one.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Message Body</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Search in the actual text of the message.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Expression</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Enter a <glossterm linkend=\"regular-expression\">regular\n" -"\t expression</glossterm>, and\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> will search the\n" -"\t entire message, including headers, to match it for you.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para> Filter messages by when they were sent:\n" -"\t First, choose the conditions you want a message to\n" -"\t meet— <guilabel>before</guilabel> a given time,\n" -"\t <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth. Then, choose\n" -"\t the time. The filter will compare the message's time-stamp\n" -"\t to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a\n" -"\t specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You\n" -"\t can even have it look for messages within a range of time\n" -"\t relative to the filter&mdash perhaps you're looking for\n" -"\t messages less than two days old. </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Date Recieved</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</" -"guilabel> \n" -" option, except that it compares the time you got the " -"message \n" -" with the dates you specify.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Priority</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem><para>\n" -" Emails have a standard priority range from -3 (least\n" -" important) to 3 (most important). You can have filters set " -"the\n" -" priority of messages you recieve, and then have other " -"filters \n" -" applied only to those messages which have a certain " -"priority.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Regex Match</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" If you know your way around a <glossterm\n" -" \t linkend=\"regular-expression\">regex</glossterm>, or\n" -" \t regular expression, put your knowledge to use here.\n" -" \t </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t <varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guilabel>Source</guilabel></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Filter messages according the server you got them from.\n" -" You can enter a URL or choose one from the drop-down\n" -" list. This ability is only relevant if you use more\n" -" than one mail source.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -"\t </varlistentry>\n" -"\t</variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1398 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Then, you need to enter your email\n" -" password. <application>Evolution</application> will remember\n" -" your password until until you select <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forget\n" -" Passwords</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1406 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You'll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you\n" -" create filters and virtual folders in the next few sections.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1411 -msgid " <title>Can't Check Mail?</title> \n" -msgstr " <title>¿No Puede Leer su Correo?</title> \n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1413 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> email is like other email\n" -" programs in all the ways you would hope:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of ways with\n" -"\t folders, searches, and filters.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text, and\n" -"\t permits multiple file attachments.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t It supports multiple mail sources, including <glossterm\n" -"\t linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm>, <glossterm\n" -"\t linkend=\"pop\">POP3</glossterm>, local\n" -"\t <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and\n" -"\t <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> files, and\n" -"\t even NNTP messages (newsgroups), which aren't technically\n" -"\t email.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1443 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably\n" -" want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day\n" -" and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago,\n" -" you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them.\n" -" Fortunately, <application>Evolution</application> has the tools\n" -" to help you do it.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1452 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" However, <application>Evolution</application> has some important\n" -" differences. First, it's built to handle very large amounts of\n" -" mail without slowing down or crashing. Both the <link\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-filters\">filtering</link> and <link\n" -" linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-search\">searching</link> functions\n" -" were built for speed and efficiency on gargantuan volumes of\n" -" mail. There's also the <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" <link linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vFolders\">Virtual\n" -" Folder</link>, an advanced organizational feature not found in\n" -" other mail clients. If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep\n" -" every message you get in case you need to refer to it later,\n" -" you'll find this feature especially useful.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1467 -msgid " <title> An Overview of the Evolution Mailer</title>\n" -msgstr " <title> Una Vista General del Correo en Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1469 -msgid " <title>Organizing Your Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Organizando Su Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1471 -msgid " <title>Reading, Getting and Sending Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Leyendo, Obteniendo y Enviando Correo</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1473 -msgid "" -" <!-- FIXME: This needs to be in there. But the feature is temporarily\n" -" disabled and I don't know how it will be reimplemented.\n" -"\n" -"\t <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t <guilabel>When mail arrives:</guilabel> Select\n" -"\t\t this option to have messages filtered as they\n" -"\t\t arrive.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t\t <guilabel>When mail is sent:</guilabel> Select\n" -"\t\t this option to filter your outgoing mail. You\n" -"\t\t can use this feature to keep your\n" -"\t\t <interface>Outbox</interface> as organized as\n" -"\t\t your <interface>Inbox</interface>.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -"\n" -" -->\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1498 -msgid " <title>Evolution Mail</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Correo en Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1500 -msgid " <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -msgstr " <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1502 -msgid "" -" <!-- Check the alignment of the following paragraph in the PS and\n" -" HTML output: it's indented for no good reason -->\n" -msgstr "" -" <!-- Check the alignment of the following paragraph in the PS and\n" -" HTML output: it's indented for no good reason -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1505 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -"\t<sect3 id=\"usage-mail-getnsend-send-live\">\n" -"\t <title>Live Documents</title>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Later versions of <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\t will allow you to enliven your email with almost any\n" -"\t sort of document, and even with entire\n" -"\t applications. At this point, however, this feature has not \n" -"\t yet been implemented.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t</sect3>\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1518 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -"<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1522 -msgid "<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -msgstr "<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1524 -msgid "<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->\n" -msgstr "<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1526 -msgid "" -"<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mail.sgml.h:1528 -msgid "" -"<!-- Function not implemented, \n" -"possibly never will be due to security evil. -->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!-- Function not implemented, \n" -"possibly never will be due to security evil. -->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-mainwindow.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-mainwindow.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9df4079faa..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-mainwindow.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,788 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2001. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -"\t <para>\n" -" Calendars must go in calendar folders, mail in mail\n" -"\t folders, and contacts in contact folders.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -"\t <para>\n" -" Los calendarios deben ir en carpetas de calendarios, el " -"correo\n" -"\t en carpetas de correo, y los contactos en carpetas de contactos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:6 -msgid "\t <title>Folders Have Limits</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>Las Carpetas Tienen Limitaciones</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:8 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To change the way the shortcut bar looks, right-click in an\n" -" empty space on the shortcut bar. From the menu that appears,\n" -" you can select icon sizes.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para cambiar el aspecto de la barra de atajos, pulse con el botón\n" -" derecho en cualquier espacio vacío de la barra de atajos. Del " -"menú\n" -" que aparece, puede elegir el tamaño de los iconos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:14 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To remove a shortcut from the shortcut bar, right-click on it\n" -" and select <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem>. To add one,\n" -" select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>\n" -" <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Evolution Bar\n" -" Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para quitar un atajo de la barra de atajos, pulse con el botón\n" -" derecho sobre el y seleccione <guimenuitem>Quitar</guimenuitem>.\n" -" Para añadir uno, seleccione <menuchoice> <guimenu>Archivo</" -"guimenu>\n" -" <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>atajo de la barra de\n" -" atajos de Evolution</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:22 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You don't need the folder bar or the shortcut bar to move\n" -" around the main window. You can use <keycap>Tab</keycap> to\n" -" switch from one part of the window to another, and the folder\n" -" menu on the right side of the window just below the toolbar\n" -" to move about the folder tree.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" No necesita la barra de carpetas o la barra de atajos para moverse\n" -" por la ventana principal. Puede usar el <keycap>Tabulador</keycap>\n" -" para cambiar de una parte de la ventana a otra, y al menú de\n" -" carpetas en la parte derecha de la ventana debajo de la barra de\n" -" herramientas para moverse por el arbol de carpetas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:30 -msgid " <title>Shortcut Bar Tricks</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Trucos de la Barra de Atajos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:32 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -"\tGNOME 2.0 will support context-sensitive help, which means you\n" -"\tcan almost always get help on an item by right-clicking it.\n" -"\tIf you're not sure what something is, or don't know what you\n" -"\tcan do with it, choosing <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> from\n" -"\tthe right-click menu is a good way to find out.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -"\tGNOME 2.0 soportará ayuda contextual, lo que significa que casi\n" -"\tsiempre puede obtener ayuda acerca de un elemento pulsando sobre él\n" -"\tcon el botón derecho. Si no está seguro acerca de algo, o no sabe lo\n" -"\tlo que puede hacer con ello, eligir <guimenuitem>Ayuda</guimenuitem>\n" -"\tdel menú del botón derecho es una buena manera de averiguarlo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:40 -msgid " <title>Context-Sensitive Help</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Ayuda Sensible al Contexto</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:42 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" \n" -" A typical <guilabel>Local</guilabel> folder contains the following " -"folders:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>, for appointments and\n" -"\t event listings.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem> \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel>, for address cards.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, for incoming mail. \n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, for messages you started and didn't " -"finish.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Sent</guilabel>, for sent mail.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, which is used to store\n" -"\t messages you don't want, but keep around just in case you\n" -"\t change your mind.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, for messages you have written\n" -"\t but not yet sent. This will be empty unless you use\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> while offline.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" \n" -" Una carpeta <guilabel>Local</guilabel> típica contiene las siguientes " -"carpetas:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Calendario</guilabel>, para citas y\n" -"\t listas de eventos.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem> \n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Contactos</guilabel>, para tarjetas de direcciones.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, para el correo de entrada. \n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, para mensajes que comenzó y no terminó.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Sent</guilabel>, para los mensajes enviados.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, se usa para guardar mensajes que no\n" -"\t quiere, pero que se deján aquí por si cambia de idea.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, para mensajes que ha escrito pero no\n" -"\t han sido enviados todavía. Estará vacía a menos que use\n" -"\t <application>Evolution</application> mientras está desconectado.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -"\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:91 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>'s most important job is\n" -" to give you access to your information and help you use it\n" -" quickly. One way it does that is through the\n" -" <interface>shortcut bar</interface>, the column on the left\n" -" hand side of the main window. The large buttons with names\n" -" like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> and\n" -" <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts, and you can\n" -" select different groups of shortcuts by clicking the\n" -" rectangular group buttons.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" El trabajo más importante de <application>Evolution</application> " -"es\n" -" darle acceso a su información y ayudarle a usarla rapidamente. Una\n" -" de las maneras en las que hace esto es atraves de la\n" -" <interface>barra de atajos</interface>, la columna a la izquierda " -"de\n" -" la ventana principal. Los botones grandes con nombres como\n" -" <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> y <guilabel>Contactos</guilabel> son\n" -" los atajos, y puede seleccionar distintos grupos de atajos\n" -" pulsando los grupos de botones rectangulares.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:103 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Take a look at the <guilabel>Evolution Shortcuts</guilabel>\n" -" again. The shortcut buttons in that category are:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED! \n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t<term> <guibutton>Today:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\tThis will bring up a summary of any new messages you've\n" -"\treceived, along with the tasks and appointments you have\n" -"\tlined up for today.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"-->\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guibutton>Executive Summary:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Start your day here. The Executive summary gives you\n" -" lists of new or important messages, daily appointments\n" -" and urgent tasks. You can customize its appearance and\n" -" content, and use it to access Evolution services.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guibutton>Inbox:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Click the <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> button to start\n" -"\t reading your mail. Your Inbox is also where you can\n" -"\t access Evolution's tools to filter, sort, organize, and\n" -"\t search your mail.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guibutton>Calendar:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t The Calendar can store your appointments and To do lists\n" -"\t for you. Connected to a network, you can use it to keep\n" -"\t a group of people on schedule and up to date.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guibutton>Tasks:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t A full-size view of your calendar's task pad.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t</listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guibutton>Contacts:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t The Contact Manager holds your addresses, phone numbers,\n" -"\t and contact information. Like calendar information,\n" -"\t contact data can be synchronized with hand-held devices\n" -"\t and shared over a network.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guibutton>Notes:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para> The note pad is your catch-all tool: use it to take\n" -"\t messages from phone conversations, keep small things\n" -"\t organized, write <glossterm linkend=\"haiku\">haiku</glossterm>, or " -"whatever\n" -"\t you like. This feature is not yet implemented, but will be\n" -"\t soon. See <xref linkend=\"usage-notes\"> for more\n" -"\t information.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t</listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"-->\n" -"\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Vuelva a echar un vistazo a los <guilabel>Atajos de\n" -" Evolution</guilabel>. Los atajos en esa categoría son:\n" -"\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -"\n" -"<!-- ¡SIN IMPLEMENTAR! \n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t<term> <guibutton>Today:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\tThis will bring up a summary of any new messages you've\n" -"\treceived, along with the tasks and appointments you have\n" -"\tlined up for today.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"-->\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guibutton>Resumen de Trabajo:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Comienze aquí su día. El resumen de trabajo le muestra la lista\n" -" de mensajes nuevos o importantes, las citas diarias y las\n" -" tareas urgentes. Puede personalizar su apariencia y\n" -" contenido, y usarlo para acceder a los servicios de " -"Evolution.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guibutton>Inbox:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Pulse el botón <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> para comenzar a leer\n" -"\t su correo. Su Inbox es tambien donde puede acceder a las\n" -"\t herramientas de Evolution para filtrar, ordenar, organizar, y\n" -"\t buscar su correo.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guibutton>Calendario:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t El calendario puede guardar sus citas y su lista de tareas por\n" -"\t hacer. Conectado a una red, puede usarlo para mantener el horario\n" -"\t de un grupo de personas y tenerlo al día.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term><guibutton>Tareas:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t Una vista a pantalla completa de la parte de tareas de su calendario\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t</listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term><guibutton>Contactos:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t <listitem>\n" -"\t <para>\n" -"\t El Administrador de Contactos guarda su información de direcciones,\n" -"\t números de teléfono, e información de contacto. Al igual que la\n" -"\t información del calendario, los datos de contactos pueden\n" -"\t sicronizarse con dispositivos de mano y ser compartidos a traves de\n" -"\t una red.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t </listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -"<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t<varlistentry>\n" -"\t <term> <guibutton>Notes:</guibutton></term>\n" -"\t<listitem>\n" -"\t <para> The note pad is your catch-all tool: use it to take\n" -"\t messages from phone conversations, keep small things\n" -"\t organized, write <glossterm linkend=\"haiku\">haiku</glossterm>, or " -"whatever\n" -"\t you like. This feature is not yet implemented, but will be\n" -"\t soon. See <xref linkend=\"usage-notes\"> for more\n" -"\t information.\n" -"\t </para>\n" -"\t</listitem>\n" -"\t</varlistentry>\n" -"-->\n" -"\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:200 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The shortcut group buttons are <guibutton>Evolution\n" -" Shortcuts</guibutton> and <guibutton>Internet\n" -" Directories</guibutton>. When you click on them, they'll slide\n" -" up and down to give you access to different sorts of shortcuts.\n" -" When you first start <application>Evolution</application>, you\n" -" are looking at the <guilabel>Evolution Shortcuts</guilabel>\n" -" category. If you click <guilabel>Internet\n" -" Directories</guilabel>, it will slide up and you'll see buttons\n" -" for the <guilabel>Bigfoot</guilabel> and\n" -" <guilabel>Netcenter</guilabel> directories, as well as any\n" -" others you or your system administrator may have added. You can\n" -" add more groups by right-clicking on the background of the\n" -" shortcut bar and selecting <guimenuitem>Menu\n" -" Group</guimenuitem>. Internet directories behave a lot like\n" -" the local contact manager, which is covered in <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Los botones de los grupos de atajos son <guibutton>Atajos de\n" -" Evolution</guibutton> y <guibutton>Directorios de\n" -" Internet</guibutton>. Cuando pulsas sobre ellos, se deslizan\n" -" arriba y abajo para dejarle acceder a los diferentes tipos de\n" -" atajos. La primera vez qe inicia\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>, verá la categoría\n" -" <guilabel>Atajos de Evolution</guilabel>. Si pulsa sobre\n" -" <guilabel>Directorios de Internet</guilabel>, se deslizará hacia\n" -" arriba y verá botones para los directorios\n" -" <guilabel>Bigfoot</guilabel> y <guilabel>Netcenter</guilabel>,\n" -" así como cualquier otro que usted o su administrador hayan\n" -" añadido. Puede añadir más grupos pulsando con el botón derecho\n" -" sobre el fondo de la barra de atajos y seleccionando\n" -" <guimenuitem>Menú de Grupos</guimenuitem>. Los directorios de\n" -" Internet se comportan muy similarmente al administrador de\n" -" contactos local, el cual se cubre en <xref\n" -" linkend=\"usage-contact\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:219 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To create a new folder, select <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You'll be asked " -"where you want to\n" -" put it, and what kind of folder it should be. You can choose\n" -" from three types: <guilabel>Mail</guilabel>, for storing mail,\n" -" <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> for storing calendars, and\n" -" <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> for storing contacts.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Para crear una nueva carpeta, seleccione <menuchoice>\n" -" <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Será preguntado " -"acerca de donde\n" -" quiere ponerla, y que clase de carpeta debería ser. Puede elegir\n" -" entre tres tipos: <guilabel>Correo</guilabel>, para guardar\n" -" correo, <guilabel>Calendario</guilabel> para guardar calendarios,\n" -" y <guilabel>Contactos</guilabel> para guardar contactos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:229 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Any time new information arrives in a folder, that folder label\n" -" is displayed in bold text.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Cuando llega información nueva a una carpeta, el nombre de esa\n" -" carpeta se escribe en negrita.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:234 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you don't like the shortcut bar, you can use the folder bar\n" -" or the menu bar to navigate the main window. Press \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -" <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> \n" -" <keycap>O</keycap> \n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" to choose from a list of folders you'd like to visit, or use the\n" -" drop-down folder bar. You can hide and show the folder bar and\n" -" the shortcut bar by selecting those items in the\n" -" <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si no le gusta la barra de atajos, puede usar la barra de carpetas\n" -" o la barra de menús para navegar a traves de la vetana principal.\n" -" Pulse \n" -" <keycombo action=\"simul\">\n" -" <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> \n" -" <keycap>O</keycap> \n" -" </keycombo>\n" -" para elegir de una lista la carpeta a la que quiere ir, o\n" -" use la barra de carpetas. Puede ocultar y mostrar la barra de\n" -" carpetas y la barra de atajos seleccionando dichos elementos en el\n" -" menú <guimenu>Ver</guimenu>.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:247 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything\n" -" in GNOME, and <application>Evolution</application> is no\n" -" exception. If you right-click on a folder, you'll have a\n" -" menu with the following options:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -"\t<listitem><para><guimenuitem>FIXME</guimenuitem>, for another purpose. </" -"para></listitem>\n" -"\t<listitem><para><guimenuitem>Something else</guimenuitem>, for another " -"purpose. </para></listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:258 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <interface>folder bar</interface> is a more comprehensive\n" -" way to view the information you've stored with\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>. It displays all your\n" -" appointments, address cards, and email in a tree that's a lot\n" -" like a <glossterm linkend=\"filetree\">file\n" -" tree</glossterm>— it starts small at the top, and branches\n" -" downwards. On most computers, there will be three or four\n" -" folders at the base. First is the <guilabel>Local</guilabel>\n" -" folder, which holds all the <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" data that's stored on your computer. After that come\n" -" <guilabel>Virtual Folders</guilabel>, or virtual folders, discussed " -"in\n" -" <xref linkend=\"usage-mail-organize-vfolders\">, followed by any\n" -" <glossterm linkend=\"imap\">IMAP</glossterm> mail folders you may\n" -" have available to you over your network. Lastly, there are\n" -" <guilabel>External Directories</guilabel>, <glossterm\n" -" linkend=\"ldap\">LDAP</glossterm> contact directories stored on a\n" -" network.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:278 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The <interface>menu bar</interface>'s contents will always\n" -" provide all the possible actions for any given view of your\n" -" data. That means that, depending on the context, menu bar items\n" -" will change. If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu\n" -" items will relate to mail; some will relate to other components\n" -" of <application>Evolution</application> and some, especially\n" -" those in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the\n" -" application as a whole. The contents of the menu bar are\n" -" described in <xref linkend=\"menuref\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:290 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" To delete a folder, right-click it and select\n" -" <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> from the menu that pops up.\n" -" To change the order of folders, or put one inside another, use\n" -" drag-and-drop. To move individual\n" -" messages, appointments, and address cards between folders, you\n" -" can do the same thing: drag them where you want them, and\n" -" they'll go.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:300 -msgid " <title>Navigating without the Folder Bar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Navegando sin la Barra de Carpetas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:302 -msgid " <title>The Folder Bar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>La Barra de Carpetas</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:304 -msgid " <title>The Menu Bar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>La Barra de Menú</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:306 -msgid " <title>The Shortcut Bar</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>La Barra de Atajos</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:308 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <variablelist>\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu</term>\n" -"\n" -" <listitem><para> \n" -" Anything even related to a file or to the operations\n" -" of the application generally falls under this\n" -" menu: creating things, saving them to disk, \n" -" printing them, and quitting the program itself. \n" -"\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu </term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu holds\n" -" useful tools that help you edit text and move it around.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu </term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" This menu lets you decide how <application>Evolution</" -"application> \n" -" should look. Some of the features control the appearance of \n" -" <application>Evolution</application> as a whole, and others \n" -" the way a particular kind of information appears.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> Menu </term>\n" -" <listitem><para> Tools for configuring, changing, and\n" -" setting up go here. For mail, that means things like\n" -" <guimenuitem>Mail Configuration</guimenuitem> and the\n" -" <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>. For the\n" -" <interface>Calendar</interface> and the <interface>Contact\n" -" Manager</interface>, it's color, network, and layout\n" -" configuration. </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -"\n" -" <varlistentry>\n" -" <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu</term>\n" -" <listitem><para>\n" -" Select among these items to open the \n" -" <application>Help Browser</application> \n" -" and read the <application>Evolution</application> manual.\n" -" </para></listitem>\n" -" </varlistentry>\n" -" </variablelist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:362 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Once you've familiarized yourself with the <interface>main\n" -" window</interface> you can start doing things with it. We'll\n" -" start with your email inbox, since you've got a letter waiting\n" -" for you already.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:369 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" After <application>Evolution</application> starts\n" -" up, you will see the <interface>main window</interface>, with the\n" -" <interface>Inbox</interface> open. It should look a lot like the\n" -" picture in <xref linkend=\"usage-mainwindow-fig\">. On the left of\n" -" the <interface>main window</interface> is the <interface>shortcut\n" -" bar</interface>, with several buttons in it. Just underneath the\n" -" title bar is a series of menus in the <interface>menu\n" -" bar</interface>, and below that, the <interface>tool\n" -" bar</interface> with buttons for different functions. The largest\n" -" part of the <interface>main window</interface> is taken up by the\n" -" actual <interface>Inbox</interface>, where messages are listed\n" -" and displayed. If you're running the program for the first time,\n" -" you'll have just one message: a welcome from Ximian.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -" <figure id=\"usage-mainwindow-fig\">\n" -" <title>Evolution Main Window and Inbox</title>\n" -" <screenshot>\n" -" <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>\n" -" <graphic fileref=\"fig/mainwindow-pic\" format=\"png\" srccredit=" -"\"Kevin Breit\">\n" -"\t</graphic>\n" -" </screenshot>\n" -" </figure>\n" -"<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->\n" -"</para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:397 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Other menus, like <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>,\n" -" <guilabel>Message</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>,\n" -" appear only occasionally. <guilabel>Message</guilabel> and\n" -" <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>, for example, have commands that only\n" -" relate to email, so they're only available when you're looking at\n" -" email.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:406 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <note>\n" -" <title>The Way Evolution Looks</title>\n" -" <para>\n" -"\tThe appearance of both <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\tand <application>GNOME</application> is very easy to\n" -"\tcustomize, so your screen might not look like this picture.\n" -"\tYou might decide to have <application>Evolution</application>\n" -"\tstart with the calendar and a folder bar, or with the contact\n" -"\tmanager occupying the entire window.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </note>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:420 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Start <application>Evolution</application> by selecting\n" -" <menuchoice><guimenu>Main Panel Menu</guimenu>\n" -" <guisubmenu>Applications</guisubmenu>\n" -" <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by typing\n" -" <command>evolution</command> at the command line. The first time\n" -" you run the program, it will create a directory called\n" -" <filename>evolution</filename> in your home directory, where it\n" -" will keep all your <application>Evolution</application>-related\n" -" files.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:432 -msgid " <title>The Main Window: Evolution Basics</title>\n" -msgstr "" -" <title>La Ventana Principal: Conceptos Básicos de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-mainwindow.sgml.h:434 -msgid "" -"<!--\n" -" <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" -msgstr "" -"<!--\n" -" <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC \"-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN\">\n" -"-->\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-notes.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-notes.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index d26eb63c56..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-notes.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-notes.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" In the dark ages before email was invented, there were little\n" -" scraps of people which people used for short-term information\n" -" storage. These scraps of paper were called notes. Now, notes\n" -" are an almost necessary part of our lives, albeit in electronic\n" -" form. It only makes sense, then, that\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> will eventually have a\n" -" Notes feature. <application>Evolution</application> can help\n" -" you take notes in the following ways:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Take down phone numbers, take school notes, take phone\n" -"\t messages, or even write poetry.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Color code notes to organize them, or just to\n" -" make them look good.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Turn a note into an email or a text file.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Write <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm>\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" En la edad oscura antes de que el correo electrónico fuera inventado,\n" -" habia pequeños trozos de papel que la gente usaba para guardar\n" -" información que se necesitaba durante poco tiempo. A estos trozos de\n" -" papel se les llamó notas. Ahora, las notas son casi una parte\n" -" necesaria de nuestras vidas, aunque ahora en formato electrónico.\n" -" Tiene sentido, entonces, que <application>Evolution</application>\n" -" eventualmente tenga una función de notas.\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> le ayuda a tomar notas de la\n" -" siguientes formas:\n" -" <itemizedlist>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Apunte números de teléfono, notas de la escuela, tome notas de\n" -"\t mensajes telefónicos, o incluso escriba poesía.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Un código de colores para las notas pra poder organizarlas, o\n" -" simplemente para que tengan una apariencia bonita.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Convierta una nota en un mensaje electrónico o en un archivo de " -"texto.\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" <listitem>\n" -" <para>\n" -" Escriba <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm>\n" -" </para>\n" -" </listitem>\n" -" </itemizedlist>\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-notes.sgml.h:36 -msgid " <title> An Overview of the Evolution Notes</title>\n" -msgstr " <title> Una Vista General de las Notas de Evolution</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-notes.sgml.h:38 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" You can start writing notes by clicking\n" -" <guibutton>Notes</guibutton> in the shortcut bar. Of course,\n" -" it's not there yet. But when it is, it'll take you to the\n" -" notepad.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Puede comenzar a escribir notas pulsando sobre\n" -" <guibutton>Notas</guibutton> en la barra de atajos. Naturalmente,\n" -" todavia no está ahí. Pero cuando esté, le llevara al editor.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-notes.sgml.h:45 -msgid " <title>Evolution Notes</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Notas de Evolution</title>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-print.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-print.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index 29abf423a1..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-print.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:1 -msgid "\t <title>Choosing a Printer</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>Eligiendo una Impresora</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:3 -msgid "\t <title>Print Preview</title>\n" -msgstr "\t <title>Vista Previa de la Impresión</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:5 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" The printer selection window, shown in <xref\n" -" linkend=\"print-dest\">, lets you choose the format for\n" -" printing— at this time, only <guilabel>Generic\n" -" Postscript</guilabel> is available— and whether to print\n" -" to a file or to an actual printer. If you choose a printer,\n" -" you'll be asked for the printer command (probably\n" -" <guilabel>lpr</guilabel>) which your system uses. If you\n" -" choose to print to a file, you'll need to decide upon a\n" -" filename. And of course, you'll want to choose a number of\n" -" copies, and whether to collate them.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" La ventana de selección de impresora, mostrada en <xref\n" -" linkend=\"print-dest\">, le permite elegir el formato de\n" -" impresión— en estos momentos, solo está disponible\n" -" <guilabel>Postscript Genérico</guilabel>— y si imprimir a un\n" -" archivo o a una impresora. Si elige una impresora,\n" -" le pedirá el comando que use su sistema para la impresora\n" -" (probablemente <guilabel>lpr</guilabel>). Si decide imprimir en un\n" -" archivo, debe decidir el nombre. Y naturalmente, debe decidor el\n" -" número de copias, y si deben ir o no intercaladas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:18 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" <guibutton>Print Preview</guibutton> appears both as a button in\n" -" the printing dialog and as an item in the\n" -" <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. In both places, it does the same\n" -" thing: it opens a new window that shows you what would happen if\n" -" you were to print the current message, calendar, appointment, or\n" -" address card.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" <guibutton>Vista Previa</guibutton> aparece como un botón en\n" -" el diálogo de impresión y como una opción en el menú\n" -" <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>. En ambos sitios, hace lo mismo:\n" -" abre una nueva ventana que le muestra que pasaría si imprimiese\n" -" el mensaje, el calendario, la cita, o la tarjeta de actual.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:27 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" That window allows you to select which pages you want to see,\n" -" and how close you'd like to look at them. Zoom in or out, fit\n" -" the page to the window (the <guibutton>Fit</guibutton> button)\n" -" or match the width of the page and the window (the\n" -" <guibutton>Fit Width</guibutton> button). None of these buttons\n" -" changes the way the page will be printed, but they do let you\n" -" get a better look. If you're satisfied with the way the things\n" -" look, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to send your document\n" -" on its way. If you'd like to change it, just close the\n" -" <guilabel>Print Preview</guilabel> window and make the changes\n" -" you want from the Mail, Calendar, or Contact Manager.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Esa ventana le permite sleccionar que páginas quiere ver,\n" -" y como de cerca quiere verlas. Aumentar o disminuir el zoom,\n" -" ajustar la página a la ventana (el botón <guibutton>Ajustar</" -"guibutton>)\n" -" o igualar el ancho del papel con el de la ventana (el botón\n" -" <guibutton>Ajustar Ancho</guibutton>). Ninguno de estos botones\n" -" modifica la manera en que se imprimen las páginas, pero le permiten\n" -" verlas mejor. Si está satisfecho con el aspecto que tienen, pulse\n" -" <guibutton>Imprimir</guibutton> para enviar su documento a su " -"destino.\n" -" Si quisiera cambiarlo, cierre la ventana de la\n" -" <guilabel>Vista Previa</guilabel> y haga los cambios que quiera\n" -" en el Correo, el Calendario, o el Administrador de Contactos.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:41 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" When you're ready, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to print,\n" -" <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to have a look (or another look)\n" -" at the preview, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the\n" -" whole deal.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Cuando este listo, pulse <guibutton>Imprimir</guibutton> para " -"imprimir,\n" -" <guibutton>Vista Previa</guibutton> para echar un vistazo (u otro más)\n" -" a la vista previa, o <guibutton>Cancelar</guibutton> para cancelarlo\n" -" todo.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:48 -msgid " <title>File or Printer?</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>¿Archivo o Impresora?</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:50 -msgid " <title>Print Preview</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Vista Previa de la Impresión</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:52 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" If you're printing a message that's more than one page, you'll\n" -" have the option of choosing which pages to print. If you're\n" -" printing a calendar entry, you can decide what range of dates to\n" -" print. And, if you're printing contact cards, you can decide\n" -" whether to print only the selected cards, or all of them.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Si está imprimiendo un mensaje que ocupa más de una página, tiene la\n" -" opción de elegir que páginas imprimir. Si está imprimiendo las\n" -" entradas de un calendario, puede decidir el rango de fechas a " -"imprimir.\n" -" Y, si está imprimiendo tarjetas, puede decidir si imprimir solo las\n" -" seleccionadas, o todas ellas.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:60 -msgid " <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" -msgstr " <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:62 -msgid "<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->\n" -msgstr "<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:64 -msgid "" -"<para>\n" -" This is a very short chapter, because printing with\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> is not a complex task. Like\n" -" most GNOME applications, <application>Evolution</application> uses\n" -" the gnome-print system, so if you've used any other GNOME\n" -" application to print, you should be able to print from\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> immediately.\n" -"</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"<para>\n" -" Este es un capítulo muy corto, porque imprimir con\n" -" <application>Evolution</application> no es unatarea complicada. Como\n" -" la mayoría de las aplicaciones GNOME, <application>Evolution</" -"application>\n" -" usa el sistema gnome-print, así que si ha usado otra aplicación GNOME\n" -" para imprimir, debería sera capaz de imprimir inmeditamente en\n" -" <application>Evolution</application>.\n" -"</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:73 -msgid "" -"<para>\n" -" Whether you're printing a message, a calendar page, or a selection\n" -" of address cards, you can choose to print directly to a printer, or\n" -" save the print output to a postscript file. You can also use the\n" -" preview feature to see how your printed output will look.\n" -"</para>\n" -msgstr "" -"<para>\n" -" Tanto si esta imprimiendo un mensaje, una pagina del calendario, o una\n" -" selección de tarjetas de visita, puede elegir entre imprimirlo " -"directamente\n" -" en la impresora, o guardar la salida de la impresión en un archivo\n" -" postscript. También puede usar la característica de vista previa para " -"ver\n" -" como será la salida.\n" -"</para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-print.sgml.h:80 -msgid "<title>Printing with Evolution</title>\n" -msgstr "<title>Imprimiendo con Evolution</title>\n" diff --git a/help/es.po/usage-sync.sgml.po b/help/es.po/usage-sync.sgml.po deleted file mode 100644 index b6a2c541a3..0000000000 --- a/help/es.po/usage-sync.sgml.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Spanish of Evolution docs. -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>, 2000. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: evolution-docs\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-04-20 13:43+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-28 15:38+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: tmp/usage-sync.sgml.h:1 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" Put your hand-held device on its cradle and press the\n" -" HotSync button.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Ponga su dispositivo de mano en su cuna y apriete el botón\n" -" de sincronización.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-sync.sgml.h:6 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" No, really. That's all there is to it.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" No, de verdad. Esto es todo lo que hay que hacer.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-sync.sgml.h:10 -msgid " <title>Using HotSync</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Usando la Sincronización</title>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-sync.sgml.h:12 -msgid "" -" <para>\n" -" This chapter covers is how to synchronize data \n" -" installed and configured. If you need information on how to\n" -" set up a synchronization system, consult <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-sync\">.\n" -" </para>\n" -msgstr "" -" <para>\n" -" Este capítulo cubre como sincronizar datos una vez instalado y \n" -" configurado. Si necesita información sobre como preparar un\n" -" sistema de sincronización, consulte <xref\n" -" linkend=\"config-sync\">.\n" -" </para>\n" - -#: tmp/usage-sync.sgml.h:19 -msgid " <title>Synchronizing with a Hand-held Device</title>\n" -msgstr " <title>Sincronizando con un Dispositivo de mano</title>\n" diff --git a/help/es/Makefile.in b/help/es/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index dee738f8c3..0000000000 --- a/help/es/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,321 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4 from Makefile.am - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - - -SHELL = @SHELL@ - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ - -bindir = @bindir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -oldincludedir = /usr/include - -DESTDIR = - -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ - -top_builddir = ../.. - -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS) -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -transform = @program_transform_name@ - -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_triplet = @host@ -AS = @AS@ -BONOBO_GNOME_CFLAGS = @BONOBO_GNOME_CFLAGS@ -BONOBO_GNOME_LIBS = @BONOBO_GNOME_LIBS@ -BONOBO_HTML_GNOME_CFLAGS = @BONOBO_HTML_GNOME_CFLAGS@ -BONOBO_HTML_GNOME_LIBS = @BONOBO_HTML_GNOME_LIBS@ -BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS = @BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS@ -BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS = @BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS@ -CAPPLET_LIBS = @CAPPLET_LIBS@ -CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ -CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ -CC = @CC@ -CPP = @CPP@ -DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ -DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ -EVOLUTION_DIR = @EVOLUTION_DIR@ -EXTRA_GNOME_CFLAGS = @EXTRA_GNOME_CFLAGS@ -EXTRA_GNOME_LIBS = @EXTRA_GNOME_LIBS@ -GENCAT = @GENCAT@ -GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ -GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ -GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS = @GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS@ -GNOMEUI_LIBS = @GNOMEUI_LIBS@ -GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS = @GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS@ -GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS = @GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS@ -GNOME_CONFIG = @GNOME_CONFIG@ -GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS = @GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS@ -GNOME_INCLUDEDIR = @GNOME_INCLUDEDIR@ -GNOME_LIBDIR = @GNOME_LIBDIR@ -GNOME_LIBS = @GNOME_LIBS@ -GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS = @GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS@ -GNOME_PILOT_LIBS = @GNOME_PILOT_LIBS@ -GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS = @GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS@ -GNOME_PRINT_LIBS = @GNOME_PRINT_LIBS@ -GNOME_VFS_CFLAGS = @GNOME_VFS_CFLAGS@ -GNOME_VFS_LIBS = @GNOME_VFS_LIBS@ -GNOME_XML_CFLAGS = @GNOME_XML_CFLAGS@ -GNOME_XML_LIB = @GNOME_XML_LIB@ -GNORBA_CFLAGS = @GNORBA_CFLAGS@ -GNORBA_LIBS = @GNORBA_LIBS@ -GPG = @GPG@ -GTKDOC = @GTKDOC@ -GTKHTML_CFLAGS = @GTKHTML_CFLAGS@ -GTKHTML_LIBS = @GTKHTML_LIBS@ -GTKXMHTML_LIBS = @GTKXMHTML_LIBS@ -GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@ -GTK_CONFIG = @GTK_CONFIG@ -GTK_HTML_EDITOR_IDL = @GTK_HTML_EDITOR_IDL@ -GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@ -GT_NO = @GT_NO@ -GT_YES = @GT_YES@ -HAVE_GTK_DOC = @HAVE_GTK_DOC@ -INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ -INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ -INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ -INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ -INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ -KRB4_CFLAGS = @KRB4_CFLAGS@ -KRB4_LDFLAGS = @KRB4_LDFLAGS@ -KRB5_CFLAGS = @KRB5_CFLAGS@ -KRB5_LDFLAGS = @KRB5_LDFLAGS@ -LDAP_LIBS = @LDAP_LIBS@ -LEX = @LEX@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ -OAF_CFLAGS = @OAF_CFLAGS@ -OAF_CONFIG = @OAF_CONFIG@ -OAF_LIBS = @OAF_LIBS@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -ORBIT_CFLAGS = @ORBIT_CFLAGS@ -ORBIT_CONFIG = @ORBIT_CONFIG@ -ORBIT_IDL = @ORBIT_IDL@ -ORBIT_LIBS = @ORBIT_LIBS@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PGP = @PGP@ -PGP5 = @PGP5@ -PILOT_BINS = @PILOT_BINS@ -PILOT_LIBS = @PILOT_LIBS@ -PISOCK_INCLUDEDIR = @PISOCK_INCLUDEDIR@ -PISOCK_LIBDIR = @PISOCK_LIBDIR@ -PISOCK_LIBS = @PISOCK_LIBS@ -POFILES = @POFILES@ -POSUB = @POSUB@ -PTHREAD_LIB = @PTHREAD_LIB@ -PURIFY = @PURIFY@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -SENDMAIL = @SENDMAIL@ -THREADS_CFLAGS = @THREADS_CFLAGS@ -THREADS_LIBS = @THREADS_LIBS@ -UNICODE_CFLAGS = @UNICODE_CFLAGS@ -UNICODE_LIBS = @UNICODE_LIBS@ -USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XPM_LIBS = @XPM_LIBS@ -YACC = @YACC@ -ZVT_LIBS = @ZVT_LIBS@ -cflags_set = @cflags_set@ -cxxflags_set = @cxxflags_set@ -l = @l@ -localedir = @localedir@ - -evolution_helpdir = $(datadir)/gnome/help/evolution/C - -SGML_FILES = apx-authors.sgml apx-bugs.sgml apx-fdl.sgml apx-gloss.sgml config-prefs.sgml config-setupassist.sgml config-sync.sgml evolution-guide.sgml preface.sgml usage-calendar.sgml usage-contact.sgml usage-mail.sgml usage-mainwindow.sgml usage-sync.sgml - - -EXTRA_DIST = $(SGML_FILES) - -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = ../../config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in - - -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) - -TAR = tar -GZIP_ENV = --best -all: all-redirect -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) - cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/C/Makefile - -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES) - cd $(top_builddir) \ - && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status - -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - - -distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) - -subdir = doc/C - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \ - top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ - distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) \ - && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnu doc/C/Makefile - @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ - d=$(srcdir); \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \ - fi; \ - done - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-hook -info-am: -info: info-am -dvi-am: -dvi: dvi-am -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -installcheck-am: -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-exec-am: -install-exec: install-exec-am - -install-data-am: install-data-local -install-data: install-data-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am -install: install-am -uninstall-am: -uninstall: uninstall-am -all-am: Makefile -all-redirect: all-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install -installdirs: - - -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* - -maintainer-clean-generic: -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am - -clean: clean-am - -distclean-am: distclean-generic clean-am - -rm -f libtool - -distclean: distclean-am - -maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -.PHONY: tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \ -installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \ -install-data-local install-data-am install-data install-am install \ -uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs \ -mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ -maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean - - -all: evolution-guide - -evolution-guide: $(SGML_FILES) - -db2html evolution-guide.sgml - -dist-hook: - mkdir $(distdir)/evolution-guide - -cp evolution-guide/*.html evolution-guide/*.css $(distdir)/evolution-guide - mkdir $(distdir)/fig - -cp fig/*.png $(distdir)/fig - mkdir $(distdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images - -cp evolution-guide/stylesheet-images/* $(distdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images - -install-data-local: evolution-guide - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir) - -for file in $(srcdir)/evolution-guide/*.html $(srcdir)/evolution-guide/*.css; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/$$basefile; \ - done - - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/fig - -for file in $(srcdir)/fig/*.png; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/fig/$$basefile; \ - done - - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/stylesheet-images - -for file in $(srcdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images/*; do \ - basefile=`basename $$file`; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/stylesheet-images/$$basefile; \ - done - -evolution.ps: evolution.sgml - -db2ps $< - -evolution.rtf: evolution.sgml - -db2rtf $< - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/help/es/apx-authors.sgml b/help/es/apx-authors.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 8af980555f..0000000000 --- a/help/es/apx-authors.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - <appendix id="authors"> - <title>Autores</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> ha sido escrita por: -<simplelist> - <member>Seth Alves: <email>alves@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Anders Carlsson: <email>andersca@gnu.org</email></member> - <member>Damon Chaplin: <email>damon@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Clifford R. Conover: <email>rusty@zootweb.com</email></member> - <member>Miguel De Icaza: <email>miguel@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member> Radek Doulik: <email>rodo@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Arturo Espinoza: <email>arturo@nucleu.unam.mx</email></member> - <member>Larry Ewing: <email>lewing@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Bertrand Guiheneuf: <email>bertrand@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Tuomas Kuosmanen: <email>tigert@gimp.org</email></member> - <member>Christopher J. Lahey: <email>clahey@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Matthew Loper: <email>matt@loper.org</email></member> - <member>Federico Mena: <email>federico@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Eskil Heyn Olsen: <email>deity@eski.dk</email></member> - <member>Nat Friedman: <email>nat@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Ettore Perazzoli: <email>ettore@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Jeffrey Stedfast: <email>jeff@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Russell Steinthal: <email>rms39@columbia.edu</email></member> - <member>Peter Teichman: <email>peter@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Chris Toshok: <email>toshok@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Peter Williams: <email>peter@newton.cx</email></member> - <member>Dan Winship: <email>danw@helixcode.com</email></member> - <member>Michael Zucchi: <email>notzed@helixcode.com</email></member> -</simplelist> -y otros dedicados programadores de GNOME. -</para> - <para> - El código de <application>Evolution</application> debe mucho a las - aplicaciones <application>GNOME-pim</application> y - <application>GNOME-Calendar</application>, y a - <application>KHTMLW</application>. Los desarrolladores de - <application>Evolution</application> reconocen los esfuerzos y - contribuciones de todos los que ha trabajado en dichos proyectos. - </para> - - <para> - Para más información por favor visite la - <ulink url="http://www.helixcode.com/apps/evolution.php3" - type="http">página web</ulink> de <application>Evolution - </application>. Por favor envíe todos los comentarios, - sugerencias, y reportes de fallo al <ulink - url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">sistema de seguimiento de - fallos de GNOME</ulink>. Las instrucciones para hacer reportes de - fallos se pueden encontrar en línea en <ulink - url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> - http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html</ulink>. También puede usar el - comando <command>bug-buddy</command> para enviar reportes de fallo. - </para> - <para> - Este manual ha sido escrito por Aaron Weber - (<email>aaron@helixcode.com</email>) y Kevin Breit - (<email>battery841@mypad.com</email>) con la ayuda de los - programadores de la aplicación y el proyecto de documentación de - GNOME. Por favor envíe todos sus comentarios y sugerencias acerca de - este manual al proyecto de documentación de GNOME a - <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. También puede enviar comentarios a - del web usando la <ulink type="http" - url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">Tabla de Estado de la - Documentación de GNOME</ulink> (está en ingles). - </para> - <para> Traducción al español realizada por - Héctor García Álvarez (<email>hector@scouts-es.org</email>). - Por favor envíe todos los comentarios y sugerencias sobre esta - traducción a <email>hector@debian.org</email>. </para> - </appendix> - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/apx-bugs.sgml b/help/es/apx-bugs.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 544387481e..0000000000 --- a/help/es/apx-bugs.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - <appendix id="bugs"> - - <title>Errores y limitaciones conocidas</title> - <abstract> - <para> - Este apéndice describe errores y limitaciones conocidas de - <application>Evolution</application>. Por favor use la - <application>Herramienta de reporte de fallos</application> de GNOME - (<command>bug-buddy</command> en la línea de comandos) si encuentra - algún error que no este en esta lista. - </para> - </abstract> - - <para> - Evolution todavía es software en fase beta, así que el seguimiento - de errores es mejor dejárselo al sistema bugzilla y a los - programadores. Eso sí, hay cierto número de limitaciones que - no serán corregidas antes de la versión 1.0. Las más notables son: - Importación de los archivos .pst de Microsoft Outlook, y la - compatibilidad con el protocolo de Microsoft Exchange. - </para> - </appendix> - diff --git a/help/es/apx-gloss.sgml b/help/es/apx-gloss.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index dd7c1b50e1..0000000000 --- a/help/es/apx-gloss.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,462 +0,0 @@ -<glossary id="apx-gloss"> - - <title>Glosario</title> - - <glossentry id="attachment"> - <glossterm>Adjunto</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Cualquier archivo enviado junto con el mensaje de correo. Los adjuntos - pueden estar insertados dentro del mensaje o añadidos a el. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -<glossentry id="automatic-indexing"> - <glossterm>Indexado Automático</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - El procedimiento de pre-ordenado que permite a - <application>Evolution</application> encontrar la información - rápidamente. Permite búsquedas más rápidas y disminuye el uso de la - memoria para mostrar datos. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="bcc"> - <glossterm>Cco (Con Copia Oculta)</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una manera de dirigir un mensaje. Bcc es usado para enviar un mensaje - a un grupo de personas, a la vez que se ocultan los nombres y - direcciones de unos a los otros. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="cc"> - <glossterm>Cc (Con Copia)</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Con-Copia es usado para enviar una copia del mensaje a una 3º persona, - para que puedan enterarse de la conversación, sin estar en la lista de - A: - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="conduit"> - <glossterm>Enlaze</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un enlaze de sincronización es una pequeña aplicación que controla la - transferencia de información entre un dispositivo de mano y un - ordenador. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="druid"> - <glossterm>Ayudante</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una herramienta que guía al usuario a través de una serie de pasos, - normalmente para configurar un programa. Equivalente a "Asistente" - y "Wizard". - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -<glossentry id="emoticon"> - <glossterm>Emoticon</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - También llamados "smileys", los emoticones son pequeñas caras puestas - de lado echas de puntos y paréntesis que la gente usa para expresar - emociones en los correos electrónicos. Ejemplos: :-) ó ;( . - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="evolution"> - <glossterm>Evolution</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> es la aplicación de trabajo en - grupo de <acronym>GNOME</acronym>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="execute"> - <glossterm>Ejecutar</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Para ejecutar un programa. Cualquier archivo que se puede ejecutar - se llama ejecutable. <application>Evolution</application> puede - descargar ejecutables adjuntos, pero antes de poder ejecutarlos, el - archivo debe ser marcado como ejecutable a través de una shell o un - administrador de archivos. Esta precaución de seguridad previene contra - la ejecución automática o accidental de programas maliciosos. Para más - información acerca de archivos ejecutables y permisos de archivos, - consulte la documentación de su administrador de archivos o de su shell. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="filetree"> - <glossterm>Árbol de Archivos</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un forma de describir un conjunto de archivos en un ordenador. Con - la especial perversión de la típica nomenclatura de ordenadores - (y especialmente en Unix y Linux), la parte más alta del árbol se - llama el directorio raíz, y se denota por <systemitem><filename>/ - </filename></systemitem>. El resto de las "ramas" se extienden - desde la raíz. No confundir el directorio raíz (root en ingles) con - la cuenta <systemitem>root</systemitem>, o con el directorio del - usuario root, <systemitem><filename>/home/root</filename></systemitem>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="filter"> - <glossterm>Filtro</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Dentro de <application>Evolution</application>, un filtro es un método - para ordenar el correo automáticamente. Puede crear filtros para - realizar una o más acciones sobre un mensaje que cumple alguno (o todos) - de los requisitos de un amplio rango de criterios. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="forward"> - <glossterm>Reenviar</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - el usuario puede enviar un mensaje a una tercera persona que originalmente le fue enviado a el. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="groupware"> - <glossterm>Trabajo en Grupo</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Trabajo en Grupo es un término que describe la aplicación que ayuda a - grupos de persones a trabajar juntas. Típicamente, esta aplicación - varias herramientas de productividad integradas en un mismo programa. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="haiku"> - <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una forma de poesía tradicional japonesa. Los poemas son de tres - líneas, donde la primera y la última tienen cinco sílabas, y la - segunda línea tiene siete sílabas. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="html"> - <glossterm>HTML</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Lenguaje de Marcas de Hyper-texto (<acronym>HTML</acronym>) es un - lenguaje para describir la forma de la página en documentos electrónicos - como páginas web, archivos de ayuda, y mensajes de correo. El HTML se - puede usar en el correo electrónico y en los grupos de noticias para - insertar imágenes o formatear el texto - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="hot-key"> - <glossterm>Tecla Rápida</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Teclas rápidas son combinaciones de teclado usadas para realizar - acciones en el ordenador en lugar de usar el ratón para la misma - acción. Las teclas rápidas pueden acelerar el uso del ordenador. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="ical"> - <glossterm>iCal</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>iCal</application> es el programa que usa - <application>Evolution</application> para manejar la sección del - calendario. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="imap"> - <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Dependiendo a quien pregunte, IMAP significa Protocolo de Acceso al - Correo de Internet, o Protocolo de Acceso a Correo Interinamente. - Lo que sea que signifique, permite acceder al correo que está - típicamente (aunque no siempre) guardado remotamente en el servidor en - lugar de en el disco duro local. Algunas veces contrasta con - <glossterm>POP</glossterm>. - Esto no estará en la prueba. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="inline"> - <glossterm>En línea</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Mostrados como para de una mensaje u otro documento, en lugar de - incluido como un archivo separado. Contrasta con <glossterm - linkend="attachment">Adjunto</glossterm>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="ldap"> - <glossterm>LDAP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - LDAP, el Protocolo Ligero de Acceso a Directorio, permite a un cliente - buscar en una gran base de datos de direcciones, números de teléfono y - y personas que se encuentra en un servidor. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="mail-client"> - <glossterm>Cliente de Correo</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un cliente de correo es la aplicación con la que una persona lee y - envía correos electrónicos. En el otro lado están los distintos tipos - de servidores de correo, que se encargan de autentificar al usuario - y dirigir los mensajes desde el remitente hasta el destinatario. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="minicard"> - <glossterm>Minitarjeta</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un formato para mostrar la información de contacto. Similar en - apariencia a una pequeña tarjeta de visita. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="nautilus"> - <glossterm>Nautilus</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>Nautilus</application> es la próxima generación del - gestor de archivos de <acronym>GNOME</acronym> que está desarrollando - la compañía Eazel. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="nickname"> - <glossterm>Apodo</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un alias para una dirección de correo electrónico. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="pop"> - <glossterm>POP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - POP, el Protocolo de Oficina de Correos, es un mecanismo para el - transporte de correo. En contraste con IMAP, solo se usa para obtener - el correo del servidor y almacenarlo localmente en el disco duro. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="protocol"> - <glossterm>Protocolo</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un método de comunicación acordado, especialmente uno acordado para - enviar tipos particulares de información entre ordenadores - Ejemplos son POP (Protocolo de Oficina de Correo), para el correo, y - HTTP (Protocolo de Transferencia de Hipertexto), para páginas web. - - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="regular-expression"> - <glossterm>Expresión Regular</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una expresión regular, o "regex", es una forma de describir una - cadena de texto usando meta caracteres o símbolos wild-card. Por - ejemplo, la frase <userinput>tener.*pat[a|o]</userinput> significa - "cualquier frase que comience por 'tener' y que acabe en 'pata' o - 'pato'". Si usted busca esta expresión, encontrará entre otras - "tener mala pata" y "tener un pato". No hay sitio aquí para - entrar en profundidad, pero si lo desea, puede echar un vistazo a la - documentación del comando <command>grep</command>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="script"> - <glossterm>Script</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un programa escrito en un lenguaje interpretado (en lugar de - compilado). A menudo usado como sinónimo de "macro," para denotar - una serie de comando o acciones pre grabados en una aplicación. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="sendmail"> - <glossterm>Sendmail</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Como su nombre indica, <application>sendmail</application> es un - programa que envía correo. <application>Evolution</application> - puede usarlo en lugar de <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>; algunas - personas lo prefieren porque permite más flexibilidad, pero es más - difícil de configurar. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="shortcut-bar"> - <glossterm>Barra de Atajos</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una parte de <application>Evolution</application> que ofrece - a los usuarios un rápido acceso a la partes de la aplicación - usadas más frecuentemente. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="signature"> - <glossterm>Firma</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - En términos de un correo electrónico, una firma es un texto situado - al final de todos los mensajes que usted mande, como una firma hecha - a mano al final de una carta escrita. Una firma puede ser cualquier - cosa desde su cita preferida hasta un enlace a una página web. La - cortesía dicta que debe tener una longitud inferior a cuatro líneas. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="SMTP"> - <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Esta es la manera más común de transportar mensajes desde el - ordenador cliente (el suyo) al servidor. SMTP significa Protocolo - Simple de Transferencia de Correo. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="spam"> - <glossterm>Spam</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Correo no deseado ó inútil. El spam normalmente aparece como cartas - encadenadas y publicidad de compañías sin escrúpulos o sin sentido. - Los mensajes que no valen para nada se conocen como "boletínes - opt-in" -. </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="tooltip"> - <glossterm>Mensaje de Ayuda</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una paqueña caja con texto explicatorio que aparece cuando el puntero - del ratón permanece sin moverse sobre un botón o cualquier otro - elemento de la interfaz. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - - - <glossentry id="virus"> - <glossterm>Virus</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un programa malicioso que se inserta a si mismo en otros para así ser - ejecutado, permitiéndole expandirse a más programas y a otros ordenadores. - Un virus puede causar daños sustanciales colapsando redes y unidades de disco, - borrando archivos, o abriendo agujeros de seguridad. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="vcard"> - <glossterm>vCard</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Un formato de archivo para el intercambio de información de contactos. - Cuando recibe una tarjeta adjunta a un correo, esta probablemente en el - formato vCard. No confundir con <glossterm - linkend="vfolder">vFolder</glossterm>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="vfolder"> - <glossterm>vFolder</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Una herramienta para organizar mensajes. vFolders le permite crear una - carpeta que contiene los resultados de una búsqueda compleja. Los - contenidos de la carpeta se actualizan dinámicamente. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -</glossary> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/config-prefs.sgml b/help/es/config-prefs.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ba159f51d5..0000000000 --- a/help/es/config-prefs.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,646 +0,0 @@ -<!-- <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> --> -<chapter id="config-prefs"> - - <title>Configuración Avanzada</title> - <para> - Quizá su servidor de correo ha cambiado de nombre. Quizá se ha - cansado de cierto aspecto de la configuración de sus citas. - Cualquiera que sea la razón, usted quiere cambiar su configuración - de <application>Evolution</application>. Este capítulo le - dirá como hacer exactamente eso. - </para> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail"> - <title>Configuración del Correo</title> - <para> - Para cambiar su configuración de correo, seleccione <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configuración - de correo</guimenuitem></menuchoice> estando en Inbox. Esto - abrirá la <interface>ventana de preferencias del correo</interface>, - ilustrada en <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-fig">. Las - preferencias de correo están separadas en varias categorías: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Identidades</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Esto le permite crear o alterar una o más identidades para - su correo electrónico. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Fuentes</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Esta pestaña le permite indicar a - <application>Evolution</application> de donde obtener el - correo que le envíen y como obtenerlo. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - - <term><guilabel>Transporte de Correo</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Esta pestaña le permite indicar a - <application>Evolution</application> como enviar su correo. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Servidores de Noticias</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Si quisiera usar <application>Evolution</application> para - leer los grupos de noticias, puede especificar aquí las - características de su servidor de noticias.. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Otros</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Configuración miscelánea para el correo y las noticias, como - el uso de HTML, y cuanto tiempo debe esperar - <application>Evolution</application> antes de marcar un - mensaje como leído. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure===================== --> - <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig"> - <title>Dialogo de Preferencias del Correo</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Setting mail preferences</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/config-mail" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ==============End of Figure================--> - - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-identity"> - <title>Configuración de Identidades</title> - <para> - Si solo tiene una cuenta de correo, o envía el correo desde una - sola dirección, tan solo deberá configurar una identidad. De todos - modos, si quiere puede tener múltiples identidades. Esto puede - resultar útil si quiere mantener separados su correo personal y - profesional, o si tiene varios puestos en su trabajo. - - </para> - <para> - Para añadir una nueva identidad, simplemente pulse - <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>. Para modificar una identidad - ya existente, seleccione la de la pestaña - <guilabel>Identidad</guilabel> de la ventana de - <interface>Preferencias</interface>, y pulse - <guibutton>Editar</guibutton>. - </para> - - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> le presentará una caja de - dialogo que contiene cuatro campos: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Nombre Completo:</guilabel> por defecto, este es el - mismo nombre que el nombre completo descrito en su cuenta de - usuario en su ordenador. Puede seleccionar otro si lo desea. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Dirección de Correo:</guilabel> Escriba su dirección - de correo en este espacio. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Organización:</guilabel> Si envía mensajes en - representación de una compañía u otra organización, - escriba aquí el nombre de la misma. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Archivo de Firma:</guilabel> Puede elegir un - pequeño archivo de texto para que sea añadido a todos los - mensajes que mande. Típicamente, los archivos de firma - incluyen la dirección u otra información de contacto, o su - cita preferida. Es una buena costumbre hacer que no tenga - más de cuatro líneas. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-network"> - <title>Configuración de la Red</title> - <para> - Para enviar correo con - <application>Evolution</application>, deberá conectarse a la red. - Para hacer esto deberá conocer su nombre de usuario y su clave, que - tipo de protocolos de recepción y envío usa su red, y los nombres - de los servidores que va a usar. Si está migrando desde otro - programa de trabajo en grupo o de correo, casi con toda seguridad - podrá usar la misma configuración que en dicho programa. La - configuración relacionada con la Red se encuentra en las pestañas - <guilabel>Fuentes de Correo</guilabel> y - <guilabel>Transportes de Correo</guilabel>. - </para> - - <sect3 id="config-prefs-network-sources"> - <title>Fuentes del Correo</title> - <para> - La pestaña <interface>Fuentes de Correo</interface> le permite - editar, añadir, o borrar métodos de obtener el correo de los - servidores. Pulsando en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> o - <guibutton>Editar</guibutton> aparecerá una caja de diálogo que - le ofrecerá las siguientes opciones: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Tipo de Fuente de Correo:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Seleccione entre servidores <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> o <glossterm - linkend="pop">POP</glossterm>, o archivos tipo - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - o <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> - al estilo Unix. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Servidores:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Introduzca el nombre del servidor de su fuente de correo - en este campo. Si usa puede o no que sea el mismo que su - servidor <glossterm linkend="smtp">SMTP</glossterm>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Nombre de usuario:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Introduzca el nombre para la cuenta que tiene en el - servidor-- este debería ser la parte de delante de la @ - de su dirección de correo. Si usa archivos - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - o <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> - como fuentes de correo, no necesita escribir un nombre de - usuario. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Autentificación:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Diga a <application>Evolution</application> como - verificar su identidad con el servidor. Sus opciones - varían dependiendo del tipo de servidor que esté usando, - y de la forma en que esté configurado. Dado el nombre del - servidor, - <application>Evolution</application> puede detectar que - tipos de autentificación ofrece. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Probar Configuración</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Pulse este botón para que - <application>Evolution</application> compruebe si sus - fuentes de correo están configuradas correctamente. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Si tiene varias fuentes de correo, pulsando <guibutton> - Obtener</guibutton> actualizará cualquier carpeta IMAP, - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>, o - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - y comprobará y descargará el correo de todos los servidores POP. - En otras palabras, <guibutton>Obtener</guibutton> obtiene su - correo, sin importar cuantas fuentes tenga, o de que tipo sean. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="config-prefs-mail-network-transports"> - <title>Transportes del Correo</title> - <para> - La pestaña <interface>Transporte del Correo</interface> le - permite especificar como enviará el correo. Evolution - actualmente soporta dos tipos de transporte: <glossterm linkend="smtp">SMTP</glossterm>, el cual usa un - servidor de correo remoto, y - <glossterm linkend="sendmail">sendmail</glossterm>, el cual usa el - programa <application>sendmail</application> de su sistema local. - <application>Sendmail</application> es más difícil de configurar, - pero ofrece más flexibilidad que - <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>. - </para> - <para> - Para usar <guilabel>SMTP</guilabel>, necesitará introducir - el nombre de su servidor SMTP. Puede que sea el mismo nombre - que el del servidor de su fuente de correo. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> puede intentar - determinar si ha introducido un nombre de servidor válido. Para - que lo haga, pulse el botón <guilabel>Comprobar - Configuración</guilabel>. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="config-prefs-network-news"> - <title>Servidores de Noticias</title> - <para> - Los grupos de noticias se parecen tanto a listas de correo que - no hay ninguna razón para no tenerlos al lado de su correo. La - primera vez que seleccione la pestaña <guilabel>Servidor de - Noticias</guilabel>, verá una caja vacía con tres botones ya - familiares a la derecha: <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, - <guibutton>Editar</guibutton>, y - <guibutton>Borrar</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - Pulse <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para añadir un servidor de - noticias, será preguntado por su nombre. Introduzca el nombre, - pulse <guibutton>ACEPTAR</guibutton>, y ya está. Naturalmente, puede - tener tantos servidores de noticias como desee. Los servidores - de noticias aparecerán detrás de sus servidores IMAP en la - <interface>barra de carpetas</interface>. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-other"> - <title>Otras Preferencias del Correo</title> - <para> - No todo encaja bien en categorías. Esta parte contiene - una miscelánea de configuraciones que no tienen demasiado que ver - unas con otras. - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> - <guilabel>Enviar mensajes en formato HMTL</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem><para> - Si selecciona esta opción, enviará sus - mensajes en HTML por defecto. Si no la selecciona, sus - mensajes se enviarán sin formato HTML a menos que seleccione - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Formato</guimenu> <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> en la ventana de composición de mensajes. - Vea <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html"> - para más información acerca del correo en HTML. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <guilabel>Marcar Mensajes como Leídos Pasados</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem><para> - Cuando selecciona un mensaje, - <application>Evolution</application> esperará un - momento antes de marcarlo como leído. Puede poner el - tiempo de espera, en milisegundos, aquí. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <guilabel>Formato de Carpeta</guilabel> - </term> - <listitem> <para> Por defecto, - <application>Evolution</application> guarda el correo - en el formato - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>. - Si quiere puede cambiar al formato - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>. Sepa - que esta en una característica avanzada y que puede hacer - que pierda algunos mensajes, así que probablemente - primero debería hacer una copia de seguridad de su - directorio <systemitem><filename>evolution</filename> </systemitem> -. Además, llevará bastante tiempo si tiene - un mailbox grande. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-cal"> - <title>Configuración del Calendario</title> - <para> - Para especificar sus preferencias sobre el calendario, selección - <menuchoice><guimenu>Configuraciones</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Configuración del - Calendario</guimenuitem></menuchoice> desde la vista del - calendario. Esto abrirá la ventana de - <interface>Preferencias</interface>. Contiene cuatro pestañas: - <guilabel>Vista del tiempo</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Colores</guilabel>, <guilabel>Lista de Tareas</guilabel> - y <guilabel>Alarmas</guilabel>. La <interface>ventana de - preferencias del calendario</interface> está ilustrada en <xref - linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig">. - - <!-- ==============Figure===================== --> - <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig"> - <title>Diálogo de Preferencias del Calendario</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Si esto funcionase en mi trabajo también como en mi calendario...</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/config-cal" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ==============End of Figure================--> - </para> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-time"> - <title>Configuración de las Vistas del Tiempo</title> - <para> - La pestaña <guilabel>mostrar el Tiempo</guilabel> le permite - configurar lo siguiente: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Formato del tiempo</term> - <listitem> - <para>Puede elegir aquí entre los formatos de doce horas (AM/PM) y - de veinticuatro horas simplemente pulsando sobre el botón apropiado. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>La semana comienza</term> - <listitem> - <para>Puede fijar que las semanas comiencen en Domingos o en Lunes.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Rango diario</term> - <listitem> - <para> - ¿Cuando comienza u jornada laboral y cuando termina? - En la vista diaria y semanal, - <application>Evolution</application> muestra todas las - horas del rango que seleccione aquí, incluso si no hay - citas a esas horas. Naturalmente, podrá poner una cita - fuera de estas horas, y si lo hace, la vista se extenderá - para mostrarla. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-color"> - <title>Colores del Calendario</title> - <para> - La pestaña de <interface>colores</interface> le permite decidir - de que color será su calendario. La pestaña consiste en un - calendario de ejemplo a la derecha y de una lista de diez elementos - que pueden ser coloreados en diferentes formas. Si pulsa en botón - de color a la derecha de cada elemento, mostrará una ventana de - selección de color donde podrá elegir a que color cambiar el - elemento. Pulsando <guibutton>ACEPTAR</guibutton> en el diálogo de - selección de colores, puede ver os resultados de los colores en el - calendario de ejemplo. - </para> - <para>Los elementos a mostrar cuyos colores puede fijar son: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Marco:</guilabel> Las líneas entre los días y la - parte de arriba de la vista. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Títulos:</guilabel> Color del texto para los - nombres de los días y los meses y para otros títulos. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Días vacíos:</guilabel> Este es el color de - fondo para cualquier espacio de tiempo en el que no tiene citas. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Citas:</guilabel> Este es el color de fondo para - cualquier espacio de tiempo en el que tenga citas. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Día resaltado:</guilabel> El color de fondo - para un espacio de tiempo seleccionado. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Números de los días:</guilabel> Color del texto para los números de las fechas. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Número del día actual:</guilabel> Color del texto para la fecha del día de hoy. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Elementos Por Hacer que dentro de plazo: - </guilabel> Color del texto para los elementos de la lista Por - Hacer que están aún dentro del plazo. - (¿Quizá sea el color de fondo? ¡averígualo!) - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Elementos Por Hacer de plazo hoy:</guilabel> - Color del texto para las tareas de hoy. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> <guilabel>Elementos Por Hacer fuera de plazo:</guilabel> - Color del texto para las tareas fuera de plazo. - </para> - </listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-todo"> - <title>Configuración de la Lista de Tareas Por-Hacer</title> - <para> - Puede elegir que información muestra la lista Por Hacer y la manera - como la muestra. Las dos áreas de la pestaña <interface>Lista Por - Hacer</interface> ofrecen varias opciones cada una: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Mostrar en la Lista Por Hacer</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Esta opción contiene tres elementos. Si marca las casillas - a su lado, esa información aparecerá en la lista Por Hacer - para cada tarea que contenga: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Fecha de Plazo</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Tiempo hasta el Plazo</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Prioridad</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Opciones de Estilo</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Seleccione entre las siguientes casillas para determinar - que aspecto tendrá la lista Por Hacer: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Resaltar elementos fuera de plazo</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Resaltar elementos de plazo hoy</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Resaltar elementos dentro del plazo</guilabel></para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-alarms"> - <title>Colocación de Alarmas</title> - <para> - La pestaña de <interface>alarmas</interface> le da la posibilidad de elegir entre tres opciones: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Pitar al mostrar las alarmas</guilabel>: seleccione - esta opción para que <application>Evolution</application> emita un - pitido para la alarma que haya fijado. Si deja esta opción sin - marcar, <application>Evolution</application> tan solo le alertará de - los sucesos abriendo un ventana de diálogo. Estos pitidos son - distintos a los de las alarmas auditivas. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Las alarmas auditivas cesan tras: </guilabel> - Seleccione esta opción para que las alarmas auditivas cesen - automáticamente pasados un número determinado de segundos. </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Activar recordatorio para:</guilabel> Si quiere - tener la posibilidad de decirle a - <application>Evolution</application> que repita la alarma en unos - minutos, elija esta opción y decida cuanto tiempo quiere que espere - antes de repetirla. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-contact"> - <title>Administrando el Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - Para fijar el comportamiento de su Administrador de Contactos, - pulse en la pestaña - <guibutton>Administrador de Contactos</guibutton> en la ventana de - <interface>Preferencias</interface>. - </para> - <para> - Ha definido las siguientes opciones: <!--insertar aquí una lista - de variables--> - </para> - - <sect2 id="config-prefs-contact-ldap-add"> - <title>Añadiendo Servidores de Directorio</title> - <para> - Para añadir un nuevo servidor LDAP a su carpeta de contactos - disponibles, selección <menuchoice><guimenu>Acciones</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Nuevo Servidor de Directorio</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. Esto mostrará una pequeña caja de diálogo que - le permitirá introducir los siguientes datos: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Nombre</guilabel> — cualquier nombre que elija para el servidor. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Descripción</guilabel> — un descripción larga del servidor. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Servidor LDAP</guilabel> — la dirección de red del servidor. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Puerto</guilabel> — por defecto, el puerto es el 389. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>DN Raíz</guilabel> — entre el DN raíz aquí. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-general"> - <title>Preferencias Generales</title> - <para> - Las opciones adicionales de configuración se cubrirán aquí, - según vayan estando disponibles. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/config-setupassist.sgml b/help/es/config-setupassist.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index f557b6e02a..0000000000 --- a/help/es/config-setupassist.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="config-setupassist"> - <title>Configuración Fácil con el Asistente</title> - <para> - La primera vez que intente usar el correo, el asistente de - configuración del correo le pedirá algunos datos básicos, para que - <application>Evolution</application> le deje usar el correo. Si - prefiere una configuración más detallada, o si quiere realizar - cambios en una configuración ya existente, vea <xref - linkend="config-prefs">. - </para> - - <sect1 id="config-setupassist-mail"> - <title>Configuración del Correo</title> - <para> - La primera vez que intente enviar o recibir correo con - <application>Evolution</application>, aparecerá el <interface>asistente de - configuración del correo</interface> para ayudarle con la configuración de - su correo. Si no piensa usar el correo electrónico, o si prefiere - ocuparse de la configuración de su correo más tarde, pulse - <guibutton>Cancelar</guibutton>. - </para> - -<!-- - - Antes de obtenerlo, eso si, debe decidir donde lo quiere conservar. - Sus opciones variarán ligeramente dependiendo de la configuración de su - red, pero quedan simplificadas a guardar su correo en su disco duro - (usando <glossterm linkend="pop">POP</glossterm>), o guardarlo en - la red (usando <glossterm linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>). - Si guarda el correo en su disco duro local, podrá leerlo tanto si - está conectado o como si no, pero tan solo podrá leerlo desde un - ordenador. Si lo guarda en la red, solo podrá leerlo cuando esté - conectado, pero podrá leerlo desde casi cualquier ordenador con conexión - a la red, incluso si no tiene - <application>Evolution</application>. - - - Si elige POP, pondrá el correo en el - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> en la carpeta <guilabel>Local</guilabel>. - Si elige IMAP, es el - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> de una carpeta con el mismo nombre que su - servidor de correo. Esto es así para que pueda tener varios - servidores IMAP distintos si quiere. Vea <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail"> para más información acerca de los - servidores de correo. ---> - - <para> - El asistente para la configuración (algunas veces llamado - <glossterm>Druida</glossterm>, por analogía con los "Magos" - que usan otros programas) le guiará a través del proceso de configuración - de la red. Le preguntará acerca de alguna información básica. Su - administrador de sistemas o su proveedor de Internet debería tener - las respuestas que necesitará. El asistente para la configuración del - correo está representado en <xref linkend="usage-setup-fig">. - -<!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> -<!-- druid-pic should eventually become assistant-pic --> - - <figure id="usage-setup-fig"> - <title>Asistente para la Configuración del Correo</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Ventana del Correo de Evolution</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/mail-druid-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - - - - El asistente le pedirá la siguiente información: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Nombre:</guilabel> </term> <listitem> - <para>Su nombre completo. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Dirección de correo electrónico:</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Su dirección de correo completa. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Organización:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Cualquier organización a la que represente, o la compañía para - la que trabaja. Deje esto en blanco si lo prefiere, o ponga - "Yo mismo" así la gente sabrá que sus opiniones son solo suyas. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Archivo de Firma:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Un archivo de texto añadido a cualquier mensaje que envíe. Una - firma típica consiste en su nombre y su dirección de correo, - o una cita que le guste. Es una buena medida mantener su - "firma" corta: cuatro líneas son suficientes. Recuerde, - que esto se adjuntará a todos los mensajes que envíe. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Tipo de fuente del correo:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> soporta varias fuentes - para el correo: servidores <glossterm - linkend="pop">POP</glossterm> e <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>, y archivos - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> y - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> al estilo UNIX. - Los servidores POP le permiten obtener su correo y guardarlo - localmente para que pueda consultarlo incluso cuando no esté - conectado a la red; los servidores <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> - guardan el correo en el servidor para que puede acceder a el - desde varios sitios; los - archivos <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> - son usados por su ordenador para el correo interno, y pueden - ser útiles si quiere cambiar desde otro cliente de correo como - <application>Spruce</application> o - <application>Netscape Communicator</application>. Pregunte - a su administrador de sistemas cual debe usar, o intente - hasta que alguno funcione. Puede usar múltiples fuentes si lo - desea; vea <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail-network"> para más - información. - </para> - <para> - Si decide que <application>Evolution</application> - no use ningún servidor, los siguientes elementos no son - relevantes; tan solo debe indicar donde se encuentran los - archivos a los que desea acceder. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Servidor:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Este debe ser el nombre del servidor de donde obtiene el - correo entrante. Puede (o puede no) ser el mismo servidor - al que envía su correo saliente. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Nombre de usuario:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Introduzca el nombre de usuario de la cuenta de su servidor de - correo, si tiene una. En casi todos los casos, esta es la parte - de su correo de antes del carácter @, y - <application>Evolution</application> elige ese valor como - valor por defecto. Si tiene un nombre de usuario distinto, - puede escribirlo aquí. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Autentificación:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Selección el tipo de autentificación que usará. Puede pulsar <guibutton>Detectar tipos soportados</guibutton> para - averiguar que protocolos de autentificación admite su sistema. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Transporte de Correo:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Este es el protocolo de envío de correo que quiera usar. - <application>Evolution</application> soporta ambos - <glossterm linkend="smtp">SMTP</glossterm> y - <application>sendmail</application>; SMTP es de lejos el más - común. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Para aprender a configurar <application>Evolution</application> - con todo detalle, o para cambiar las preferencias una vez que las - ha fijado, mire <xref linkend="config-prefs">. - </para> - </sect1> - -</chapter> - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/config-sync.sgml b/help/es/config-sync.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index aeec2fba92..0000000000 --- a/help/es/config-sync.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="config-sync"> - <title>Configurando su sistema de sincronización</title> - <para> - La sincronización le presenta dos temas de los que se tendrá que - ocupar. - <simplelist> - <member> - Su ordenador deberá reconocer y acceder a su dispositivo de - mano. En este momento, <application>Evolution</application> solo - soporta dispositivos con Palm-OS como el PalmPilot y el - Handspring Visor. - </member> - <member> - Debe decidir que estilo de sincronización quiere. - </member> - </simplelist> - - </para> - <para> - Si no ha usado antes un dispositivo de mano con su ordenador, debe - ejecutar el <application>Centro de Control</application> de GNOME - y asegurarse que <application>Enlaze con Pilot</application> está - configurado apropiadamente. Entonces, seleccione el <glossterm - linkend="conduit">enlaze</glossterm> de - <application>Evolution</application> bajo la sección - <guilabel>Enlazes de Pilot</guilabel> del Centro de Control. - </para> - <para> - Una vez que su ordenador y su dispositivo con Palm-OS se hablan el - uno al otro, debe decidir que quiere que hagan exactamente con los - datos que se intercambian. Sus opciones pueden variar dependiendo - del enlaze, pero tipicamente serán: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Desactivar </term> - <listitem> - <para> - No hace nada. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Sincronizar</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copia los datos nuevos del ordenador al dispositivo de - mano, y del dispositivo de mano al ordenador. Elimina - elementos que estaban en ambos sistemas pero han sido - borrados en uno de ellos. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Copiar desde Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Si hay datos nuevos en el dispositivo de mano, los copia - al ordenador. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Copiar a Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copia datos nuevos del ordenador al dispositivo de mano. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Sincronizar desde Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copia los datos nuevos del dispositivo de mano al - ordenador, y elimina cualquier información del ordenador - que haya sido borrada del dispositivo de mano. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Sincronizar en el Pilot</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copia los datos nuevos del ordenador al dispositivo de - mano, y elimina cualquier información del dispositivo - de mano que haya sido borrada del ordenador. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - Seleccione un comportamiento para cada enlaze disponible. Para la - mayoría, querra quedarse con <guilabel>Sincronizar</guilabel>. - Entoces, ponga el dispositivo de mano en su cuna y presione el - botón de sincronización. - </para> - - - <para> - <warning> - <title>Prevención de Pérdida de Datos</title> - <para> - Siempre es una buena idea hacer una copia de seguridad. Para hacerla, - haga una copia de su directorio - <systemitem><filename>~/evolution</filename></systemitem>. - </para> - </warning> - </para> - - </chapter> - - - - diff --git a/help/es/evolution.sgml b/help/es/evolution.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 869e9df781..0000000000 --- a/help/es/evolution.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"[ - -<!ENTITY PREFACE SYSTEM "preface.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAINWINDOW SYSTEM "usage-mainwindow.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-EXEC-SUMMARY SYSTEM "usage-exec-summary.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL SYSTEM "usage-mail.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-CONTACT SYSTEM "usage-contact.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-CALENDAR SYSTEM "usage-calendar.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-SYNC SYSTEM "usage-sync.sgml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-PRINT SYSTEM "usage-print.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-SETUPASSIST SYSTEM "config-setupassist.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-PREFS SYSTEM "config-prefs.sgml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-SYNC SYSTEM "config-sync.sgml"> -<!ENTITY MENUREF SYSTEM "menuref.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-GLOSS SYSTEM "apx-gloss.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-BUGS SYSTEM "apx-bugs.sgml"> -<!ENTITY APX-AUTHORS SYSTEM "apx-authors.sgml"> - -]> - - -<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and -entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. Note that there is no -entity for apx-notes.sgml, which is still included in the file -set. Reinstate the entity if and when the Notes feature is -implemented. --> - -<book id="index"> - <bookinfo> - <title>Una guía para el usuario de Evolution</title> - <authorgroup> - <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname><surname>Weber</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname><surname>Breit</surname></author> - </authorgroup> - <copyright> - <year>2000</year> - <holder> Ximian, Inc., </holder> - <holder> Kevin Breit </holder> - </copyright> - - <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> - - <para> - Se garantiza permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este - documento bajo los términos de la <ulink type="help" - url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>Licencia de Documentación Libre - de GNU</citetitle></ulink>, Versión 1.1 o posteriores versiones - publicadas por la Fundación para el Software Libre (Free Software - Foundation) sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada y sin - Textos de Contraportada. Puede obtener una copia de la - <citetitle>Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU</citetitle>n de la Fundación para el Software Libre visitando su - <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">sitio Web</ulink> - o escribiendo a: Free Software Foundation, - Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. - </para> - <para> - Muchos de los nombres que usan las compañías para distinguir sus - productos y servicios están registrados como marcas. Cuando - aparecen esos nombres en la documentación de GNOME, y el Proyecto - de Documentación de GNOME tiene conocimiento de dichas marcas, - estos han sido escritos en mayúsculas o empiezan con mayúsculas. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <releaseinfo> - This is version 0.9 of the Evolution manual. - </releaseinfo> - - </bookinfo> - - &PREFACE; - - <part id="usage"> - <title>Usando Evolution</title> - <partintro> - <para> - La primera parte del manual de - <application>Evolution</application> describe como usar - <application>Evolution</application> para el correo, el - administrador de contactos y como fijar citas y tareas. - Según vaya utilizando estas cosas descubrirá que hay más de - una manera de hacer las cosas, y puede puede elegir el método - que más le guste. - </para> - </partintro> - - &USAGE-MAINWINDOW; - &USAGE-EXEC-SUMMARY; - &USAGE-MAIL; - &USAGE-CONTACT; - &USAGE-CALENDAR; -<!-- &USAGE-NOTES; --> - &USAGE-SYNC; - &USAGE-PRINT; - </part> - <part id="config"> - <title>Configurando y administrando Evolution</title> - <partintro> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> es altamente configurable. - Normalmente, cuando los desarrolladores dicen esto, significa que - no lo han probado a fondo y que dejan a otros programadores que se - "configuren" ellos mismos un sistema que funcione. En el caso de - <application>Evolution</application>, "configurable" significa - lo que debe. Significa que, aunque puede esperar que el programa - funcione perfectamente bien con sus opciones por defecto, además - es sencillo alterar su comportamiento entre una amplia gama, para - que encaje exactamente con sus necesidades. Esta parte del libro - describirá ese proceso, desde la vista superficial del Asistente - de Configuración hasta una visión a fondo de los diálogos de - preferencias. - </para> - </partintro> - - &CONFIG-SETUPASSIST; - &CONFIG-PREFS; - &CONFIG-SYNC; - </part> - - <part> - <title>Referencia extensa de los Menus</title> - <partintro> - <para> - La siguiente referencia cubre todos, o casi todos, los menús y los - comandos de los menús que le ofrece - <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </partintro> - &MENUREF; - </part> - - &APX-GLOSS; - &APX-BUGS; - &APX-AUTHORS; -</book> - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/menuref.sgml b/help/es/menuref.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 4e13032213..0000000000 --- a/help/es/menuref.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1477 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="menuref"> - <title>Referencias de los Menús</title> - <para> - Los menús de <application>Evolution</application> puede que no tengan el - secreto de la felicidad, pero lo que contienen son todas las - posibilidades de <application>Evolution</application>. Esta sección - servirá como referencia de todos esos menús, y las posibilidades que le - ofrecen. - </para> - <para> - Ademas, las herramientas de edición de mensajes, citas, y - contactos todas tienen barras de herramientas propias. De izquierda a - derecha, los menús que tiene disponible cuando está leyendo el correo - son: <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, <guimenu>Editar</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Mensaje</guimenu>, <guimenu>Carpeta</guimenu>and - <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu>. - - </para> - <para> - Los menús en <application>Evolution</application> son sensitivos al - contexto, lo que significa que varian dependiendo de lo que esté - haciendo. Si está leyendo su correo, tendrá menús relacionados con el - correo; para su calendario, tendrá opciones relacionadas con - calendarios. Algunos menús, naturalmente, como - <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> y <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> no cambian mucho, - si es que lo hacen, porque son funciones más universales. Pero usted - nunca marcará una tarjeta de dirección como "leidao", o pondra - recurrencia a un mensaje que ha recivido. Dependiendo de si esta mirando - el correo, los contactos, o la información del calendario. - </para> - - - - <sect1 id="menuref-universal"> - <title>Menús que son iguales en todas partes</title> - <para> - Los menús <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> y <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> de la - ventana principal de <application>Evolution</application> no cambian, - porque se refieren a elementos globales. Otros menús tienen - contenidos que cambian dependiendo del contexto. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-universal-file"> - <title>Menú Archivo</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Nuevo...</guisubmenu> Submenu</term> - <listitem><para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem> — - Crear una nueva carpeta. Vea <xref - linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> - para más información acerca de las carpetas. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Atajo</guimenuitem> — - Crear un nuevo Atajo en la Barra de Atajos. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Mensaje de Correo</guimenuitem> — - Escribir un nuevo mensaje de correo. Cubierto en - <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send">. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Cita</guimenuitem> — - Concertar una nueva cita en su calendario. Vea <xref - linkend="usage-calendar-apts-basic"> para más información. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Tarea</guimenuitem> — - Escriba un nuevo elemento para-hacer en su lista de tareas. - Cubierto en - <xref linkend="usage-calendar-todo">. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Ir a Carpeta</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Ver los elementos de una carpeta en particular. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Crear Nueva Carpeta</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Este elemento ya no pertenece aquí. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir Mensaje</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Imprime el mensaje actual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Salir</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Parar de usar <application>Evolution</application>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-universal-help"> - <title>El Menú Ayuda</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Índice de la Ayuda</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Muestra la tabla de contenidos de este documento. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Comenzando</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Una vista rápida, y un resumen de las cosas que - <application>Evolution</application> puede hacer por usted. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Usando el Correo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Una vista en profundidad del correo de <application>Evolution</application>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Usando el Calendario</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Una guía paso a paso sobre como usar el calendario. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Usando el Administrador de Contactos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Manejese con el administrador de contactos. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Enviar Reportes de Fallo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Si usted no se los dice, no podrán arreglarlos. Selececion esta opción para hacer saber a - los desarrolladores lo que falla. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Acerca de Evolution</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Muestra una ventana con información sobre la aplicación y sus autores. - Tiene la misma información que <xref linkend="authors">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-exec"> - <title>Menús del Resumen de Trabajo</title> - <para> - Dejaremos esta sección en blanco hasta que la UI se estabilize un - poco más. - </para> - </sect1> - - - - <sect1 id="menuref-mail"> - <title>Menús del Correo</title> - <para> - El Correo de <application>Evolution</application> tiene más menús - especializados, y más opciones de menú especializadas, que cualquier - otra parte de la aplicación. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-edit"> - <title>El Menú Edición</title> - <para> - Este menú está actualmente vacio. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-view"> - <title>El Menú Ver del Correo</title> - <para> - Este menú le permite controlar el modo en que - <application>Evolution</application> le muestra su información. - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Barra de Atajos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Active y desactive la barra de atajos con esta opción. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Barra de Carpetas</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Active y desactive la barra de carpetas con esta opción. - Vea <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> para - más información acerca de la barra de carpetas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Lista de Mensajes Encadenados</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Esta opción controla si la lista de sus mensajes se muestra siguiendo la cadena de la discusión - o por otro criterio. La ordenación por defecto es por fecha. - Vea <xref linkend="usage-mail-listorder"> para más -información acerca de - como ordenar la lista de mensajes. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-tools"> - <title>El Menú Configuración del Correo</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Filtros de Correo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Edite aqui sus filtros de correo. - Vea <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters"> - para más información acerca de los filtrar correo. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Editor de Carpetas Virtuales</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cree, edite, y borre carpetas virtuales (<glossterm>vFolders</glossterm>) - con esta herramienta. - Para aprender acerca de como usar carpetas virtuales con su - correo, vea <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Configuración del Correo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Herramientas para configurar las preferencias de sus cuentas de correo. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Administrar Suscripciones</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Herramientas para suscribirse a grupos de noticias y para las carpetas IMAP. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Olvidar Contraseña</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Esta opción hara que <application>Evolution</application> - olvide sus contraseñas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-folder"> - <title>El Menú Carpetas del Correo</title> - <para> - Estos elementos de este menú se refieren a las carpetas de - correo de <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - <para> - Usted puede: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Marcar todos como Leídos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - <application>Evolution</application> se acuerda de que mensajes ha - leído; para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como leídos elija esta opción. - Puede marcar un solo mensaje como leído pulsando con el botón derecho en la barra de mensajes. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Borrar Todos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Esta es la opción favorita de todo aquel con demasiado correo basura: un click, y borra - todos los mensajes de la carpeta actual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Comprimir</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Vacia la carpeta de la papelera, borrando los mensajes permanentemente. - Un vez que ha echo esto, son eliminados para siempre. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Configurar Carpeta</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Use esta opción para seleccionar el formato de archivo en el - que <application>Evolution</application> guarda el correo. - Puede elegir entre archivos tipo - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> estandar - al estilo UNIX, o el formato - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>. - Convertir buzones grandes tarda mucho tiempo, y es una buena - idea tener una copia de seguridad antes de la conversión. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-message"> - <title>El Menú Mensajes del Correo</title> - <para> - Las opciones de este menú se refieren a los mensajes de correo de - <application>Evolution</application>. La mayoría de ellos - requieren que haya un mensaje seleccionado, y están tambien - disponibles pulsando con el botón derecho sobre un mensaje de la - lista de mensajes. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Abrir en una Nueva Ventana</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Muestra el mensaje seleccionado en una nueva ventana. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Editar Mensaje</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre el mensaje seleccionado en el compositor de mensajes. Solo - puede editar mensajes que haya escrito usted: drafts y mensajes en - la carpeta <guilabel>Enviados</guilabel>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir Mensaje</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Muestra la ventana de <interface>Vista Previa</interface>, - lista para imprimir. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Responder al Remitente</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre una ventana con el compositor de mensajes con la dirección - puesta al autor del mensaje. Cubierto en detalle en - <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Responder a Todos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre una ventana con el compositor de mensajes con la dirección - puesta al autor del mensaje y a todos los destinatarios conocidos. - Cubierto en detalle en <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Reenviar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Adjunta el cuerpo del mensaje seleccionado a un nuevo mensaje. - Cubierto en detalle en <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Borrar Mensaje</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Marca un mensaje para borrar. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mover Mensaje</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Elije una carpeta a la cual enviar este mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Copiar Mensaje</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Copia el mensaje seleccionado a otra carpeta. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>VFolder según el Asunto</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Este elemento, y los tres que le siguen, crearán carpetas - virtuales que podrá personalizar más o guardar tal cual. Este creará una - carpeta virtual que mostrará todos los mensajes que contengan la - línea del asunto del mensaje seleccionado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>VFolder según el Remitente</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Crea una carpeta virtual para poner en ella todos los mensajes del - remitente del mensaje seleccionado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>VFolder según Destinatarios</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Crea una carpeta virtaul para poner en ella todos enviados a los - destinatarios del mensaje seleccionado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Filtro según el Asunto</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Este elemento, y los tres siguientes, crearán filtros para los que - debe elegir una acción. Puede conservar el criterio como - está, o modificarla como quiera. Este creará un filtro que - afectará a todos los mensajes que contengan la línea del - asunto del mensaje seleccionado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Filtrar según Remitente</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Crea un filtro que afectará a todos los mensajes del remitente del - mensaje seleccionado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Filtrar según Destinatarios</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Crea un filtro que afectará a todos los mensajes dirigidos a los - destinatarios del mensaje seleccionado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-messagelistheader"> - <title>El Menú del Botón Derecho en la Cabecera</title> - <para> - En la parte superior de la lista de mensajes está la cabecera de - la lista de mensajes. Puede pulsar en cualquiera de los títulos - individuales — - <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel>, por ejemplo, para ordenar la lista - de mensajes por ese atributo. Eso si, si pulsa el botón derecho - sobre uno de los títulos, obtendrá el siguiente menú: - </para> - - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Ordenar Ascendentemente</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Ordenar la lista, en orden ascendente, según el atributo sobre el que - pulsó. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Ordenar Descendentemente</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Ordenar la lista en orden descendente. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Desordenar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Deshacer cualquier ordenación mediante este atributo, y dejar la lista - según el orden anterior. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Agrupar según este Campo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - En lugar de ordenar los mensajes, los agrupa en cajas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Agrupar por Caja</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Si tiene los mensajes agrupados en cajas, - puede agrupar del mismo modo las cajas, eligiendo este - elemento. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Quitar esta columna</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Elija esto para quitar una columna de la vista de la lista de mensajes. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Selector de Campos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre una paleta de columnas. Usted puede arrastra las columnas - que quiera desde la paleta hasta la posición en la barra de cabecera - de la lista de mensajes; aparecen flechas rojas cunado se acerca los - suficiente a una posición posible.</para> - - <para> - Sus opciones son: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guiicon>Un Sobre</guiicon> el cual indica cuando un mensaje a sido leído (cerrado para no leído, abierto para leído). - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guiicon>Un Signo de Exclamación</guiicon> para la prioridad - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guiicon>Un Pingüino</guiicon> el cual indica algo, aunque no estoy seguro de que. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guiicon>Un Clip</guiicon> el cual indica que hay un adjunto en el mensaje. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>De</guilabel>, para el campo <guilabel>De</guilabel> del mensaje. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel>, para el campo <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel> del mensaje. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Fecha</guilabel>, para la fecha y la hora en que se mandó el mensaje. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Recibido</guilabel>, para la fecha y la hora en la que recibió en mensaje. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>A</guilabel>, para el campo <guilabel>A</guilabel>. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guilabel>Tamaño</guilabel>, para el tamaño del mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Alineación</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Use este elemento para decidir sobre la alineación - de los atributos de los mensajes en sus columnas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mejor Colocación</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Modifica el ancho de las columnas de la lista de mensajes para -maximizar la cantidad de información mostrada. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Formato de las Columnas...</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Este elemento no está disponible todavía. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Personalizar - Vistas...</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Abre una - caja de diálogo que le permite elegir una ordenación compleja para - su lista de mensajes, así puede combinar ordenar y agrupar de tantas - maneras como quiera. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-mail-editor"> - <title>Los Menús del Compositor de Mensajes</title> - <para> - La ventana de composición de mensajes tiene su propio juego de menús: - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, que controla las operaciones sobre los - archivos y los datos, <guimenu>Editar</guimenu>, para la edición de - textos, <guimenu>Formato</guimenu>, que controla el formato de los - mensajes que envía, <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, que determina como ve el - mensaje, y <guimenu>Insertar</guimenu>, que tiene herramientas para - incluir archivos y otros objetos en los mensajes. Aquí esta lo que -hay en ellos: - </para> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-editor-file"> - <title>El Menú Archivo del Compositor de Mensajes</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Abrir</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre un archivo de texto o el borrador de un mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Guardar</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Guarda un mensaje de correo como un archivo de texto. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Guardar Como</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Elija un nombre de archivo y un lugar para - el mensaje que quiere guardar como un archivo de texto. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Guardar en una Carpeta</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Guarda un mensaje como un borrador, en lugar de como - un archivo de texto independiente. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Insertar Archivo de Texto</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre un archivo de texto y lo inserta en el mensaje - actual. (FIXME: belongs under "Insert"). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Enviar Ahora</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Envia el mensaje inmediatamente. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Enviar más Tarde</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Lo pone en la cola de mensajes - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenu>Cerrar</guimenu></term> - <listitem><para> - Cierra el compositor de mensajes. Si no lo ha echo ya, - <application>Evolution</application> - le preguntará si quiere guardar su mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-editor-edit"> - <title>El Menú Editar del Compositor de Mensajes</title> - <para> - El menú <guimenu>Editar</guimenu> en el compositor de mensajes - contiene los siguientes elementos. Los atajos de teclado están - al lado de los elementos en los propios menús. - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Deshacer</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Deshace la última acción realizada. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Rehacer</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Si cambia de idea sobre Deshacer algo, - siempre puede usar esta opción. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Cotar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Elimina el texto seleccionado de la ventana de edición y lo - guarda en la memoria del "portapapeles" del sistema, listo para pegarlo. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Copia</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Copia el texto seleccionado al portapapeles del sistema sin borrarlo. - Entoces el texto puede ser insertado en otra parte con el - comando <guimenuitem>Pegar</guimenuitem>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Pegar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Inserta el contenido del portapapeles del sistema en la - posición del cursor. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Buscar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Escriba una frase y encuantra las coincidencias en el cuerpo - del mensaje. Como con - <guimenuitem>Buscar Expresión</guimenuitem>, - <guimenuitem>Buscar de nuevo</guimenuitem>, y - <guimenuitem>Remplazar</guimenuitem>, <application>Evolution</application> - le ofrecerá la opción de buscar hacia adelante o hacia atras. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Buscar Expresión</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Si esta familiarizado con las <glossterm>expresiones regulares</glossterm>, - ha veces llamadas "regexes", puede buscar cosas más complicadas, - usando comodines y lógica booleana. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Buscar de nuevo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Repite la última búsqueda. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Remplazar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Escriba una palabra o frase y la palabra o frase por la que le gustaría - reemplazarla. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Propiedades</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Esta opción muestra el Capplet de Propiedades del Compositor de Mensajes, - una parte del Centro de Control de GNOME ue determina la - asociación de teclas en el compositor de mensajes. La ayuda para este capplet está - disponible directamente en el Centro de Control. - (FIXME: Write that help doc too) (FIXME: this is in the wrong place!) - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-format"> - <title>El Menú Formato del Compositor de Mensajes</title> - <para> - El menú <guimenu>Formato</guimenu> solo tiene una opción: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Activa el modo HTML para el compositor de mensajes. Cuando esta seleccionado, - los mensajes se muestran y se envian en HTML. Si ha escrito un mensaje - en HTML y desactiva la opción HTML, se perderá la mayor parte del formato. - Eso si, <application>Evolution</application> intentará consevar los - espacios y eliminar el formato con cuidado. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-view"> - <title>El Menú Ver del Compositor de Mensajes</title> - <para> - El menú <guimenu>Vista</guimenu> controla la manera en que se - muestran sus mensajes, y cuanto del mensaje, de su cabecera y de los - adjuntos se muestra. Contiene: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Adjuntos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Activa el mostrar los adjuntos. Cuando esta opción está seleccionada, - <application>Evolution</application> creará una caja separada -de la ventana - del compositor de mensajes para mostrar que archivos adjuntos está añadiendo - al mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-insert"> - <title>El Menú Insertar del Compositor de Mensajes</title> - <para> - El menú <guimenu>Insertar</guimenu> contiene herramientas que le - permiten incluir imágenes, reglas horizontales, y otros objetos en - el cuerpo del mensaje. Las herramientas son: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Imagen</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Esta herramienta le pedirá que seleccione una imagen para - insertarla en su mensaje en HTML. Para mensajes de texto, - esto es lo mismo que adjuntar la imagen. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Enlace</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre la <interface>ventana de creación de enlaces</interface>, - que le permite especificar la URL y un descripción para el - enlace de su mensaje. Tan solo funciona con mensajes en - HMTLs. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Regla</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre el <interface>diálogo de creación de reglas horizontales</interface>, el cual le permite - crear una regla horizontal en HTML. Para más información, vea - <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">. - Esta herramienta solo funciona con mensajes en HTML. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Archivo de Texto</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre un archivo de texto y lo inserta en el mensaje actual. - Esta herramienta funciona tanto con mensajes de texto como - mensajes en HTML. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-cal"> - <title>Los Menús del Calendario</title> - <para> - La ventana principal del calendario tiene los mismos menús que la - ventana principal del cliente de correo. Aunque, sus contenidos - varian de varios modos. - </para> - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-edit"> - <title>El Menú Editar del Calendario</title> - <para> - El contenido del menu Editar no esta todavía fijo, así que no lo - voy a documentar todavía. (Esto significa ARREGLAME). Deberian - ser: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Descripción - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Descripción - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Descripción - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-view"> - <title>El Menú Ver del Calendario</title> - <para> - El menú <guimenu>Vista</guimenu> del calendario contiene las siguientesins opciones: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar la Barra de Atajos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Active y desactive la barra de atajos con esta opción. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar la Barra de Carpetas</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Active y desactive la barra de carpetas con esta opción. - Vea <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> para - más información acerca de la barra de carpetas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Vista por Días</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cambia el calendario a la vista diaria. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Vista Cinco Días</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Muestra cinco días del calendario de una vez. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Vista por Semanas</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cambia el calendario a la vista semanal. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Vista por meses</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Vea todo un mes al tiempo. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-settings"> - <title>El Menú Configuración del Calendario</title> - <para> - Este menú está vacío. - </para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-cal-editor"> - <title>Los Menús del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - El editor de citas tiene sus propios menús, para ayudarle a usar sus - amplias posibilidades. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-file"> - <title>El Menú Archivo del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene varias opciones, incluyendo un sub-menú <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> que es identico al del - <link linkend="menuref-universal-file">menú archivo de la ventana principal</link>. - Sus otros contenidos son: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Enviar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre un mensaje de correo con la cita adjunta a el. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Guardar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Guarda esta cita en la posición y nombre actual. Si todavía no ha elegido - una posición y un nombre, esto es lo mismo que <guimenuitem>Guardar Como</guimenuitem>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Guaradar Como</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Eliga una posición y un nombre para esta cita, y guardela. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Borrar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Borra la cita. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mover a una Carpeta</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Elija una carpeta, y mueva a ella la cita. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Copiar a una Carpeta</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Elija una carpeta, y ponga en ella una copia de la cita. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Sub-menú de Configuración de Página</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Este menú contiene dos opciones: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Estilo del Memorando</guimenuitem> — - FIXME: What does this do? - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Definir Estilos de Impresión</guimenuitem> — - FIXME: What does this do? - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Vista Previa</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Muestra el aspecto que tendrán su cita si la - imprime. Vea <xref linkend="usage-print"> - para más detalles sobre imprimir y la función de Vista Previa. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Imprime la cita sin vista previa. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Propiedades</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: What does this do? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Cerrar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cierra la ventana del editor de citas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-edit"> - <title>El Menú Editar del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - ARREGLAME: este menú esta copiado y pegado completamente de otro - sitio. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-view"> - <title>El Menú Ver del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Este menú le permite ver distintas citas, y configurar la forma de - verlas, sin tener que volver a la <interface>Ventana - Principal</interface>. Contiene: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Previa</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem><para> - La opción de este sub-menú le llevará a la cita anterior a - la actual. (FIXME: describe). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Suiguiente</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem><para> - La opción de este sub-menú le llevará a la cita programada - para despues de la actual. (FIXME: describe). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Calendario</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: What does this item do? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Barras de Herramientas</guisubmenu></term> - <listitem><para> - El sub-menú <guisubmenu>Barras de Herramientas</guisubmenu> - le permite elegir que barras de herramientas son mostradas en - el <interface>Editor de Citas</interface>. Estas son: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Estandar</guimenuitem> — - Activa y desactiva la barra de herramientas estandar. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Formato</guimenuitem> — - Activa y desactiva la barra de herramientas de formato. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guimenuitem>Personalizada</guimenuitem> — - Selecciona los contenidos de las barras de herramientas de formato y de la estandar. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-insert"> - <title>El Menú Insertar del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene: (FIXME: Insert Content Here) - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Archivo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Elija un archivo para incluir a la cita o al petición de cita. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Elemento</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Objeto</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-format"> - <title>El Menú Formato del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Thite menú contiene dos opciones, ninguna de las cuales tiene - funcionalidad alguna todavía: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Fente</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Parrafo</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-tools"> - <title>El Menú Herramientas del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene cuatro opciones, incluyendo el sub-menú - <guisubmenu>Formularios</guisubmenu>, el caul le permite modificar - los formularios de los calendararios y crear sus propias entradas. - Esto todavia no funciona. - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Corrector Ortográfico</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Comprueba la ortografía en las entradas del calendario. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Comprobar Nombres</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Comprueba los nombres aquí enumerados contra los de - su agenda de direcciones. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Agenda de Direcciones</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - FIXME: ? - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guisubmenu>Formularios</guisubmenu> Sub-menú</term> - <listitem><para> - El sub-menú Formularios le permite modificar la apariencia de - de los Formularios del Calendario. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-actions"> - <title>El Menú Acciones del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Fijar una Reunión</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Aparece la ventana de <interface>Invitación de Reunión</interface>, - descrita en <xref linkend="usage-calendar-apts">. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Cancelar Invitación</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cancela el evento, notificandoselo a todos los asistentes. Puede que le pida que - especifique un mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Reenviar como vCalendar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre el compositor de mensajes con el evento actual adjunto. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Reenviar como Texto</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Abre el compositor de mensajes con una descripción en texto del evento actual - incluida en el cuerpo del mensaje. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-help"> - <title>El Menú Archivo del Editor de Citas</title> - <para> - Este menú está vacío. - </para> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1> - <title>Menús del Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - El administrador de contactos tiene seis menús: - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, <guimenu>Editar</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Vista</guimenu>, <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu>, - <guimenu>Herramientas</guimenu>, y - <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu>. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-edit"> - <title>Menú Editar del Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - Este menú está vacío. - </para> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-view"> - <title>Menú Ver del Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene las siguiente opciones: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Mostrar Barra de Atajos</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Active y desactive la barra de atajos con esta opción. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Muestra la Barra de Carpetas</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Active y descative la barra de carpetas con esta opción. - Vea <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> para - más información acerca de la barra de carpetas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Como un Tabla</guimenuitem> / <guimenuitem>As Minicards</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Vea sus contactos como una tabla. - Cuando esta en el modo tabla, está opción del menú aparece - como <guimenuitem>Como Minitarjetas</guimenuitem>, y vuelve a - cambiar la vista al formato minitarjetas. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-tools"> - <title>Menú Herramientas del Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene una opción: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Buscar un - Contacto</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Abre una ventana - para una busqueda en profundidad. <xref - linkend="contact-search"> describe como usar esta característica. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-actions"> - <title>Menú Herramientas del Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene unia sola opción: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Nuevo Servidor de Directorio</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Muestra una ventana - de búsqueda en profundidad. <xref - linkend="config-prefs-contact-ldap-add"> describe como usar esta - característica. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="menuref-contact-editor"> - <title>Los Menús del Editor de Contactos</title> - <para> - Esta ventana solo tiene un menú: el menú archivo. - </para> - - <sect2 id="menuref-contact-editor-file"> - <title>Menú Archivo del Editor de Contactos</title> - <para> - Este menú contiene cinco opciones: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Guardar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Guardar como</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Le permite guardar el contacto como un archivo externo en el - formato <glossterm linkend="vcard">VCard</glossterm>. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Imprimir</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Imprime el contacto actual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Borrar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Borra el contacto actual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Cerrar</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Cierra el Editor de Contactos sin guardar. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - -</chapter> - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/preface.sgml b/help/es/preface.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 82b5856eb0..0000000000 --- a/help/es/preface.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE preface PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - - <preface id="introduction"> -<!-- =============Introduction ============================= --> - <title>Introducción</title> - - <sect1 id="what"> - <title>¿Qué es Evolution, y qué puede hacer por mi?</title> - <para> - La información no sirve a menos que este organizada y sea accesible. - Ni si quiera se merece ese nombre si no puede mirarla y estar - <emphasis>informado</emphasis>. - El objetivo de <application>Evolution</application> es hacer que las - tareas de guardar, organizar, y obtener su información personal sean - más fáciles, para que pueda trabajar y comunicarse con otros. Esto - es, programa de <glossterm - linkend="groupware">trabajo en grupo</glossterm> altamente - evolucionado, una parte integral del escritorio conectado a Internet. - Por dentro, es una potente base de datos. Por fuera, es una - herramienta para ayudarle ha hacer su trabajo. - </para> - <para> - Como parte de proyecto GNOME, - <application>Evolution</application> is Software Libre. El - programa y su código fuente están liberados bajo los términos de - la <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>General Public License "Licencia Pública - General" (GPL)</citetitle></ulink> de GNU, y la - documentación está bajo la <ulink type="help" - url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>Free Documentation - License "Licencia Libre de Documentación"</citetitle></ulink> - (FDL). Para más información acerca de la GPL y de la FDL, - visite el sitio web de la Free Software Foundation "Fundación para - el Software Libre" en <ulink - url="http://www.fsf.org">http://www.fsf.org</ulink>. - </para> - <para> - <note> - <title>Esta es una liberación de prueba</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> no esta completa, y - todavía tiene muchos fallos. Por favor ayúdenos a mejorarla - informandonos acerca de ellos. Debe hacerlo enviando reportes - de fallo con la <application>Herramienta de Reportes de - Fallo</application> de GNOME (conocida como - <command>bug-buddy</command> en la línea de comandos). - </para> - </note> - </para> - - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> le puede ayudar a trabajar en - grupo encargandose del correo, direcciones y otra información - de contacto, y uno o más calendarios. Puede hacerlo en uno o varios - ordenadores, conectados directamente o a traves de una red, para una - persona o para grandes grupos. - </para> - <para> - El proyecto de <application>Evolution</application> tiene cuatro - objetivos principales: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - La aplicación debe ser <emphasis>al mismo tiempo potente - y facil de usar</emphasis>. En otras palabras, necesita una - interfaz familiar e intuitiva que los usuarios puedan - personalizar a su gusto, y los usuarios deben tener acceso a - atajos para tareas complicadas. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> debe cumplir y - sobrepasar los estandares impuestos por otros programas de - trabajo en grupo. Debe tener soporte para la mayor parte de - los <glossterm linkend="protocol">protocolos</glossterm> - de red para poder integrarse sin problemas con el hardware - y los entornos de red existentes. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - El proyecto debe apoyar a los estandares abiertos y estar - abierto a la expansion, para que se pueda convertir en una - plataforma de desarollo tanto como en una aplicación. - Desde los guiones más simples a la programación de red y - componentes más compleja, - <application>Evolution</application> debe ofrecer a los - desarrolladores un entorno para el desarrollo de aplicaciones - de vanguardia. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Los datos deben ser seguros: - <application>Evolution</application> no debe perder correo, - corromper buzones u otra información, ejecutar - <glossterm linkend="script">guiones</glossterm> de - instruciones arbitrarios o borrar archivos de su disco duro. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> está diseñada para hacer la - mayoría de las tareas diarias más rápido. Por ejemplo, solo - requiere una o dos pulsaciones introducir una nueva cita o una - tarjeta que le hayan enviado por correo, o enviar un correo a un - contacto o a una cita. <application>Evolution</application> - hace las vistas más rápidas y eficientes, para que las búsquedas - sean más rápidas y el uso de la memoria sea menor. Las personas - que reciben mucho correo apreciarán las características avanzadas - como las <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vFolders">Carpetas Virtuales</link>, - que le permiten guardar búsquedas como si fueran carpetas de correo - normales. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="aboutbook"> - <title>Acerca de este Libro</title> - <!-- ************** FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH FOR DRAFT ONLY ************* --> - <para> - Esta versión de la Guía de Usuario de - <application>Evolution</application> es un - <emphasis>borrador</emphasis>. Describe la versión 0.6 del - programa. Le faltan grandes piezas de información, y muchas de - las arecteristicas que describe no están implementadas. - Todo el contenido esta sujeto a cambios, especialmente si usted - colabora. Por favor ebvie comentarios sobre la guía a - <email>aaron@ximian.com</email> y sobre la traducción a - <email>hector@scouts-es.org</email>. Si le gustaría colaborar en la - guía por favor pongase en contacto conmigo o vea el <ulink - url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp">sitio - web</ulink> del proyecto de Documentación de GNOME. Este párrafo - será eliminado en futuras versiones del manual. - </para> - <!-- ************* END DRAFT ONLY PARAGRAPH ************** --> - - <para> - Thite libro está dividido en dos partes, con varios apendices. - La primera parte es una <link linkend="usage">visita - guiada</link>— le explicará como usar - <application>Evolution</application>. Si es nuevo en el uso de - <application>Evolution</application> o de los programas de trabajo - en grupo en general, esta sección es para usted. La segunda sección, - cubriendo la <link linkend="config">configuración</link>, está - dirijida a usuarios más avanzados, pero cualquiera que quiera - cambiar el aspecto o el comportamiento de - <application>Evolution</application> se beneficiará de su lectura. - Ademas, hay una <link linkend="menuref">referencia de menús</link> - que describe casi todas las posibilidades que ofrece - <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - <formalpara> - <title>Convenios Tipográficos</title> - <para> - Algunas clases de palabras están escritas con una tipografía especial: - <simplelist> - <member><application>Aplicaciones</application></member> - <member><command>Comandos</command> escritos en la línea de comandos</member> - <member><guilabel>Etiquetas</guilabel> de elementos de la interfaz</member> - - <member> La opcciones de los menús aparecen así: - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Menú</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Sub-menú</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Opción del Menú</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </member> - <member><guibutton>Butones</guibutton> que puede pulsar</member> - <member><userinput>Cualquier cosa que - escribe</userinput></member> <member><computeroutput>Salida - del ordenador en texto</computeroutput></member> - <member><glossterm linkend="apx-gloss">Palabras</glossterm> - que están definidas en el <xref linkend="apx-gloss">.</member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </formalpara> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="commontasks"> - <title>Referencia Rápida para Tareas Comunes</title> - <para> - Puede que quiera copiar esta sección y pegarla a la pared de al lado - de su ordenador: es un resumen muy corto de la mayoría de las cosas - que querrá hacer con <application>Evolution</application>, y - referencias a las secciones del libro donde encontrará descripciones - más profundas de dichas tareas. - </para> - <sect2 id="quickref-newthings"> - <title>Abriendo o Creando algo</title> - <para> - Aquí están los atajos de teclado y las opciones del menú que - probablemente sean las que mas use: - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Crear una nueva carpeta</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu><guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem></menuchoice> o - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift </keycap> - <keycap>C</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Crear un nuevo Atajo en la Barra de Evolution</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Atajo de Evolution</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>A</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Crear un nuevo mensaje de correo:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use - <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu><guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mensaje de - Correo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift </keycap> - <keycap>M</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Crear una nueva Cita</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Cita</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>T</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Introducir un nuevo Contacto</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Contacto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>C</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Crear una nueva Tarea</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Tarea</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> o - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>T</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="quickref-mail"> - <title>Enviar Tareas por Correo</title> - <para> - Aquí están las tareas más comunes con el correo, y los - atajos para manejarse por su buzón con el teclado en lugar - de con el ratón: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Comprobar Correo</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Pulse <guibutton>Obtener</guibutton> en la barra de - herramientas. No hay atajo de taclado para esto, - pero puede pedir a <application>Evolution</application> - que obtenga los nuevos mensajes periodicamente. Para - hacerlo, FIXME. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Responder a un Mensaje</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Para responder al remitente de un mensaje tan solo debe: - pulsar <guibutton>Responder</guibutton> en la barra de - herramientas, o pulsar - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - <para> - Para responder al remitente y a todos los destinatarios - visibles del mensaje, pulse <guibutton>Responder a - Todos</guibutton> o seleccione el mensaje y pulse - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Reenviar un Mensaje</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Sleccione el mensaje o mensajes que quiere reenviar, - y pulse <guibutton>Reenviar</guibutton> en la barra de - herramientas, o pulse - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>J</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Abrir un Mensaje en una Nueva Ventana</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Pulse dos veces sobre el mensaje que quiere ver, o - seleccionelo y pulse - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>O</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Crear Filtros y Carpetas Virtuales</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Puede crear filtros y carpetas virtuales basados en las - caracteristicas de un mensaje específico desde el menú que - aparece al pulsar el botón derecho del ratón. - Alternativamente, seleccion un mensaje, y elija - <menuchoice><guimenu>Configuración</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Filtros de Correo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> - o <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuración</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Editor de Carpetas Virtuales</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. Los filtros se discuten en <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">, y las carpetas - virtuales en <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="quickref-cal"> - <title>Calendario</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term></term> - <listitem> - <para> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="quickref-contact"> - <title>Administrador de Contactos</title> - <para> - - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term></term> - <listitem> - <para> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - </preface> - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-calendar.sgml b/help/es/usage-calendar.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 1abbace951..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-calendar.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,373 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-calendar"> - <title>El calendario de Evolution</title> - <para> - Para comenzar a usar el calendario, seleccione - <guibutton>Calendario</guibutton> de la <interface>barra de - atajos</interface>. Por defecto, el calendario empieza mostrando el - horario para hoy sobre un fondo reglado. Arriba a la derecha, hay un - calendario mensual que puede usar para cambiar de día. Debajo de eso, - hay una <guilabel>Lista de Tareas</guilabel>, donde puede tener una - lista de tareas separada de sus citas del calendario. La vista diaria - del calendario se muestra en <xref linkend="usage-calendar-fig">. - - <!-- ============== Figure ============================= --> - <figure id="usage-calendar-fig"> - <title>Vista del Calendario de Evolution</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Vista del Administrador de Contactos de Evolution</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/calendar" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= --> - - </para> - <sect1 id ="usage-calendar-view"> - <title>Maneras de ver su calendario</title> - - <para> - La barra de herramientas le ofrece cuatro vistas distintas de su - calendario: un día, cinco días, una semana, o un mes. Pulse sobre - los botones con forma de calendario a la derecha de la barra de - herramientas para alternar entre las distintas vistas. Tambien puede - seleccionar un rango de días— tres días, diez días, quinzenas - si quiere— en el pequeño calendario en la esquina superior - derecha. - </para> - <para> - Los botones <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> y <guibutton> - Siguiente</guibutton> le moverán hacia alante y hacia atrás en las - páginas de su calendario. Si está viendo solo a un día, verá la - página de mañana o la de ayer. Si esta viendo su calendario por - semanas, meses, quincenas, o cualquier otra cosa, se movera esa - cantidad de tiempo. Para volver al día de hoy, pulse - <guibutton>Hoy</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - Para ver una fecha espefica del calendario, pulse - <guibutton>Ir A</guibutton> y seleccione la fecha en la ventana - de diálogo que aparece. - </para> - - -<!-- ############### FIXME FIXME FIXME ############ -Caracteristica no implementada y que puede que no se implemente por falta -de tiempo, recursos, e interes. - <para> - In addition, <application>Evolution</application> supports - Hebrew, Muslim, and other calendar formats. To switch to a - different calendar format, choose - <guimenuitem>GUIMENUITEM</guimenuitem> from the - <guimenu>GUIMENU</guimenu>. - </para> -################ END FIXME AREA ################## --> - - </sect1> - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-apts"> - <title>Programando Citas con el Calendario de Evolution</title> - <para> - Naturalmente, querra usar el calendario para hacer algo más que - saber que día es. Esta sección le contará como fijar eventos, poner - alarmas, y especificar recurrencias en los eventos. - </para> - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-basic"> - <title>Creando eventos</title> - <para> - Para crear un nuevo evento de calendario, seleccione - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Cita</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - o pulse el botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton> a la izquierda de la barra - de herramientas. El diálogo de <interface>Nueva Cita</interface> - aparecerá con la habitual barra de menú, barra de herramientas, y ventana - llenas de opciones. - </para> - <tip id="new-appointment-shortcut"> - <title>Atajo</title> - <para> - Si no necesita poner más información que la fecha y la hora de - la cita, puede pichar simplemente en cualquier espacio en blanco - del calendario y comenzar a escribir. Puede incluir otra - información más tarde con el editor de citas. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - Su evento debe tener una fecha de inicio y de fin — por - defecto, hoy — pero puede elegir entre darle una hora de - inicio y de fin o marcarlo como un <guilabel>Evento de todo - el día</guilabel>. Un <guilabel>Evento de todo el día</guilabel> - aparece arriba en una lista de eventos diarios en lugar de dentro - del día. Eso hace que sea más facil tener eventos que se solapen y - que esten unos dentro de otros. Por ejemplo, una conferencia puede - ser un evento de todo el día, y los encuentros en la conferencia - serian eventos parciales. Naturalmente, los eventos con horarios - específicos de inicio y fin tambien pueden solaparse. Cuenado lo - hacen son mostrados como multiples columnas en la vista diaria del - calendario. - </para> - <note> - <title>Haciendo Dos Cosas A La Vez</title> - <para> - Si crea eventos de calendario que se superponen, - <application>Evolution</application> los mostrará uno al lado del - otro en su calendario. Eso si, - <application>Evolution</application> no puede ayudarle ha hacer - varias cosas al mismo tiempo. - </para> - </note> - <para> - Puede tener hasta cuatro <guilabel>Alarmas</guilabel> - distintas, para cualquier momento antes de la hora que ha fijado - para el evento. Puede tener una alarma de cada tipo: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Mostrar</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Aparecerá una ventana en la pantalla para recordarle el evento. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Auditiva</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Eliga esta opción para que el ordenador emita una alarma - auditiva. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Programa</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Seleccione esto si quiere que alguna aplicación adicional se - ejecute como recordatorio. Puede escribir su nombre en el campo - de texto, o buscarla con el botón - <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Correo</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> enviará un mensaje - recordatorio a la dirección que haya escrito en el campo de - texto. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - <para> - <guilabel>Clasificación</guilabel> es un poco más complicado, - y solo afecta a los calendarios en red. - <guilabel>Público</guilabel> es la categoría por defecto, - y un evento público puede ser visto por cualquiera en la red de - conpartición del calendario. <guilabel>Privado</guilabel> indica - un nivel de seguridad, y <guilabel>Confidencial</guilabel> un - nivel mayor. <!-- FIXME --> El significado y la implementecion de estas caracteristicas - todavia no se han determinado. <!-- FIXME --> - </para> - <para> - La pestaña <guilabel>Recurrencia</guilabel> le permite describir - repeticiones en eventos que van desde una vez cada día a una vez - cada 100 años. Puede tambien elegir cuando cesarán las - repeticiones, y, bajo <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel>, elegir - días individuales en los que el evento <emphasis>no</emphasis> se - realizará. Haga sus selecciones de izquierda a derecha, y formará - una frase: "Cada dos semanas los lunes y los viernes hasta el 3 de - enero de 2003" o "Cada mes el primer viernes durante 12 - ocurrencias". - </para> - - <para> - Una vez que haya acabado con toda la configuración, pulse en el icono - del disco en la barra de herramientas. Esto guardará el evento y cerrará - la ventana de edición de eventos. Si quiere, puede alterar el resumen del - en la vista del calendario pulsando sobre ela y escribiendo. Puede - cambiar otros valores pulsando con el botón derecho del ratón sobre el - evento y eligiendo <guimenuitem>Editar esta cita</guimenuitem>. - </para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ################### - ################## NO LO VOY A TRADUCIR PORQUE NO SE MUESTRA ###### - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-group"> - <title>Appointments for Groups</title> - <para> - If you have your calendar set up to work with other - calendars over a network, you can see when others are - available to meet with you. - </para> - <note> - <title>Unimplemented Feature</title> - <para>This feature is not yet implemented.</para> - </note> - - <para> - In addition, you can use <application>Evolution</application> - to mark a meeting request on another person's calendar. To do - it, click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the calendar toolbar, - or select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring - up the <interface>new event</interface> window. Then describe - the event as you would any other. Before you click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, (INSERT DESCRIPTION HERE...). - <application>Evolution</application> will automatically send - email to each person on the request list, notifying of the - time and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In - addition, it will mark the event on your calendar and on - theirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, event. - </para> - <para> - To mark a tentative event as confirmed, click once on the - event in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select - it, and then choose <guimenuitem>Event - Properties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - menu. In the <interface>Event Properties</interface> dialog - window, click the "tentative" button to De-select the - event. - </para> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-privs"> - <title>Scheduling privileges</title> - <para> - There are several levels of scheduling privileges. You - can set whether people can see your calendar, whether they - can request meetings or appointments, and whether they can - create appointments. This section may have to be deleted, - because I don't know if we are going to support privileges - at all. - </para> - </sect2> - ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ --> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-todo"> - <title>La lista de tareas</title> - <para> - La lista de tareas, situada en la esquina inferior derecha del - calendario, le permite mantener una lista de tareas separada de sus - eventos de calendario. Las tareas son coloreadas y ordenadas por - prioridad y fecha de vencimiento (vea <xref linkend="config-prefs"> - para más inforación), y son incluidas con la información del - calendario cuando se sincroniza con dispositivo de mano. Puede usar - la lista en un formato más grande eligiendo el botón - <guibutton>Tareas</guibutton> de la barra de atajos o del arbol de - carpetas. - </para> - <para> - Para guardar una nueva tarea, pulse sobre el botón - <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>. <application>Evolution</application> - mostrará una pequeña ventana con cinco elementos en ella: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Resumen:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - La descripción que escriba aquí aparecerá en la lista Por - Hacer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Fecha de Plazo:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Decida cuando vence el plazo para este elemnto. - Puede escribir una fecha y una hora, o seleccionar una del - <guibutton>Calendario</guibutton> y la hora de los menus desplegables. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Prioridad:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Seleccione un nivel de importancia desde 1 (más importante) a 9 - (menos importante). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Comentarios sobre el elemento:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Si lo desea, puede escribir aquí una descripción más detallada - del elemento. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Una vez que ha añadido una tarea a su lista "por hacer", su resumen - aparece en la sección <guilabel>Resumen</guilabel> de la lista de - tareas. Para ver o editar una descripción detallada en un - elemento, pulse dos veces sobre el, o seleccionelo y pulse - <guibutton>Editar</guibutton>. Puede borrar un elemento - seleccionandolo y pulsandolo en el botón <guibutton>Borrar</guibutton>. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-multiple"> - <title>Múltiples Calendarios</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> le permite tener y mantener - múltiples calendarios. Esto es útil si mantiene horarios para otras - personas, si es el responsable de la búsqueda de recursos o - habitaciones, o si tiene múltiples personalidades. - </para> - - <example> - <title>Manteniendo Múltiples Calendarios</title> - <para> - Keelyn, la encargada de oficina de una pequeña compañía, tiene - un calendario para su propio horario. En la red local, mantiene - uno para la sala de reuniones, para que la gente sepa cuando pueden - concertar citas. Ademas de eso, mantiene un calendario que refleja - cuando van a estar disponibles los consultores, y otro donde - sigue los días en los que juegan los Red Sox. - </para> - </example> - <para> - Para crear un nuevo calendario, seleccione - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Calendario</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - Puede colocar el calendario en cualquier carpeta de calendario y - acceder a el desde la vista de carpetas. Las alarmas, la - configuración, y las vistas de cada calendario se mantienen separadas - unas de otras. - </para> - - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-contact.sgml b/help/es/usage-contact.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index c419b2e6b1..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-contact.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,619 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-contact"> - <title>La Agenda de Direcciones de Evolution</title> - <abstract> - <para> - The <application>Evolution</application> address book can - handle all of the functions of an address book, phone book, or - Rolodex. Of course, it's a lot easier to update - <application>Evolution</application> than it is to change an - actual paper book. <application>Evolution</application> also - allows easy synchronization with hand-held devices. Since - <application>Evolution</application> supports the <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> directory protocol, you can use - it with almost any type of existing directory server on your - network. - </para> - <para> - Another advantage of the <application>Evolution</application> - address book is its integration with the rest of the - application. When you look for someone's address, you can also - see a history of appointments with that person. Or, you can - create address cards from emails with just a few clicks. In - addition, searches and folders work in the same way they do in - the rest of Evolution. - </para> - <para> - This chapter will show you how to use the - <application>Evolution</application> address book to organize - any amount of contact information, share addresses over a - network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To - learn about configuring the address book, see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-contact">. - </para> - </abstract> - <sect1 id="usage-contact-basic"> - <title>Empezando con la Agenda de Direcciones</title> - - <para> - To open up your address book, click on - <guibutton>Contacts</guibutton> in the shortcut bar, or select - one of your contacts folders from the folder bar. <xref - linkend="usage-contact-fig"> shows the address book in all - its organizational glory. By default, the address book - shows all your cards in alphabetical order, in a <glossterm - linkend="minicard">minicard</glossterm> format. You can select - other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust - the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the grey - column dividers. - </para> - - - <figure id="usage-contact-fig"> - <title>Agenda de Direcciones de Evolution</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Address Book Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/contact" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - The toolbar for the address book is quite simple: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>New</guibutton> creates a new card. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Find</guibutton> brings up an in-depth search window. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Print</guibutton> sends one or more of your cards to the printer. - </para></listitem> - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> deletes a selected card. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> <guibutton>View All</guibutton> displays all - the address information in the folder. Use this button to - refresh the display for a network folder, or to switch from - viewing the results of a search and see the whole contents. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> stops loading - contact data from the network. This button is only - relevant if you are looking at contact information on a - network. </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - Your contact information fills the rest of the display. Move - through the cards alphabetically with the buttons and the - scrollbar at the right of the window. Of course, if you have - more than a few people listed, you'll want some way of finding - them more quickly, which is why there's a search feature. - </para> - - <sect2 id="contact-search"> - <title>Buscando Contactos</title> - <para> - Entre <guilabel>Borrar</guilabel> y <guilabel>Ver - Todo</guilabel> hay un campo de búsqueda rápida. Para usarlo, - elija de la lista descendente que clase de búsqueda quiere hacer - (toda la tarjeta, solo el nombre, o solo la dirección de correo), - entonces escriba una o más palabras en la caja de entrada de texto, - y pulse <keycap>Enter</keycap>. - <application>Evolution</application> buscará en los contenidos - de todas las tarjetas mostradas para encontrar una que concuerde. - Puede refinar las búsquedas haciendo varias búsquedas sucesivas, - o empezar de nuevo pulsando el botón <guibutton>Ver - Todas</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - Si no hay coincidencias, la tarjeta mostrada estará en blanco. - Cuando quiera volver a ver todas las tarjetas de nuevo, pulse - <guilabel>Mostrar Todas</guilabel>. - </para> - <example id="contact-quicksearch-ex"> - <title>Refinando una Búsqueda Rápida</title> - <para> - Tom vuelve de almorzar y se encuantra una nota en su teclado: - "Le ha llamado Curtis de ventas, pero no dejo un teléfono, - y se me olvidó anotar la compañía para la que trabaja. Eso si, dijo - que era importante." - Tom no está molesto en absoluto. - </para> - <para> - Abre la carpeta de contactos, y realiza una busqueda rápida por - "Curtis". Hay dieciocho personas diferentes con ese nombre en el - archivo. Entonces escribe "Ventas", y - <application>Evolution</application> lo reduce al Curtis correcto. - Tan solo se siente molesto cuando descubre que la llamada no era - realmente importante. - </para> - </example> - - <para> - Si prefiere realizar una búsqueda más compleja, pulse - <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton> o elija - <menuchoice><guimenu>Herramientas</guimenu><guimenuitem>Buscar - Contacto</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Esto abrirá la ventana de - búsqueda a fondo, que le permitirá usar multiples criterios de - búsqueda de la misma manera que en los filtros de correo y las - <glossterm linkend="vfolder">carpetas virtuales</glossterm>. - </para> - <para> - Pulse <guibutton>Añadir Criterio</guibutton> para aumentar el - número de criterios que quiere usar en la búsqueda, y - <guibutton>Eliminar Criterio</guibutton> para eliminar uno del la - parte inferior de la lista. Su criterio puede ser una búsqueda en - los campos <guilabel>Nombre</guilabel> o - <guilabel>Correo</guilabel>. Alternativamente puede elegir buscar en - todos los campos con una expresión regular. Entonces, puede - seleccionar entre los requisistos <guilabel>Comienza con</guilabel> - y <guilabel>No contiene</guilabel>, decidir si deben conincidir - <guilabel>Todos</guilabel> o <guilabel>Alguno</guilabel> de sus - criterios, y pulsar <guibutton>Buscar</guibutton> para ejecutar - todo. - </para> - - </sect2> - - </sect1> - <sect1 id="usage-contact-cards"> - <title>Destruir, Crear, y Cambiar: El Editor de Contactos</title> - <para> - To delete a card, click on it once to select it, then press the - <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. If you have multiple - cards selected, you'll delete multiple cards. - </para> - <para> - Si quiere añadir o cambiar tarjetas, usará el editor de contactos. - Para cambiar una tarjeta que ya existe, pulse dos veces sobre ella - para abrir la ventana del editor de contactos con toda la información - actual. Si quiere crear una nueva, pulsando el botón - <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton> el la barra de herramientas abrirá la - misma ventana, con los campos en blanco para que los rellene. - </para> - - <para> - La ventana del editor de contactos tiene dos pestañas, - <guilabel>General</guilabel>, para información contacto básica, - y <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>, para una descripción más específica - de la persona. Ademas, contiene un menú - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>, (ver <xref - linkend="menuref-contact-editor">) y una barra de herramientas con - tres elementos: <guilabel>Guardar y Cerrar</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Imprimir</guilabel>, y <guilabel>Borrar</guilabel>. - </para> - - <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig"> - <title>Editor de contactos de Evolution</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Editor</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/contact-editor.png" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> La pestaña <guilabel>General</guilabel> tiene siete secciones, - cada una con un icono, una cara, para el nombre y la compañía, un - teléfono para números de teléfono, un sobre para direcciones de - correo, un globo terraqueo para direcciones de páginas web, una - casa para dirección postal, un archivador para contactos, y una - cartera para categorías. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Full Name</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field has two - major features: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - You can enter a name into the <guibutton>Full - Name</guibutton> field, but you can also click the - <guibutton>Full Name</guibutton> button to bring - up a small dialog box with a few text boxes - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Title: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter an honorific or select one from the menu. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>First: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the first, or given, name. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Middle: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the middle name or initial, if any. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Last: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the last name (surname). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Suffix: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter suffixes such as "Jr." or "III." - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also - interacts with the <guilabel>File As</guilabel> - box to help you organize your contacts. - </para> - <para> - To see how it works, type a name in the - <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field: - <userinput>Rupert T. Monkey</userinput>. You'll - notice that the <guilabel>File As</guilabel> field - also fills up, but in reverse: - <computeroutput>Monkey, Rupert</computeroutput>. - You can pick <computeroutput>Rupert Monkey - </computeroutput> from the drop-down, or type in - your own, such as <userinput> T. Rupert Monkey - </userinput>. - </para> - <tip> - <title>Filing Suggestion</title> - - <para> - Don't enter something entirely different from - the actual name, since you might forget that - you've filed Rupert's information under "F" for - "Fictitious Ximian Employee." - </para> - </tip> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Multiple Values for Fields</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you click on the small arrow buttons next to the - <guilabel>Primary Email</guilabel> field, you can also - choose <guilabel>Email 2</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Email 3</guilabel>. Although the contact - editor will only display one of those at any given - time, <application>Evolution</application> will - store them all. The arrow buttons next to the - telephone and postal address fields work in the same - way. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - El último elemento en la pestaña <guilabel>General</guilabel> es la - herramienta de organización de <guilabel>Categorias</guilabel>, para - ver información acerca de ella, lea <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize">. - </para> - <para> - La pestaña de <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel> es, afortunadamente, - mucho más simple: tres secciones, las cuales son más o menos obvias: - la cartera al lado de los detalles acerca de la vida profesional del - contacto, la cara al lado de los detalles de su vida personal, - el globo terraqueo al lado de un gran espacio en blanco que puede - usar para cualquier cosa que quiera anotar. - Si alguna vez quiso tener ese poder sobrenatural de recordar oscuros - detalles como la fecha del aniversario de alguien (quiza del suyo - propio) esta es la manera de desarrollarlo. - </para> - - - - -<!--- ############# This section isn't implemented yet either: - <sect2> - <title></title> - <para> - <tip> - <title>Contact Shortcuts</title> - <para> - You can add cards from within an email message or calendar - appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on - any email address or message, and choose - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem> - from the menu. While looking at a calendar appointment, - right-click any email address, and choose - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem>. - (NOTE that feature may change! unimplemented!) - </para> - </tip> - </para> - <para> - You can move cards around just as you would move email - messages: dragging and dropping works, as does right-clicking - and choosing <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem> from the menu - that appears. - </para> - </sect2> -############### SHORTCUT SECTION COMMENTED OUT FOR NOW --> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-organize"> - <title>Organizando su Agenda de Direcciones</title> - <para> - Organizing your address book is a lot like organizing your - mail. You can have folders and searches the same way you can - with mail, but the address book does not allow vFolders. It - does, however, allow each card to fall under several - categories, and allow you to create your own categories. To - learn about categories, read <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category">. - </para> - -<!-- - <para> - Another useful <application>Evolution</application> feature is - its ability to recognize when people live or work together. If - several people in your address book share an address, and you - change the address for one of them, - <application>Evolution</application> will ask you if you wish to - change the address for all of them, or just for one. - </para> ---> - - <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group"> - <title>Grupos de contactos</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> le ofrece dos maneras de - organizar sus tarjetas. La primera es usando carpetas. - Esto funciona igual que las carpetas de correo. Para más - flexibilidad, puede marcar los contactos como miembros de - diferentes categorías. - </para> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-folder"> - <title>Agrupando con Carpatas</title> - <para> - La manera más sencilla de agrupar tarjetas de direcciones es usar - carpetas. Por defecto, las tarjetas están en la carpeta - <guilabel>Contactos</guilabel>. Si ha leido <xref - linkend="usage-mainwindow"> entonces sabrá que puede crear una nueva - carpeta seleccionando - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Nuevo</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Carpeta</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - y que puede poner nuevas carpetas en cualquier sitio que quiera. - Exactamente como con el correo, las tarjetas deben estar en una carpeta - de tarjetas, y ninguna tarjeta puede estar en dos sitios a la vez. Si - quiere más flexibilidad, pruebe <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category">. - </para> - <para> - Para poner una tarjeta en una carpeta, simplemente arrastrela allí - desde la vista de carpetas. Recuerde que las tarjetas de - contactos solo pueden estar en carpetas de contactos, como el - correo solo puede estar en carpetas de correo, y los calendarios - en carpetas de calendarios. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-category"> - <title>Agrupando con Categorías</title> - <para> - La otra manera de agrupar tarjetas es marcarlas como - pertenecientes a distintas categorias. La diferencia entre - carpetas y categorias es que las carpetas contienen las tarjetas, - pero pertenecer a una categoría es una propiedad de cada tarjeta. - Lo que significa que puede marcar una tarjeta como perteneciente - a varias categorias o a ninguna. Por ejemplo, yo pongo la - tarjeta de mi amigo Matthew en la categoría "Negocios", porque - trabaja conmigo, en la categoría "Amigos", porque tambien es mi - amigo, y en la categoría "Frecuente", porque le llamo - continuamente y nunca me acuerdo de su número de teléfono. - </para> - <para> - Para marcar una tarjeta como perteneciente a una categoría, pulse - botón <guibutton>Categorias</guibutton> abajo a la derecha. - De la ventana de diálogo que aparece, puede marcar tantas - categorías como quiera. - </para> - <para> - Entonces, puede referirse a todas las tarjetas en esa categoría - haciendo: <!-- ARREGLAME --> Esperando a que Evolution soporte - la operación. - </para> - - <!-- ARREGLAME: Caracteristica no implementeada - <para> - - Si la lista principal de categorías no le es suficiente, puede - añadir las suyas propias. Simplemente escriba el nombre de la - nueva categoría en la caja de texto, entonces pulse - <guibutton>Categorias</guibutton> y elija - <guilabel>Añadir a la Lista Principal</guilabel> en la ventana - aparece. - </para> - --> - - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-sharing"> - <title>Compartiendo sus Tarjetas</title> - <para> - Si tiene sus tarjetas en una red usando un servidor <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm>, puede compartir el acceso a ellas, - ver otras agendas, o mantener información de contacto compartida - para su compañía o su departamento. Esta es la clase de - características que querrá si su compañía tiene una lista de - vendedores y clientes que necesita ser actualizada constantemente. - Si se comparten calendarios al igual que agendas, la gente puede - evitar duplicar trabajo y mantenerse al día en los desarrollos de su - grupo de trabajo o de la compañía entera. - </para> - - <example id="usage-contact-sharing-ex"> - <title>Conpartiendo Tarjetas de Direcciones y Datos del Calendario</title> - <para> - Raul quiere concertar una reunión con la Compañía X, así que - busca en la red la tarjeta de la Compañía X para saber a quien tiene - que llamar. Dado que su compañia comparte un calendario, ve que su - compañera Diana ya ha concertado una reunión con la Compañía X para el - próximo jueves. Puede ir el mismo a la reunión o pedir a Diana que - trate el tema por el. De cualquier modo, evita concertar otra cita - co la Compañía X. - </para> - </example> - <para> - Of course, you don't want to share all of your cards— why - overload the network with a list of babysitters or tell - everyone in the office you're talking to new job prospects? If - you keep cards on your own computer, you can decide which items - you want to make accessible to others. - </para> - <para> - To learn how to add a remote directory to your available - contact folders, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact">. - Once you have a connection, the network contacts folder or - folders will appear inside the <guilabel>External - Directories</guilabel> folder in the folder bar. It will work - exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following - exceptions: - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Network folders are only available when you are - connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a - modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache the - network directory and then synchronize your copy with - the networked version periodically. <!-- FIXME: HOW? --> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - To prevent excess network traffic, - <application>Evolution</application> will not normally - load the contents of LDAP folders immediately upon - opening. You must click <guilabel>Display - All</guilabel> before LDAP folder cards will be loaded - from the network. You can change this behavior in the - <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Your ability to view, change, add, and delete contacts - depends on the settings of the LDAP server. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-automate"> - <title>Herramientas de la Agenda de Direcciones</title> - <para> - The address book works closely with - <application>Evolution</application>'s mail and calendar tools. - For example, you can use the address book to help you manage - mailing lists, and send or recieve address cards over email. - More tools are on the way, and when they arrive, <!-- FIXME --> - they will be described in this section. - </para> - - <sect2 id="contact-automation-basic"> - <title>Envíame una Tarjeta: Añadiendo Tarjetas Rápidamente</title> - <para> - Como se ha visto antes, cuando obtiene información acerca de una - persona en el correo o en una entrada del calendario, puede añadirla - a una tarjeta de direcciones. Para hacerlo, pulse con el botón - derecho en cualquier dirección de correo o mensaje de correo, y - seleccione <guimenuitem>Añadir Tarjeta de Direcciones</guimenuitem> - del menú que aparece. Naturalmente, - <application>Evolution</application> tambien añade tarjetas desde un - dispositivo de mano durante la operación de sincronización. Para más - información acerca de eso, vea <xref linkend="usage-sync">. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="contact-automation-lists"> - <title>Administrando una Lista de Correo</title> - <para> - Ya sabe que cuando escribe un mensaje, puede dirigirlo a una o más - personas, y que <application>Evolution</application> rellenará las - direcciones con las direcciones de las tarjetas de su agenda si le - deja. Ademas, si quiere puede enviar mensajes a todos los de un - grupo en particular. - </para> - -<!-- FIXME this feature not yet implemented - - <para> - You can also use the address book to print postal addresses - on mailing labels. Future versions of - <application>Evolution</application> will allow you to you - export a group of cards to a spreadsheet, database, or word - processor so you can print address labels or prepare large - mailings. - </para> - --> - - </sect2> -<!--- FIXME this feature not yet implemented - <sect2 id="usage-contact-automation-extra"> - <title>Map It!</title> - <para> - Need a map or directions? Click - <guibutton>MapIt</guibutton> from within the contact - manager, and <application>Evolution</application> will - map the address for you online. - </para> - </sect2> ---> - - - </sect1> - -</chapter> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-mail.sgml b/help/es/usage-mail.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index e1e02327fc..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-mail.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1526 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-mail"> - <title>Correo en Evolution</title> - <abstract> - <title> Una Vista General del Correo en Evolution</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> email is like other email - programs in all the ways you would hope: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of ways with - folders, searches, and filters. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text, and - permits multiple file attachments. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It supports multiple mail sources, including <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>, <glossterm - linkend="pop">POP3</glossterm>, local - <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and - <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> files, and - even NNTP messages (newsgroups), which aren't technically - email. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - However, <application>Evolution</application> has some important - differences. First, it's built to handle very large amounts of - mail without slowing down or crashing. Both the <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link> functions - were built for speed and efficiency on gargantuan volumes of - mail. There's also the <application>Evolution</application> - <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vFolders">Virtual - Folder</link>, an advanced organizational feature not found in - other mail clients. If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep - every message you get in case you need to refer to it later, - you'll find this feature especially useful. - </para> - </abstract> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend"> - <title>Leyendo, Obteniendo y Enviando Correo</title> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-read"> - <title>Leyendo el Correo</title> - <para> - You can start reading email by clicking - <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> in the shortcut bar. The first - time you use <application>Evolution</application>, it will - start with the <interface>Inbox</interface> open and show you a - message from Ximian welcoming you to the application. - </para> - <para> - Your <application>Evolution</application> - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> will look something like the one in - <xref linkend="usage-mail-intro-fig">. Just below the toolbar - is the <interface>message list</interface>, showing message - header information like <guilabel>Subject</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Date</guilabel>. The message itself appears below - that, in the <interface>view pane</interface>. If you find - the <interface>view pane</interface> too small, you can resize - the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the - message in the <interface>message list</interface> to have it - open in a new window. Just like with folders, you can - right-click on messages in the message list and get a menu of - possible actions. - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig"> - <title>Correo de Evolution</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/mail-pic" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - <para> - Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are - listed in the <guimenu>Message</guimenu> menu in the menu - bar. The most frequently used ones, like - <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and - <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in - the toolbar, and almost all of them are duplicated in the - right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be - faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose - whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software - should work the way you want, rather than making you work the - way the it does. - <tip id="view-headers"> - <title>Take a look at the headers</title> - <para> - To look at the entire source of your email message, including - all the header information, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Source</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - </para> - </tip> - </para> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-listorder"> - <title>Ordenando la lista de mensajes</title> - <para> - One of the ways <application>Evolution</application> lets - you choose the way you work is the way it lets you sort your - message lists. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click - on the bars with those labels at the top of the message - list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates - the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you'll - sort them in reverse order. For example, click once on - <guilabel>Date</guilabel> to sort messages by date from - oldest to newest. Click again, and - <application>Evolution</application> sorts the list from - newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message - header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or - remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed - instructions on how to customize your message display - columns in <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns">. - </para> - <para> - You can also choose a threaded message view. Select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to turn - the threaded view on or off. When you select this option, - <application>Evolution</application> groups the replies to a - message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a - conversation from one message to the next. - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete"> - <title>Borrando Correo</title> - <para> - Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of - it. To mark a message for deletion, select it in the the - <interface>message list</interface> by clicking on it once. - Then click on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button in - the tool bar. Or, right-click on a message and choose - <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> from the right-click - menu. The message will appear with a line through it, to - show that you've marked it for deletion. - </para> - <para> - If you change your mind and decide you want to keep it, - select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Message</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you - really want to get rid of it, choose - <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> from the - <guimenu>Folder</guimenu> menu. That will delete it - permanently. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get"> - <title>Comprobando el Correo</title> - <para> - Now that you've had a look around the - <interface>Inbox</interface>, it's time to check for new mail. - Click <guibutton>Get mail</guibutton> in the toolbar to check - your mail. If it's the first time you've done so, the - <interface>mail setup assistant</interface> will ask you for - the information it needs to check your mail (see <xref - linkend="config-setupassist"> for more information). - </para> - <para> - Then, you need to enter your email - password. <application>Evolution</application> will remember - your password until until you select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forget - Passwords</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - <para> - Once it's validated the password, - <application>Evolution</application> will check your mail. - New mail will appear in the local <interface>Inbox</interface> - if you're using a <glossterm>POP</glossterm> account, and in - your <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> folders if you use IMAP. If - you have chosen to use IMAP, and you have multiple folders on - your IMAP server, you may need to subscribe to them. To learn - how to use the subscription manager, read <xref - linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">. - </para> - - <note id="badmailsettings"> - <title>¿No Puede Leer su Correo?</title> - <para> - If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need - to change your network settings. To learn how to do that, - have a look at <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-network">, or - ask your system administrator. - </para> - </note> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news"> - <title>Usando Evolution para las Noticias </title> - <para> - Newsgroups are so similar to email that there's no reason not - to read them side by side. If you want to do that, add a - news source to your configuration (see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-network-news">). The news server will - appear as a remote server, and will look quite similar to an - IMAP folder. When you click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton>, - <application>Evolution</application> will also check for news - messages. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach"> - <title>Adjuntos y correo en HTML</title> - <para> - Si alguien le envía un <glossterm>adjunto</glossterm>, un - archivo adjunto aun mensaje, - <application>Evolution</application> mostrará en archivo en la - parte de abajo del mensaje al que está adjuntado. Texto, - HTML, y la mayoría de imágenes se mostrarán dentro del mensaje. - Para otros archivos, - <application>Evolution</application> mostrará un icono al final - del mensaje. Pulse con el botón derecho sobre el icono para obtener - una lista de opciones que variarán dependiendo del tipo de adjunto. - Tendrá la opción de mostrar la mayoría de los archivos como parte del - mensaje, exportarlos a otra aplicación (imágenes a Eye of GNOME, hojas - de cálculo a Gnumeric, y así sucesivamente), o guardarlo en el disco. - </para> - - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> tambien puede mostrar - correo formateado en HTML, completo con gráficos. El formateado - en HTML se mostrará automaticamente, aunque puede deshabilitarlo - si lo prefiere. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send"> - <title>Escribiendo y Enviando Correo</title> - <para> - You can start writing a new email message by selecting - <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem> - Mail Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing the - <guibutton>Compose</guibutton> button in the Inbox toolbar. - When you do so, the <interface>New Message</interface> window - will open, as shown in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">. - </para> - -<!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig"> - <title>Ventana de Nuevo Mensaje</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/newmsg-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - - <!-- Check the alignment of the following paragraph in the PS and - HTML output: it's indented for no good reason --> - <para> - Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field, a - subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel> and a message in - the big empty box at the bottom of the window, and press - <guibutton>Send</guibutton>. - </para> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay"> - <title>Guardando Mensajes para más tarde</title> - <para> - Evolution enviará el mensaje inmediatamente a menos que le diga lo - contrario seleccionando <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Enviar más - Tarde</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Esto añadirá sus mensajes - a la cola de <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>. Esntonces, - cuando pulse <guibutton>Enviar</guibutton> en otro - mensaje, u <guibutton>Obtener</guibutton> en la ventana principal - del correo, todos los mensajes no enviados se enviarán en ese momento. - Me gusta usar "Enviar más Tarde" porque me permite tener la oportunidad - de cambiar de opinión acerca de un mensaje antes de enviarlo. De esa forma - no envio nada de lo que me arrepentiré al día siguiente. - </para> - Para aprender más acerca de como puede especificar el comportamiento de - la cola de mensajes y de los filtros, vea <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail">. - </para> - - <para> - You can also choose to save messages as drafts or as text - files. Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> to save your message - as a text file. If you prefer to keep your message in a - folder (the <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel> folder would be the - obvious place), you can select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save In - Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose"> - <title>Composición Avanzada de Correo</title> - <para> - You can probably guess the purpose of the buttons labelled - <guibutton>Cut</guibutton>, <guibutton>Copy</guibutton>, - <guibutton>Paste</guibutton>, <guibutton>Undo</guibutton> - and <guibutton>Redo</guibutton>, but there's a bit more to - sending mail that's less obvious. In the next few sections, - you'll see how <application>Evolution</application> handles - additional features, including large recipient lists, - attachments, and forwarding. - </para> - <sect4 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-attach"> - <title>Adjuntos</title> - <para> - Si quiere adjuntar un archivo a su mensaje de correo, puede - arrastrarlo desde su escritorio hasta la ventana del mensaje, o - pulsar el botón con un clip de la barra de herramientas, - con el título <guibutton>Adjuntar</guibutton>. Si presiona el - botón <guibutton>Adjuntar</guibutton>, - <application>Evolution</application> abrirá una ventana de selección - de archivos para preguntarle que archivo quiere enviar. - Seleccione el archivo y pulse <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel>. - </para> - <para> - To hide the display of files you've attached to the - message, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hide - Attachments</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>; to show them - again, choose <guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem>. - </para> - <para> - When you send the message, a copy of the attached file - will go with it. Be aware that big attachments can take a - long time to download. - </para> - </sect4> - <sect4 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types"> - <title>Tipos de Destinatarios</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application>, como la mayoría de - los programas de correo reconoce tres tipos de direcciones - destinatarios principales, destinatarios secundarios, y - destinatarios escondidos ("oculto"). - </para> - <para> - La manera más simple de dirigir un mensaje es poner la dirección - o direcciones de correo en el campo <guilabel>A:</guilabel>, - el cual denota a los destinatarios principales. Para enviar - correo a más de una o dos personas, puede usar el campo - <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>. - </para> - <para> - Volviendo la vista a las edades oscuras cuando la gente usaba máquinas - de escribir y no habia fotocopiadoras, "Cc" significa - "Copia de Carbón". Uselo cuando quiera compartir un mensaje que ha - escrito a otra persona. - <example id="ex-mail-cc"> - <title>Usando el campo Cc:</title> - <para> - Cuando Susan envia un mensaje a un cliente, pone a su compañero, - Tim, en el campo <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, para que sepa como van - las cosas. El cliente puede ver que Tim también recivió el - mensaje, y sabe que también puede hablar con Tim acerca del - mensaje. - </para> - </example> - </para> - <para> - Si tiene un gran número de destinatarios, o si quiere mandar mensajes - a varias personas sin mostrar la lista de destinatarios, debe usar - <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel>. "Cco" significa "Con Copia Oculta", - y envía los mensajes discretamente. En otras palabras, - las personas en el campo <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel> reciven el mensaje, - pero nadie vee que lo recibieron. Note que el contenido de los campos - <guilabel>A:</guilabel> y <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> son visibles para - todos los destinatarios, incluso para las personas en la lista - <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel>. - - <example id="ex-mail-bcc"> - <title>Usando el campo Cco:</title> - <para> - Tim está enviando un anuncio por correo a todos los clientes - de su compañía, algunos de los cuales son competidores entre si, - y todos ellos valoran su privacidad. En este caso necesita usar - el campo <guilabel>Cco:</guilabel>. Si pone todas las - direcciones de su agenda de direcciones de "Clientes" en el - campo <guilabel>A:</guilabel> o en el campo - <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, hara que <emphasis>toda</emphasis> - la lista de clientes de la compañía sea pública. - Parece una pequeña diferencia, pero en ocasiones puede tener - una gran importancia. - </para> - </example> - </para> - </sect4> - - <sect4 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to"> - <title>Eligiendo Rápidamente a los Destinatarios</title> - <para> - Si ha creado tarjetas de direcciones en el administrador de contactos, - puede escribir apodos o otras porciones de los datos de la dirección, y - <application>Evolution</application> completará la dirección por usted - <!-- (INSERTAR descripción de la IU para esta caracteristica, - una vez que se decida). --> Si escribe un nombre oun apodo - puede coincidir con más de una tarjeta, Evolution abrirá una ventana de - diálogo y le preguntará a quien se refiere. - <!-- (TODAVIA NO) Tambien, <application>Evolution</application> - añadirá un dominio a cualquier direccion incompleta. Por defecto, será - su dominio, pero puede elegirlo en el diálogo de preferencias del - correo. --> - </para> - <para> - Alternativamente, puede pulsar en los botones - <guibutton>A:</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cc:</guibutton>, o - <guibutton>Cco:</guibutton> para obtener una lista — - potencialmente muy larga — de las direcciones de correo - de su administrador de contactos. Seleccione las direcciones y - pulse sobre las flechas para moverlas a la columna de direcciones - apropiada. - </para> - <para> - Para más información acerca de usar el correo junto con el - administrador de contactos y el calendario, vea <xref - linkend="usage-contact-automate"> y <xref - linkend="usage-calendar-apts">. - </para> - </sect4> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply"> - <title>Respondiendo Mensajes</title> - <para> - Para resonder a un mensaje, pulse el botón - <guibutton>Responder</guibutton> mientras está seleccionado, - o elija <guimenuitem>Responder al Remitente</guimenuitem> del menu - del botón derecho del mensaje. Esto abrirá el - <interface>compositor de mensajes</interface>. Los campos - <guilabel>A:</guilabel> y <guilabel>Asunto</guilabel> - ya estarán escritos, aunque puede alterarlos si lo desea. - Ademas, el texto completo del antiguo mensaje es insertado en el - nuevo mensaje, bien sea con itálicas (para vista en HTML) o con el - caracter > precediendo cada línea (en modo texto plano), para - indicar que es parte del mensaje previo. Habitualmente la gente - escribe su mensaje intercalado con el mensaje anterior, como se - muestra en <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">. - -<!-- note que esta imagen debe tener un mensaje de respuesta listo para ser -enviado con partes quoteadas y las respuestas relevante intercaladas--> - <!-- ==============Imagen=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig"> - <title>Ventana de Respuesta de Mensajes</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Ventana Principal de Evolution</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/replymsg" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============Fin de la Imagen=================================== --> - </para> - - <para> - If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may - wish to use <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton> instead of - <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. If there are large numbers - of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or - <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial - amounts of time. - <example> - <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title> - <para> - Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim - and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. - If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, - he uses <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton>, but if he - just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he - uses <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. Note that his reply - will not reach anyone that Susan put on her - <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> list, since that list is not - shared with anyone. - </para> - </example> - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find"> - <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title> - <para> - You're probably familiar with search and replace features, - and if you come from a Linux or Unix background, you - probably know what <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem> - does. If you aren't among the lucky who already know, - here's a quick rundown of an important section of the - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and - <application>Evolution</application> will find it - in your message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Find a regex, also called a - <glossterm linkend="regular-expression">regular - expression</glossterm>, in your composer window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Select this item to repeat the last search you performed. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Find a word or phrase, and replace it with - something else. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - For all of these menu items, you can choose whether or not - to <guilabel>Search Backwards</guilabel> in the document - from the point where your cursor is. For all but the - regular expression search (which doesn't need it), you are - offered a check box to determine whether the search is to - be <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel> when it determines - a match. - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html"> - <title>Embelleciendo su correo con HTML</title> - <para> - Normally, you can't set text styles or insert pictures in - emails, which is why you've probably seen people use far - too many exclamation points for emphasis, or use - <glossterm linkend="emoticon">emoticons</glossterm> to - convey their feelings. However, most newer email programs - can display images and text styles as well as basic - alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this with - <glossterm linkend="html">HTML</glossterm>, just like web - pages do. - </para> - <note> - <title>El correo con HTML no está seleccionado por defecto</title> - <para> - Algunas personas no tienen clientes con capacidad para mostrar HMTL, o - prefieren no recibir mensajes con HTML porque tarda más en descargar - y en ser mostrado. <emphasis>Algunas</emphasis> personas se hablan - correo con HTML como "la raíz de todos los males" y se enfadan - mucho si les envia correo con HTML, por lo cual - <application>Evolution</application> envía texto plano a menos que - pida explicitamente HTML. Para enviar correo con HTML, necesitará - seleccionar <menuchoice> <guimenu>Formato</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - Alternativamente, puede elegir el formato por defecto de sus mensajes - en el diálogo de configuración del correo. - Vea <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-other"> para más información. - </para> - </note> - <para> - HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above - the space where you'll actually compose the message, and - they also appear in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus. - </para> - <para> - Los iconos de la barra de herramientas estan explicados en <glossterm - linkend="tooltip">Mensajes de Ayuda</glossterm>, los cuales aparecen - cuando detiene el ratón sobre los botónes. Los botones entran en cuatro - categorías: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Cabeceras y listas</term> - <listitem> - <para> - En el lado izquierdo de la barra de herramientas, puede elegir entre - <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> para un estilo de texto por defecto - o <guilabel>Cabecera 1</guilabel> a - <guilabel>Cabecera 6</guilabel> para variar los tamaños de las - cabeceras desde grande (1) hasta pequeño (6). Otros estilos - incluyen <guilabel>pre</guilabel>, para usar etiquetas HTML - para preformatear los bloques de texto, y tres tipos de - <guilabel>Elementos de Lista</guilabel> para los más - organizados. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Estilo del texto</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use estos botones para determinar el aspecto de sus cartas. - Si tiene un texto seleccionado, el estilo se aplicará al texto - seleccionado. Si no tiene texto seleccionado el estilo se - aplicará a lo siguiente que escriba. Los botones son: - <itemizedlist mark="none"> - <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>B</guibutton> para texto en negrita</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>I</guibutton> para itálicas</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>U</guibutton> para subrayado</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Presione <guibutton>S</guibutton> para tachado.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Alineación</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Localizado al lado de los botones de estilo del texto, estos tres - iconos de párrafo deberian ser familiares para aquellos usuarios de - la mayoría de los procesadores de texto. El botón más a la izquierda - hará que su texto se alinee a la izquierda, el botón central, lo - centrará, y el botón a la derecha, lo alinerá al lado derecho. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Reglas de indentación</term> - <listitem> - <para> - El botón con la flecha hacia la izquierda reducirá - la indentación de un párrafo, y la flecha a la derecha - incrementará su indentación. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Selección de colores</term> - <listitem> - <para> - En la parte derecha esta la herramienta de selección de color. - La caja coloreada muestra el color actual del texto. Para - elegir uno nuevo, pulse el botón con la flecha justo a su derecha. - Si tiene texto seleccionado, el color será aplicado al texto - seleccionado. Si no tiene texto seleccionado, el color será aplicado - a lo que escriba a continuación. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - There are three tools that you can find only in the - <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu. - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML - messages. When you select it, - <application>Evolution</application> will prompt you - for the <guilabel>Text</guilabel> that will appear, - and the <guilabel>Link</guilabel>, where you should - enter the actual web address (URL). If you don't - want special link text, you can just enter the address - directly, and <application>Evolution</application> - will recognize it as a link. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this item to embed an image into your email, as - was done in the welcome message. Images will appear at - the location of the cursor. This is different from - attaching them to a message, but not very different. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem>:</term> - <listitem><para> - This will insert a horizontal line, or rule, into your document. - You'll be presented with a dialog box which gives you - the choice of size, percentage of screen, shading, and - alignment; if you leave everything at the default - values you'll get a thin black rule all the way across - the screen.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - <note> - <title>Una nota Técnica sobre las Etiquetas HTML</title> - <para> - El compositor de correo en un editor WYSIWYG (What You See Is What - You Get "Lo Que Ve Es Lo Que Obtiene") de HTML. Esto significa que - si escribe directamente HTML en el editor— digamos, - <markup role="html"><B>Bold Text</B></markup>, el - editor asumirá que quiere escribir exactamente esa cada de - caracteres, y no "hacer poner texto en Negrita," como haría una - herramienta de composición de HTML o un editor de texto. - </para> - </note> - </sect3> - - -<!-- Function not implemented, -possibly never will be due to security evil. --> -<!-- - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-live"> - <title>Live Documents</title> - <para> - Later versions of <application>Evolution</application> - will allow you to enliven your email with almost any - sort of document, and even with entire - applications. At this point, however, this feature has not - yet been implemented. - </para> - </sect3> ---> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd"> - <title>Reenviando Correo</title> - <para> - The post office forwards your mail for you when you change - addresses, and you can forward mail when you get a letter by - mistake. The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button - works in much the same way. It's particularly useful if you - have received a message and you think someone else would - like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment - to a new message (this is the default) or - you can send it <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> as a quoted - portion of the message you are sending. Attachment - forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered - message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if - you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a - large number of comments on different sections of the - message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the - message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or - altered content. - </para> - <para> - To forward a message you are reading, press - <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> on the toolbar, or select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Message</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If you - prefer to forward the message <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> - instead of attached, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Message</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forward - Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu. Choose an - addressee as you would when sending a new message; the - subject will already be entered, but you can alter it. - Enter your comments on the message in the - <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press - <guibutton>Send</guibutton>. - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette"> - <title>Siete Consejos de Cortesía en el Correo</title> - <para> - Comenze con diez, pero cuatro eran "No envie - <glossterm linkend="spam">spam</glossterm>." - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - No envie spam ni reenvie cartas encadenadas. Si debe hacerlo, - tenga cuidado con los timos y las leyendas urbanas, y asegurese - que el mensaje no tiene múltiples capas de signos mayor que, (>) - indicando multiples capas de reenvios desconsiderados. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Siempre comienze y acabe con un saludo. Diga "por favor" - y "gracias", tal como hace en la vida real. Puede mantener - su cortesía excasa, pero ¡sea cortes! - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - ¡TODO EN MAYUSCULAS SIGNIFICA QUE ESTÁ GRITANDO! No escriba todo el - mensaje en mayusculas. Hace daño a los oidos de la gente. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Nunca escriba en un mensaje electrónico nada que no diría en público. - Los mensajes antiguos tienen la mala costumbre de reaparecer cuando - menos se lo espera. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Compruebe su ortografía y use frases completas. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - No envie mensajes desagradebles (broncas). Si recive uno, - no lo conteste. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Cuando responde o reenvía, incluya justo lo suficiente del mensaje - anterior para tener un contexto: no incluya demasiado, - ni demasiado poco. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> ¡Feliz envío de correo! </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize"> - <title>Organizando Su Correo</title> - <para> - Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably - want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day - and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago, - you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them. - Fortunately, <application>Evolution</application> has the tools - to help you do it. - </para> - <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-columns"> - <title>Ordenando el Correo según las Columnas</title> - <para> - By default, the message list has columns with the following - headings: an envelope icon indicating whether you have read - or replied to a message (closed for unread, open for read, - and open with an arrow on it to indicate you've sent a - reply), an exclamation point indicating priority, and the - <guilabel>From</guilabel>, <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, and - <guilabel>Date</guilabel> fields. You can change their order - and remove them by dragging and dropping them. You can add - new ones with the <guimenuitem>Field Chooser</guimenuitem> - item in the right click menu for the column headings. - </para> - <para> - Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of - options: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem>, - <guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem>, and - <guimenuitem>Unsort</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para>Which should be pretty obvious. You - can also set these sorts by just clicking on the - column headers.</para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Group By this Field</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Groups messages instead of sorting them. (FIXME: Explain further) - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Remove this - Column</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Remove - this column from the display. You can also remove - columns by dragging the header off the list and - letting it drop. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Field - Chooser</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> A list - of column headers; just drag and drop them into - place between two existing headers. A red arrow will - appear to show you where you're about to put the - column. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-folders"> - <title>Estar Organizando con Carpetas</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> keeps mail, as well as - address cards and calendars, in folders. You start out with a - few, like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, - but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by - selecting <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> and then - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> from the - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. - <application>Evolution</application> will as you for the name - and the type of the folder, and will provide you with a folder - tree so you can pick where it goes. - </para> - <para> - When you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, your new folder will - appear in the <interface>folder view</interface>. You can - then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by - using the <guibutton>Move</guibutton> button in the - toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click - on the ones you want to move while holding down the - <keycap>CTRL</keycap> key, or use <keycap>Shift</keycap> to - select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the - <interface>filter assistant</interface>, you can have mail - moved to your folder automatically. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-search"> - <title>Buscando Mensajes</title> - <para> - Most mail clients can search through your messages for you, - but <application>Evolution</application> does it faster. You - can search through just the message subjects, just the message - body, or both body and subject. - </para> - <para> - To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area - right below the toolbar, and choose a search type: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will search message subjects and the messages - themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in - the search field. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Body contains:</guilabel> </term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will search only in message text, not the subject - lines. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject contains:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will show you messages where the search text is - in the subject line. It will not search in the - message body. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Body does not contain:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This finds every email message that does not have the - search text in the message body. It will still show - messages that have the search text in the subject - line, if it is not also in the body. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This finds every mail whose subject does not contain - the search text. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - When you've entered your search phrase, press - <keycap>Enter</keycap>. <application>Evolution</application> - will show your search results in the message list. - </para> - - <para> - If you think you'll want to return to a search again, you can - save it as a virtual folder by selecting <guilabel>Store - Search as Virtual Folder</guilabel>. - </para> - - <para> - When you're done with the search, go back to seeing all your - messages by choosing <guimenuitem>Show All</guimenuitem> from - the <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down box. If you're - sneaky, just enter a blank search: since every message has at - least one space in it, you'll see every message in the - folder. - </para> - - <para> - If you'd like to perform a more complex search, open the - advanced search dialog by selecting - <guilabel>Advanced...</guilabel> from the - <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down menu. Then, create your - search criteria (each with the same options you saw in the - regular search bar), and decide whether you want to find - messages that match all of them, or messages that match even - one. Then, click <guibutton>Search</guibutton> to go and find - those messages. - </para> - - <para> - You'll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you - create filters and virtual folders in the next few sections. - </para> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-filters"> - <title>Estar organizado: Filtros de correo en Evolution</title> - <para> - I once worked in the mail room of a large company, where my - job was to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the various - mail boxes and desks throughout the building. Filters do that - same job with email, but they lose much less mail than I did. - In addition, you can have multiple filters performing multiple - actions that may effect the same message in several ways. For - example, your filters could put copies of one message into - multiple folders, or keep a copy and send one to another - person as well, and it can do that in under a second. Which is - to say, it's faster and more flexible than an actual person - with a pile of envelopes. - </para> - <para> - Most often, you'll want to have - <application>Evolution</application> put mail into different - folders, but you can have it do almost anything you like. - People who get lots of mail, or who often need to refer to old - messages, find filters especially helpful, but they're good - for anybody who gets more than a few messages a day. To - create a filter, open the <interface>filter - assistant</interface> by selecting - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - </para> - - <figure id="usage-mail-filters-fig-assist"> - <title>El Asistente de Filtros</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>The Filter Assistant</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/filter-assist-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - The <interface>filter assistant</interface> window contains a - list of your current filters, sorted by the order in which - they are used. From the drop-down box at the top of the - window, choose <guilabel>Incoming</guilabel> to display - filters for incoming mail, and <guilabel>Outgoing</guilabel> - for those which sort only outgoing mail. - </para> - <para> - The <interface>filter assistant</interface> also has a set of - buttons: - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Add</guibutton> — Create a new filter. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> — Edit an existing filter. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> — Delete the selected filter. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> <guibutton>Up</guibutton> — Move the - selected filter up in the list so it gets applied first. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - <guibutton>Down</guibutton> — Move the selected filter down - in the list, so it comes into play later. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - If you don't have any filters set up, the only one of those - buttons you can click is <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, which - will open a dialog to let you add a filter rule. If you do - have filters, you can either add a new filter rule, or select - one from your list and click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - The filter rule editor, shown in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-filters-fig-new">, is where you'll - actually create your filtering rule. - - <figure id="usage-mail-filters-fig-new"> - <title>Creating a new Filter</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating a new Filter</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/filter-new-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - </para> - <para> - Enter a name for your filter in the <guilabel>Rule - Name</guilabel> field, and then begin choosing the criteria - you'd like to use as you sort your mail. Choose how many - criteria you'd like by pressing <guibutton>Add - Criterion</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove - Criterion</guibutton>. If you have multiple criteria, you - should then decide whether to have the filter do its job only - <guilabel>if all criteria are met</guilabel>, or <guilabel>if - any criteria are met</guilabel>. - </para> - <para> - For each filter criterion, you must first select what - part of the message you want the filter to examine: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Sender</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - The sender's address. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Recipients</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - The recipients of the message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - The subject line of the message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Specific Header</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - The filter can look at any header you - want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name - in the first text box, and put your search text in the - second one. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Message Body</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Search in the actual text of the message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Expression</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter a <glossterm linkend="regular-expression">regular - expression</glossterm>, and - <application>Evolution</application> will search the - entire message, including headers, to match it for you. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> Filter messages by when they were sent: - First, choose the conditions you want a message to - meet— <guilabel>before</guilabel> a given time, - <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth. Then, choose - the time. The filter will compare the message's time-stamp - to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a - specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You - can even have it look for messages within a range of time - relative to the filter&mdash perhaps you're looking for - messages less than two days old. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Date Recieved</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel> - option, except that it compares the time you got the message - with the dates you specify. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Priority</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Emails have a standard priority range from -3 (least - important) to 3 (most important). You can have filters set the - priority of messages you recieve, and then have other filters - applied only to those messages which have a certain priority. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Regex Match</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you know your way around a <glossterm - linkend="regular-expression">regex</glossterm>, or - regular expression, put your knowledge to use here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Source</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Filter messages according the server you got them from. - You can enter a URL or choose one from the drop-down - list. This ability is only relevant if you use more - than one mail source. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Now, tell it what to do with those messages. If you want more - actions, click <guibutton>Add Action</guibutton>; if you want - fewer, click <guibutton>Remove Action</guibutton>. And choose - again: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Copy to Folder</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - If you select this item, <application>Evolution</application> - will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the - <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> button - to select a folder. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Move to Folder</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - If you select this item, <application>Evolution</application> - will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the - <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> button - to select a folder. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Forward to Address</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Select this, enter an address, and the addressee will - get a copy of the message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Delete</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Marks the message for deletion. You can still get the message - back, at least until you <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> your - mail yourself. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Stop Processing</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore - this message, because whatever you've done with it so far - is plenty. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Assign Color</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> - Select this item, and <application>Evolution</application> - will mark the message with whatever color you please. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Assign Score</guilabel></term> - <listitem><para> If you know that all mail with - "important" somewhere in the message body line is - important, you can give it a high priority score. In a subsequent filter you can - then arrange your messages by their priority score. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - You're done. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to use this - filter, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the window - without saving any changes. - </para> - - - - <!-- FIXME: This needs to be in there. But the feature is temporarily - disabled and I don't know how it will be reimplemented. - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>When mail arrives:</guilabel> Select - this option to have messages filtered as they - arrive. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>When mail is sent:</guilabel> Select - this option to filter your outgoing mail. You - can use this feature to keep your - <interface>Outbox</interface> as organized as - your <interface>Inbox</interface>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - --> - - <note> - <title>Dos Características Notables de los Filtros</title> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - El correo de entrada que sus filtros no mueven va a la carpeta Inbox; - el correo de salida que no mueven acaba en la carpeta Sent. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem><para>Si mueve una carpeta, sus filtros - la seguirán. </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </sect2> - - - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-vFolders"> - <title>Estar Realmente Organizado con Carpetas Virtuales</title> - <para> - If filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find - yourself performing the same search again and again, consider - a virtual folder. Virtual folders, or vFolders, are an - advanced way of viewing your email messages within - <application>Evolution</application>. If you get a lot of - mail or often forget where you put messages, virtual folders can help - you stay on top of things. - </para> - <para> - A virtual folder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational - tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you - set it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional - folder actually contains messages, a virtual folder is a view of - messages that may be in several different folders. The - messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of - criteria you choose in advance. - </para> - - <para> - As messages that meet the virtual folder criteria arrive or are - deleted, <application>Evolution</application> will - automatically place them in and remove them from the - virtual folder contents list. When you delete a message, it gets - erased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as - any virtual folders which display it. - </para> - - <para> - Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds - of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and - changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and - students. The more mail you need to organize, the less you - can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an - organizational system that's not flexible enough. Virtual folders - make for better organization because they can accept - overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing - systems can't. - </para> - - <example id="usage-mail-organize-vFolders-ex"> - <title>Usando Carpetas, Búsquedas, y Carpetas Virtuales</title> - <para> - Para organizar el correo en mi buzón, defino una carpeta virtual para - los mensajes de mi amiga y compañera Anna. Tengo otra para los - los mensajes que tienen "ximian.com" en la dirección y "Evolution" - en el asunto, así puedo registrar que personas del trabajo me escriben - acerca de <application>Evolution</application>. Si Anna me envía un - mensaje acerca de cualquier cosa excepto Evolution, solo aparece - en la carpeta "Anna". Cuando Anna me escribe acerca de la interfaz - de usuario de <application>Evolution</application>, puedo ver ese - mensaje en la carpeta virtual "Anna" y en la carpeta virtual - "Discusión Interna sobre Evolution". - </para> - </example> - - <!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: virtual folders in action) --> - - <para> - To create a virtual folder, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder - Editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This will bring up a - dialog box that looks suspiciously like the filter window - (for more information on filters, see <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">), and which - presents you with a list of virtual folders you have previously - created. If you have created any virtual folders, they are listed - here, and you can select, edit or remove them if you wish. - If you have not created any, there will be only one available - option: click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a new - Virtual Folder. - </para> - <para> - You can enter a name for your virtual folder in the - <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. Then, tell - <application>Evolution</application> what messages to look - for. This process is exactly like filter creation: decide - between <guilabel>Match all parts</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Match any part</guilabel>, then choose what part of - the message to look in, what sort of matching to perform, and - specify exactly what it is that you want to find, be it a - line of text, a score, a regular expression, or a particular date or - range of dates. - </para> - <para> - The second part, however, is slightly different. In the - section of the window labelled <guilabel>Virtual Folder Sources - </guilabel> is a list of folders in which - <application>Evolution</application> will search for the - contents of your vFolder. Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - to add a folder, or <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to remove - one. That way, you can have your vFolder search in - newsgroups, or just in one of your mailboxes, or just in a - select few folders you've already screened with filters. - </para> - <para> - The vFolder creation window is shown in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule"> - - <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule"> - <title>Selecting a vFolder Rule</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating a vFolder Rule</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/vfolder-createrule-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mail-subscriptions"> - <title>Subscription Management</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> lets you handle your - IMAP and newsgroup subscriptions with the same tool: the - subscriptions manager. To start using it, choose - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manage - Subscriptions</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - <para> - If you have configured any IMAP (mail) or NNTP (news) - servers, you will see them listed in the left half of the - subscription management window. Click on a server to select - it, and you will see the folders or newsgroups available to - you. You can then select individual folders and subscribe to - them, or remove yourself from the subscription list. - </para> - <para> - Once you have subscribed to a folder or newsgroup, your system - will check for new messages whenever you press the - <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> button. - </para> - - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-mainwindow.sgml b/help/es/usage-mainwindow.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 44dd90350a..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-mainwindow.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,453 +0,0 @@ -<!-- - <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> -<chapter id="usage-mainwindow"> - - <title>La Ventana Principal: Conceptos Básicos de Evolution</title> - <para> - Start <application>Evolution</application> by selecting - <menuchoice><guimenu>Main Panel Menu</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Applications</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by typing - <command>evolution</command> at the command line. The first time - you run the program, it will create a directory called - <filename>evolution</filename> in your home directory, where it - will keep all your <application>Evolution</application>-related - files. - </para> - <para> - After <application>Evolution</application> starts - up, you will see the <interface>main window</interface>, with the - <interface>Inbox</interface> open. It should look a lot like the - picture in <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-fig">. On the left of - the <interface>main window</interface> is the <interface>shortcut - bar</interface>, with several buttons in it. Just underneath the - title bar is a series of menus in the <interface>menu - bar</interface>, and below that, the <interface>tool - bar</interface> with buttons for different functions. The largest - part of the <interface>main window</interface> is taken up by the - actual <interface>Inbox</interface>, where messages are listed - and displayed. If you're running the program for the first time, - you'll have just one message: a welcome from Ximian. - - -<!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mainwindow-fig"> - <title>Evolution Main Window and Inbox</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/mainwindow-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> -</para> - - <para> - <note> - <title>The Way Evolution Looks</title> - <para> - The appearance of both <application>Evolution</application> - and <application>GNOME</application> is very easy to - customize, so your screen might not look like this picture. - You might decide to have <application>Evolution</application> - start with the calendar and a folder bar, or with the contact - manager occupying the entire window. - </para> - </note> - </para> - - <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar"> - <title>La Barra de Atajos</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application>'s most important job is - to give you access to your information and help you use it - quickly. One way it does that is through the - <interface>shortcut bar</interface>, the column on the left - hand side of the main window. The large buttons with names - like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts, and you can - select different groups of shortcuts by clicking the - rectangular group buttons. - </para> - <para> - The shortcut group buttons are <guibutton>Evolution - Shortcuts</guibutton> and <guibutton>Internet - Directories</guibutton>. When you click on them, they'll slide - up and down to give you access to different sorts of shortcuts. - When you first start <application>Evolution</application>, you - are looking at the <guilabel>Evolution Shortcuts</guilabel> - category. If you click <guilabel>Internet - Directories</guilabel>, it will slide up and you'll see buttons - for the <guilabel>Bigfoot</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Netcenter</guilabel> directories, as well as any - others you or your system administrator may have added. You can - add more groups by right-clicking on the background of the - shortcut bar and selecting <guimenuitem>Menu - Group</guimenuitem>. Internet directories behave a lot like - the local contact manager, which is covered in <xref - linkend="usage-contact">. - </para> - <para> - Take a look at the <guilabel>Evolution Shortcuts</guilabel> - again. The shortcut buttons in that category are: - - <variablelist> - -<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED! - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Today:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will bring up a summary of any new messages you've - received, along with the tasks and appointments you have - lined up for today. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> ---> - - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Executive Summary:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Start your day here. The Executive summary gives you - lists of new or important messages, daily appointments - and urgent tasks. You can customize its appearance and - content, and use it to access Evolution services. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Inbox:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> button to start - reading your mail. Your Inbox is also where you can - access Evolution's tools to filter, sort, organize, and - search your mail. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Calendar:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Calendar can store your appointments and To do lists - for you. Connected to a network, you can use it to keep - a group of people on schedule and up to date. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Tasks:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - A full-size view of your calendar's task pad. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Contacts:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Contact Manager holds your addresses, phone numbers, - and contact information. Like calendar information, - contact data can be synchronized with hand-held devices - and shared over a network. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - -<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED YET - - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Notes:</guibutton></term> - <listitem> - <para> The note pad is your catch-all tool: use it to take - messages from phone conversations, keep small things - organized, write <glossterm linkend="haiku">haiku</glossterm>, or whatever - you like. This feature is not yet implemented, but will be - soon. See <xref linkend="usage-notes"> for more - information. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> ---> - - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - If you don't like the shortcut bar, you can use the folder bar - or the menu bar to navigate the main window. Press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>O</keycap> - </keycombo> - to choose from a list of folders you'd like to visit, or use the - drop-down folder bar. You can hide and show the folder bar and - the shortcut bar by selecting those items in the - <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu. - </para> - - <tip> - <title>Trucos de la Barra de Atajos</title> - <para> - To remove a shortcut from the shortcut bar, right-click on it - and select <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem>. To add one, - select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Evolution Bar - Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. - </para> - <para> - To change the way the shortcut bar looks, right-click in an - empty space on the shortcut bar. From the menu that appears, - you can select icon sizes. - </para> - </tip> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> - <title>La Barra de Carpetas</title> - <para> - The <interface>folder bar</interface> is a more comprehensive - way to view the information you've stored with - <application>Evolution</application>. It displays all your - appointments, address cards, and email in a tree that's a lot - like a <glossterm linkend="filetree">file - tree</glossterm>— it starts small at the top, and branches - downwards. On most computers, there will be three or four - folders at the base. First is the <guilabel>Local</guilabel> - folder, which holds all the <application>Evolution</application> - data that's stored on your computer. After that come - <guilabel>Virtual Folders</guilabel>, or virtual folders, discussed in - <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">, followed by any - <glossterm linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> mail folders you may - have available to you over your network. Lastly, there are - <guilabel>External Directories</guilabel>, <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> contact directories stored on a - network. - </para> - <para> - - A typical <guilabel>Local</guilabel> folder contains the following folders: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>, for appointments and - event listings. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel>, for address cards. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, for incoming mail. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, for messages you started and didn't finish. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Sent</guilabel>, for sent mail. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, which is used to store - messages you don't want, but keep around just in case you - change your mind. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, for messages you have written - but not yet sent. This will be empty unless you use - <application>Evolution</application> while offline. - </para> - </listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - <tip id="foldertips"> - <title>Navegando sin la Barra de Carpetas</title> - <para> - You don't need the folder bar or the shortcut bar to move - around the main window. You can use <keycap>Tab</keycap> to - switch from one part of the window to another, and the folder - menu on the right side of the window just below the toolbar - to move about the folder tree. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - To create a new folder, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You'll be asked where you want to - put it, and what kind of folder it should be. You can choose - from three types: <guilabel>Mail</guilabel>, for storing mail, - <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> for storing calendars, and - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> for storing contacts. - </para> - - <note> - <title>Las Carpetas Tienen Limitaciones</title> - <para> - Los calendarios deben ir en carpetas de calendarios, el correo - en carpetas de correo, y los contactos en carpetas de contactos. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything - in GNOME, and <application>Evolution</application> is no - exception. If you right-click on a folder, you'll have a - menu with the following options: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>FIXME</guimenuitem>, for another purpose. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Something else</guimenuitem>, for another purpose. </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist>. - </para> - - <tip> - <title>Ayuda Sensible al Contexto</title> - <para> - GNOME 2.0 will support context-sensitive help, which means you - can almost always get help on an item by right-clicking it. - If you're not sure what something is, or don't know what you - can do with it, choosing <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> from - the right-click menu is a good way to find out. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - Any time new information arrives in a folder, that folder label - is displayed in bold text. - </para> - <para> - To delete a folder, right-click it and select - <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> from the menu that pops up. - To change the order of folders, or put one inside another, use - drag-and-drop. To move individual - messages, appointments, and address cards between folders, you - can do the same thing: drag them where you want them, and - they'll go. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-menubar"> - <title>La Barra de Menú</title> - <para> - The <interface>menu bar</interface>'s contents will always - provide all the possible actions for any given view of your - data. That means that, depending on the context, menu bar items - will change. If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu - items will relate to mail; some will relate to other components - of <application>Evolution</application> and some, especially - those in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the - application as a whole. The contents of the menu bar are - described in <xref linkend="menuref">. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu</term> - - <listitem><para> - Anything even related to a file or to the operations - of the application generally falls under this - menu: creating things, saving them to disk, - printing them, and quitting the program itself. - - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu </term> - <listitem><para> - The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu holds - useful tools that help you edit text and move it around. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu </term> - <listitem><para> - This menu lets you decide how <application>Evolution</application> - should look. Some of the features control the appearance of - <application>Evolution</application> as a whole, and others - the way a particular kind of information appears. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> Menu </term> - <listitem><para> Tools for configuring, changing, and - setting up go here. For mail, that means things like - <guimenuitem>Mail Configuration</guimenuitem> and the - <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>. For the - <interface>Calendar</interface> and the <interface>Contact - Manager</interface>, it's color, network, and layout - configuration. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu</term> - <listitem><para> - Select among these items to open the - <application>Help Browser</application> - and read the <application>Evolution</application> manual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - Other menus, like <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Message</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>, - appear only occasionally. <guilabel>Message</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>, for example, have commands that only - relate to email, so they're only available when you're looking at - email. - </para> - <para> - Once you've familiarized yourself with the <interface>main - window</interface> you can start doing things with it. We'll - start with your email inbox, since you've got a letter waiting - for you already. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-notes.sgml b/help/es/usage-notes.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index fb4e3289b2..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-notes.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-notes"> - <title>Notas de Evolution</title> - <abstract> - <title> Una Vista General de las Notas de Evolution</title> - <para> - En la edad oscura antes de que el correo electrónico fuera inventado, - habia pequeños trozos de papel que la gente usaba para guardar - información que se necesitaba durante poco tiempo. A estos trozos de - papel se les llamó notas. Ahora, las notas son casi una parte - necesaria de nuestras vidas, aunque ahora en formato electrónico. - Tiene sentido, entonces, que <application>Evolution</application> - eventualmente tenga una función de notas. - <application>Evolution</application> le ayuda a tomar notas de la - siguientes formas: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Apunte números de teléfono, notas de la escuela, tome notas de - mensajes telefónicos, o incluso escriba poesía. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Un código de colores para las notas pra poder organizarlas, o - simplemente para que tengan una apariencia bonita. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Convierta una nota en un mensaje electrónico o en un archivo de texto. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Escriba <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - Puede comenzar a escribir notas pulsando sobre - <guibutton>Notas</guibutton> en la barra de atajos. Naturalmente, - todavia no está ahí. Pero cuando esté, le llevara al editor. - </para> - </abstract> -</chapter> - - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-print.sgml b/help/es/usage-print.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index ef5b501f8e..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-print.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-print"> -<title>Imprimiendo con Evolution</title> -<para> - Este es un capítulo muy corto, porque imprimir con - <application>Evolution</application> no es unatarea complicada. Como - la mayoría de las aplicaciones GNOME, <application>Evolution</application> - usa el sistema gnome-print, así que si ha usado otra aplicación GNOME - para imprimir, debería sera capaz de imprimir inmeditamente en - <application>Evolution</application>. -</para> -<para> - Tanto si esta imprimiendo un mensaje, una pagina del calendario, o una - selección de tarjetas de visita, puede elegir entre imprimirlo directamente - en la impresora, o guardar la salida de la impresión en un archivo - postscript. También puede usar la característica de vista previa para ver - como será la salida. -</para> - - <sect1 id="printpreview"> - <title>Vista Previa de la Impresión</title> - <para> - <guibutton>Vista Previa</guibutton> aparece como un botón en - el diálogo de impresión y como una opción en el menú - <guimenu>Archivo</guimenu>. En ambos sitios, hace lo mismo: - abre una nueva ventana que le muestra que pasaría si imprimiese - el mensaje, el calendario, la cita, o la tarjeta de actual. - </para> - <para> - Esa ventana le permite sleccionar que páginas quiere ver, - y como de cerca quiere verlas. Aumentar o disminuir el zoom, - ajustar la página a la ventana (el botón <guibutton>Ajustar</guibutton>) - o igualar el ancho del papel con el de la ventana (el botón - <guibutton>Ajustar Ancho</guibutton>). Ninguno de estos botones - modifica la manera en que se imprimen las páginas, pero le permiten - verlas mejor. Si está satisfecho con el aspecto que tienen, pulse - <guibutton>Imprimir</guibutton> para enviar su documento a su destino. - Si quisiera cambiarlo, cierre la ventana de la - <guilabel>Vista Previa</guilabel> y haga los cambios que quiera - en el Correo, el Calendario, o el Administrador de Contactos. - </para> - - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="print-preview"> - <title>Vista Previa de la Impresión</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Print Preview</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/print-preview" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="print-destination"> - <title>¿Archivo o Impresora?</title> - <para> - La ventana de selección de impresora, mostrada en <xref - linkend="print-dest">, le permite elegir el formato de - impresión— en estos momentos, solo está disponible - <guilabel>Postscript Genérico</guilabel>— y si imprimir a un - archivo o a una impresora. Si elige una impresora, - le pedirá el comando que use su sistema para la impresora - (probablemente <guilabel>lpr</guilabel>). Si decide imprimir en un - archivo, debe decidir el nombre. Y naturalmente, debe decidor el - número de copias, y si deben ir o no intercaladas. - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="print-dest"> - <title>Eligiendo una Impresora</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Choosing a Printer</screeninfo> - <graphic fileref="fig/print-dest" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber"> - </graphic> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - <para> - Si está imprimiendo un mensaje que ocupa más de una página, tiene la - opción de elegir que páginas imprimir. Si está imprimiendo las - entradas de un calendario, puede decidir el rango de fechas a imprimir. - Y, si está imprimiendo tarjetas, puede decidir si imprimir solo las - seleccionadas, o todas ellas. - </para> - <para> - Cuando este listo, pulse <guibutton>Imprimir</guibutton> para imprimir, - <guibutton>Vista Previa</guibutton> para echar un vistazo (u otro más) - a la vista previa, o <guibutton>Cancelar</guibutton> para cancelarlo - todo. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/es/usage-sync.sgml b/help/es/usage-sync.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 878406c4b6..0000000000 --- a/help/es/usage-sync.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - - <chapter id="usage-sync"> - <title>Sincronizando con un Dispositivo de mano</title> - <para> - Este capítulo cubre como sincronizar datos una vez instalado y - configurado. Si necesita información sobre como preparar un - sistema de sincronización, consulte <xref - linkend="config-sync">. - </para> - <sect1 id="hotsync"> - <title>Usando la Sincronización</title> - <para> - Ponga su dispositivo de mano en su cuna y apriete el botón - de sincronización. - </para> - <para> - No, de verdad. Esto es todo lo que hay que hacer. - </para> - </sect1> - </chapter>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/update_po.pl b/help/update_po.pl deleted file mode 100755 index 7fa054e721..0000000000 --- a/help/update_po.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/perl -w -# -# Script for translators that extract .sgml files into .sgml.po ones -# -# Copyright (C) 2001 Héctor García Álvarez. -# -# This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the -# License, or (at your option) any later version. -# -# This script is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# -# Authors: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org> - -## Loaded modules -use strict; -use File::Basename; -use Getopt::Long; - -my $LANG = $ARGV[0]; -#my $OUTFILE = "./tmp/$FILE.h"; - -my %string = (); -my @elements; -my @items; -my $n=0; - -if (! $LANG){ - print "Usage: update_po.pl LANGCODE\n"; - exit; -} else { $LANG .=".po"; } - -if ( !(-d "./$LANG") ){ mkdir ("./$LANG", 0755) ; } - -chdir ("./C"); -if ( !(-d "./tmp") ) { mkdir ("./tmp", 0755) ; } - -my $comand=""; - -open FILES, "<POTFILES.in" ; -#open POTFILE, ">POTFILES.in.h"; -while (<FILES>) { - undef (%string); - s/\n//g; - my $Original_file = $_ ; - s/.\///g; - my $Converted_file = "./tmp/".$_.".h"; - # print $Original_file."\n"; - # print $Translated_file."\n"; - print "Converting ".$Original_file."\n" ; - system "rm -f $Converted_file"; - &Convert ($Original_file); - open OUT, ">>$Converted_file"; - &addMessages; - close OUT; - $comand = "xgettext --default-domain=$Original_file "; - $comand .="--directory=. --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ "; - $comand .="$Converted_file "; - system ( $comand ); - print ("Updating $Original_file.po\n"); - system ("mv $Original_file.po ../$LANG/$Original_file.pot"); - - if ( -f "../$LANG/$Original_file.po") { - system ("cp ../$LANG/$Original_file.po ../$LANG/$Original_file.po.old"); - system ("msgmerge ../$LANG/$Original_file.po.old ../$LANG/$Original_file.pot -o ../$LANG/$Original_file.po"); - } else { - system ("mv ../$LANG/$Original_file.pot ../$LANG/$Original_file.po"); - } - - system ("msgfmt --statistics ../$LANG/$Original_file.po"); - system ("rm -f ../$LANG/$Original_file.pot"); -# print POTFILE $Converted_file."\n"; - print ".\n"; -} -close FILES; - -system ("rm -rf ./tmp "); -exit 0; - - -sub Convert() { - - ## Reading the file - open (IN, "<$_[0]") || die "can't open $_[0]: $!"; - - ### For translatable Sgml files ### - while (<IN>) { - if ( /<!--/ ) { - my $Salida = $_ ; - if ( (/-->/) ) { - $string{$Salida} = []; - } else { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /-->/ ) { last ; } - } - $string{$Salida} = []; - } - } - elsif ( /<para>/ ) { - my $number_of_para = 1; - my $Salida = $_ ; - if ( /<\/para>/ ) { - $string{$Salida} = []; - } else { - while (<IN>) { - if ( /<para>/ ) { $number_of_para++; } - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/para>/ ) { - $number_of_para--; - if ( $number_of_para==0) {last ; } - } - } - $string{$Salida} = []; - } - } - elsif ( /<title>/ ) { - my $Salida = $_ ; - if ( /<\/title>/ ) { - $string{$Salida} = []; - } else { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/title>/ ) { last ; } - } - $string{$Salida} = []; - } - } - elsif ( /<glossterm>/ ) { - my $Salida = $_ ; - if ( /<\/glossterm>/ ) { - $string{$Salida} = []; - } else { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/glossterm>/ ) { last ; } - } - $string{$Salida} = []; - } - } - elsif ( /<guilabel>/ ) { - my $Salida = $_ ; - if ( /<\/guilabel>/ ) { - $string{$Salida} = []; - } else { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/guilabel>/ ) { last ; } - } - $string{$Salida} = []; - } - } - } - close (IN); -} - -sub addMessages{ - - foreach my $theMessage (sort keys %string) { - - my ($tag) = $string{$theMessage} ; - - # Replace XML codes for special chars to - # geniune gettext syntax - #--------------------------------------- - $theMessage =~ s/"/\\"/mg; - $theMessage =~ s/\n/\\n\n/mg; - -# $theMessage =~ s/</</mg; -# $theMessage =~ s/>/>/mg; - - if ($theMessage =~ /\n/) { - #if ($tag) { print OUT "/* $tag */\n"; } - @elements = split (/\n/, $theMessage); - for ($n = 0; $n < @elements; $n++) { - - if ($n == 0) { - print OUT "gchar *s = N_"; - print OUT "(\"$elements[$n]\""; - if ($n == @elements - 1) { print OUT ");\n"; } - print OUT "\n"; - } - - elsif ($n == @elements - 1) { - print OUT " "; - print OUT "\"$elements[$n]\");\n\n"; - } - - elsif ($n > 0) { - print OUT " "; - print OUT "\"$elements[$n]\"\n"; - } - } - - } else { - -# if ($tag) { print OUT "/* $tag */\n"; } - print OUT "gchar *s = N_(\"$theMessage\");\n"; - } - - } -} - diff --git a/help/update_translation.pl b/help/update_translation.pl deleted file mode 100755 index 0023b069d1..0000000000 --- a/help/update_translation.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/perl -w -# -# Script that translates .sgml files using the .po files generated from -# the script update_po.pl -# -# Copyright (C) 2001 Héctor García Álvarez. -# -# This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the -# License, or (at your option) any later version. -# -# This script is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# -# Authors: Héctor García Álvarez <hector@scouts-es.org> - -## Loaded modules -use File::Basename; -use Getopt::Long; - -my $LANG = $ARGV[0]; - -my %string; -my $texto_original=""; -my $texto_traducido=""; - -if (! $LANG){ - print "Usage: update_translation.pl LANGCODE\n"; - exit; -} - -chdir ("./C"); - -## Reading the po file -#print "Loading ".$LANG.".po\n"; -#&load_translated_strings ($LANG.".po"); - -## Checking for the lang dir -if ( !(-d "../".$LANG) ) { mkdir ("../".$LANG, 0755) ; } - -open FILES, "<POTFILES.in" ; -while (<FILES>) { - undef %string; - s/\n//g; - $Original_file = $_ ; - s/.\///g; - $Translated_file = "../".$LANG."/".$_; -# print $Original_file."\n"; -# print $Translated_file."\n"; - &load_translated_strings ("../".$LANG.".po/".$_.".po"); - print "Translating ".$Original_file ; - system "rm -f $Translated_file"; - &translate_file ($Translated_file , $Original_file); - print ".\n"; -} -close FILES; - -exit 0; - - - - -sub load_translated_strings () -{ - my $FILE=$_[0]; - open (IN, "<$FILE") || die "I can't find $FILE"; - - while (<IN>) { - if ( /#: /) { - &original; - &traduccion; -# print "Original \n##".$texto_original."##\n"; -# print "Traducción \n##".$texto_traducido."##\n"; - $string{$texto_original} = $texto_traducido; - } - } - close (IN); -} - -sub translate_file () -{ - my $OUTFILE=$_[0]; - my $INFILE=$_[1]; - - open OUT, ">>$OUTFILE"; - open (IN, "<$INFILE") || die "can't open $INFILE: $!"; - - while (<IN>) { - my $imprimir = 0; - if ( /<!--/ ) { - $Salida = $_ ; - if ( !(/-->/) ) { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /-->/ ) { last ; } - } - } - $imprimir = 1; - } - elsif ( /<para>/ ) { - my $number_of_para = 1; - $Salida = $_ ; - if ( !(/<\/para>/) ) { - while (<IN>) { - if ( /<para>/ ) { $number_of_para++; } - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/para>/ ) { - $number_of_para--; - if ( $number_of_para==0) {last ; } - } - } - } - $imprimir = 1; - } - elsif ( /<title>/ ) { - $Salida = $_ ; - if ( !(/<\/title>/) ) { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/title>/ ) { last ; } - } - } - $imprimir = 1; - } - elsif ( /<glossterm>/ ) { - $Salida = $_ ; - if ( !(/<\/glossterm>/) ) { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/glossterm>/ ) { last ; } - } - } - $imprimir = 1; - } - elsif ( /<guilabel>/ ) { - $Salida = $_ ; - if ( !(/<\/guilabel>/) ) { - while (<IN>) { - $Salida .= $_ ; - if ( /<\/guilabel>/ ) { last ; } - } - } - $imprimir = 1; - } - if ( $imprimir == 0 ) { print (OUT $_); } - else { - my $impreso=0; - foreach my $theMessage (sort keys %string) { - if (!($theMessage cmp $Salida)) { - my $tag = $string{$Salida} ; - - if ( $tag cmp "") { - $tag =~ s/\\"/"/mg ; - print (OUT $tag); - } - else { - print (OUT $Salida); - } - $impreso=1; - } - } - if ( $impreso == 0) { - print "No lo encuentro\n##".$Salida."##\n"; - $impreso=0; - } - $imprimir = 0; - } - } - close IN; - close OUT; -} -#exit 0; - -sub original () -{ - my $tmp = ""; - while (<IN>) { - if ( !(/^#: /) ) { - if ( /msgid ""/) { s/msgid ""\n//; } - if ( /msgstr/) { - $tmp =~ s/\\n/\n/sg ; - $tmp =~ s/\\t/\t/sg ; - $tmp =~ s/\\"/"/sg ; - $texto_original = $tmp; - last ; - } - s/msgid "//; - s/\s*"// ; - s/"\n// ; - s/\n// ; - $tmp .= $_; - } - } -} - -sub traduccion () -{ - my $tmp = ""; - my $first = 0; - if ( /msgstr "/) { - if ( /msgstr ""/) { - $tmp = ""; - $first = 1; - } else { - $tmp = $_; - $tmp =~ s/msgstr "//; - $tmp =~ s/"\n// ; - } - } - while (<IN>) { - - if ( !($_ cmp "\n") ) { - $tmp =~ s/\\n/\n/sg ; - $tmp =~ s/\\t/\t/sg ; - $tmp =~ s/\"/"/sg ; - if ( $first == 1 ) { $texto_traducido = "" ; } - else { $texto_traducido = $tmp; } - last ; - } - $first = 0; - s/msgstr "//; - s/"\n// ; - s/\s*"// ; - $tmp .= $_; - } - if ( eof IN ) { - $tmp =~ s/\\n/\n/sg ; - $tmp =~ s/\\t/\t/sg ; - $tmp =~ s/\"/"/sg ; - $texto_traducido = $tmp; - } -} diff --git a/help/white-papers/calendar/calendar.sgml b/help/white-papers/calendar/calendar.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 2cb3132e2b..0000000000 --- a/help/white-papers/calendar/calendar.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [ -<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>"> -<!entity CUA "<acronym>CUA</acronym>"> -<!entity PCS "<acronym>PCS</acronym>"> -<!entity Bonobo "<application>Bonobo</application>"> -<!entity CORBA "<acronym>CORBA</acronym>"> -<!entity GTK "<acronym>GTK+</acronym>"> -]> - -<article class="whitepaper" id="calendar"> - - <artheader> - <title>&Evolution; Calendaring Framework</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Federico</firstname> - <surname>Mena Quintero</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>federico@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - <copyright> - <year>2000</year> - <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - <abstract> - <para> - The &Evolution; groupware suite provides a framework for - developing calendaring applications, as well as a graphical - calendar client and a personal calendar server. This white - paper describes the architecture of the &Evolution; - calendaring framework. - </para> - </abstract> - </artheader> - - <!-- Introduction --> - - <sect1 id="introduction"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para> - Calendaring is an important part of a groupware suite. A - calendaring framework will allow a user to keep a personal - calendar and have several applications use it. Such - applications could be a graphical calendar client that the user - employs to schedule appointments and keep track of his time, a - <productname>Palm Pilot</productname> synchronization client, or - a simple alarm or reminder utility. A comprehensive calendaring - framework will also allow multiple users to schedule - appointments between each other; for example, a project director - may want to schedule a weekly meeting with the rest of the - project members, or a person who owns a large house may want to - schedule a big party with his friends. The attendees will then - want to reply with messages such as, “I will - attend”, or “I will attend only if the proposed time - is changed”. - </para> - - <para> - The &Evolution; groupware suite provides a framework for - developing calendaring applications, as well as a graphical - calendar client or calendar user agent (&CUA;) and a personal - calendar server (&PCS;). - </para> - - <para> - The following sections explain the basic calendaring framework, - the functions of the calendar user agent and the personal - calendar server, and the relationship between the two. - </para> - </sect1> - - <!-- Personal Calendar Server --> - - <sect1 id="pcs"> - <title>Personal Calendar Server</title> - - <para> - The personal calendar server (&PCS;) provides centralized - management and storage of a user's personal calendar. Multiple - clients can connect to the &PCS; simultaneously to query and - modify the user's calendar in a synchronized fashion. The main - features of the &PCS; are as follows: - </para> - - <formalpara> - <title>Storage</title> - - <para> - The &PCS; is responsible for loading and saving calendars. - Centralizing the loading and saving functionality allows - multiple clients to use the same calendar at the same time - without having to worry about each other. - </para> - </formalpara> - - <formalpara> - <title>Basic Queries</title> - - <para> - The &PCS; provides functions to do basic queries on a - calendar, for example, a client can ask the server for a list - of all the appointments in the calendar, or for all the data - for a specific appointment. - </para> - </formalpara> - - <formalpara> - <title>Recurrence and Alarm Queries</title> - - <para> - Clients can ask the &PCS; for a list of the appointments that - occur within a specified time range; for example a graphical - client that has a per-week view could ask the &PCS; for all - the appointments that occur in a particular week. This - includes multiple occurrences of a single recurring event; for - example, the object for “a 1-hour meeting that occurs on - every Tuesday and Thursday” is represented inside the - &PCS; as a single event with a recurrence rule. Similarly, - clients can ask the &PCS; for a list of events that have - alarms that trigger within a specified time range. - </para> - </formalpara> - - <formalpara> - <title>Notification of Changes</title> - - <para> - This is the most important function of the &PCS;, as it allows - multiple calendar clients to maintain a unified view of the - calendar between the server and themselves. When a client - asks the &PCS; to modify or remove an event, the &PCS; - notifies all the clients that are connected to it about the - change. The policy is that “the server is always - right”; clients can act as dumb views onto the - calendar's data and they will be notified by the &PCS; when - something changes. - </para> - </formalpara> - </sect1> - - <!-- Calenar User Agent --> - - <sect1 id="cua"> - <title>Calendar User Agent</title> - - <para> - A calendar user agent (&CUA;) is a program that lets a user - manipulate a calendar. &Evolution; provides an attractive, - graphical calendar client that communicates with the &Evolution; - personal calendar server. - </para> - - <para> - The &Evolution; calendar client just provides a view onto the - data that is stored and managed by the personal calendar server. - The calendar client does not perform direct manipulations on a - calendar's data; instead it offloads those requests to the - calendar server, which takes care of making the appropriate - modifications in the calendar and then notifies all the clients - about the changes. - </para> - </sect1> - - <!-- Calendar Client Library --> - - <sect1 id="client-lib"> - <title>Calendar Client Library</title> - - <para> - Communication between the personal calendar server and calendar - clients is defined by a set of &Bonobo; &CORBA; interfaces. - Clients can be written by implementing the client-side - <classname>Listener</classname> interface, which defines the - notification callbacks that the PCS uses to inform clients about - changes to the calendar. - </para> - - <para> - As a convenience for >K; programmers, &Evolution; also - includes a library which provides a - <classname>CalClient</classname> class which can be used for - communication with the personal calendar server. Objects of - this class automatically contact the PCS when they are created. - <classname>CalClient</classname> provides functions to request - changes in the calendar, and it also emits signals when it gets - notification about changes from the PCS. This makes it easy and - convenient to write calendar clients for &Evolution; using - >K;. - </para> - - <para> - The implementation of the <classname>CalClient</classname> class - simply wraps the &Evolution; &CORBA; interfaces for calendaring - with a familiar-looking >K; object. Calls to the - <classname>Listener</classname> interface get translated to - signal emissions from the <classname>CalClient</classname>, thus - shielding programmers from the details of the &CORBA; - interfaces. - </para> - </sect1> -</article> diff --git a/help/white-papers/mail/camel.sgml b/help/white-papers/mail/camel.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 5f5ea27a98..0000000000 --- a/help/white-papers/mail/camel.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,356 +0,0 @@ -<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [ -<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>"> -<!entity Camel "Camel"> -]> - -<article class="whitepaper" id="camel"> - - <artheader> - <title>The &Camel; Messaging Library</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> - <surname>Stedfast</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>fejj@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - - <author> - <firstname>Michael</firstname> - <surname>Zucchi</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>notzed@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - - <author> - <firstname>Dan</firstname> - <surname>Winship</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>danw@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - - <author> - <firstname>Bertrand</firstname> - <surname>Guiheneuf</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>bertrand@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - <copyright> - <year>2000, 2001</year> - <holder>Ximian, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - </artheader> - - <sect1 id="introduction"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para> - &Camel; is a generic messaging library. It is being used as the - back end for the mail component of &Evolution;. The name - "&Camel;" is an acronym; it refers to the fact that the - library is capable of going several days without food or water. - It means : Camel's Acronym Makes Everyone Laugh. - </para> - - <para> - &Camel;'s initial design is heavily based on Sun's - <trademark>JavaMail</trademark> API. It uses the Gtk+ object - system, and many of its classes are direct analags of JavaMail - classes. Its design has also been influenced by the features of - IMAP, and the limitations of the standard UNIX mbox mail store, - which set some of the boundaries on its requirements and - extensibility. - </para> - - <para> - &Camel; sees all message repositories as stores containing - folders. These folders in turn contain the messages the client - actually accesses. The use of such a unified interface allows - the client applications to be very extensible. &Camel; includes - an external provider mechanism which allows applications to - dynamically load and use protocols which were not available when - the application was initially written. - </para> - - <para> - The abstract store/folder mechanism is a powerful and versatile - way of accessing messages. No particular asumptions are made on - the client side, thus allowing new ways of managing the - messages. For example, the messages stored in the folders don't - necessarily have to share some common physical location. The - folder can be a purely virtual folder, containing only - references to the actual messages. This is used by the "vFolder" - provider, which allows you select messages meeting particular - criteria and deal with them as a group. - </para> - - <para> - In addition to these possibilities, &Camel; has full MIME - support. &Camel; MIME messages are lightweight objects - representing the MIME skeleton of the actual message. The data - contained in the subparts are never stored in memory except when - they are actually needed. The application, when accessing the - various MIME objects contained in the message (text parts, - attachments, embedded binary objects ...) asks &Camel; for a - stream that it can read data from. This scheme is particularly - useful with the IMAP provider. IMAP has strong MIME support - built-in, which allows &Camel; to download only the parts of - messages that it actually needs: attachments need not be - downloaded until they are viewed, and unnecessary - "multipart/alternative" parts will never be read off the server. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="overview"> - <title>Overview</title> - - <graphic format="gif" fileref="camel"></graphic> - - <para> - To begin using &Camel;, an application first creates subclassed - <classname>CamelSession</classname> object. This object is used - to store application defaults, and to coordinate communication - between providers and the application. - </para> - - <para> - A <classname>CamelProvider</classname> is a dynamically-loadable - module that provides functionality associated with a specific - service. Examples of providers are POP, IMAP and SMTP. Providers - include subclasses of the various other &Camel; classes for - accessing and manipulating messages. - </para> - - <para> - <classname>CamelService</classname> is an abstract class for - describing a connection to a local or remote service. It - currently has two subclasses: <classname>CamelStore</classname>, - for services that store messages (such as IMAP servers and mbox - files), and <classname>CamelTransport</classname>, for services - that deliver messages (such as SMTP or a local MTA). A provider - could also be both a store and a transport, as in the case of - NNTP. - </para> - - <para> - A <classname>CamelStore</classname> contains some number of - <classname>CamelFolder</classname> objects, which in turn - contain messages. A <classname>CamelFolder</classname> provides - a <classname>CamelFolderSummary</classname> object, which - includes details about the subject, date, and sender of each - message in the folder. The folder also includes the messages - themselves, as subclasses of <classname>CamelMedium</classname>. - </para> - - <para> - Email messages are represented by the - <classname>CamelMimeMessage</classname> class, a subclass of - <classname>CamelMedium</classname>. This class includes - operations for accessing RFC822 and MIME headers, accessing - subparts of MIME messages, encoding and decoding Base64 and - Quoted-Printable, etc. - </para> - - <para> - <classname>CamelTransport</classname> includes methods for - delivering messages. While the abstract - <function>CamelTransport::send</function> method takes a - <classname>CamelMedium</classname>, its subclasses may only be - able to deliver messages of specific - <classname>CamelMedium</classname> subclasses. For instance, - <classname>CamelSendmailTransport</classname> requires a - <classname>CamelMimeMessage</classname>, because it needs a - message that includes a "To:" header. A hypothetical - <classname>CamelNNTPTransport</classname> would need a - <classname>CamelNewsMessage</classname>, which would have a - "Newsgroups:" header. - </para> - - <para> - The content of messages are referred to using - <classname>CamelStream</classname> and its subclasses. In the - case of an mbox-based store, the - <classname>CamelStream</classname> would abstract the operation - of reading the correct section of the mbox file. For IMAP, - reading off the <classname>CamelStream</classname> might result - in commands being issued to the remote IMAP server and data - being read off a socket. - </para> - - <para> - The final major class in &Camel; is - <classname>CamelException</classname>, which is used to - propagate information about errors. Many methods take a - <classname>CamelException</classname> as an argument, which the - caller can then check if an error occurs. It includes both a - numeric error code which can be interpreted by the program, and - a text error message that can be displayed to the user. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="classes"> - <title>Major Subcomponents</title> - - <sect2 id="store"> - <title>The Message Store</title> - - <para> - A <classname>CamelStore</classname> inherits the ability to - connect and authenticate to a service from its parent class, - <classname>CamelService</classname>. It then adds the ability - to retrieve folders. A store must contain at least one folder, - which can be retrieved with - <function>CamelStore::get_default_folder</function>. There are - also methods to retrieve the "top-level" folder (for - hieararchical stores), and to retrieve an arbitrary folder by - name. - </para> - - <para> - All <classname>CamelFolder</classname>s must implement certain - core operations, most notably generating a summary and - retrieving and deleting messages. A - <classname>CamelFolder</classname> must assign a permanently - unique identifier to each message it contains. Messages can - then be retrieved via - <function>CamelFolder::get_message</function>. - </para> - - <para> - Folders must also implement the - <function>get_parent_folder</function> and - <function>list_subfolders</function> methods. For stores that - don't allow multiple folders, they would return NULL and an - empty list, respectively. Stores that do allow multiple - folders will also define methods for creating and deleting - folders, and for moving messages between them (assuming the - folders are writable). - </para> - - <para> - Folders that support searching can define the - <function>search_by_expression</function> method. For mbox - folders, this is implemented by indexing the messages with the - ibex library and using that to search them later. For IMAP - folders, this uses the IMAP SEARCH command. Other folder types - might not be able to implement this functionality, in which - case users would not be able to do full-content searches on - them. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="messages"> - <title>Messages</title> - - <para> - As mentioned before, messages are represented by subclasses of - <classname>CamelMedium</classname>. - <classname>CamelMedium</classname> itself is a subclass of - <classname>CamelDataWrapper</classname>, a generic class for - connecting a typed data source to a data sink. - <classname>CamelMedium</classname> adds the concept of message - headers versus message body. - (<classname>CamelDataWrapper</classname> has one other - important subclass, <classname>CamelMultipart</classname>, - which is used to provide separate access to the multiple - independent parts of a multipart MIME type.) - <classname>CamelMedium</classname>'s subclasses provide more - specialized handling of various headers: - <classname>CamelMimePart</classname> adds special handling for - the &ldquot;Content-*&rdquot; headers in MIME messages, and - its subclass <classname>CamelMimeMessage</classname> adds - handling for the RFC822 headers. - </para> - - <graphic format="gif" fileref="mimemessage"></graphic> - - <para> - Consider a message with two parts: a text part (in both plain - text and HTML), and an attached image: - - <programlisting> - - From: Dan Winship <danw@helixcode.com> - To: Matt Loper <matt@helixcode.com> - Subject: the Camel white paper - MIME-Version: 1.0 - Content-Type: multipart/mixed; - boundary="jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa" - - This is a multi-part message in MIME format. - --jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa - Content-Type: multipart/alternative; - boundary="sFSenbAFDSgDfg" - - --sFSenbAFDSgDfg - Content-Type: text/plain - - Hey, Matt - - Check out this graphic... - - -- Dan - - --sFSenbAFDSgDfg - Content-Type: text/html - - Hey, Matt<br> - <br> - Check out this graphic...<br> - <br> - -- Dan<br> - <br> - --sFSenbAFDSgDfg-- - - --jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa - Content-Type: image/png - Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64 - - F4JLw0ORrkRa8AwAMQJLAaI3UDIGsco9RAaB92... - --jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa-- - </programlisting> - - <para> - In &Camel;, this would be represented as follows: - </para> - - <graphic fileref="samplemsg"></graphic> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="streams"> - <title>Streams</title> - - <para> - Streams are a generic data transport layer. Two basic stream - classes are <classname>CamelStreamFs</classname>, for - reading and writing files, and - <classname>CamelStreamMem</classname>, for reading from and - writing to objects that are already in memory. - </para> - - <para> - Streams can also be filtered. So a CamelMimePart - containing base64-encoded data can filter its output through - CamelMimeFilterBasic. Other parts of the application that want - to read its data will never need to even realize that the - original data was encoded. - </para> - </sect2> - -</article> diff --git a/help/white-papers/mail/ibex.sgml b/help/white-papers/mail/ibex.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index dcb8f5ca4b..0000000000 --- a/help/white-papers/mail/ibex.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [ -<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>"> -<!entity Camel "Camel"> -<!entity Ibex "Ibex"> -]> - -<article class="whitepaper" id="ibex"> - - <artheader> - <title>Ibex: an Indexing System</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Dan</firstname> - <surname>Winship</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>danw@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - <copyright> - <year>2000</year> - <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - </artheader> - - <sect1 id="introduction"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para> - &Ibex; is a library for text indexing. It is being used by - &Camel; to allow it to quickly search locally-stored messages, - either because the user is looking for a specific piece of text, - or because the application is contructing a vFolder or filtering - incoming mail. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="goals"> - <title>Design Goals and Requirements for Ibex</title> - - <para> - The design of &Ibex; is based on a number of requirements. - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - First, obviously, it must be fast. In particular, searching - the index must be appreciably faster than searching through - the messages themselves, and constructing and maintaining - the index must not take a noticeable amount of time. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - The indexes must not take up too much space. Many users have - limited filesystem quotas on the systems where they read - their mail, and even users who read mail on private machines - have to worry about running out of space on their disks. The - indexes should be able to do their job without taking up so - much space that the user decides he would be better off - without them. - </para> - - <para> - Another aspect of this problem is that the system as a whole - must be clever about what it does and does not index: - accidentally indexing a "text" mail message containing - uuencoded, BinHexed, or PGP-encrypted data will drastically - affect the size of the index file. Either the caller or the - indexer itself has to avoid trying to index these sorts of - things. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - The indexing system must allow data to be added to the index - incrementally, so that new messages can be added to the - index (and deleted messages can be removed from it) without - having to re-scan all existing messages. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - It must allow the calling application to explain the - structure of the data however it wants to, rather than - requiring that the unit of indexing be individual files. - This way, &Camel; can index a single mbox-format file and - treat it as multiple messages. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - It must support non-ASCII text, given that many people send - and receive non-English email, and even people who only - speak English may receive email from people whose names - cannot be written in the US-ASCII character set. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para> - While there are a number of existing indexing systems, none of - them met all (or even most) of our requirements. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="implementation"> - <title>The Implementation</title> - - <para> - &Ibex; is still young, and many of the details of the current - implementation are not yet finalized. - </para> - - <para> - With the current index file format, 13 megabytes of Info files - can be indexed into a 371 kilobyte index file—a bit under - 3% of the original size. This is reasonable, but making it - smaller would be nice. (The file format includes some simple - compression, but <application>gzip</application> can compress an - index file to about half its size, so we can clearly do better.) - </para> - - <para> - The implementation has been profiled and optimized for speed to - some degree. But, it has so far only been run on a 500MHz - Pentium III system with very fast disks, so we have no solid - benchmarks. - </para> - - <para> - Further optimization (of both the file format and the in-memory - data structures) awaits seeing how the library is most easily - used by &Evolution;: if the indexes are likely to be kept in - memory for long periods of time, the in-memory data structures - need to be kept small, but the reading and writing operations - can be slow. On the other hand, if the indexes will only be - opened when they are needed, reading and writing must be fast, - and memory usage is less critical. - </para> - - <para> - Of course, to be useful for other applications that have - indexing needs, the library should provide several options, so - that each application can use the library in the way that is - most suited for its needs. - </para> - </sect1> -</article> diff --git a/help/white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml b/help/white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 5ff4faf2ae..0000000000 --- a/help/white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [ -<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>"> -<!entity ETable "<classname>ETable</classname>"> -<!entity ETableModel "<classname>ETableModel</classname>"> -<!entity ETableSimple "<classname>ETableSimple</classname>"> -<!entity ETableHeader "<classname>ETableHeader</classname>"> -<!entity ETableSpecification "<classname>ETableSpecification</classname>"> -<!entity ETableCol "<classname>ETableCol</classname>"> -]> - -<article class="whitepaper" id="e-table"> - - <artheader> - <title>The ETable Widget</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Chris</firstname> - <surname>Lahey</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>clahey@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Miguel</firstname> - <surname>de Icaza</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>miguel@helixcode.com</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - <copyright> - <year>2000</year> - <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - </artheader> - - <sect1 id="introduction"> - <title>Introduction</title> - - <para> - &ETable; is a table widget on steroids. It is intended to provide - all the table functionality needed throughout &Evolution;, and - hopefully be general purpose enough to be used in other projects. - </para> - - <para> - &ETable; provides a lot of interactive control over the data in the - table. Without any work from the programmer, &ETable; provides - rearrangeable columns and editable data. When finished, &ETable; will - also provide, again with no programmer intervention, easy interactive - sorting and grouping. - </para> - - <para> - &ETable; gives you a great deal of functionality, flexibility, and - power. Most of this power is internal to the widget, but some of - the flexibility requires a bit of work by the programmer. - However, once you learn it, &ETable; is not very hard at all to - use. - </para> - - <para> - &ETable;'s power comes from the fact that it is fully - model/view/controller based. Various models are involved into - the process of rendering the information, and various views are - provided. The programmer has a wide range of options: from the - most finely hand-tuned table to a generic all-encompasing widget - that takes over most of tasks. It is up to the programmer: he - can use the simple to use &ETable; widget that takes care of - everything in a generic way, or he can use the various - components to roll his own tabular display. - </para> - - <para> - &ETable; ships with a standard set of information renderers: - strings, bitmaps, toggle-buttons, check-boxes, and multi-line - strings. But the programmer can write and implement his own - renderer for his information. This means that by default - &ETable; provides the basic display facilities that programmers - required, but they offer the programmer a complete freedom to - incorporate new cell renderers. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="model"> - <title>ETableModel</title> - - <para> - The data back end for the &ETable; is an &ETableModel;. The - &ETableModel is an abstract interface that acts as the - information repository for the various &ETable components. - </para> - - <para> - To use &ETable; you have to create a subclass of the abstract - &ETableModel; class. However, to save you the work of defining - a new <classname>GtkClass</classname> every time you use - &ETable, there is a predefined subclass of &ETableModel; called - &ETableSimple; which simply takes a list of function callbacks - to perform the various operations. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="columns"> - <title>Columns</title> - - <para> - There are two different meanings to the word "column". The first - is the model column (defined by the &ETableCol: object). A model - column describes how it maps to the column in the &ETableModel; - as well as containing information about its properties (name, - resizability, resize dimensions, and a renderer for this - specific columns). - </para> - - <para> - &ETable; distinguishes between a model column index, and a view - column index. The former reflects the column in which the data - is stored in the &ETableModel; The later represents the actual - location at which the column is being displayed in the screen. - </para> - - <para> - Each view column index corresponds to a specific model column, - though a model column may have any number of view columns - associated with it (including zero). For example the same - column might be rendered twice, or the data from one column - could be used to display different bits of information - </para> - - <para> - The view column does not necessarily depend on only one model - column. In some cases, the view column renderer can be given a - reference to another model column to get extra information about - its display. For example, a mail program could display deleted - messages with a line through them by creating a model column - with no corresponding view column that told whether or not the - message is deleted, and then having the text column - strikethrough the display if the invisible column had a value - corresponding to "deleted". - </para> - - <para> - The view column also specifies a few other pieces of - information. One piece of information is the renderer. &ETable; - provides a number of renderers to choose from, or you can write - your own. Currently, there are renderers for text, image sets, - and checkboxes. - </para> - - <para> - The view column also includes information about the header. - There are two types of headers: text, and pixbuf. The first - allows you to specify a string which is rendered in the header. - The second allows you to specify an image to copy into the - header. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="header"> - <title>Header</title> - - <para> - The &ETableHeader; represents the header information for the - table. The &ETableHeader; is used in two different ways. The - first is the in the <structfield>full_header</structfield> - element of an &ETable;. This is the list of possible columns in - the view. You add each of your columns to this &ETableHeader; - and then pass it into the &ETable;. - </para> - - <para> - The second use is completely internal. &ETable; uses another - &ETableHeader; to store the actual displayed columns. Many of - the &ETableHeader; functions are for this purpose. The only - functions that users of the library should need to use are - <function>e_table_header_new</function> and - <function>e_table_header_add_col</function>. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="layout"> - <title>Layout Specification</title> - - <para> - &ETable; uses an &ETableSpecification; to layout the columns of - the widget. The &ETableSpecification; is specified as XML data - passed into the &ETable; as a string. - </para> - - <para> - The most powerful part of the &ETableSpecification; is that when - finished, &ETable; will allow you to get a copy of an - &ETableSpecification; that describes the current view of the - tree. This allows the developer to save the current view so that - next time the user opens this table, they find it in exactly the - state that they left it. - </para> - - <para> - The XML specification allows for a number of things. First, it - allows you to pick a set of default columns to be shown. Thus, - even if you had hundreds of pieces of data, you could choose to - only display a few that fit on the screen by default. - </para> - - <para> - The second major thing that the &ETableSpecification; allows you - to specify is the column grouping and sorting. &ETable; has a - powerful mechanism for allowing the user to choose columns to - group by, thus allowing multiple columns of sorting, as well as - visual grouping of similar elements and interactive selection of - what data to display. - </para> - - <para> - The grouping in &ETableSpecification; is specified as a - hierarchy of columns to group by. Each level of the hierarchy - lets you sort by a particular column, either ascending or - descending. All levels except the last cause the canvas to group - by the given column. - </para> - - <para> - An example &ETableSpecification; follows. - </para> - - <programlisting> - <ETableSpecification> - <columns-shown frozen_columns="2"> - <column> 0 </column> - <column> 1 </column> - <column> 2 </column> - <column> 3 </column> - <column> 4 </column> - </columns-shown> - <grouping> - <group column="3" ascending="1"> - <group column="4" ascending="0"> - <leaf column="2" ascending="1"/> - </group> - </group> - </grouping> - </ETableSpecification> - </programlisting> - - <para> - This example has 5 columns which are initially in order. It has - 2 levels of grouping. The first is grouped by the 4th column - (all indexes are 0 based) and sorts those groups in ascending - order. Inside those groups, the data is grouped by the fifth - column and sorted in descending order of the fifth column. - Finally, the data in those groups is sorted by the third column - in ascending order. Due to the "frozen_columns" attribute on the - columns-shown element, the user will not be - able to rearrange the first two columns. They will always be the - first two. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="conclusion"> - <title>Conclusion</title> - - <para> - All in all, &ETable; is a very powerful widget. Once you learn - to use it, you have access to a vast amount of power requiring a - comparatively small amount of work. - </para> - </sect1> -</article> |
